2006届高考全程复习资料(1)[下学期]

语法复习专题（7）
Unit7 动词时态和语态
一、考点聚焦
1、动词时态考查要点简述
（1）一般现在时考点分析
①表示客观事实或普通真理（不受时态限制）
The geography teacher told us the earth moves around the sun.
Water boils at 100oC.
②表示现状、性质、状态时多用系动词或状态动词；表示经常或习惯性的动作，多用动作动词，且常与表频率的时间状语连用。
Ice feels cold.
We always care for each other and help each other.
③表示知觉、态度、感情、某种抽象的关系或概念的词常用一般现在时：see、hear、smell、taste、feel、notice、agree、believe、like、hate、want、think、belong seem等。如：
I know what you mean.
Smith owns a car and a house.
All the students here belong to No.1 Middle School.
④在时间、条件状语从句中常用一般现在时代替将来时。但要注意由if 引导的条件状语从句中可以用shall或will表“意愿”，但不表示时态。
If you will accept my invitation and come to our party, my family will be pleased.如果你愿意接受并参加我们的舞会，我的家人会非常高兴。
⑤少数用于表示起止的动词如come、go、leave、arrive、fly、return、start、begin、pen、close、end、stop等常用一般现在时代替将来时，表示一个按规定、计划或安排要发生的动作。当be表示根据时间或事先安排，肯定会出现的状态，只用一般现在时。
The shop closes at 11:00 p.m. every day.
Tomorrow is Wednesday.
（2）一般过去时的考点分析（考核重点）。
①一般过去时的基本用法：表示过去的事情、动作或状态常与表示过去具体的时间状语连用（或有上下文语境暗示）；用于表达过去的习惯；表示说话人原来没有料到、想到或希望的事通常用过去式。如：
I met her in the street yesterday.
I once saw the famous star here.
They never drank wine.
I thought the film would be interesting,but it isn’t.
②如果从句中有一个过去的时间状语，尽管从句中的动作先于主句发生，但从句中的谓语动词连用过去式。如：
He told me he read an interesting novel last night.
③表示两个紧接着发生的动作，常由以下词语连接，用一般过去时。如：but, and, when, as soon as, immediately, the moment, the minute。
The moment she came in, she told me what had happened to her.
He bought a watch but lost it.
④常用一般过去时的句型：
Why didn’t you / I think of that
I didn’t notice it.
I forgot to tell you I had been there with my brother before.
I didn’t recognize him.
（3）一般将来时考点分析。
①表示未来的动作或状态常用will / shall + 动词（常与表示将来的时间状语边用如tomorrow、next week等）。
②表示一种趋向或习惯动作。
We’ll die without air or water.
③表示趋向行为的动词如come、go、start、begin、leave等词常用进行时的形式表示将来时。
④be going to与will / shall, be to do, be about to do用法及区别：
be going to 表示现在打算在最近或将来要做某事，这种打算往往经过事先考虑，甚至已做了某种准备；shall / will do表示未事先考虑过，即说话时临时作出的决定。
be going to 表将来，不能用在条件状语从句的主句中；而will则能，表意愿。如：
If it is fine, we’ll go fishing.(正确)
If it is fine, we are going to go fishing.(错误)
be to do sth.表按计划、安排即将发生的动作，还可表示吩咐、命令、禁止，可能性等。
A meeting is to be held at 3:00 o’clock this afternoon.
be about to do sth.表示“即可，就要”，后面不能接时间状语或状语从句。
Autumn harvest is about to start.
（4）现在进行时考点分析。
①表示说话时正在发生着的一个动作；表示现阶段但不一定是发生在讲话时；表近期特定的安排或计划；go、come等起止动作可用进行时代替将来时。如：
It is raining now.
He is teaching English and learning Chinese.
I am meeting Mr. Wang tonight.
We are leaving on Friday.
At six I am bathing the baby.(I start bathing the bady before six.)
The girl is always talking loud in public.(与always、often等频度副词连用，表经常反复的行动或某种感彩)
②下面四类动词不宜用现在进行时。（A）表示心理状态、情感的动作：like, love, hate, care, remember, believe, want, mind, wish, agree, mean, need。（B）表存在的状态的动词：appear, exist, lie, remain, seem belong to, depend on。（C）表示一时性动作的动词：allow, accept, permit, promise, admit, complete。（D）表示感官的动词：see, hear, notice, feel, smell, sound, taste, look。
（5）过去完成时考点分析（考核重点）。
①常用过去完成时的几种情况：（A）在by、by the end、by the time、until、before、since后接表示过去某一时间的短语或从句以前发生的动作。如：By the end of last year, we had produced 20,000 cars. The train had left before we reached the station. (B)表示曾实现的希望、打算、意图、诺言等。常用had hoped / planned / meant / intended/
though / wanted / expected等或用上述动词过去式接不定式完成式表示即：hoped / planned … + to have done。（C）“时间名词 + before”在句子中作状语，谓语动词用过去完成时；“时间名词 + ago”在句中作状语，谓语动词用一般过去式。如：He said his first teacher had died at least 10 years before. Xiao Hua left school 3 years ago.（D）表示“一……就”的几个句型：Hardly / No sooner / Scarcely had + 主语 + 过去分词 + when / than / before + 一般过去时。如：We had no sooner been seated than the bus started. = No sooner had we been seated than the bus started.
②在before或after引导的时间状语从句中用一般过去时态代替过去完成时。
After he (had)left the room, the boss came in.
We arrived home before it snowed.
（6）过去将来时考点分析。
参照一般将来时对比：用would do、was / were going to do sth.表过去将来；come、go、leave等过去进行时表过去将来时；was / were to do sth.和was / were about to do sth.表过去将来。
（7）过去进行时考点分析。
①过去某一时刻正在进行的动作或某一阶段内发生或频繁发生。
②某一动作发生时另一动作正在发生，其中一个在由when或while引导的时间状语从句中。
（8）现在完成时考点分析。
①现在完成时除可以和for、since引导的状语连用外，还可以和下面的介词短语连用：during / in /over the last(past)few years (months, weeks)、in recent years等。
②下列句型中常用现在完成时
It is (has been) + 一段时间 + since从句
This(That / It)is the first(second…)time that + 完成时
This(That / It)is the only … + that + 完成时
This(that / It)is the best / finest / most interesting … + that 从句 + 完成时
③在时间或条件状语从句中，现在完成时可以代替一般将来时。如：
I shall post the letter as soon as I have written it.
If you have done the experiment, you will realize the theory better.
Don’t get off the bus until it has stopped.
（9）注意几组时态的区别：
①一般过去时与现在完成时：时间上有差异：凡有过去时间的均用过去时态，不能用完成时态，如含有ago、last year、just now、the other day等。
结果上有差异：现在完成时强调的是对“现在”的影响和结果，动作到现在刚完成或还在继续；一般过去时强调的是动作发生在“过去”，和现在毫无关系。
②过去完成时与一般过去时：过去完成时强调的是“过去的过去”；如出现同一主语连续几个动作（“连谓”）形式则只用一般过去时即可。
2、被动语态考查要点简述
被动语态的构成方式：be + 过去分词，口语只也有用get / become + 过去分词表示。被动语态的基本用法：不知道或没必要提到动作的执行者是谁时用被动语态。强调或突出动作的承受者常用被动语态（by短语有时可以省略）。
（1）使用被动语态时应注意的几个问题。
①主动变化被动时双宾语的变化。看下列例句。
My friend gave me an interesting book on my birthday.
An interesting book was given to me(by my friend)on my birthday.
I was given an interesting book (by my friend)on my birthday.
②主动变被动时，宾补成主补（位置不变）；（作补语的）不定式前需加to。
The boss made him work all day long.
He was made to work all day long(by the boss)
③短语动词变被动语态时，勿要掉“尾巴”。
The children were taken good care of (by her).
Your pronunciation and spelling should be paid attention to.
④情态动词和be going to、be to、be sure to、used to、have to、had better等结构变被动语态，只需将它们后面的动词原形变为be +过去分词。
⑤当句子的谓语为say、believe、expect、think、know、write、consider、report等时，被动语态有两种形式：（A）谓语动词用被动语态，动词不定式作主补。（B）用it作形式主语，真正的主语在后面用主语在后面用主语从句来表示。如：
People say he is a smart boy.
It is said that he is a smart boy.
He is said to be a smart boy.
People know paper was made in China first.
It is known that paper was made in China first.
Paper was known to be made in China first.
类似句型有：It is said / known / suggested / believed / hoped/ thought that …
（2）不能用被动语态的几种情况。
①所有的不及物动词或不及物动词词组不能用于被动语态之中。
②表示状态的谓语动词，如：last、hold、benefit、contain、equal、fit、join、mean、last、look like、consist to等。
③表示归属的动词，如have、own、belong to等。
④表示“希望、意图”的动词，如：wish、want、hope、like、love、hate等。
⑤宾语是反身代词或相互代词时谓语动词用主动语态，不能用被动语态。
⑥宾语是同源宾语，不定式、动名词等谓语动词不用被动语态。
⑦有些动词以其主动形式表示被动意义，特别是当主语是物时，常见的动词有sell、write、wash、open、lock等。
（3）主动形式表被动意义。
①当feel、look、smell、taste、sound等后面接形容词时；当cut、read、sell、wear、write等词带状语修饰语时；当动词表示“开始、结束、关、停、转、启动”等意义时。
This kind of cloth washes easily.这种布易洗。
These novels won’t sell well.这些小说不畅销。
My pen writes smoothly.我的钢笔写起来很流畅。
The door won’t lock.门锁不上。
The fish smells good.鱼闻起来香。
②当break out、take place、shut off、turn off、work out等动词表示“发生、关闭、制定”等意思时。
The plan worked out successfully.
The lamps on the wall turn off.
③want, require, need后面的动名词用主动表示被动含义。
④be worth doing用主动形式表示被动含义。
⑤在“be + 形容词 + to do”中，不定式的逻辑宾语是句子的主语，用主动代被动。
This kind of water isn’t fit to drink.
The girl isn’t easy to get along with.
另外：be to blame(受谴责)，be to rent（出租）也用主动形式表被动。
（4）被动形式表示主动意义的几种情况。
①be seated坐着
He is seated on a bench.（He seats himself on a bench.）坐在凳子上。
②be hidden躲藏
He was hidden behind the door.(He hid himself behind the door.)他藏在门后。
③be lost迷路
④be drunk喝醉
⑤be dressed穿着
The girl was dressed in a red short skirt.
（5）被动语态与系表结构的区别
被动语态强调动作；系表结构表主语的特点或状态。如：
The book was sold by a certain bookstore.(被动语态)
The book is well sold.(系表结构)
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. Visitors ________not to touch the exhibits.(NMET 2001)
A.will request B.are requested
C.are requesting D.request
解析：答案为B。此题的时态是不难判断的，因为说的是一条规定，所以用一般现在时，而visitor与request之间是动宾关系，即request visitors not to touch the exhibits,究竟是谁要求他们这样做呢？不清楚，也不必知道，因此需要用被动语态。分析visitors与request之间的关系是此题的解题关键。
2. Selecting a mobile phone for personal use is no easy task because technology __________ so rapidly.(NMET 2001)
A.is changing B.has changed
C.will have changed D.will change
解析：答案为A。此题考查现在进行时态的用法。句意为“选择一部移动电话不是一件容易的事，因为科技发展得十分迅速。”本句的主句一般现在时表达的是目前的情况，而“科技发展迅速”也是现阶段正存在的一种状态，不是在过去，也不是在将来，因此只能用现在进行时表达。
3. All the preparations for the task ___________, and we’re ready to start.（2000年春季高考）
A.completed B.complete
C.had been completed D.have been completed
解析：答案为D。现在完成时表示过去年做的事对现在的影响。从and we’re ready to start句意可知，一切准备工作已经就绪，可以开始工作了。complete是及物动词，与句子的主语是被动关系，所以需要用被动语态表达。注意①分清complete与主语之间的关系；②结合语境选择正确时态。语法复习专题（9）
Unit9 非谓语动词
一、考点聚焦
1、非谓语动词的句法功能
名称 语 法 功 能
主语 宾语 宾语补足语 表语 定语 状语
不定式 √ √ √ √ √ √
动名词 √ √ √ √
现在分词 √ √ √ √
过去分词 √ √ √ √
2、动词不定式复心中应注意的几个问题
（1）不定式作表语与“be + to do sth.”的异同。不定式作表语说明主语的内容或性质。
His job is to guard.(说明内容)
be + to do sth.(表示按计划要做的事)
（2）带不定式作宾语的词语。
下列词语常不定式作宾语：afford、promise、refuse、expect、hope、learn、offer、wish、want、fail、plan、agree、forget、like、prefer、decide、manage、try、arrange、determine、desire等。
下列动词后可接疑问词+不定式：teach、decide、wonder、show、learn、forget、ask、find、out、advise、discuss等。
（3）如何理解和使用不定式作宾补。
①动词see、watch、notice、hear、listen to、observe、feel、taste、smell、make、let、have等的宾补用动词原形，变被动时要加to,此时的不定式就是主语补足语。
②常用带不定式作宾补的几种情况：
主语 + ask / require / tell / order / force / get / want / like + sb.to do sth.
③主语 + think / judge / suppose / believe / consider /imagine/
consider / feel + sb. + to be/ to have done
④主语 + call on / upon / depend on / wait for / ask for + sb.+ to do sth.
（4）不定式作定语的特殊用法。
①下列词语后常接不定式作定语：chance、wish、right、courage、need、promise、time、opportunity、way、the first、the second、the last、the only等。
②不定式作定语和所修饰的名词在逻辑上有主谓关系。
There is no one to look after her.
③不定式与被修饰的名词在逻辑上有动宾关系。
She is now looking for a room to live in.
（5）不定式作状语的用法。
不定式作状语，修饰动词，在句中表示行为目的、结果、原因。only to do表示出人意料的结果。
We hurried to the classroom only to find none there .
in order(not)to,so as(not)to用来引导目的状语,enough,too, so… as to do, such + 名词… as to do作结果状语，如:The girl was so kind as to help the old man off the bus.
I’m not such a fool as to believe that.
（6）不定式的完成时的特殊用法。
①表示不定式中谓语动词发生的动作先于主句的谓语动词发出的动作。
The novel was said to have been published.
I regret to have been with you for so many years.
seem、appear、be said、be supposed、be believed、be thought、be known、be reported等动词常用于上面句型。
此外，glad、happy、satisfied、sorry、surprised、disappointed后也接完成时，但要注意与一般时的区别。
I’m sorry to keep you waiting for a minute.对不起，请稍等。（说话时还未等）
I’m sorry to have kept you waiting.对不起，让你久等了。（说话时已等了很久）
②不定式的完成时还可表示“过去本想做某事但未做”的虚拟语气。（A）should like to / would like to / would love to + 不定式的完成时。（B）was / were to + 不定式的完成时，表示该做某事或想做但未实现。（C）expect / hope / mean / promise / suppose / think / want/ wish + 不定式完成时，表示过去未曾实现的愿望。
（7）不定式的省略。
①同一结构并列由and或or连接。
I want to finish my homework and go home.
I’m really puzzled what to think or say.
特例：To be or not to be,this is a question.
He is better to laugh than to cry.(表示对比)
②不定式作表语，其前面的主语从句中含有do时，后面的to省略。
What he did was lose the game.
③句中含有动词do时，but、except、besides、such as等后面to可省略。即“前有do,后省to”。
Don’t do anything silly, such as marry him.
④主句含有不定式，后面有rather than, rather than后省to。
⑤Why not、had better、would rather、can’t but等词后省to。如：
He could not but walk home.
（8）不定式的替代。
多用在同一句或联系紧密的对话中，为了避免重复，作宾语或主补，宾补的不定式再次出现时，to后的内容常承前省略（只保留to即可）。但如果承前省略的不定式有助动用的have或be任何形式，后应该保留原形be或have。如：
Susan is not what she used to be.
—You came late last night. You ought to have finished your
homework.
—I know I ought to have.
常见的有：I’d like / love / be happy to.
3、动名词复习中应注意的几个问题
（1）动名词作宾语。
①下列动词后只能接动名词：suggest, finish, avoid, stop, can’t help, mind, enjoy, require, practise, miss, escape, pardon, advise, consider, imagine, keep, appreciate, eacape, permit。
②下列动词短语接动名词：leave off, put off, give up, look forward to, feel like, have trouble / difficulty(in) doing sth. devote to, get used to, pay attention to, be fond of, be worth。
③介词后要接动名词。what about、how about、without、be fond of、be good at等介词后接动名词。注意on / upon doing sth. = as soon as 引导的从中。作此意讲时on / upon后也可以接名词。如on his arrival…。
④动名词作宾语和动词不定式作宾语的区别：
begin, start, continue, like, love, dislike, hate, prefer, can’t stand
例 句 解 析
1. It began to rain. It began raining.2. It was beginning to snow.3. I love lying (to lie)on my back.4. I like listening to music, but today I don’t like to.5. I don’ t prefer to swim in the river now. 1. 意思无差别，但谓语动词用进行时，后面只跟不定式。2. 表示一种倾向多接动名词作宾语，如果表示某一特定的或具体的行动，多接不定式。
remember, forget, regret, try
例 句 解 析
1. I remember to meet her at the station.I remember seeing her once somewhere.2. I forgot giving it to you yesterday. I forgot to tell you about it. Now here it is.3. I regret not having working hard. I regret to hear of your sister’s death. 4. Try knocking at the back door. We must try to get everything ready.5. That will mean flooding some land. I had meant to go on Monday. 1. remember to do sth.记住要做的事 remember doing sth.回顾过去发生的事2. forget to do sth.忘记要做的事 forget doing sth.忘记做过的事3. regret to do sth.对将要做的事抱歉 regret doing sth.对发生过的事后悔4. try to do sth.设法……，试图 try doing sth.试试看，试一试5. mean to do sth.打算做……，想要 mean doing sth.意味着，就是
want, require, need
例 句 解 析
These desks need repairing.These desks need to be repaired.The patient required examinedThe patient required to be examined. 1. need doing 需要被做 need to be done需要被做2. want doing want to be done3. require doing require to be done
4、分词复习应注意的几个问题
（1）现在分词在句中作时间、原因、伴随、条件、结果等状语。
①时间状语（分词作状语前面可加when, while等）
Hearing the good news, he jumped with greatjoy.
Not having finished her work in time, the boss fired her.
②原因状语
Seeing nobody at home, he decided to leave them a note
③伴随状语
The girls came in, following their parents.
④结果状语
The poor old man died, leaving nothing to his children.
注意：现在分词作状语的几个特性。①时间性。与谓语动词同时发生，用一般时，如发生在谓语动作之前时则用完成式having done。②语态性。与句子的主语之间的关系，是主谓关系或动宾关系。遵循的规则“主动进行，被动完成”。③人称一致性。分词的逻辑主语就是句子的主语。
（2）分词作表语。
S. + be + 动词-ed表示被动，主语是人；S. + be + 动词-ing表示主动，主语是物。分词作宾补不定式作宾补的区别：
感官动词 动词原形→做了某事
S．+ + 宾语 + 现在分词→正在做某事
使役动词 过去分词→做了或被做
5、复习过去分词应注意的几个问题
过去分词作状语，相当于一个状语从句，有来说明原因、时间、条件等。
（1）过去分词作原因状语
Tired by the trip, he soon feel asleep.
= Because he was tired by the trip, he soon fell asleep.
Lost in thought , he almost ran into a car.
=As he was lost in thought, he almost ran into a car.
（2）作时间状语
Seen from the hill, the city looks like a garden.
=When the city is seen from the hill, it looks like a garden.
（3）作条件状语
Given more time, I would have worked out the problem.
=If I have been given more time, I would have worked out the problem.
（4）伴随状语
The teacher came in, followed by some students.
=The teacher came in and was followed by some students.
分词短语作状语时，通常与主句中的主语在逻辑上一致，但有时它也可以有自己独立的逻辑上的主语，这种结构称为独立主格结构。如：
Her grandfather being ill, she had to stay at home looking after him.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. __________such heavy pollution already, it may now be too late to clean up the river.(NMET 2001)
A.Having suffered B.Suffering C.To suffer D.Suffered
解析：答案为A。本题考查分词短语作状语的用法。分词作状语，其逻辑主语必须是句子的主语，而本句的主语看似是it,其实它为形式主语，真正的主语为不定式，而不定式省略了逻辑主语for people，所以应用现在分词，又因already，应用完成时。
2. One learns a language by making mistakes and _______ them.(2001年春季高考)
A.correct B.correcting C.corrects D.to correct
解析：答案为B。本题考查动名词作介词宾语的用法。介词by意为“通过……，凭……”，后面常接动名词，形成“by+ v. –ing ”结构，表示通过做某事而得到某种结果。本题中只有correcting符合。
3. The picture _________ on the wall is painted by my nephew.(2000年春季高考)
A.having hung B.hanging C.hangs D.being hung
解析：答案为B。本题考查现在分词作定语的用法。根据句意“墙上挂的那幅画是我侄子画的”，可知空白处所填的动词形式在句中作定语，表说话时仍在进行的动作或所处的解题关键在于分析picture与hang之间的逻辑关系。2005高考专题6
It 用 法 与 高 考
Composed by Chinephone Lew from No.1 Highschool

it的常见用法有以下几类：
一、it可用于代替上文中提到的那一个事物。
二、it可用于代替上文中说到的一件事。
三、it可用于代替不知情的人（尤其是不知身份、性别和姓名的人）。
四、it可用于表示时间、天气、距离、计算结果等。
五、it可用于代替不定式、动名词、从句等，充当形式主语。其常用句型为： It---be---adj./ n. / v-ed---to+V/ V-ing/ Clause
六、it 可用于代替不定式、动名词、从句，充当形式宾语，把真正宾语（不定式、动名词、名词或从句）置于句末。其常用句型为： S---Vt---it---adj./ n.---to+V / V-ing /n./ Clause
七、 it可用于构成强调句，把一个句子中除谓语以外的句子成分（如主语、宾语、表语、状语等）提到句首加以强调。其构成形式是：It is(was) + 被强调成分（不能改变被强调成分的数和格）+ that/ who+原句剩余部分
八、it常用于一些固定结构中，作无人称代词用，充当主语等。

it用法专题练习2
1.___is four years since I left my hometown.
A.It B.There C.This D.That
2.___is no good____ without doing anything.
A.This, talking B.It, to talk C.It, talking D.That, to talk
3.The people there felt___ not so difficult to work with him.
A.it B.this C.it’s D.that
4.How long____ to finish the work
A.you’ll take B.will take you C.you’ll take it D.will it take you
5.____is a long way to school, which means____is a long way to go before we arrive.
A.It, there B.There, it C.It, it D.There, there
6.Mike’s mother was always telling him that he should not be lazy, but___ didn’t help.
A.she B.it C.he D.which
7._____ you met Jane
A.Where was that B.Who was it that C.Where was it that D.Where it was that
8.Who was____ that called him “comrade”
A.he B.that C.it D.one
9.They are all classmates. ____ is no wonder that they should help each other with
their studies.
A.There B.It C.This D.That
10.____ to all that Taiwan is the largest island in China.
A.As knows B.As we know C.It is known D.What is known
11.It was in the lab____ was taken charge of by Professor Black____ they did the
experiment.
A.that, where B.which, that C.whom, that D.which, where
12.____will be years____ we meet again.
A.There, since B.There, after C.It, that D.It, before
13.____ seems unlikely that he will catch the train.
A.It B.The man C.This D.That
14.____is easy to learn English, but ____is difficult to learn____ well.
A.It, it, this B.It, this, it C.It, it, it D.It, which, which
15.I don’t remember how many years ago_____ I last met you.
A.it was that B.that was it C.was it that D.that was when
16.---___ you left school ---About a year ago.
A.When was that B.When was it C.When was it that D.How long was that
17.Will you see to____ that our gift is taken back
A.me B.yourself C.it D.them
18.Was___because____ snowed last night that you didn’t come
A.it, it B.that, it C.it, that D.it, why
19.___was only when I reread the poems again____I began to appreciate their beauty.
A.That, why B.It, that C.It, it D.That, that
20.I hate_____ when people talk with their mouths full.
A.it B.that C.these D.them
21.Was______ I saw last night at the cinema
A.you it that B.it you C.that you it D.it you that
22.____ is a fact that English is being accepted as an international language.
A.There B.This C.That D.It
23.Does_____ matter if he can’t finish the job on time
A.this B.that C.he D.it
24.I don’t think _____ possible to master a foreign language without much memory
work.
A.this B.that C.its D.it
25.Is_____ necessary to complete the design before National Day
A.this B.that C.it D.he
26.I’m quite able to afford the suit. _____ is too cheap.
A.It B.Which C.Its D.There
27._____is a pity that he should be absent from the meeting today.
A.There B.That C.It D.He
28.---____is weeks since he was drunk. He hasn’t been drunk so much like this.
A.He B.It C.That D.There
29.---My mother loves music, but she can’t sing. ----So______ mine.
A.is it B.it is C.it is with D.it is so with
30.____no use arguing about such a matter with him.
A.There B.It is C.That is D.This is
2005高考专题3
It 用 法 与 高 考
Composed by Chinephone Lew from No.1 Highschool

it在英语众多代词中算一个用途广泛的词，仔细研究近年NMET测试不难发现，该词所涉及的考查范围是比较宽的。请看近年NMET对it的考查题：
MET91---Does____matter if he can’t finish the job on time
A.this B.that C.he D.it
NMET95---____ is a fact that English is being accepted as an international language.
A.There B.This C.That D.It
NMET98---I hate____when people talk with their mouths full.
A.it B.that C.these D.them
分析：上述三个NMET考试题均系考查it的用法，三个单选题的答案均应填it，例1选D，例2选D，例3选A。由此可见，it在中学英语教学中不应忽视。笔者在这里就it用法向大家作一归纳。
it的常见用法有以下几类：
一、it可用于代替上文中提到的那一个事物。
二、it可用于代替上文中说到的一件事。
三、it可用于代替不知情的人（尤其是不知身份、性别和姓名的人）。
四、it可用于表示时间、天气、距离、计算结果等。
五、it可用于代替不定式、动名词、从句等，充当形式主语。其常用句型为： It---be---adj./ n. / v-ed---to+V/ V-ing/ Clause
六、it 可用于代替不定式、动名词、从句，充当形式宾语，把真正宾语（不定式、动名词、名词或从句）置于句末。其常用句型为： S---Vt---it---adj./ n.---to+V / V-ing /n./ Clause
七、 it可用于构成强调句，把一个句子中除谓语以外的句子成分（如主语、宾语、表语、状语等）提到句首加以强调。其构成形式是：It is(was) + 被强调成分（不能改变被强调成分的数和格）+ that/ who+原句剩余部分
八、it常用于一些固定结构中，作无人称代词用，充当主语等。
it用法专题练习1：
1---What’s this ---_______ a map of China
A.This is B.That’s C.It’s D.There’s
2---Where is my pen ---_____on the desk.
A.This is B.That’s C.It’s D.There’s
3I was disappointed with the film. I had expected_____to be much better.
A.it B.this C.them D.one
4They often help us with our research. ______kind of them.
A.They are B.You are C.It is D.This is
5Tom’s mother kept telling him to work harder, but______didn’t help.
A.he B.she C.this D.it
6John passed the exam successfully and _____was more than we had expected.
A.he B.it C.this D.there
7---Who’s knocking at the door ---_____ me.
A.It’s B.I’m C.That’s D.This is
8---Who’s the baby in the photo ---_____ my brother.
A. This is B.That’s C.It’s D.There’s
9_____ Sunday today. Let’s go for an outing.
A.There is B.It’s C.This is D.That’s
10_____ was raining heavily when the film was over.
A.Weather B.Sky C.It D.There
11______a long way from my home to the school.
A.It is B.This is C.There is D.There has been
12---What’s ten added to six ---______ sixteen.
A.There is B.It is C.This is D.We have
13_____ important to learn English well.
A.This is B.That’s C.It’s D.There’s
14_______ great fun to play basketball after school.
A.It has B.It is C.This is D.There has
15______ no use asking them for help.
A.It has B.It is C.This is D.There has
16_______a waste of money smoking a lot.
A.It has B.It is C.This is D.There has
17_____strange that he should say such words to you.
A.It has B.It is C.This is D.There has
18_____ said that only three people could understand Einstein at that time.
A.It has B.It is C.This is D.There has
19Einstein found _____ hard to get along with the other boys at school.
A.its B.it’s C.it D./
20They feel _____ a pity that they should miss the wonderful film.
A.its B.this C.it D./
21The dusty air makes _____ difficult to get a clear picture.
A.its B.it’s C.it D./
22I find _____no need going to town without any money on me.
A.its B.this C.it D./
23He thinks _____a duty to work for the people.
A.its B.this is C.it D./
24We feel _____a pity _____ we (should) miss the chance of going to the party.
A.its,that B.this,that C.it,that D.that,that
25____ was not until he got to the office _____ he remembered leaving the key home.
A.It,it B.It,that C.It,when D.That,when
26________ am ready to help you out of the danger.
A.It is I who B.it is me who C.It is me that D.This is me that
27_____English_____I will try to learn well.
A.It is,that B.This is,that C.That,which D.There is,which
28---I’m afraid I can’t do the job as you told me to. ---_______matter.
A.You don’t B.It doesn’t C.There isn’t D.This isn’t
29_____ years ______ I enjoyed myself so much.
A.It is,that B.There is,that C.It is,since D.There has,since
30_____ a year _____ I go to college.
A.It will be,before B.It will be,when C.This will be,when D.It has been,that
31_____won’t be long_____ he catches up with us.
A.It,before B.There,before C.That’s, when D.It, when
32______ doesn’t matter whether he comes or not.
A.He B.It C.She D.What
33_____ matter when he will come back home
A. Does it B.Do you C.Does he D.Does this
it用法专题练习2
1.___is four years since I left my hometown.
A.It B.There C.This D.That
2.___is no good____ without doing anything.
A.This, talking B.It, to talk C.It, talking D.That, to talk
3.The people there felt___ not so difficult to work with him.
A.it B.this C.it’s D.that
4.How long____ to finish the work
A.you’ll take B.will take you C.you’ll take it D.will it take you
5.____is a long way to school, which means____is a long way to go before we arrive.
A.It, there B.There, it C.It, it D.There, there
6.Mike’s mother was always telling him that he should not be lazy, but___ didn’t help.
A.she B.it C.he D.which
7._____ you met Jane
A.Where was that B.Who was it that C.Where was it that D.Where it was that
8.Who was____ that called him “comrade”
A.he B.that C.it D.one
9.They are all classmates. ____ is no wonder that they should help each other with
their studies.
A.There B.It C.This D.That
10.____ to all that Taiwan is the largest island in China.
A.As knows B.As we know C.It is known D.What is known
11.It was in the lab____ was taken charge of by Professor Black____ they did the
experiment.
A.that, where B.which, that C.whom, that D.which, where
12.____will be years____ we meet again.
A.There, since B.There, after C.It, that D.It, before
13.____ seems unlikely that he will catch the train.
A.It B.The man C.This D.That
14.____is easy to learn English, but ____is difficult to learn____ well.
A.It, it, this B.It, this, it C.It, it, it D.It, which, which
15.I don’t remember how many years ago_____ I last met you.
A.it was that B.that was it C.was it that D.that was when
16.---___ you left school ---About a year ago.
A.When was that B.When was it C.When was it that D.How long was that
17.Will you see to____ that our gift is taken back
A.me B.yourself C.it D.them
18.Was___because____ snowed last night that you didn’t come
A.it, it B.that, it C.it, that D.it, why
19.___was only when I reread the poems again____I began to appreciate their beauty.
A.That, why B.It, that C.It, it D.That, that
20.I hate_____ when people talk with their mouths full.
A.it B.that C.these D.them
21.Was______ I saw last night at the cinema
A.you it that B.it you C.that you it D.it you that
22.____ is a fact that English is being accepted as an international language.
A.There B.This C.That D.It
23.Does_____ matter if he can’t finish the job on time
A.this B.that C.he D.it
24.I don’t think _____ possible to master a foreign language without much memory
work.
A.this B.that C.its D.it
25.Is_____ necessary to complete the design before National Day
A.this B.that C.it D.he
26.I’m quite able to afford the suit. _____ is too cheap.
A.It B.Which C.Its D.There
27._____is a pity that he should be absent from the meeting today.
A.There B.That C.It D.He
28.---____is weeks since he was drunk. He hasn’t been drunk so much like this.
A.He B.It C.That D.There
29.---My mother loves music, but she can’t sing. ----So______ mine.
A.is it B.it is1995年高考完形填空
Washoe is a young chimpanzee（黑猩猩）. She is no _41_ chimpanzee, though. Scientists are doing a research _2_ her. They want to see how civilized (驯化) she can _43_ . Already she does many things a human being can do.
For example, she has been learning how to exchange _44_ with people. The scientists are teaching her _45_ language. When she wants to be picked _46_, Washoe points up with one finger. She rubs her teeth with her finger _47_ she wants to brush her teeth. This is done after every meal.
Washoe has also been _48_ to think out and find answers to problems. Once she was put in a _49_ with food hanging from the ceiling. It was too high to _50_. After she considered the _51__, she got a tall box to stand _52_. The food was still too high to be reached. Washoe found a _53_ pole. Then she climbed onto the _54__, grasped the pole, and __55_ down the food with the pole.
Washoe _56_ like a human, too. The scientists keep her in a fully furnished house. After a hard _57_ in the laboratory, she goes home. _58_ she plays with her toys. She _59_ enjoys watching television before going to bed.
Scientists hope to _60_ more about people by studying our closest relative (亲属)-chimpanzee.
41. A. foolish B. ordinary C. special D. simple
42. A. for B. by C. to D. on
43. A. experience B. change C. develop D. become
44. A. actions B. views C. messages D. feeling
45. A. sign B. human C. spoken D. foreign
46. A. out B. at C. on D. up
47. A. when B. until C. since D. while
48. A. raised B. trained C. ordered D. led
49. A. cave B. zoo C. room D. museum
50. A. pull B. see C. eat D. reach
51. A. problem B. position C. food D. ceiling
52. A. by B. on C. up D. with
53. A. straight B. strong C. long D. big
54. A. wall B. box C. ceiling D. pole
55. A. knocked B. picked C. took D. shook
56. A. lives B. acts C. thinks D. plays
57. A. task B. lesson C. day D. time
58. A. Here B. There C. So D. Then
59. A. quite B. already C. even D. still
60. A. observe B. discover C. gain D. learn
Keys ： 41.B　 42.D　 43.D　 44.C　 45.A 46.D　 47.A　 48.B　 49.C　 50.D　 51.A　 52.B　 53.C　 54.B 55.A　 56.A　 57.C　 58.B　 59.C　 60.D
1996年高考完形填空
The measure of a man's real character is what he would do if he knew he would never be found out. —Thomas Macaulay
　　Some thirty years ago, I was studying in a public school in New York. One day, Mrs Nanette O'Neill gave an arithmetic 26 to our class. When the papers were 27 she discovered that twelve boys had made exactly the 28 mistakes throughout the test.
　　There is nothing really new about 29 in exams. Perhaps that was why Mrs O'Neill 30 even say a word about it. She only asked the twelve boys to 31 after class. I was one of the twelve.
　　Mrs O'Neill asked 32 questions, and she didn't 33 us either. Instead, she wrote on the blackboard the 34 words by Thomas Macaulay. She then ordered us to 35 these words into our exercise-books one hundred times.
　　I don't 36 about the other eleven boys. Speaking for 37 I can say:it was the most important single 38 of my life. Thirty years after being 39 to Macaulay's words, they 40 seem to me the best yardstick(准绳), because they give us a 41 to measure ourselves rather than others.
　　42 of us are asked to make 43 decisions about nations going to war of armies going to battle. But all of us are called 44 daily to make a great many personal decisions. 45 the wallet, found in the street, be put into a pocket 46 turned over to the policeman Should the 47 change received at the store be forgotten or 48 Nobody will know except 49. But you have to live with yourself, and it is always 50 to live with someone you respect.
26. A. test　　　 B. problem　　　 C. paper　　　 D. lesson
27. A. examined　 B. completed　　 C. marked　　 D. answered
28. A. easy　　　 B. funny　　　　 C. same　　　 D. serious
29. A. lying　　 B. cheating　　 C. guessing　 D. discussing
30. A. didn't　　 B. did　　　　　 C. would　　　 D. wouldn't
31. A. come　　　 B.leave　　　　 C. remain　　 D. apologize
32. A. no　　　　 B. certain　　　 C. many　　　 D. more
33. A. excuse　　 B. reject　　　 C. help　　　 D. scold
34. A. above　　 B. common　　　 C. following　 D. unusual
35. A. repeat　　 B. get　　　　　 C. put　　　　 D. copy
36. A. worry　　 B. know　　　　 C. hear　　　 D. talk
37. A. myself　　 B. ourselves　　 C. themselves D. herself
38. A. chance　　 B. incident　　 C. lesson　　 D. memory
39. A. referred　 B. shown　　　　 C. brought　　 D. introduced
40. A. even　　　 B. still　　　　 C. always　　 D. almost
41. A. way　　　 B. sentence　　 C. choice　　 D. reason
42. A. All　　　 B. Few　　　　　 C. Some　　　 D. None
43. A. quick　　 B. wise　　　　 C. great　　　 D. personal
44. A. out　　　 B. for　　　　　 C. up　　　　 D. upon
45. A. Should　　 B. Must　　　　 C. Would　　　 D. Need
46. A. and　　　 B. or　　　　　 C. then　　　 D. but
47. A. extra　　 B. small　　　　 C. some　　　 D. necessary
48. A. paid　　　 B. remembered　 C. shared　　 D. returned
49. A. me　　　　 B. you　　　　　 C. us　　　　 D. them
50. A. easier B. more natural　　 C. better D. more peaceful
Keys: 26. A 27. C 28. C 29. B 30. A 31. C 32. A 33. D 34. A 35. D
36. B 37. A 38. C 39. D 40. B 41. A 42. B 43. C 44. D 45. A
46. B 47. A 48. D 49. B 50. C

1997年高考完形填空
Todd was working at his gas station（加油站）at night when he heard over the radio that
a 26 in Long Island had been 27 by an armed man who had killed the night guard and got away
with $ 150,000.‘One hundred and fifty thousand,’ Todd whistled. Here's a fellow who just
28 into a bank and helps himself 29 so much money. Todd thought of the 30 with which he
managed to get the amount of money he 31 to start his gas station, So many papers to 32 ,
so much money to pay back. The news 33 twenty minutes later. The gunman had 34 a car for a
ride, and then 35 out the driver. He was possibly 36 the Southern State Parkway in a white
Ford. License plate（车牌）number LJR1939. The 37 of the announcer continued:‘ 38 out for
white cars. Don't pick up 39 ,and all you folks in gas stations better not do 40 to a white
Ford car.’ Todd stood up and 41to see out into the cold night. It was dark but Todd 42 the
Southern State Parkway was out there. Just 43 , Todd saw the headlights coming at him and a
car pulled in for 44 . There it was, a white Ford. He saw the 45 , LJR1939. ‘What should I
do ’Todd had to make a quick 46 .‘Yes, sir ’Todd 47 while making up his mind for sure.
‘ 48 her up,’the man said sounding like any other 49 . When the tank （油箱）was full,
Todd quickly turned round and pointed a gun at the man. ‘Hands up 50 get out!’
26. A. store B. bank C. station D. house
27. A. searched for B. held up C. taken over D. broken into
28. A. walks B. looks C. marches D. drives
29. A. for B. by C. to D. of
30. A. satisfaction B. difficulty C. disappointment D. spirit
31. A. saved B. made C. offered D. needed
32. A. collect B. prove C. sign D. write
33. A. continued B. lasted C. spread D. arrived
34. A. bought B. borrowed C. stolen D. stopped
35. A. sent B. found C. left D. pushed
36. A. calling from B. fleeing from C. heading for D. looking for
37. A. news B. warning C. advice D. voice
38. A. Look B. Run C. Call D. Set
39. A. guests B. strangers C. prisoners D. passengers
40. A. harm B. favor C. service D. business
41. A. tried B. decided C. hoped D. happened
42. A. considered B. knew C. recognised D. learnt
43. A. then B. there C. right D. now
44. A. directions B. repairs C. gas D. parking
45. A. mark B. number C. sign D. name
46. A. decision B. call C. movement D. remark
47. A. wondered B. stopped C. waited D. asked
48. A. Cover B. Fill C. Check D. Tie
49. A. visitor B. robber C. driver D. rider
50. A. or B. and C. but D. to
Keys: 26.B 27.D 28.A 　29.C 30.B 31.D 32.C 33.A 34.D 35.D 36.C 37.D 38.A 39.B 40.C 41.A 　42.B 43.A 44.C 45.B 46.A 47.D 48.B 49.C 50.B
1998年高考完形填空
Ella Fant was a middle-aged lady who lived with her only sonJohn in a small house.She__26__John very much.In her__27__he couldn't do anything__28__.Every morning she would give him breadkfst_-29__bed and bring him the papers to__30__.It isn't really true that he was too__31__to work-in fact he had tried a few__32__.First of all he was a window-cleaner and in his first week he managed to__33__at least six windows.Then he__34__a bus conductor and on his second__35__a passenger stole his bag with all the fares（车费）collected.He__36__lost his job as a postman __37__he sent off all the letters when he should have taken them to people's houses.It seemed that there was__38__suitable work for him.So he__39__to join the army.Mrs.Fant was so__40__about this that she told the__41__to all her neighbours."My John is good to be a soldier,"she said."He is going to be the best soldier there__42__was,I can tell you!" 　Then the great day came__43__he was to march past the palace in the parade（接受检阅的队伍）.His__44__mother travelled to the city early in the morning to be sure of getting a good__45__in the crowd.
　　The parade was full of sound and colour.But when John and his__46__came in sight some of the people watching__47__laughing at the one who couldn't keep pace with the other as they marched along.
　　But Ella Fant,who was filled with__48__,shouted at the top of her voice:"Look at__49__!They're all out of__50__except my John! Isn't he the best!"
26.A.depended on B.waited on　　 C.trusted D.loved
27.A.hope B.eyes C.head D.belefs
28.A.wrong B.great C.good D.strange
29.A.to B.at C.in D.by
30.A.check B.read C.keep D.sign
31.A.lazy B.young C.weak D.shy
32.A.ones B.years C.tasks D.jobs
33.A.rub B.drop C.break D.clean
34.A.followed B.met C.became D.found
35.A.day B.try C.route D.chance
36.A.thus B.even C.once D.only
37.A.even if B.so that C.because D.though
38.A.some B.such C.less D.no
39.A.began B.promised C.managed D.decided
40.A.excited B.worried C.anxious D.curious
41.A.incident B.change C.news D.matter
42.A.yet B.ever C.never D.just
43.A.where B.since C.when D.till
44.A.proud B.kind C.strict D.lucky
45.A.time B.position C.experience D.impression
46.A.neighbours B.army officer　　 C.mother 　　 D.fellow soldiers
47.A.couldn't help B.shouldn't burst out　 C.stopped 　　　 D.kept
48.A.sadness B.happiness C.surprise D.regret
49.A.them B.those C.that D.him
50.A.sight B.order C.mind D.step
Keys: 26 D 27 B 28 A 29 C 30 B 31 A 32 D 33 C 34 C 35 A 36 B 37 C 38 D 39 D 40 A 41 C 42 B 43 C 44 A 45 B 46 D 47 A 48 B 49 A 50 D
1999年高考完形填空
People of Burlington are being disturbed by the sound of bells. Four students from Burlington College of Higher Education are in the bell tower of the _26_ and have made up their minds to _27_ the bells nonstop for two weeks as a protest (抗议) against heavy trucks which run _28_ through the narrow High Street.
“They not only make it _29_ to sleep at night, but they are _30_ damage to our houses and shops of historical _31_,” said John Norris, one of the protesters.
“ _32_ we must have these noisy trucks on the roads,” said Jean Lacey, a biology student, “why don’t they build a new road that goes 33_ the town Burlington isn’t much more than a _34_ village. Its streets were never _35_ for heavy traffic.”
Harry Fields also studying _36_ said they wanted to make as much _37_ as possible to force the _38_ to realize what everybody was having to 39_. “ Most of them don’t _40_ here anyway,” he said, “ they come in for meetings and that, and the Town Hall is sound proof (隔音)，_41_ they probably don’t _42_ the noise all that much. It’s high time they realized the _43_ .”
The fourth student, Liza Bermum, said she thought the public were _44_ on their side, and even if they weren’t they soon would be.
_45_ asked if they were _46_ that the police might come to _47_ them.
“Not really,” she said, “actually we are _48_ bell-ringers. I mean we are assistant bell-ringers for the church. There is no _49_ against practising.”
I _50_ the church with the sound of the bells ringing in my ears.
26. A. college B. village C. town D. church
27. A. change B. repair C. ring D. shake
28. A. now and then B. day and night C. up and down D. over and over
29. A. terrible B. difficult C. uncomfortable D. unpleasant
30. A. doing B. raising C. putting D. producing
31. A. scene B. period C. interest D. sense
32. A. If B. Although C. When D. Unless
33. A. to B. through C. over D. round
34. A. pretty B. quiet C. large D. modern
35. A. tested B. meant C. kept D. used
36. A. well B. hard C. biology D. education
37. A. effort B. time C. trouble D. noise
38. A. townspeople B. other students C. government officials D. truck drivers
39. A. stand B. accept C. know D. share
40. A. shop B. live C. come D. study
41. A. but B. so C. or D. for
42. A. notice B. mention C. fear D. control
43. A. event B. loss C. action D. problem
44. A. hardly B. unwillingly C. mostly D. usually
45. A. I B. We C. She D. They
46. A. surprised B. afraid C. pleased D. determined
47. A. seize B. fight C. search D. stop
48. A. proper B. experienced C. hopeful D. serious
49. A. point B. cause C. need D. law
50. A. left B. found C. reached D. passed
Keys: 26．D 27．C 28．B　29．B 30．A 31．C 32．A 33．D 34．C 35．B　36．C 37；D 38．C 39，A 40．B 41．B 42．A　43．D 44．C 45．A 46．B 47．D 48．A 49．D　50．A
2000年高考完形填空
I climbed the stairs slowly, carrying a big suitcase, my father following with two more. By the time I got to the third floor, I was _1_ and at the same time feeling lonely. Worse still, Dad _2_ a step and fell, sending my new suitcases _3_ down the stairs. "Damn!" he screamed, his face turning red. I knew _4_ was ahead. Whenever Dad's face turns red, _5_!
How could I ever _6_ him to finish unloading the car _7_ screaming at me and making a scene in front of the other girls, girls I would have to spend the _8_ of the year with Doors were opening and faces peering out (探出) , as Dad walked _9_ close behind. I felt it in my bones that my college life was getting off to a(n) _10_ start.
" _11_ the room quickly," I thought. "Get him into a chair and calmed down." But _12_, would there be a chair in Room 316 Or would it be a(n) __13_ room _14_ I turned the key in the lock and _15_ the door open, with Dad _16_ complaining(抱怨) about a hurting knee or something. I put my head in, expecting the _17_. But to my _18_, the room wasn't empty at all! It had furniture, curtains, a TV, and even paintings on the walls.
And there on a well-made bed sat Amy, my new _19_ , dressed neatly. Greeting me with a nod, she said in a soft voice, "Hi, you must be Cori." Then, she _20_ the music and looked over at _21_ . "And of course, you're Mr. Faber," she said, _22_ . "Would you like a glass of iced tea " Dad's face turned decidedly _23_ before he could bring out a "yes".
I knew _24_ that Amy and I would be _25_ and my first year of college would be a success.
1 . A. help B. lazy C. anxious D. tired
2 . A. took B. minded C. missed D. picked
3 . A. rolling B. passing C. dropping D. turning
4 . A. suffering B. difficulty C. trouble D. danger
5 . A. go ahead B. look out C. hold on D. give up
6 . A. lead B. help C. encourage D. get
7 . A. after B. without C. while D. besides
8 . A. best B. beginning C. end D. rest
9 . A. with difficulty B. in a hurry C. with firm steps D. in wonder
10. A. fresh B. late C. bad D. unfair
11. A. Search B. Find C. Enter D. Book
12. A. in fact B. by chance C. once more D. then again
13. A. small B. empty C. new D. neat
14. A. Finally B. Meanwhile C. Sooner or later D. At the moment
15. A. knocked B. forced C. pushed D. tired
16. A. yet B. only C. even D. still
17. A. worst B. chair C. best D. tea
18. A. regret B. disappointment C. surprise D. knowledge
19. A. roommate B. classmate C. neighbour D. companion
20. A. turned on B. turned down C. played D. enjoyed
21. A. Dad B. me C. the door D. the floor
22. A. questioning B. wonder C. smiling D. guessing
23. A. red B. less pale C. less red D. pale
24. A. soon B. there C later D. then
25. A. sisters B. friends C. students D. fellows
Keys: 26.D 27.C 28.A　29.C 30.B 31.D 32.B 33.D 34.A 35.C　36.B 37.D 38.B 39.A 40.C 41.D 42.A　43.C 44.A 45.B 46.A 47.C 48.C 49.D　　50.B
2000年高考完形填空 （含听力）
At the beginning of this century, medical scientists made an interesting discovery: we are built not just of flesh and blood but also of time. They were 1 to show that we all have a “body clock” 2 us, which controls the 3 and fall of our body energies, 4 us different from one day to the next. The 5 of a “body clock” should not be too 6 since the lives of most living things are controlled 7 the 24 – hour right-and-day cycle. We feel 8 and fall asleep at night and become 9 and energetic during the day. If the 24- hour cycle is 10 most people experience unpleasant 11 . For example, people who are not 12 to working at night can find that 13 of sleep causes them to 14 badly at work. 15 the daily cycle of sleeping and 16 , we also have other cycles which 17 longer than one day. Most of us would 18 that we feel good on some days and not so good on 19 : some times our ideas seem to flow and at other times, they 20 do not exist.
1. A anxious B. able C. careful D. proud
2. A. inside B. around C. between D. on
3. A. movement B. supply C. use D. rise
4. A. showing B. treating C. making D. changing.
5. A. invention B. opinion C. story D. idea
6. A. difficult B. exciting C. surprising D. interesting
7. A. from B. by C. over D. during
8. A. dull B. tired C. dreamy D. peaceful
9. A. regular B. excited C. lively D. clear
10. A. disturbed B. shortened C. reset D. troubled
11. A. moments B. feelings C. senses D. effects
12. A. prevented B. allowed C. expected D. used
13. A. miss B. none C. lack D. need
14. A. perform B. show C. manage D. control
15. A. With. B. As well as C. Except. D. Rather than
16. A. working B. moving C. living D. waking
17. A. repeat B. remain C. last D. happen
18. A. agree B. believe C. realize D. allow
19. A. other B. the other C. all other D. others
20. A. just B. only C. still D. yet
2000年全国春季高考英语试题
　My Experience in a Free School
　　At first I couldn't believe it! There were no 　26　 in rows; no bells rang; no one had to go to 　　27　. Although we all lived “in”, 　　28　　 made us go to bed at a certain time; there was no “lights out”.
　　The 　29　thing was that practically all the students went to class, 30 very few people stayed up late at night. Only the new people stayed up or 　　31　　 class. The new ones always went wild 　32　 , but this never lasted long. The　33　 took some getting used to. Our teachers treated us like　34　 ; never did we have to　35　“stand up”, “sit down”, “speak out”. I don't 　36　one student who didn't try his best.
　　The subjects were the same as those in 37 school, but what a difference in the approach（方式）！For example, in botany（植物学）we had 38 classes in the spring or fall, but instead we 　39　two gardens, a vegetable garden and a flower garden. 　40　in winter we each studied a few 　41　 things about what we had grown. In math the students built three different kinds of storerooms - small ones 　42　 , but usable. They did this instead of having lessons in the classroom. They really had a 　43　time too, designing everything, drawing the blueprints, 　44　the angles（角度）and so on. I didn't take 　45　 . I can't stand it! Besides, I could do the basic things with numbers. That's 　46　 !
　　　　47　 I think I am a 48　 person for having gone to the school. I can read and write as well as anyone else my age, and I can think better. That's probably a real big 　49　 between the free school and regular school-the amount of 　50　.
　　26. A. desks 　　　　B. lights 　　　　C. students 　　　　D. buildings
　　27. A. home 　　 　　B. bed 　　　　　 C. class 　　　　　 D. work
　　28. A. anybody 　　　B. nobody 　　　　C. teachers 　　　　D. parents
　　29. A. sad 　　　　　B. last 　　　　　C. good 　　　　　　D. strange
　　30. A. and 　　　　　B. but 　　　　　 C. so 　　　　　　　D. yet
　　31. A. attended 　　 B. took 　　　　　C. missed 　　　　 D. studied
　　32. A. from then on　B. at first 　　 C. once more 　　　 D. just then
　　33. A. freedom 　　　B. habit 　　　　 C. time 　　　　　　D. people
　　34. A. workers 　　　B. pupils 　　　　C. gardeners 　　　 D. grown-ups
　　35. A. understand 　 B. study 　　　　C. play 　　　　　 D. say
　　36. A. hear from 　　B. feel like 　　C. think about 　　 D. know of
　　37. A. night 　　　　B. regular 　　　C. small 　　　　　 D. real
　　38. A. all 　　　　　B. short 　　　　C. no 　　　　　　　 D. indoor
　　39. A. planted 　　　B. studied 　　　C. drew 　　　　　　D. toured
　　40. A. Still 　　　　B. Then 　　　　 C. Yet 　　　　　　　D. Next
　　41. A. wild 　　　　 B. successful 　 C. usual 　　　　　 D. particular
　　42. A. as well 　　　B.after a while C. of course 　　　 D. as a result
　　43. A. funny 　　　　B. great 　　　　C. convenient 　　 D. thoughtful
　　44. A. looking out 　B. taking out 　 C. finding out 　　 D. figuring out
　　45. A. math 　　　　 B. care 　　　　　C. botany 　　　　　D. notice
　　46. A. dull 　　　　 B. interesting C. enough 　　　　　D. dangerous
　　47. A. On the whole B. Once again 　　C. Sooner or later D. After a while
　　48. A. careful 　　 B. better 　　　　C. busier 　　　　　D. lovely
　　49. A. problem 　　 B. chance 　　　　C. difference 　　　D. change
　　50. A. reading 　　 B. gardening 　　C. teaching 　　　　D. thinking
Keys: 26. A 27. C 28. B 29. D　30. A 　31. C 32. B　33. A 34. D 　35. C 36. D　37. B 　 38. C 39. A40. B 　41. D 42. C　43. B　44. D　45. A 　46. C 47. A　48. B　49. C 50. D 　
2001年高考完形填空
He has been called the "missing link," Half - man, half-beast. He is supposed to live in the highest mountain in the world-Mount Everest.
He is known as the Abominable Snowman. The __36__ of the Snowman has been around for __37__. Climbers in the 1920s reported finding marks like those of human feet high up in the side of Mount Everest. The native people said they __38__ this creature and called it the　"Yeti," and they said that they had __39__ caught Yetis on two occasions __40__ none has ever been produced as evidence(证据).
Over the years, the story of the Yetis has __41__ . In 1951, Eric Shipton took photographs of a set of tracks in the snow of Everest. Shipton believed that they were not __42__ the tracks of a monkey or bear and __43__ that the Abominable Snowman might really __44__ .
Further efforts have been made to find out about Yetis. But the only things people have ever found were_45__ footprints. Most believe the footprints are nothing more than __46__ animal tracks, which had been made __47__ as they melted(融化)and refroze in the snow. __48__ , in 1964, a Russian scientist said that the Abominable Snowman was __49__ and was a remaining link with the prehistoric humans. But,__50__, no evidence has ever __51__ been produced.
These days, only a few people continue to take the story of the Abominable Snowman __52__ . But if they ever __53__ catching one, they may face a real __54__: Would they put it in a __55__ or give it a room in a hotel
36 . A. event B. story C. adventure D. description
37. A. centuries B. too long C. some time D. many years
38 . A. heard from B. cared for C. knew of D. read about
39 . A. even B. hardly C. certainly D. probably
40 . A. as B. though C. when D. until
41 . A. developed B. changed C. occurred D. continued
42 . A. entirely B. naturally C. clearly D. simply
43 . A. found B. declared C. felt D. doubted
44 . A. exist B. escape C. disappear D. return
45. A. clearer B. more C. possible D. rare
46. A. huge B. recent C. ordinary D. frightening
47. A. strange B. large C. deep D. rough
48. A. In the end B. Therefore C. After all D. However
49. A. imagined B. real C. special D. familiar
50. A. so B. besides C. again D. instead
51. A. rightly B. actually C. normally D. particularly
52. A. lightly B. jokingly C. seriously D. properly
53. A. succeed in B. insist on C. depend on D. join
54. A. decision B. situation C. subject D. problem
55. A. zoo B. mountain C. museum D. laboratory
Keys: 36B 37D38C39A40B41D42D43C44A45B46C47B48D49B50C51B52C53A54D55A
2002年高考全国试题完形填空
What is intelligence (智力) anyway When I was in the army I __1__ an intelligence test that all soldiers took, and, against __2__ of 100, scored 160.
I had an auto-repair man once, who, on these intelligence tests, could not __3__ have scored more than 80,___4__, when anything went wrong with my car I hurried to him - and he always __5__ it.
Well, then, suppose my auto-repair man __6__questions for some intelligence tests. By every one of them I'd prove myself a __7__. In a world where I have to work with my __8__ , I'd do poorly.
Consider my auto-repair man __9__. He had a habit of telling__10__. One time he said, " Doe, a deaf-and-dumb man__11__some nails. Having entered a store, he put two fingers together on the counter and made__12___movements with the other hand. The clerk brought him a hammer. He __13__ his head and pointed to the two fingers he was hammering. The clerk __14__ him some nails. He picked out the right size and left. Well, Doe, the __15__ man who came in was blind. He wanted scissors (剪刀). " __16__ do you suppose he asked for them " I lifted my right hand and made scissoring movements with my first two fingers. He burst out laughing and said, "Why, you, fool, he used his __17__ and asked for them. I've been __18__ that on all my customers today, but I knew __19__ I'd catch you." "Why is that " I asked. "Because you are so goddamned educated, Doc. I knew you couldn't be very __20__ " .
And I have an uneasy feeling he had something there.
1 . A. failed B. wrote C. received D. chose
2 . A. an average B. a total C. an exam D. a number
3 . A. always B. possibly C. certainly D. frequently
4 . A. Then B. Thus C. Therefore D. Yet
5 . A. fixed B. checked C. drove D. changed
6 . A. answered B. practised C. designed D. tried
7 . A. teacher B. doctor C. winner D. fool
8 . A. brains B. effort C. hands D. attention
9 . A. again B. as usual C. too D. as well
10. A. lies B. jokes C. news D. tales
11. A. bought B. tested C. found D. needed
12. A. cutting B. hammering C. waving D. circling
13. A nodded B. raised C. shook D. turned
14. A. brought B. packed C. sent D. sold
15. A. clever B. other C. right D. next
16. A. What B. How C. Who D. Which
17. A. imagination B. hand C. voice D. information
18. A. trying B. proving C. practicing D. examining
19. A. for sure B. at once C. in fact D. right now
20. A. clear B. silly C. slow D. smart
Keys: CABDA CDCAB DBCAD BCAAD
2002北京高考试题完形填空
As a child, I was truly afraid of the dark and of getting lost; these fears were very real and caused me some uncomfortable moments.
Maybe it was the strange 36 things looked and sounded in my familiar room at night that 37 me so much. There was never total 38 , but a streetlight or passing car lights 39 clothes hung over a chair take on the 40 of a wild animal. Out of the corner of my 41 , I saw the curtains seem to move when there was no 42 . A tiny sound in the floor would seem a hundred times louder than in the daylight. My 43 would run wild, and my heart would beat fast. I would 44 very still so that the “enemy” would not discover me.
Another of my childhood fears was that I would get lost, 45 on the way home from school. Every morning I got on the school bus right near my home―that was no 46 . After school, 47 , when all the buses were 48 up along the street, I was afraid that I’d get on the wrong one and be taken to some 49 neighborhood. On school or family trips to a park or a museum, I wouldn’t 50 the leaders out of my sight.
Perhaps one of the worst fears 51 all I had as a child was that of not being liked or 52 by others. Being popular was so important to me 53 , and the fear of not being liked was a 54 one.
One of the processes (过程) of growing up is being able to 55 and overcome our fears. Understanding the things that frightened us as children helps us achieve greater success later in life.
36. A. way B. time C. place D. reason
37. A. wounded B. destroyed C. surprised D. frightened
38. A. quietness B. darkness C. emptiness D. loneliness
39. A. got B. forced C. made D. caused
40. A. spirit B. height C. body D. shape
41. A. eye B. window C. mouth D. door
42. A. breath B. wind C. air D. sound
43. A. belief B. feeling C. imagination D. doubt
44. A. lay B. hide C. rest D. lie
45. A. especially B. simply C. probably D. directly
46. A. discussion B. problem C. joke D. matter
47. A. though B. yet C. although D. still
48. A. called B. backed C. lined D. packed
49. A. old B. crowded C. poor D. unfamiliar
50. A. leave B. let C. order D. send
51. A. above B. in C. of D. at
52. A. protected B. guided C. believed D. accepted
53. A. then B. there C. once D. anyway
54. A. strict B. powerful C. heavy D. right
55. A. realize B. remember C. recognize D. recover
Keys: 36. A 37. D 38. B 39. C 40. D
41. A 42. B 43. C 44. D 45. A
46. B 47. A 48. C 49. D 50. B
51. C 52. D 53. A 54. B 55. C
2003年全国试题高考完形填空
I played a racquetball game against my cousin Ed last week. It was one of the most ___1___ and tiring games I’ve ever had. When Ed first phoned and ___2___ we play, I laughed quietly, figuring on an ___3___ victory. After all, Ed’s idea of ___4____ has always been nothing more ___5___ than lifting a fork to his mouth. ___6___ I can remember. Ed’s been the least physically fit member in the family, and ___7___ proud of himself. His big moustache has always ballooned out between his T-shirt and trousers. Although the family often ___8___ about that, Ed refused to buy a ___9____ T-shirt or to lose weight. So when Ed__10___ for our game not only with the bottom of his shirt gathered inside his trousers but also with a stomach you could hardly ___11____, I was so surprised that I was __12___. My cousin must have made an effort to get himself into shape. ___13___, at the point in our game when I’d have predicted the score to be about 9 to 1 in my favor, it was ___14____ 7 to 9—and Ed was ___15____. The sudden realization was painful. We ___16___to play like two mad men. When the score was 16 up, I was having serious___17____ about staying alive until 21 years old, let alone ___18____ that many points. When the game finally ended, both of us were lying flat on our backs, too tired to ___19___. In a way, I think we both won: I the game, but cousin Ed my ____20____.　
1. A. encouraging B. hopeless C. surprising D. regular
2. A. declared B. mentioned C. persuaded D. suggested
3. A. unforgettable B. unexpected C. easy D. early
4. A. exercise B. preparation C. joy D. fitness
5. A. time-saving B. comfortable C. suitable D. effort-making
6. A. As soon as B. As long as C. When D. Since
7. A. strangely B. personally C. reasonably D. eagerly
8. A. cared B. forgot C. quarreled D. joked
9. A. clean B. larger C. straight D. darker
10. A. set out B. get ready C. arrived D. returned
11. A. notice B. admire C. believe D. measure
12. A. nervous B. curious C. careless D. speechless
13. A. After all B. As a result C. Above all D. At last
14. A. mistakenly B. then C. instead D. naturally
15. A. leading B. coming C. waiting D. counting
16. A. pretended B. stopped C. continued D. decided
17. A. thoughts B. doubts C. situations D. problems
18. A. scoring B. completing C. receiving D. keeping
19. A. play B. start C. sleep D. move
20. A. friendship B. respect C. support D. favor
Keys: 36、C 37、D 38、C 39、A 40、D 41、B 42、A　43、D 44、B 45、C 46、A
47、D 48、B 49、C 50、A 51、C 52、B 53、A 54、D 55、B
2003年北京试题高考完形填空
You Did More Than Carry My books
Mark was walking home from school one day when he noticed the boy ahead of him had dropped all of the books he was carrying, along with a baseball bat and several other things. Mark
36 down and helped the boy pick up these articles. 37 they were going the same way, he helped to carry some of them for him. As they walked Mark 38 the boy’s name was Bill, that he 39 computer games, baseball and history, that he was having a lot of 40 with his other subjects and that he had just broken 41 with his girlfriend.
They arrived at Bill’s home first and Mark was 42 in for a Coke and to watch some television. The afternoon passed 43 with a few laughs and some shared small talk, and then Mark went home. They 44 to see each other around school, had lunch together once or twice, and then both ended up from the same high school, Just three weeks before 45 ,Bill asked Mark if they 46 talk.
Bill 47 him of the day years ago when they had first met. “Do you 48 wonder why I was carrying so many things home that day ” asked Bill. “You see, I 49 out my locker because I didn’t want to leave a mess(脏乱) 50 anyone else. I had planned to run away and I was going home to 51 my things. But after we spent some time together 52 and laughing, I realized that 53 I had done that, I would have 54 a new friend and missed all the fun we would have together. So you see, Mark, when you picked up my books that day, you did a lot more. You 55 my life.”
36．A．fell B．sat C．lay D．knelt
37．A．Although B．Since C．After D．Until
38．A．discovered B．realized C．said D．decided
39．A．played B．loved C．tried D．made
40．A．questions B．ideas C．trouble D．doubt
41．A．up B．out C．off D．away
42．A．called B．helped C．invited D．allowed
43．A．peacefully B．willingly C．freely D．pleasantly
44．A．continued B．agreed C．forced D．offered
45．A．graduation B．movement C．separation D．vacation
46．A．would B．should C．could D．must
47．A．demanded B．reminded C．removed D．asked
48．A．ever B．usually C．even D．never
49．A．checked B．took C．cleaned D．put
50．A．over B．into C．with D．for
51．A．find B．pick C．pack D．hold
52．A．talking B．playing C．reading D．watching
53．A．before B．if C．while D．as
54．A．forgotten B．passed C．left D．lost
55．A．helped B．recovered C．improved D．changed
Keys: 36．D 37．B 38．A 39．B 40．C 41．A 42．C
43．D 44．A 45．A 46．C 47．B 48．A 49．C 50．D 51．C 52．A
53．B 54．D 55．D
2004年高考全国卷Ⅰ
(河南、河北、山东、山西、安徽、江西等地区)（秋）英语
It was the night before the composition was due. As I looked at the list of topics (题目) , "The Art of Eating Spaghetti (意大利面条) " caught my eye. The word "spaghetti" brought back the
36 of an evening at Uncle Alien' s in Belleville 37 all of us were seated around the table and Aunt Pat 38 spaghetti for supper. Spaghetti was an exotic (外来的) treat in 39 days. Never had I eaten spaghetti, and 40 of the grown-ups had enough experience to be 41 it. What laughing 42 we had about the 43 respectable method for moving spaghetti from plate to mouth. 44 , I wanted to write about that, but I wanted to 45 it down simply for my own 46 , not for Mr. Fleagle, my composition teacher. 47 , I would write something else.
When I finished it the night was half gone and there was no 48 left to write a proper com position for Mr. Fleagle. There was no choice next morning but to 49 my work. Two days pas sed before Mr. Fleagle returned the 50 papers. He said, "Now, class, I want to read you a composition, “The Art of Eating Spaghetti'. "
My words! He was reading my words out 51 to the whole class. 52 laughed, then the whole class was laughing with open-hearted enjoyment. I did my best not to show 53 , but what I was feeling was pure happiness, 54 my words had the power to make people 55 .
36. A. memory B. thought C. knowledge D. experience
37. A. when B. where C. since D. after
38. A. cooked B. served C. got D. made
39. A. their B. past C. last D. those
40. A. none B. one C. earns D. neither
41. A. careful about B. good at C. fond of D. interested in
42. A. speeches B. lessons C. sayings D. arguments
43. A. nearly B. naturally C. officially D. socially
44. A. Especially B. Probably C. Suddenly D. Fortunately
45. A. settle B. put C. Bite D. let
46. A. work B. story C. luck D. joy
47. A. However B. Therefore C. As for him D. Except for that
48. A. time B. excuse C. way D. idea
49. A. give up B. continue C. hand in D. delay
50. A. written B. graded C. collected D. calmly
51. A. laid B. fast C. publicly D. calmly
52. A. People B. Nobody C. Somebody D. I
53. A. shock B. wonder C. worry D. pleasure
54. A. if B. for C. while D. although
55. A. excited B. satisfied C. think D. laugh
Keys:
36---40 AABDA 41---45 BDDCB 46---50 DCACB 51---55 ACDBD
2004年高考全国卷Ⅱ(四川、吉林、黑龙江、云南等地区)（秋）英语
Tracy Wong is a well-known Chinese-American writer. But her writing ___36___ was something she picked up by herself. After her first____37____, teaching disabled children, she became a part-time writer for IBM. ___38___, writing stories was simply a ___39___. interest. Tracy sent three of her stories to a publisher(出版商).___40____, they immediately suggested that she put them together to make a single one long___41___and paid Tracy a $ 50,000 advance. "A pretty money," said the publisher, "for___42____writer.”
___43___Traey's characters(人物) are interesting, her stories sometimes___44___readem uneasy: those about the supernatural. "My mother believed I could___45___the afterlife world," she told a close friend. "She used to have me speak with my grandmother, who died many years ago."
"Can I I don't think I can," Tracy said with a laugh. "But l do have___46___ when things come to me___47___. " Once, she was wondering how to complete a ___48___set in ancient (古代的) China. ___49___the doorbell rang. It was a FedEx delivery man, with a copy of a book on Chinese ___50___. It came without her having ___51___it.
Though she has published 10 books, Tracy has remained ___52___by her fame. She lives in the same ___53___she lived 27 years ago - although in a mom comfortable home. There' s more room for___54___in her life - and it wasn’t just ___ 55___.
36. A. skill B. experience C. practice D. method
37. A. duty B. effort C. job D. task
38. A. Instead B. Normally C. Certainly D. Then
39. A. general B. deep C. personal D. lively
40. A. Interested B. Anxiously C. Seriously D. Encouraged
41. A. film B. story C. program D. article
42. A. a foreign B. a popular C. an unusual D. an unknown
43. A. Now that B. Even though C. Just because D. Except that
44. A. find B. turn C.leave D. hold
45. A. make up B. 'connect with C. control D. explain
46. A. events B. chances C. feelings D. moments
47. A. for no reason B. from a distance C. by accident D. as gifts
48. A. description B. pointing C. scene D. talk
49. A. Surprisingly B. Suddenly C. Expectedly D. Fortunately
50. A. cooking B. history C. play D. medicine
51. A. known B. sent C. realized D. ordered
52. A. unchanged B. excited C. determined D. unmoved
53. A. life B. city C. house D. way
54. A. success B. work C. joy D. variety
55. A. writing B. reporting C. luck D. fun
Keys: 36—45 ACDCA BDBCB 46—55 DACBB DADCA
2004年高考全国卷Ⅲ
(老课程卷：内蒙、海南、西藏、陕西、广西等地区)（秋）英语
“My name’s Jim Shelley and I’m an addict(有瘾的人)…”
With these words I began to 36 the problem, the problem of my telephone addiction. I used to call people 37 , from the moment I woke up to the time I went to sleep. I 38 to be phoned, I wanted to phone. Just one more call.
It started socially — a few calls each day. It seemed 39 , just a quick chat. Gradually though, the 40 got worse. Soon it was 41 use, until, finally, addiction.
And it began to affect(影响) my 42 . During the day I would disappear for 43 call. If I couldn’t make a call, I spent the whole time waiting for the phone to ring. Getting more and more 44 , in the end, I would ring someone, then someone else, 45 myself just one more call.
I was phoning people and 46 messages to make sure 47 calls would see me through the day. I used to arrive at friends’ homes and before the door was closed, go straight for the phone with the 48 “Is it OK if I just use the phone… ” At work, I became 49 when my fellow workers tried to 50 me from using the phone. And one day I hit my boss (with the phone). Finally, the police caught me 51 a phone box that had taken my last one pound coin, and I was 52 to see a psychiatrist(心理医生).
I haven’t 53 a phone in the house for three weeks now, and it’s several days 54 I used a phone box. I try not to watch TV because there are 55 people on it making phone calls. My name is Jim Shelley and I am an addict.
36．A. face B. find C. accept D. notice
37．A. now and then B. all the time C. at home D. at work
38．A. tried B. asked C. waited D. invited
39．A. polite B. important C. fine D. special
40．A. condition B. situation C. result D. effect
41．A. frequent B. regular C. unusual D. particular
42．A. friends B. study C. family D. work
43．A. a quick B. a secret C. an expected D. an extra
44．A. hopeful B. delighted C. frightened D. anxious
45．A. forcing B. telling C. giving D. limiting
46．A. leaving B. taking C. passing D. recording
47．A. long B. immediate C. enough D. surprising
48．A. saying B. demands C. wish D. words
49．A. careful B. mad C. determined D. helpless
50．A. save B. reduce C. protect D. stop
51．A. destroying B. using C. stealing D. emptying
52．A. offered B. guided C. ordered D. reminded
53．A. missed B. had C. received D. fixed
54．A. as B. when C. if D. since
55．A. always B. just C. more D. different
Keys:36－45 ABCCB ADADB 46－55 ACDBD ACBDA
2004年普通高等学校春季招生考试英语 （北京卷）
Surfing: It’s Not Just for Boys Anymore
If you asked high school girls to name their favorite sports, most would probably say basketball or volleyball. I happen to be one of the few girls who would 36 : surfing（冲浪运动）. But isn’t that a boy thing Some people 37 . Most certainly not.
I started surfing about five years ago and 38 in love with the sport on the very first day. Riding that first 39 was the best feeling I had ever experienced.
When I try to 40 surfing with other things, I find it very difficult because, in my 41 , there’s nothing like it. It involves（牵涉到）body, 42 , and soul. There’s sand between my toes and cool, salt water all 43 us. The feeling I get when I’m surfing across that 44 , becoming one with the 45 , is like I’m weightless.
The one thing I can 46 from surfing and not any other sport is endless challenge（挑战）. You can never be the “best surfer”because the ocean 47 an uncountable variety of waves that nobody can ever master. The variations of surfing styles are wonderful. Some surfers are free and flowing; others are very aggressive（活跃有力的）and 48 . All of these things attract me to surfing and make it 49 from any other sport.
I’ve 50 to tell every girl I know to do something that people don’t think girls can do. It’s part of being human to advance to new 51 , so shouldn’t it be expected that girls should step up and start 52 the limits of things boys and men used to dominate（主宰）？
There’re women 53 side by side with the President of our country, so why not side by side with the boys 54 the football team or out in the water surfing Give girls a chance to 55 , and they will.
36. A. tell B. answer C. give D. realize
37. A. wonder B. understand C. reply D. believe
38. A. stayed B. came C. dropped D. fell
39. A. wave B. storm C. sail D. boat
40. A. bring B. connect C. compare D. tie
41. A. work B. study C. holiday D. life
42. A. mind B. effort C. health D. time
43. A. along B. above C. around D. by
44. A. beach B. water C. board D. lake
45. A. sky B. world C. earth D. ocean
46. A. take B. get C. make D. keep
47. A. catches B. includes C. offers D. collects
48. A. sharp B. great C. hard D. calm
49. A. known B. right C. far D. different
50. A. chosen B. tried C. learned D. promised
51. A. levels B. points C. steps D. parts
52. A. reaching B. accepting C. pushing D. setting
53. A. sitting B. walking C. fighting D. working
54. A. of B. from C. on D. with
55. A. think B. succeed C. perform D. feel
Keys: 36-40 BADAC 41-45 DACBD 46-50 BCADB 51-55 ACDCB
2004年高考北京卷（秋）英语
Don’t Take the Fun Out of Youth Sports
When I joined a private football league a few years ago, the sport meant everything to me. My coach （教练）said that I had lots of potential （潜力）, and I became captain of my 36 . That was before all the fun was taken out of 37 .
At first, everyone on the team got 38 playing time. Then the team moved up to the top division after winning all its games, and the 39 started. Some parents, who had paid the coach extra so their daughters could have 40 one-on-one training, got angry when she didn’t give them more playing time in our 41 . The coach was replaced.
The new coach, however, took all the fun out of the game: All we did during practice was 42 . I always wished to God that it would rain so we would not have the 43 . Of course, all teams run drills; they are 44 . But we ran so much that, afterwards, we had trouble 45 . Younger people shouldn’t be doing exercises 46 for 18-year-olds.
I was very thin 47 I started football, but as a member of this team I wouldn’t eat much, because I was afraid of being too 48 to run. I feared making mistakes, and the added pressure caused me to make more than my usual 49 .
Is all this pressure necessary I 50 up leaving the football team. Four other girls did the same, and two of them stopped playing football completely. That’s 51 , because they had so much potential. They were just burned-out with all the pressure they 52 from the coach or their parents.
I continued playing football at school and 53 my love for it. I joined a private team coached by my school coach. When I started playing 54 him, he told me I needed to relax because I looked nervous. After I 55 down, I played better. When you enjoy something, it’s a lot easier to do it well.
36. A. class B. club C. team D. board
37. A. playing B. living C. learning D. working
38. A. great B. equal C. right D. extra
39. A. business B. struggle C. attempt D. pressure
40. A. free B. private C. good D. basic
41. A. matches B. courses C. lessons D. programs
42. A. jump B. play C. run D. shoot
43. A. duty B. meeting C. operation D. training
44. A. necessary B. boring C. scientific D. practical
45. A. speaking B. moving C. sleeping D. breathing
46. A. used B. intended C. made D. described
47. A. till B. since C. before D. because
48. A. full B. tired C. lazy D. big
49. A. size B. share C. space D. state
50. A. gave B. kept C. ended D. picked
51. A. sad B. shameful C. silly D. serious
52. A. received B. suffered C. brought D. felt
53. A. reconsidered B. rediscovered C. re-formed D. replaced
54. A. at B. by C. for D. around
55. A. fell B. stepped C. slowed D. calmed
Keys: 36. C 37. A 38. B 39. D 40. B 41. A 42. C
43. D 44. A 45. D 46. B 47. C 48. A
49. B 50. C 51. A 52. D 53. B 54. C 55. D
2004年高考天津卷（秋）英语
It was the district sports meet . My foot still hadn’t healed（痊愈）from a（n） 36 injury .
I had 37 whether or not I should attend the meet . But there I was , 38 for the 3,000-meter run .
“ Ready … set … ” The gun popped and we were off . The other girls rushed 39 me . I felt 40 as I fell farther and farther behind .
“ Hooray ! ” shouted the crowd . It was the loudest 41 I had ever heard at a meet . The first-place runner was two laps（圈）ahead of me when she crossed the finish line .
“ Maybe I should 42 , ” I thought as I moved on . 43 , I decided to keep going . During the last two laps , I ran 44 and decided not to 45 in track next year . It wouldn’t be worth it , 46 my foot did heal .
When I finished , I heard a cheer— 47 than the one I’d heard earlier . I turned around and 48 , the boys were preparing for their race . “ They must be cheering for the boys . ”
I was leaving 49 several girls came up to me . “ Wow , you’ve got courage ! ” one of them told me .
“ Courage I just 50 a race ! ” I thought .
“ I would have given up on the first lap , ” said another girl . “ We were cheering for you . Did you hear us ”
Suddenly I regained 51 . I decided to 52 track next year . I realized strength and courage aren’t always 53 in medals and victories , but in the 54 we overcome（战胜）. The strongest people are not always the people who win , 55 the people who don’t give up when they lose .
36. A. slighter B. worse C. earlier D. heavier
37. A. expected B. supposed C. imagined D. doubted
38. A. late B. eager C. ready D. thirsty
39. A. from behind B. ahead of C. next to D. close to
40. A. ashamed B. astonished C. excited D. frightened
41. A. cheer B. shout C. cry D. noise
42. A. slow down B. drop out C. go on D. speed up
43. A. Therefore B. Otherwise C. Besides D. However
44. A. with delight B. with fear C. in pain D. in advance
45. A. play B. arrive C. race D. attend
46. A. even if B. only if C. unless D. until
47. A. weaker B. longer C. lower D. louder
48. A. well enough B. sure enough
C. surprisingly enough D. strangely enough
49. A. while B. when C. as D. since
50. A. finished B. won C. passed D. lost
51. A. cheer B. hope C. interest D. experience
52. A. hold on B. turn to C. begin with D. stick with
53. A. measured B. praised C. tested D. increased
54. A. sadness B. struggles C. diseases D. tiredness
55. A. or B. nor C. and D. but
Keys: 36. C 37. D 38. C 39. B 40. A
41. A 42. B 43. D 44. C 45. C 46. A 47. D 48. B
49. B 50. D 51. B 52. D 53. A 54. B 55. D
2004年高考上海卷（秋）英语
(A)
Adults are often surprised by how well they remember something they learned as children but have never practised in the meantime. A man who has not had an opportunity to go swimming for years can 55 swim as well as ever when he gets back in the water. He can got on a bicycle after several decades and still 56 away. A mother who has not 57 the words for years can teach her daughter the poem that begins “ Twinkle, twinkle, little star” or recite the story of Cinderella or Snow White.
One explanation is the law of over learning, which can be stated as following: 58 we have learned something, additional learning increases the 59 of time we will remember it.
In childhood, we usually continue to practise such skills as swimming, bicycle riding long after we have learned them. We continue to listen to and 60 ourselves of poems such as “Twinkle, twinkle, little star” and childhood tales such as Cinderella or Snow White. We no only learn but 61 .
The law of over learning explains why cramming (突击学习) for an examination, 62 it may result in a passing grade, is not a 63 way to learn a school course. By cramming, a student may learn the subject well enough to get by on the examination, but he is likely soon to forget almost everything he learned. A little over learning; 64 , is usually a good investment toward the future.
55. A. only B. hardly C. still D. even
56. A. more B. drive C. travel D. ride
57. A. thought about B. cared for C. showed up D. brought up
58. A. Before B. Once C. Until D. Unless
59. A. accuracy B. unit C. limit D. length
60. A. remind B. inform C. warm D. recall
61. A. recite B. overlearn C. research D. improve
62. A. though B. so C. if D. after
63. A. convenient B. demanding C. satisfactory D. swift
64. A. at most B. by the way C. on the other hand D. in the end
(B)
The birthrate is Europe has been in a steady decrease since the 1960s. European countries, realizing crisis is at hand, are providing great encouragement for parents to create more babies in the 21st century.
Affairs Ministry concluded last year that, 65 cash encouragement, some women just don’t want to be 66 holding the baby. “What we know is that it’s good for the 67
if men and women share the burden of having children,” says Soren Kindlund, family policy adviser at the Swedish ministry. 68 Swedish parents can take their paid leave as they wish, men use a mere 12% of it; 60% of fathers do not take even a(n) 69 day off work.
Experts fear that the tendency for women to use most of the parental leave could make employers 70 go give young women the permanent jobs they need to qualify for paid maternity leave (产假)。In January. Sweden decided to allow new fathers two months’ paid leave, with a warming: use it or 71 it.
Kindlund admits that men are under 72 to stay at work, even though parental pay comes out of the public purse. “It’s not popular among bosses and perhaps with other men in the workplace,” he says. “But it’s good for the father and for the child if they can 73 a relationship.”
In Norway, a(n) 74 policy has worked wonders. 70% of dads in Norway now take parental leave, and the birthrate of 1.85 children per woman is one of the highest in Europe.
65. A. is spite of B. at the cost of C. in addition to D. due to
66. A. sent B. left C. caught D. seen
67. A. birthrate B. income C. health D. spirit
68. A. Just as B. Only if C. Even though D. Now that
69. A. one B. mere C. only D. single
70. A. willing B. reluctant C. likely D. unable
71. A. reserve B. misuse C. ignore D. lose
72. A. discussion B. attack C. control D. pressure
73. A. make out B. add up C. build up D. set aside
74. A. impersonal B. similar C. severe D. global
Keys: 55—59 CDABD 60—64 ABACC 65—69 ABACD 70—74 BDDCB
2004年高考重庆卷（秋）英语
A little boy invited his mother to attend his school’s first teacher-parent parent meeting. To the little boy’s 36 ,she said she would go. This 37 be the first time that his classmates and teacher 38 his mother and he felt 39 of her appearance. Although she was a beautiful woman, there was a severe scar(疤痕)that 40 nearly the entire right side of her face. The boy never wanted to 41 why or how she got the scar.
At the meeting, the people were 42 by the kindness and natural beauty of his mother 43 the car, but the little boy was still embarrassed(尴尬)and 44 himself from everyone. He did, however, get within 45 of a conversation between his mother and his teacher.
The teacher asked 46 ,“How did you get the scar on your face ”
The mother replied,“ 47 my son was a baby, he was in a room that caught fire. Everyone was 48 afraid to go in because the fire was 49 ，so I went in. As I was running toward his bed, I saw a loing piece of wood coming down and I placed myself over him trying to protect him. I was knocked 50 but fortunately, a fireman came in and saved both of us.” She 51 the burned side of her face. “This scar will be 52 ,but to this day, I have never 53 what I did.”
At this point, the little boy came out running toward his mother with tears in his eyes. He held her in his arms and felt a great 54 of the sacrifice(牺牲)that his mother had made for him. He held her hand 55 for the rest of the day.
36.A.enjoyment B. disappointment C. surprise D. excitement
37.A. would B. could C. should D. must
38.A.noticed B. greeted C. accepted D. met
39.A. sick B. ashamed C. afraid D. tired
40. A. included B. passed C. covered D. shaded
41. A. talk about B. think about C. care about D. hear about
42. A. impressed B. surprised C. excited D. comforted
43. A. in sight of B. by means of C. by way of D. in spite of
44. A. hid B. protected C. separated D. escaped
45. A. understanding B. reminding C. hearing D. learning
46. A. carefully B. seriously C. nervously D. anxiously
47. A. As B. When C. Since D. While
48. A. so B. much C. quite D. too
49. A. out of control B. under control C. in control D. over control
50. A. helpless B. hopeless C. senseless D. useless
51. A. pointed B. showed C. wiped D. touched
52. A. ugly B. lasting C. serious D. frightening
53. A. forgot B. recognized C. considered D. regretted
54. A. honor B. sense C. happiness D. pride
55. A. quietly B. slightly C. tightly D. suddenly
Keys: 36-40BADBC 41-45AADAC 46-50ABDAC 51-55DBDBC
2004年高考江苏卷（秋）英语
We may look at the world around us, but somehow we man(共56张PPT)
完形填空
完形填空是一种测试学生语言水平和实际运用语言能力的综合性题型， 它要求学生掌握词汇知识，习惯用语， 语法知识，句法结构， 而且要有一定的语篇领悟能力，逻辑思维能力和语言感悟能力，是综合了现行的单选和阅读的考查。近年来试题所设计的知识面不断拓宽，缺少故事情节的文章增多，特别强调对语篇及上下文的理解和应用，而且完形填空题在整个高考试卷中的分值比重比以往更高，因此，可以说该题型难度大、区分度高，是“容易拉开距离”的题型。
一 完形填空所考查的能力
快速阅读
skimming
找中心句
理顺文章
判断,推理,分析
词汇语法
背景知识生活常识
topic sentence
organization
analysis & conclusion
vocabulary & grammar
background &knowledge
二 当前完形填空的特点
突出语篇，强调应用，注重交际
辨析词意，以实词为主
题材多为记叙文，且第一句不设空
短文长度多在220-300词之间, 设空的平均密度逐年加大;选项单词一般为一 个单词或一个词组但干扰项增多,词义辩析仍唱重头戏。从空格应填的词类来看，仍然以实词既所谓的信息词汇为主,虚词为辅。 表一
1
2
连词
20.7w/pm
22w/pm
读速(15分钟)
220+90
295+91
295+90
语言输入量
设空平均间隔
正文词数
9.1 词
220
2004
12 词
239
2003
14.8 词
295
2002
类别
26.7w/pm
实词 虚词
动词 名词 代词 形容词 副词 介词 连词
2001 6 4 0 3 5 0 2
2002 8 5 0 2 4 1 0
2003 8 3 0 5 2 1 1
2004 5 5 3 2 2 2 1
词类
年份
表 二
三 测试要点热点透视
情景运用,常识应用
词语辨析 （先易后难）
上下文联系
逻辑推理,归纳概括
语篇理解
四 完形填空的解题思路
总则：在把握整体的基础上对 句子内部的情况进行分析
跳过空格，通读全文， 把握大意
再读全文，反复检查
结合选项，综合考虑，初定答案
瞻前顾后，先易后难， 个个击破
五 完形填空的解题技巧
利用首句解题
运用逻辑分析判断解题
借助词汇复现现象解题
通过合理联想解题
依据上下文语境解题
凭借背景知识解题
调动语法规则解题
5.1 联想和推测这样的基本思维活动始终伴随着完形填空的解题过程，但联想和推测不能是盲目的。在一篇文章中，我们有时候会发现一些实词大致属于一个范畴，这就意味着需要填空的地方有可能也是这一范畴内的词汇，这样就确定了一定的联想方向，在头脑中迅速罗列出与之相关的词汇有助于我们正确判断选项。例如：
college
school
primary school
middle school
university
institute
teachers
professors
(tutors)
students
pupils
graduates
postgraduates
degrees
Bachelor’s
Master’s
Doctor’s
courses
lectures
examinations
quiz
test
papers
subjects
cheat
homework
mark
results
scholarship
smoking
smokers/non-smokers
parents
children
adults
places to smoke
public places
private places at home
disadvantages
(harms)
waste of money
fires--- loss
diseases--health
laws to
forbid smoking
ban
restrict
fire
fire alarm
firemen/
firefighters
distinguisher
stove
smoke
start a fire
set fire to…
set…on fire
make a fire
be on fire
fight against
put out
burn… to the ground
sound (v.)the fire alarm
Law should not restrict (限制) where people can smoke. As far as I am concerned, any arguments that say smoking affects the health of nonsmokers are based on emotions (感情) ， not science. As a matter of fact, there is no conclusive evidence to prove that the health of wives and children of smokers is harmed by their husbands or fathers smoking. Banning smoking in public places, like restaurants and offices, only cause loss of income and lower productivity. It also, I believe, unfairly restricts people’s freedom of choice. Naturally, this is an issue that arouses a lot of anger on the part of a lot of people, but clearly, anger should not dictate laws. The decision of where and when to smoke, should, in my opinion, be left to common courtesy(礼貌） and sense（理智）.

eg. I put my head in, expecting the (worst). But to my (surprise), the room wasn’t empty at all. It had furniture, curtains, a TV, and even paintings on the wall. And then on the well-made bed sat Amy, my new __44__, dressed neatly.
A. roommate B. classmate C. neighbour D. companion
eg. And thousands of __58__ watchers stared
with their hearts beating fast.
58. A. patient B. terrified
C. pleased D. enjoyable
eg. We were __42____ to go back for class again when the headmaster called us ( together) and said, …
42. A. about B. able C. sorry D. sure
were about to
when
eg. One day, Mrs. Nanette O'Neill gave an arithmetic __26___ to our class. When the papers were __27_ she discovered that twelve boys had made exactly the (same) mistakes throughout the test.
26. A. test B. problem C. paper D. lesson
27. A. examined B. completed
C. marked D. answered
5.2 完形填空题的特点是篇幅小，起点高，容量大。按一般的命题要求，完形填空题所采用的短文一般不给标题，但首句往往不设空，通常是个完整的句子，这个句子不容忽视，它往往是全文的关键句，或者称为主导句，（topic sentence)它是了解全文的窗口，常常包含对解题有用的信息，由此句可判断文章的大意乃至主题。因此，考生要充分利用完形填空题首句的提示作用，利用它为解题找到一个突破口，从而展开思维，争取开局顺利。
eg. (NMET 2001) 首句：He has been called the “missing link”: half-man, half beast. He is supposed to live in the highest mountain in the world Mount Everest.
文章的开篇段描述了 “missing link” 的外貌和生活地，读懂第一句我们就可确定说明的对象是半人半兽的动物，有助于预测全文的基本框架和内容。
eg. I was six when I joined my father and two elder brothers at sunrise in the fields of Eufaula, Okla. 36 the time I was eight I was helping Dad fix up old furniture. He gave me a cent for every nail I 37 out of old board.
36. A. Before B. Within C. From D. By
37. A. pulled B. put C. picked D. pressed
这是一篇相对完整的故事，从第一段可以看出，作者分别提到了6岁，8岁时所干的事情， 但他并不认为那是真正意义上的工作。所以前三项结合语境很容易选出答案。
5.3 对语法、词法等基础知识的考查也是完形填空题的命题角度之一。它需要考生不仅要理解上下文的逻辑关系，更要针对性地对语法结构、句式特点、对短文中所设空格中需填词在句子里作什么成分、哪类词适合、应采取什么形式等进行必要的分析思考，从而迅速解决问题。比如，选用动词就要考虑各种时态、语态、语气、主谓搭配以及其如何与其他词类使用等一系列问题。因此调动语法知识解题在完形中是必要的，它包括根据固定句型和词，尤其是动词的固定搭配来选择答案，或运用代词的上下文替代作用。例如：
eg. At the beginning of this century, medical scientists made an interesting discovery: we are built not just of flesh and blood but also of time. They were ___to show that we all have a “body clock”. (NMET2000)
A. anxious B. able C. change D. move
eg. Should the small change received at the store be forgotten or returned Nobody will know except ___. But you have to live with yourself, and it is always better to live with someone you respect.
A. me B. you C. us D. them
此题根据下文的主语you判断，只能选B。
eg. …a theater with poor sight lines, poor sound-shaping qualities, and too few entries and exits will not work for ___ purpose.
A. their B. its C. those D. that
本句从反面说明剧院设计应符合空间的作用，四个选项中只有its指代单数名词theater。
eg. (NMET 2001) 首句：He has been called the “missing link”: half-man, half beast. He is supposed to live in the highest mountain in the world Mount Everest.
文章的开篇段描述了 “missing link” 的外貌和生活地，读懂第一句我们就可确定说明的对象是半人半兽的动物，有助于预测全文的基本框架和内容。
eg. 1 my way home yesterday, I saw a dog in front 2 me.
1. A. In B. Of C. On D. To
2. A. of B. to C. from D. before
eg. Everyday after school I would 41 to JM’s and work until ten. (NMET 2003 北京）
41. A. head B. turn C. change D. move
head for/ to 是一个固定词组，表示前往，去。
5.4 “词汇的复现”是指某一词以原词、同义词或近义词、概括词以及其他形式重复出现在语篇之中。词汇复现的语用意义是使得语篇中的句子相互衔接和连贯，从而构成一个完整和有机的意义整体。大体上说，词汇的复现包括：原词复现、同义词复现、近义词复现、概括词复现和注释性复现。具体指某一词以原词，指代词，同义词，反义词概括词等重新出现在整个文章的前后，并起到了衔接全文的作用。如何利用词汇复现帮助我们解题呢？不妨先看看下面的例子：
eg. The strange thing was that practically all the students went to class, and very few people stayed up late at night. Only the new people stayed up or ___ class. (NMET2000春）
A. attended B. took C. missed D. studied
文章中or连接的是并列成分，所以空格中的内容应与上文went to class 构成相反的意义，该题属于反义词复现现象。
eg. The parents said that most of the homework was a waste of time, and they wanted to 56 it. Spain and Turkey are two countries which stopped homework already. (2003 春，上海卷）
56. A. delay B. stop C. block D. prove
eg. And the clerk confirmed that his plane was leaving at nine o’clock three days form that day …
Since he was 44 in three days, Andy didn’t lose any time. (2003 春， 全国卷）
44. A. moving B. returning
C. staying D. leaving
eg. The afternoon passed pleasantly with a few laughs and some small talk, and then Mark went home …
“ …I had planned to run away and I was going home to pack my things. But after we spent some time together 52 and laughing, I realized that …” （2003 春，北京卷）
52. A. talking B. playing
C. reading D. watching
eg. How does a tooth go bad The 51 begins in a little crack in the enamel(珐琅）covering of the tooth. This happens after germs and bits of food have 52 there. Then the decay slowly spreads inside the tooth. In the end, poison goes into blood, and we may feel quite ill. (2002, 上海春季招生）
51. A. destruction B. decay C. fault D. hurt
52. A. stored B. collected C. laid D. piled
上文中讲蛀牙如何产生。 空51和红体单词在意义上是一致的， 属于同义词复现现象。
5.5 上下文是营造语境的基础，也是逻辑推理的依据。通过分析句与句之间的逻辑关系，根据上下文中对比， 因果，转折及用途等线索，前后顺序及前后文中提示与解释的关系，猜出文中的生词和缺失的单词，并找出信息词是做好完形填空题的关键。近年来，完形填空题在设计上的趋势是朝着深层化及语境化的方面挖掘，侧重逻辑推理判断。就空格设空而言，体现了以实词为主，虚词为辅的特点，而且几乎不暴露明显的语言错误，词语在特定的语境中所表达的隐含信息大都无法光凭表面理解获知。这就大大加强了干扰项的迷惑性，从而提高了试题的难度值。
eg. On the whole, I think I am a better person for having gone to the school. I can read and write as well as anyone else my age, and I can think better. That’s probably a real big difference between the free school and regular school-the amount of ___. (NMET2000, 春）
A. reading B. gardening C. teaching D. thinking
该段落强调作者比同领人更会思考，且这一点是Free School 和正规学校的最大区别。结尾处是对上文的总结，属于话题同现的情况。
因此，只有借助上下文乃至全文语境的启示或限定如某个话题的总结或再现，才能够准确做出判断。
Eg. Todd was working at his gas station at night when he heard over the radio that a bank in Long Island had been broken into by an armed man who had killed the night guard and got away with $150,000. “One hundred and fifty thousand,” Todd whistled. Here’s a fellow who just walks into a bank and helps himself to so much money. Todd thought of the ___ with which he managed to get the amount of money he needed to start his gas station. So many papers to sign, so much money to pay back.
A. satisfaction B. difficulty C. disappointment D. spirit
填此空时，应该充分利用上下文，对照上文的语气：武装分子抢钱如此轻巧！而自己赚钱却是如此麻烦，其中manage to 也有一定提示作用。
eg. I played a racquetball game against my cousin Ed last week. It was one of the most 36 and tiring games I’ve ever had. （NMET 2003）
36. A. encouraging B. hopeless C. surprising D. regular
此处从语法的角度4个选项都对，但联系后文才能发现唯有C为最佳答案。
eg. It was an early morning in summer. In the street, sleepily-eyed people were moving quickly, heading towards their ____ .
A. jobs B. homes C. buses D. offices
5.6 完形填空题的解题过程首先是一个阅读的过程。做题时必须把握作者的思路，使自己的思维模式与作者的思维模式相吻合。在整个解题的过程中不断地从各个角度进行合乎逻辑的推理，进而验证推理的正确性，修正非正确性，以达到理解全文、解决问题的目的。正确分析推理是恰当解题的必要条件，而恰当解题又是对题目进行正确分析推理的必然结果。因此运用句与句之间的逻辑关系解题包括运用修饰，因果，结构再现，连词等技巧解题。即在上下文中寻找有关的提示或暗示，对文章的情节进行逻辑分析，抓住关键语言信息的词语，确定合理的答案至关重要。
eg. No man can change the weather. Nobody can control the weather. But if we 1 correctly the signs around us we can 2 what the more changes in the weather will be. This way of telling what the weather will be like the following day or two is called weather forecasting.
A. see B. look C. read D. watch
A. tell B. speak C. talk D. point
上面是一段文章的开头， 开篇第三句就用了but, 由此可以推断后面的内容和人类可以认识，掌握天气现象有关，这样就不难选出空缺的词了。
下面的例子则是考查学生先判断转折关系再填过渡词了。
eg. I had an auto repairman once, who, on these intelligence tests, could not 38 have scored more than 80. 39 , when anything went wrong with my car, I hurried to him and he always 40 it. (NMET 2002)
38. A. always B. possibly C. certainly D. frequently
39. A. Then B. Thus C. Therefore D. Yet
40. A. fixed B. checked C. drove D. changed
eg. The native people said they 38 (knew of ) this creature and called it the “Yeti”, and they said that they had 39 caught Yetis on two occasions 40 none has ever been produced. (NMET 2001)
39. A. even B. hardly C. certainly D. probably
40. A. as B. though C. when D. until
39空前的两个分句存在着递进的关系， 而该句又和后面的分句存在转折关系，据此可以判断答案。
5.7 完形填空题以自身的内容提供完整的语篇信息，其间无不渗透着各类相关的常识与知识。背景知识指的是我们平时所积累的常识，生活经验，英语国家的风俗习惯，文化背景，历史事件，地理位置等。考生做题时，若能积极地调动自己的文化背景知识和生活常识，注意中西方文化方面存在的差异，将会大大简化复杂的分析与判断过程，节省宝贵的时间，顺理成章地选出正确的答案。因此，这就要求考生平时注意知识的积累，并加强不同学科间的知识融合，有意识地了解一些英语国家的文化背景知识，这对英语学习和应试将大有帮助。
eg. People of Burlington are being disturbed by the sound of bells. Four students from Burlington College of Higher Education are in the bell tower of the 26 and have make up their minds to ring the bells non stop for two weeks as a protest. (NMET1999)
26. A. college B. village C. town D. church
在英语国家钟楼通常设在教堂里或与教堂连在一起，因此不难判断此题选C。
eg. One thing we all do now and again is to lose our 54 with a friend and close relatives. The odd thing is that we more often display great 55 towards some one we are fond than towards 56 . (NMET 2002 上海卷）
54. A. mind B. memory C. manner D. temper
55. A. anger B. interest C. love D. respect
56. A. strangers B. friends C. relatives D. colleagues
在日常生活中人们通常会对亲戚朋友或者自己发脾气，但却不在陌生人身上。 加上more…than…的句型，则可以判断出答案了。
排比结构指的是结构相同或相似，意思密切关联，语气一致的句子或词组成串排列的语言现象。命题者常从排比结构中的关联或对比这一特点来设空。
把握两个结构
排比结构
对比结构
对比，又称“对照”，属语言技巧之一。对比结构常把两种对立的事物或同一事物的两个不同方面并列出来加以比较或对比、使之相辅相成，从而达到突出主题的修辞效果。
eg. As they walked Mark 38 the boy’s name was Bill, that he 39 computer games, baseball and history, that he was having a lot of 40 with his other subjects and that he had just broken 41 with his girlfriend. （2003 春，北京）
38. A. discovered B. realized C. said D. decided
39. A. played B. loved C. tried D. made
40. A. questions B. ideas C. trouble D. doubt
41. A. up B. out C. off D. away
eg. Many people now think that teachers give pupils too much homework. They say that it is 51 for children to work at home in their free time. 52, they argue that most teachers do not 53 plan the homework tasks they give to pupils. (2003春，上海）
51. A. unnecessary B. uninteresting
C. unfortunate D. unimportant
52. A. Nevertheless B. However
C. Therefore D. Moreover
53. A. considerably B. favourably
C. properly D. pleasantly
eg. When he was speaking to people 37 he had no 38 understanding what they said. 39 , when he was speaking on the phone, he 40 had a problem. (NEMT,春2003)
37. A. slowly B. in public
C. in person D. carefully
38. A. difficulty B. idea
C. mistake D. interest
39. A. Instead B. Therefore
C. Meanwhile D. interest
40. A. Even B. curiosity
C. notice D. attention
词义辨析
完形填空题中对词汇知识的考查主要体现在习惯用法和同义词、近义词的辨析两个方面。习惯用法是英语中某些固定的结构形态，不能随意变动。而在众多的习语当中，介词往往扮演最活跃的角色，其次是副词。所以，考生应掌握习惯用法，用它来分析破解完形填空题或许可算得上是一件秘密武器。词义辨析题的比重有加大的趋势。要做好这类题目，非得有较大的词汇量、较强的词语搭配能力。
eg. At this moment, the air hostess 　73　 . She looked pale, but was quite (calm). A. showed B. presented 　C. exposed　D. appeared 本题考查动词近义词辨析, 四个选项都有“出现，显露”的意思， 但是a, b, c都是及物动词，此处不应用及物动词，所以应当选不及物动词appear ，表示“出现”。从此题我们还会发现，单纯地记忆单词词义还远远不够。还应当掌握词性、词的搭配、用法等。
eg. Human brains are the 　68　 . 68. A. same　 B. identical 　C. similar 　D. alike 本题考形容词辨析，但是考生不必逐一分析每个词之间的差异，最好从搭配入手解题。四个单词中只有same与定冠词连用，故选a。
eg. It was the night before the composition was due. As I looked at the list of topics (题目) , “The Art of Eating Spaghetti (意大利面条) ” caught my eye. The word “spaghetti” brought back the __36 of an evening at Uncle Alien‘ s in Belleville 37 all of us were seated around the table and Aunt Pat 38 spaghetti for supper. (NEMT 2004)
36. A.Memory B. thought C. knowledge D. experience
37. A. when B. where C. since D. after
38. A. cooked B. served C. got D. made
eg. …The news 1 twenty minutes later. The gunman had 2 a car for a ride, and than 3 out and the driver…
A. continued B. lasted C. spread D. arrived 本题考查的是相近词的辨析，continue 和last 均能表示延续状态，但只有前者才能表示中断后继续的意思。
eg. Someone had taken the ____ diamond and put a faulty one in its place.
A. real B. pure C. right D. exact
本题中a faulty one 是一个暗示要填一个反义词，相比之下只有A最贴切。
解题误区
　
做完形填空时，除了依据所学语言知识和解题技巧外，还应避免几个误区。
1、单纯求快，忽略语篇理解，只看局部的词义辨析、搭配和语法结构，试图用语言知识解决所有问题。很多考生一拿到完形填空题就急于选择答案，不认真分析通篇文章。表面上解题速度挺快，但是这种见树不见林的做法只会影响解题的质量的效率。 2、时间安排不当，在几个选项上过分纠缠，追求完美，导致许多本可以做出的题来不及做。正确的做法是由易到难，先做会
文章首句要重视，全篇理解有启示。
记叙体裁为主体，通读全文明意旨。
填空多是实意词，四个选项巧设计，
词类范畴必同一。确定最佳靠逻辑，
字里行间找信息。个别填空借常识，
相近词义细辨析，习惯用法靠记忆，
复读反思再核实。
应试口诀：
There were two lazy men who __1__ did any work at all. They__2__ spend the whole day sitting in the sun and sleeping _3___ talking about what they would do when they were _4___ . Many years went _5___in this way and the two men __6__ poor. One summer’s day as they were sitting _7___ on a bench in the sunshine, one of the men jumped __8__ his feet without warning and exclaimed, “We can’t go on __9__ this. We’ve got to do something to _10___ some money.”
“__11__ for instance ” asked his friend in a __12__ voice.
“We’ll go to the mountains and _13___ snails,” said the
first man.
The second man didn’t want to go out at first. But in the end his friend _14___ him. They each took a bucket and set __15__ for the mountains. They walked extremely slow. When they reached the hill, they looked _16___ it might have a lot of snails on it. The first man said, “Let’s work_17___. I’ll go up this side with my bucket, and you go up the other side with __18__, we’ll meet at the top.”
They __19__ snails all day and in the evening they met on top of the hill. “How many did you get ” asked the first man. “Two,” said the second man. “I _20___ got three, but one got away.”
1. A. always B. never C. often D. seldom
2. A. used to B. was used to
C. got used to D. became used to
3. A. or B. and C. but D. with
4. A. old B. ill C. rich D. poor
5. A. on B. with C. by D. down
6. A. appeared B. proved
C. continued D. remained
7. A. calmly B. quietly C. nervously D. nearly
8. A. up B. down C. off D. to
9. A. as B. like C. with D. about
10. A. steal B. rob C. exchange D. make
11. A. How B. However C. What D. Whatever
12. A. tireless B. tiring C. tired D. tiresome
13. A. catch B. take C. get D. fetch
14. A. advise B. persuaded C. agreed D. forced
15. A. up B. about C. down D. off
16. A. as B. though C. that D. as though
17. A lonely B. separately C. alone D. together
18. A. mine B. ours C. yours D. yourself
19. A. hunted B. found C. searched D. caught
20. A. nearly B. finally C. mainly D. already
key: 1-5 BAACC 6-10DBDBD
11-15CCABD 16-20 DBCAA第二部分 题型专项
书面表达
一、考点聚焦
书面表达题旨在测试考生的英语表达能力，看其是否能够运用学过的英语知识和掌握的技能进行思想交流。从历年高考试卷来看，书面表达是指导性写作，即按照题目所给的目的、时间、对象、地点、内容、长度等条件去完成写作。它不同于命题作文，可以随意发挥；也不是简单的句子翻译。必须做到行文切题，紧扣中心思想，不漏要点，并且意思连贯，文理通顺，语言准确、得当。
二、应试技巧点拨
1.首先要认真审题。读懂题目所给信息，初步确定要点内容，并可用序号标出以免遗忘。
2.列题纲使用要点条理化，序化，统筹安排布局。
3.勿要直译，需意译。尤其对看图情景作文要构建完整故事结构，不可逐句罗列了事。
4.要刻意把好语言关。要用自己最熟悉的句型结构和词语，力求文理通顺，语言准确。没有把握的词句不要写，确有把握的的可以锦上添花。
5.遇到一时想不起的词语，需变通。可以用同义近义词代替，也可以用否定词加反义词来表达，亦可变换句式。不可钻牛角尖，更不能生造词语，汉化表达。
6.注意文章的长度。看具体内容而定，如果内容多应多用复杂句式，如果内容不多，为了达到词的限数应多用简单句式，并适当增补合理内容。
7.注意保持卷面整洁，书写工整清楚，书写的好坏会直接影响阅卷老师的情绪。
8.最后应注意复查全文。看内容要点有无遗漏，标点、格式、大小写是否规范，是否有语病等。
三、精典范例
例1 （NMET 2001）
假设你是李华，你的澳大利亚朋友Dick听说中国的中小学正在减轻学生的学习负担，来信询问有关情况。请你根据下表提供的信息，写一封回信，谈一谈减负给你的学习和生活带来的变化。
周末活动（减负前） 周末活动（减负后）
白天：上课、做作业 白天：参观博物馆，学习电脑、绘画等
晚上：做作业 晚上：看新闻、读书、看报
就寝时间：11:30 就寝时间：10:30
注意：1.词数100左右。2.开头已为你写好。
生词：reduce learning load减轻学习负担
Dear Dick,
How nice to hear from you again.
Best wishes,
Li Hua
解析
NMET 2001 年高考书面表达试题要求考生根据以表格的形式提供的情景用英语写一篇100个单词左右的书信，给澳大利亚朋友Dicl介绍减负给自己学习和生活带来的变化。写作过程中所需要的生词已给出，短文的开头也已经为考生写好。
写作过程：
1.认真审题，明确要求。
①由汉语提示可知，应用第一人称完成短文；
②在写作过程中，要突出减负给学习生活带来的便利；
③在写作过程中，要根据表格中的中文提示，写成一篇行文连贯、条理清楚的文章而不宜将表格中的中文直译成英语。
2.审视表格，列出要点。
①过去忙于上课、做作业；
②现在有时间看新闻、参观博物馆等；
③现在有时间看新闻、读报纸；
④不必再熬夜。
3.依据要点，编拟提纲。
1 I used to have to do endless homework and attend classes even
at weekends.
②Now I have more free time to read books, visit museums even
and so on.
③In the evenings I can watch news on TV or read newspapers.④I can go to bed earlier.
4.按照文体，组织语篇。
One possible version:
Dear Dick,
How nice to hear from you again. You want to known what is going on in schools in China In short, things have begun to improve since schools were called on to reduce learning load. I don’t know about others, but I used to have to work even at weekends doing endless homework and attending classes as well. Now I have more free time, I can follow my own interests such as reading books, visiting museums, and taking computer lessons. In the evenings I can watch news on TV or read newspapers. What’s more, I can go to bed earlier. As far as I know, everyone is happy about this new arrangement of things.
Best wishes,
Li Hua高三英语单项选择题精选
第一课时
1. I won’t think _____ of him because of his shortcomings. He is a good
boy after all.
A. much B. little C. any less D. any more
2. ----Which share is meant for me
----You can take ______ half. They are exactly the same.
A. this B. any C. each D. either
3. This book is written in _____ easy English _____ beginners can understand.
A. such ; that B. so; that C. such; as D. too; that
4. What a pity! I missed meeting my boss at the airport because my car was
_________ in the traffic jam.
A. broken up B. kept back C. held up D. kept up
5. The girl seldom, if ______, turned to her brother for protection.
A. never B. ever C. always D. then
6. ----What a hot day! Have you had a drink
----Yes, but I’d like to have _______ after class.
A. it B. another C. that D. one
7. If you keep practicing your son in football, he ______ to be a famous
player.
A. wants B. hopes D. wishes D. promises
8. This crop does not do well in soils _______ the one for which it has
been specially developed.
A. outside B. other than C. beyond D. rather than
9. --- Excuse me, may I ask you some questions
--- Sorry, I’m too busy and haven’t got even a minute to __________.
A. spend B. spare C. share D. stop
10. If you want to see a doctor, you fix a date with him ahead of time. That
is a common ________ in the USA.
A. sense B. rule C. practice D. reality
11. ----＄500, but that is my last offer.
----OK, it is a _________.
A. cost B. price C. reward D. deal
12. This book is said to be a special one, which ________ many events not found
in other history books.
A. writes B. covers C. prints D. reads
13. I have been studying computer for several years and I still ________.
A. have B. do C. have been D. am
14. ----Remember the first time we met, Jim
----Of course I do. You ________ in the library.
A. were reading B. had read C. have read D. read
15. As senior 3 students, it is the most important to _______ a good state
of mind in face of failure.
A. keep up B. keep on C. keep out D. keep off
16. ----Did you visit the famous museum
----No. We _________ it, but we spent too much time shopping.
A. could have visited B. must have visited
C. can’t have visited D. shouldn’t have visited
17. ----I rang you at about ten, but there was no reply.
----Oh, that was probably _____ I was seeing the doctor.
A. when B. why C. what D. that
18. ----Could I use yours
----I’m sorry, it isn’t here. I’d get it for you ______ I could
remember who borrowed it.
A. except that B. now that C. if only D. even though
19. Steven has a lot of work to ______ in the office since he has been
away for quite a few days.
A. take up B. make up C. work out D. carry out
20. A fifteen- year-old girl came _____ to the bus stop only ____ the
bus had gone.
A. running, to find B. to run, to find
C. and run, found D. running, finding
21. The taxi had to _______ because the traffic light had turned red.
A. set up B. shut up C. catch up D. pull up
22. Is this research center ____ we visited the modern equipment last year
A. where B. that C. the one that D. which
23. She is wondering ______ to deal with next.
A. what B. which C. how D. why
24. ----Have you seen _____ pen I left it here this morning.
----Is it ____ black one I think I saw it somewhere.
A. a, the B. the, the C. the, a D. a, a
25. I kept this picture _____ I can see it every day as it reminds me of
my university days.
A. in which B. where C. when D. whether
26. The boss _________ 30 dollars from my salary without any good reason.
A. brought down B. kept back C. cut off D. held up
27. ----which one can I take
----You can take ______ of them; I’ll keep none.
A. both B. any C. neither D. all
28. ----Did you give him the book
----Yes. I gave it to him _______ I saw him.
A. once B. hurriedly C. while D. directly
29. We have reached the point _____ a change is needed.
A. which B. when C. that D. where
30. ----May I go and play with Tom this afternoon, Mum
----No. You can’t go out _____ your homework is being done.
A. before B. as C. until D. after
第二课时
1. He learned to speak the language so quickly and well that he ______
have been taken for a native speaker .
A . must B . could C . should D . need
2. The theory he’s stuck _______ us that earthquakes can be forecast .
A . to prove B . to proves
C . to proves to D . which to prove
3. As soon as the couple realized that they didn’t love each other any more,
they _______.
A. fell off B. cut in C. broke up D. stood by
4. Engines are to machines _______ hearts are to animals .
A . that B . what C . where D . which
5. When I walked in , Professor Li was sitting at his desk , the newspaper ______ before him .
A . spreads B .to be spread C . spread D .was spreading
6. ----- I hear the workers in the factory get paid by _____ week .
---- Correct, and most of them get about 300 yuan _____week .
A . / ; a B . the ; / C . a ; the D . the ; a
7. ---- Well ,lost again !
---- It is not very important . We _____ forget about it . OK
A .can’t B. might as soon
C. might as well D .ought to have had to
8. This movie is _____ boring ; it is , in fact , rather exciting and interesting .
A . anything but B . nothing but C . no more D . all but
9. You’ll have to wait one more week , ______ the manager will be back from his trip .
A . while B . until C . when D . before
10. —I can’t find Mr .Smith .Where did you last see him this morning
—It was in the hotel_______ he stayed.
A. that B. where C. which D. since
11. I just don’t understand_______ that prevents so many Americans from being as happy as one might expect.
A .why it does B. what it does C. what it is D. why it is
12. We didn’t plan our art exhibition like that but it ________ very well.
A. worked out B. tried out C. went on D. carried on
13. I do feel ______ Chinese language is ______ most difficult language .
A . a ;the B . the ; / C . / ; a D . the ; a
14. See what you’ve done ! Don’t you have a ______ of right or wrong
A . feeling B . thought C . sense D . knowledge
15. In 2003 the Chinese people were always in high spirits , for pieces of exciting news came to China ______ .
A . step by step B . one by one
C . little by little D . one after another
16. _____ people study Latin today than 50 years ago , and still _____ people study Greek .
A . A fewer ; a fewer B . Fewer ; a fewer
C . Fewer ; fewer D . A fewer ; fewer
17. His words puzzled me so much that I had a hard time trying to ________ what he really meant.
A. make out B. make off C. make up D. make for
18. Don’t mention that at the beginning of the story, or it may _________ the shocking end.
A. give away B. give out C. give up D. give off
19. The plan _______ simply because people were unwilling to co-operate.
A. broke down B. pulled down C. turned down D. put down.
20. Why do we have to _______ Sue’s selfish behavior We have to teach her to care for others.
A. get over with B. hang out with C. make up with D. put up with
21. It looks as if they are going to _______ us a lot of money for the concert hall.
A. demand B. cost C. charge D. ask
22. --- Where does Mr. Green come from
--- I’m not sure, but his accent ____________ Australia.
A. suggests B. sounds C. advises D. shows
23. I’ve visited lots of places and stayed in varieties of hotels, but none of them ________ this one.
A. suits B. beats C. compares D. matches
24. To everyone’s surprise, the fashionable young lady __________ to be a thief.
A. found out B. made out C. worked out D. turned out
25. --- What do you think of the contest
--- I was told that the English Speech Contest ______ successfully last night.
A. went along B. went down C. went off D. went on
26. They ________ the train until it disappeared in the distance.
A. saw B. watched C. noticed D. observed
27. We thought of selling this old furniture, but we’ve decided to ______ it. It might be valuable.
A. hold on to it B. keep up with C. turn to D. look after
28. Can you make a sentence to __________ the meaning of the phrase
A. show off B. turn out C. bring out D. take in
29. --- Mummy, can I put the peaches in the cupboard
--- No, dear. They don’t ________ well. Put them in the fridge instead.
A. keep B. fit C. get D. last
30. When I opened the door, a parcel on the floor _________ my eye.
A. met B. caught C. drew D. attracted
第三课时
1. News reports say peace talks between the two countries have _______ with no agreement reached.
A. broke down B. broke out C. broke in D. broke up
2. The falling of the new building _______ its soft base.
A. resulted in B. suffered from C. led to D. lay in
3. The engine of the ship was out of order and the bad weather ________ the helplessness of the crew at sea.
A. added to B. resulted from C. turned out D. made up
4. --- Why haven’t you bought any butter
--- I _________ to but I forgot about it.
A. liked B. wished C. meant D. expected
5. --- Do you think the Stars will beat the Bulls
　 --- Yes. They have better players, so I __________ them to win.
　 A. hope 　　B. prefer 　　C. expect 　　D. want
6. _________ him and then try to copy what he does.
　 A. Mind　　　B. Glance at　　 C. Stare at　　　D. Watch
7. All the leading newspapers _______ the trade talks between China and the United States.
A. reported　　 B. printed　 C. announced　　D. published
8. The thing that ____ is not whether you fail or not, but whether you try or not.
　 A. matters　 B. cares C. considers　 　　D. minds
9. It is wise to have some money　________　for one’s old age.
A. put away　　B. kept up　　C. given away　　 D. laid up
10. I love to go to the seaside in summer. It　　good to lie in the sun or swim in　　the cool sea.
A. does　　 B. feels　 　C. gets　 　D. makes
11. What you said just now _________ me of that American professor.
A. mentioned B. informed C. reminded D. memorized
12. Our English teacher _______ our buying a good English-Chinese dictionary.
A. asked B. ordered C. suggested D. required
13. Every classroom in this modern school is ________ with a new TV set.
A. equipped B. installed C. fixed D. placed
14. Happily for John’s mother, he is working harder to _______ his lost time.
A. make up for B. keep up with C. catch up with D. make use of
15. I really don’t want to go to the party, but I don’t see how I can it.
A. get back from B. get out of C. get away D. get off
16. I don’t know the restaurant, but it’s __________to be quite a good one.
A. said　　 B. told C. spoken　　　D. talked
17. --- What did you think of her speech
---- She _________ for one hour but didn’t __________ much.
　 A. spoke; speak　　B. spoke; say 　 C. said; speak　 D. said; say
18. It seems difficult to _______ “hurt” from “injure” in meaning.
A. judge B. tell C. divide D. separate
19. Some of the students have already learned enough English to ________ a conversation with an English speaker.
A. go on B. carry on C. keep on D. hold on
20. Important people don’t often have much free time as their work _______ all their time.
A. takes away B. takes up C. takes over D. takes in
21. --- Why did you eat your words, Billy
--- Sorry, dear. But I really forgot where I was _________ to meet you.
A. demanded B. imagined C. supposed D. guessed
22. Nothing _____________ after the terrible fire which had been caused by someone smoking in bed.
A. remained B. continued C. left D. kept
23. It was dark. We decided to _______ for the night at a farmhouse.
A. put away B. put down C. put up D. put on
24. With the weather worsening, they have ________ the voyage from London to Australia.
A. called off B. called in C. called out D. called for
25. --- Mum, it’s nice weather. I want to skate this afternoon.
--- Don’t you think the ice on the lake is too thin to ______ your weight
A. stand B. bear C. catch D. take
26. --- What’s the matter with you
--- After such a long walk, my legs _______ and I couldn’t go any further.
A. gave out B. gave off C. gave in D. gave up
27. He is unfit for the job, which _______ patience and creativeness.
A. calls in B. calls off C. calls for D. calls up
28. The happy look on his face ______ that he had passed the exam successfully.
A. explained B. suggested C. expressed D. described
29. John has put on so much weight recently that his mother has to _______ all his trousers to his measure.
A. let out B. give away C. bring in D. make up
30. Afraid of being scolded by the teacher, Tom ______ a story to explain why he was late.
A. wrote B. provided C. told D. invented
第四课时
1. --Who is the man talking to the teacher
---A model worker___________ our school .
A. visits B. is visiting C. visited D. visiting
2. ----Do you still remember when we went to Nanjing
------I can’t remember now but ________sometime last summer
A. might it be B. could it be
C. could it have been D. should it have been
3. You should keep those old jam bottles -----you never know ______ you might need them.
A. when B. how. C. what D .Where
4. Dolly, _____ sheep, the world’s first cloned animal, was given ______ shot to end her life on Feb.14 because she was suffering from a lung disease common in much older sheep.
A./,a B. the, a C. a, the D. a, a
5. Loulan city is not at all _______a traveler who has never seen the desert before can expect.
A. what B. that C .which D. where
6. It’s too late to set out for watching the sunrise now, ______,it’s starting to rain.
A. besides B. meanwhile C. however D. anyhow
7. ____the end of last term, everybody here in the school, I think ,has taken at least eight math tests.
A. By B. Since C. At D. From
8. Recently, CCTV station has taken great pains to make a program which review the important ________of 2003.
A. affairs B. events C. matters D. things
9. ----Do you have anything in mind ________you’d like for supper
----Well, ________will do for me.
A. which, everything B. that, anything C. what, whatever D. that, either
10. Determination is a kind of basic quality and this is ______it takes to do jobs well.
A. what B. that. C. which D. why
11.---- Your daughter is too thin.
-----She would gain weight ________she is very particular about food.
A. as long as B. but C. unless D. even if
12. I can’t tell you the exact time when I will get there, maybe at eight or at nine or still later.__________. I’ll be there as early as I can..
A. anyhow B. Thus C. Therefore D. however
13 .How much do you think ___________saved
A. he has B. has he C. doe she have D. had he
14. There are a lot of computers being shown in the ________Center.
A. computer B. computers’ C. computers D. computer’s
15.The city plans to build a park _______there used to be a lake.
A. where B. that C. in which D. which
16 ----What makes you stay indoors last week
------________________
A Because I caught a bad cold. B. Because of a bad cold.
C. Bad cold as I had D. A bad cold
17. When ____ Brown was born, engaged or married, all ____ Browns were present.
A. / ; the B. the ; / C. a , the D. certain; /
18 .-------Tome has passed the final English Exam.
----------_________and _____________
A. So has he, so have you B. So has he , so you have
C. So he has, so you have D. So he has, so have you
19.----- Do you think that she will finish the job on time.
----Sure. So long as she __________to do it in her own way.
A. is leaving B. leaves C. is left D has left.
20. Our bodies are strengthened by taking exercises,________, our minds are developed by learning.
A. likely B. Similarly C. Probably D. Generally
21.----- What place is it
----Haven’t you seen that we ________ back where we _________.
A. were, had been B. are, were
C. were, have been D. are , had been
22. ----- Pudong Airport, please. I’ll be there by ten.
-----___________,but I’ll do my best.
A. No problem B. All right. C. I can’t promise. D It’s impossible.
23. -----Have you seen __________Audi car I parked it here this morning.
-----Is it __________white one A young woman drove it away just now.
A the, the B. an ,a C. an , the D. the, a
24.---- The light is on. Could you have forgotten to turn it off
----Yes, I_______________
A. could B. should have C. must D. might have
25. The pizzas are delicious .He’d like _____ third one because ______second is rather too small.
A. a. a B. the, the C. a, the D. the , a
26. Could you show me the portable computer you want ___________.
A. to have it repaired B to repair it
C to have repaired D it repaired
27 .______child is pleased , for______ of them has his own share.
A. Each, each. B. Every, every C Every, each D Each, everyone
28. Hands ____ high, the dancers circled now to the right, now to the left.
A. holding B. were held C. held D. had held
29. _______ my teachers’ help, I wouldn’t have made such great progress.
A. Thanks to B. Owing to C. But for D. As to
30. _______all over the hills and around the lake are wild flowers of different colors.
A. To grow B. Growing C. Grown D. Grow
第五课时
1. I was going to offer you some money but there is ________left on me.
A. none B. no one C. nothing D. not
2.----- Did the door keeper let you in
-----No. _______I tried to tell him that I was your uncle, he just wouldn’t listen to me.
A. No matter B. even if C. However D. Whether
3.----You couldn’t have chosen any gift better for me .
------____________________.
A. Oh, it’s really kind of you.
B. That’s all right. I’ll give you a better one next time.
C. I’m glad you like it so much.
D. You have a gift for music, don’t you
4.----- You have accepted the job offerd by the company, haven’t you
----No . And ______.I’m now working in a better one.
A. I’m glad I didn’t. B. I was glad I didn’t
B. I’m glad I have. D. I was glad I have.
5.---- Did a letter come for me
----Yes,________ came for you this morning.
A. that B. it C. one D. this
6.----- You seem to have had that car for years.
-----Yes, I should sell it ________it still runs.
A. before B. after C. until D. while
7.The man had expected to see all his relatives when he was ill, but _______came to see him while many of his neighbors offered their help.
A. none B. no one C. some one D. not anyone
8.Mr. White works with a chemical company but he ________in his sister’s shop since he is on leave.
A. has worked B. works C. is working D. worked
9._____________, the film began.
A. Having been seated B. All of us having taken the seats.
C. Having seated. D. After we have sat down.
10. I would have come to see you earlier, but I ________too busy.
A. had been B. were C. was D. would be
11. ----Could I use your bike, Jack
-----Of course, you_________
A. can B. may C. could D. might
12. I lost my way in complete darkness and, _________matters worse, it began to rain.
A. made B. having made C. making D. to make
13. The train _________arrive at 11:30, but it was an hour late.
A. was about to B. was likely to
C. was supposed to D. was certain to
14. Don’t leave for tomorrow _________ you can do today.
A. if B. what C. that D. unless
15. Five minutes earlier _________we could have caught the last train.
A. or B. but C. and D. so
16. -----Do you have anything more __________,sir
-----No ., You can have a rest or do something else.
A. typing B. to be typed C. typed D. to type
17. The heavy rain __________ for several days and all the roads were flooded.
A. held on B. kept on C. fell down D. kept up
18. It is such a good place _______ everybody wants to visit _______ it is well-known all over the world.
A. which; that B. as; as C. as; that D. that; as
19. He works in a factory now, but he _______ on a farm for 20 years.
A. worked B. has worked C. had worked D. had been working
20. You _____ pay too much attention to your reading skill, as it is so important.
A. cannot B. should C. must D. needn’t
21. The idea for the new machine came to Mr. Baber _________ to his intention recently.
A. while devoting B. while devoted
C. while he was devoted D. while devoting himself
22. We wrote a letter of thanks to _______ had helped use.
A. who B. those C. whom D. whoever
23. ________ , the football game has been decided not to be put off.
A. Heavily as did it rain B. As it rained heavily
C. Heavily as it rained D. As heavily as it could
24. I ________ you off yesterday, but I didn’t have time.
A. hope to have seen B. hope to see
C. hoped to have seen D. hoped to see.
25. We never listen to Beethoven without ________ .
A. being deeply impressed B. impressed deeply
C. having deeply impressed D. to be deeply impressed
26. The teacher could not make himself ________ attention to because the students were so noisy.
A. pay B. paid C. to pay D. to be paid
27. ----- Why don’t you explain it to her
----- I _______ it to her if I thought she would understand.
A. would explain B. will explain
C. explain D. would have explained
28. The students expected there _______ more reviewing classes before the final exams.
A. is B. being C. have been D. to be
29. We will go out _______ it rains _______ shines.
A. if; and B. both; and C. whether; or D. either; or
30. Having learned _______ skillfully, she went on learning ______ .
A. to skate; swimming B. skating; swimming
C. to skate; to swim D. skating; to swim
第六课时
1. No one can help ________ Tom; he is such a lovely boy.
A. to like B. to liking C. liking D. like
2. You made the same mistake for second time, dropping “n” in the word “government”.
A. a; the B. a; a C. the; an D. a; an
3. If you listen to me, you ______ have some candies, dear.
A. shall B. may C. will D. must
4. He is one of the students, who, I’m sure, always do ______ best.
A. his B. my C. one’s D. their
5. The old man was lying on the ground, ________ dead.
A. as possible as B. as soon as C. as well as D. as good as
6. ——How long do you think it is he arrived here
——No more than half a year.
A. when B. that C. before D. since
7. -----I would like everyone to hand in their homework tomorrow.
----Are you going to _________ it or is this just for practice
A. level B. grade C. judge D. divide
8. If you let me make a choice between Jane and Anne, I would say Jane is _______ one to be my assistant．
A．a good B．a better C．the better D．the best
9. —_______ three more days enough for the work to be finished
—I don't think it’s enough and only after _______ go on with it．
A．Is; does the rain stop we can B．Are; the rain stops can we
C．Are; the rain stops we can D．Is; the rain stops can we
10. —How soon will your mother’s birthday be
—_______．
A. This Friday B．On July 4 C．A week away D．Tomorrow
11. Cook was a strict but good captain, ______who, unusually, took care of the sailors on his ship.
A. the one B. one C. that D. this
12. —I’ve decided to spend the summer holidays traveling in Australia.
—Oh, !
A．if only I could go with you B．what a good news it is
C．how happily I was to hear that D．what exciting to hear the news
13. It was ____ the way he said it _____ what he said that made her displeased.
A. very; that B. such; that C. more; than D. of; that
14. —Was the driving pleasant when you went to Mexico last summer
—No, it ____ for four days when we arrived, so the roads were very muddy.
A. was raining B. had been raining C. would be raining D. rained
15. big swimming pool in our school was completed in May of 1998, not in April, 1996.
A. A；不填；不填 B. The; the;不填
C. A; the; 不填 D. The; 不填； 不填
16. My hometown is no longer the place ______ it used to be.
A. what B. that C. when D. where
17. —He failed to reach the top of the mountain.
—That’s right. Perhaps he might as well it on such a bad day.
A．not climb B．never have climbed C．have climbed D．hadn’t climbed
18. ―Excuse me, what time can I see you tonight
―Can we eight o’clock
A. see B. decide C. make it D. fix it
19. Man is born yet everywhere he is chains.
A. freely, on B. easy, on C. free, in D. easily, on
20. Jane was firm she felt herself to be right.
A. what B. where C. how D. that
21. When I said some students are lazy, I _________to you.
A. don't refer B. wasn't referring C. hasn't referred D. didn't refer
22. You should think _______ yourself instead of just obeying orders.
A. of B. to C. by D. for
23. —Do you really trust John
—Who do you think _______ trust, if not _______
A.I can, he B．can I, him C．I can, him D．can I, he
24. Who do you think will _______ now that the governor has been dismissed
A．take over B．take up C．take in D．take down
25. _______ I met him, he was working as a secretary in a big company．
A．Since the first time B．The first time
C．The first time when D．For the first time
26. Children nowadays tend to be so rebellious that parents often feel at a loss about what _______ from them．
A. expected B. to expect C. to be expecting D. expects
27. When you go outing with your sisters, you must see to ______ that
they are safe.
A. everything B. it C. them D. yourself
28. ----Why did you come to see the play you didn’t like
----I shouldn’t like ______, but my friend insisted. I like ______.
A. coming; dancing B. to come; to dance
C. having come; to dance D. to have come; dancing
29. My old teacher ______ often go hunting when he lived in the mountain areas.
A. would B. should C. could D. might
30. ----Oh, must you Stay a bit longer. It’s been such fun having you.
----_______. I’ve got an early start tomorrow morning.
A. No problem B. All right
C. Thanks anyway D. Never mind
第七课时
1. In the market, vegetables are sold by ____ kilogram, I mean by ___ weight.
A. the; / B. /; / C. the; the D. /; the
2. He left his native village twenty years ago and has ____ returned only twice.
A. late B. never C. since D. hardly
3. After half a year’s training, they were made entirely used _____ underwater.
A. to stay B. to staying C. staying D. stay
4. ----How was your job interview
----Oh, couldn’t feel _____. I hardly found proper answers to most of the questions they asked.
A. better B. easier C. worse D. happier
5. He was so tired _____ a day’s work that he left all the food _____ for him ____.
A. of; prepared; touched B. with; preparing; untouched
C. with; prepared; untouched D. by; prepares; untouching
6. The task required _____ did it _____ careful and brave enough.
A. who; is B. whom; was C. whomever; were D. whoever; be
7. The time he has devoted in the past ten years _____ the disabled is now considered ______ of great value.
A. to help; being B. to helping; to be C. help; to be D. helping; being
8. Mrs. White found her husband surrounded by letters and papers and ____ very worried.
A. look B. looks C. looking D. to look
9. ----Do you remember ________ to Dr. Green during your last visit
----Certainly I do.
A. to be introduced B. having introduced
C. being introduced D. to have been introduced
10. ---- ______ you make so much noise
----Sorry, I’ll take care not to.
A. Must B. Can C. May D. Would
11. Why don’t you bring _____ to his attention that you are too busy to do it.
A. this B. what C. that D. it
12. These two areas are similar _____ they both have a high rainfall during this season.
A. besides that B. in that C. except that D. so that
13. ----Do you think we get there on time
----Yes. ______ the truck doesn’t break down.
A. Even if B. Unless C. Until D. So long as
14. The next moment, ______ she had time to realize what was happening, she was hit over the head.
A. before B. when C. since D. as
15. Among the high-risk group of heart disease ______ people with a preference for fat-rich foods.
A. there are B. are C. they are D. who are
16. ----The problem wasn’t difficult for him, was it
---- _______. He should have been given a more difficult one.
A. No, it was B. Yes, it was C. Yes, it wasn’t D. No, it wasn’t
17. ----It was careless of you _____ your clothes outside all night.
----My God! _______.
A. to leave; So did I B. leaving; So do I
C. to have left; So I did D. having left; So do I
18. Was it 8 o’clock ______ you heard someone ______ at the door
A. when; knocking B. when; knock
C. that; knocking D. that; knock
19. Only when ____________ possible to settle the problem.
A. does the chief editor come will it be
B. the chief editor comes will it be
C. has the chief editor come it will be
D. the chief editor comes it will be
20. Americans eat ________ vegetables per person today as they did in 1910.
A. more than twice B. as twice as many
C. twice as many as D. more than twice as many
21. ___________ lessons were not difficult.
A. Our few first short English B. Our first few short English
C. Our few first English short D. Few our first English short
22. ----The weather isn’t good enough for an outing, is it
----Not in the least. We can’t have _______ at this time of the year.
A. a worse day B. a nicer day
C. such a bad day D. so fine a day
23. ----You seemed to be deeply struck by his skill.
----Not exactly so. It was his courage ______ his skill that really struck me most.
A. rather than B. as well as C. but also D. not as
24. ----Do you play football after work
----Yes, _______. Playing football is not my favorite sport.
A. more or less B. once in a while
C. time and again D. sooner or later
25. People try to avoid public transportation delays by using their own cars, and this _______ creates more problems.
A. after all B. once again C. in case D. in turn
26. Those football players had no strict _______ until they joined our club.
A. practice B. education C. training D. exercise
27. ----_____ football match between China and Korea was held yesterday, but I failed to get _____ ticket.
----What _____ pity!
A. The; /; a B. A; a; / C. The; the; a D. A; the; /
28. With a lot of difficult problems ________, the newly-selected president will have a hard time.
A. settled B. settling C. to settle D. being settled
29. I wish to have a friend with ______ shares my hobbies and interests.
A. whomever B. no matter who C. whoever D. anyone
30. ----Excuse me, _____________
----That’s $ 21.68 altogether, Madame.
A. how much is the meal we’ve had
B. take my order, please
C. could I have the bill, please
D. would you please take the money
第八课时
1. It is clear that _____ little money he earns hardly support _____ family as large as his.
A. the; a B. a; the C. /; a D. /; the
2. ______ good, the food was soon sold out.
A. Tasted B. being tasted C. Tasting D. Having tasted
3. ----Did you see Sandy in the manager’s office
----Yes, she ________ to him why she was late again.
A. is explaining B. was explaining
C. had explained D. explained
4. ----Can you tell me all about the earthquake
----Sorry, I know nothing about it ______ I read in the newspaper.
A. except B. except for C. except what D. except that
5. There are three bedrooms in the house, _________ is Mary’s.
A. the smallest of which B. the smaller of which
C. the smallest of them D. the smallest one
6. ----Were you busy last weekend
----Very. Rather than ____ time playing cards as usual, I devoted every effort to _____ an advertisement.
A. waste; make B. wasting; making
C. to waste; make D. a waste of; making
7. ----Do you know the girl in red
----She seems to ________ me at last month’s party. But I’m not sure.
A. introduce to B. be introducing to
C. be introduced to D. have been introduced to
8. The writer has written quite a few books now, _______ his teachers and parents didn’t expect.
A. that B. as C. of which D. which
9. You can fly to Japan this morning ______ you don’t mind changing planes in Hong Kong.
A. provided B. because C. unless D. so far as
10. _____ to the tower building, where you can see the whole city.
A. Get B. To get C. Getting D. Got
11. Fishing is his favorite hobby, and _____________.
A. he’d like to collect coins as well
B. he feels like collecting coins, too
C. to collect coins is also his hobby
D. collecting coins also gives him great pleasure
12. ______ good weather, our ship will reach Tianjin Friday evening.
A. Given B. To given C. Giving D. Having given
13. You can’t imagine that a well-behaved gentleman _____ be so rude to a lady.
A. might B. need C. should D. would
14. We should buy our daughter a computer in ______ it can help to improve her English.
A. which B. that C. what D. whom
15. He reached London in 1996, _____, some time later, he became a famous actor
A. where B. when C. which D. that
16. He might have been killed _____ the arrival of the police.
A. except B. but for C. with D. for
17. The mother didn’t know who _______ for the broken glass.
A. to blame B. will blame C. blamed D. blames
18. I’m looking after Tom today. He’s been at my house ___ 8:00 this morning.
A. since B. by C. at D. till
19. We liked the oil painting better ______ we looked at it.
A. as B. while C. the moment D. the more
20. He ______ full marks, but he was so careless as to make a spelling mistake.
A. must have gained B. can have gained
C. could have gained D. must gain
21. If you keep quiet and read your book, child, you _____ have my promise_____ I will buy you a box of chocolates.
A. are going to; that B. will; which
C. shall; that D. are to; which
22. What the doctor is uncertain about is _____ my mother will recover from the serious disease soon.
A. when B. how C. whether D. why
23. ----I hear Johnson was badly injured in the accident.
---- ________, let’s go and see him.
A. If not B. If so C. If necessary D. If possible
24. Not far from the club there was a garden, ____ owner seated in it playing bridge with his children every afternoon.
A. whose B. its C. which D. that
25. ----You went late ____ the stadium yesterday evening, didn’t you
----Yes, my wife was a little late _____ the supper.
A. to; with B. for; with C. for; for D. at; for
26. ----How can you _______ that he is from the North
----Simply by his accent.
A. get to know B. say C. realize D. tell
27. ----Now that you like the portable personal computer so much, why not buy one It is of great use to your work.
----Well, I can’t afford _______ computer at present.
A. that expensive a B. a such cheap
C. that an expensive D. so cheap
28. A decision was made _____ those who once lied to the factory in order to get a job would not be allowed to say.
A. whether B. when C. that D. once
29. The telephone ______ three times in the last hour, and each time it _____ for my father.
A. had rung; was B. has rung; was
C. rang; has been D. has been ringing; is
30. ----What do you do, Mary
---- _____________.
A. I do my homework B. I work as a teacher
C. Doing my homework D. I want to be a teacher
高三英语选择题参考答案
第一课时
1-5 CDCCB 6-10 BDBBC 11-15 DBDAA
16-20 AACBA 21-25 DAADB 22-30 BDDDB
第二课时
1-5 BCCBC 6-10 DCACB 11-15 CADCD
16-20CAAAD 21-25 CADDC 26-30 BACAB
第三课时
1-5 ADACC 6-10 DAAAB 11-15 CCAAB
16-20 ABBBB 21-25 CACAB 26-30 ACBAD
第四课时
1-5 DCABA 6-10 ABBBA 11-15 BAAAA
16-20 DCDCB 21-25 BCBDC 26-30 CCCCB
第五课时
1-5 ACCAC 6-10 DACBC 11-15 ADCBC
16-20 BDCAA 21-25 CDCCA 26-30 BADCD
第六课时
1-5 CCADD 6-10 DBCDC 11-15 BACBB
16-20 BBCCB 21-25 BDCAB 26-30 BBDAC
第七课时
1-5 ACBCC 6-10 DBCCA 11-15 DBDAB
16-20 DCABD 21-25 BAABD 26-30 CCCCC
第八课时
1-5 ACBCA 6-10 BDDAA 11-15 DACBA
16-20 BAADC 21-25 CCBBA 26-30 DACBB语法复习专题（5）
Unit5 介词和连词
一、考点聚焦
1、介词的分类与语法功能
（1）介词是虚词，不能单独作句子成分，必须与名词、代词（或相当于名词的其他词类、短语或从句等）构成介词短语，在句中充当一个成分。介词分为：简单介词，如at、in、for等；合成介词，如within、inside、onto、througout等；短语介词，如according to、out of、because of、by means of、in spite of、instead of等。双重介词，如from behind / above / under、until after等。分词介词，如considering、including、judging(from / by) 等。
常见的介词宾语：名词、代词、动名词、从句、不定式等。如：
①It is going to rain this afternoon according to the weather
forecast.
②He quarrelled with her yesterday.
③He succeeded in passing the final exam.
④I’m still thinking of how I can fulfil the task ahead of time.
⑤The professor will give us a talk on how to study English well.
（2）介词短语在句中可作表语、定语、状语和宾补等。如：
①This machine is in good condition.(表语)
②Where is the key to my bike (定语)
③Nothing in the world could live without air or water.(状语)
④She always thinks herself above others.（宾补）
2、介词搭配
（1）“动词+介词”搭配：注意特定搭配与同一介词与多个动词搭配意义不同的情况。
①rob sb. of sth. / clear the road of snow(“夺去、除去”意
义的动词与of 连用)
②supply us with food / fill the glass with wine（“供给”意义的动词与with连用）
③make a desk of wood / make bread from flour / make the material into a coat（“制作、制造”意义与of、from、into连用）
④介词 + the + 部位与动词的关系（=动词 + sb.’s + 部位，可换用）
strike him on the head(“击，拍，碰，摸”意义与on连用)
catch him by the arm(“抓，拉，拿，扯”意义与by连用)
hit the boy in the face（“肚，胸，眼，脸”等人体前部与in连用）
⑤prevent(stop, keep)sb. from doing sth.(“阻止，禁止”意义与from连用)
⑥persuade(advise, warn)sb. into doing sth.（“说服，建议”意义与into连用）
⑦buy sb. for sth.(leave、get、win、gain、lose等“得失”意义与for连用)
⑧tell sth.to sb.(show、teach、sing、write、read等“告知”意义与to连用)
⑨give sth. to sb.（give、allow、promise、pass、hand等“授予”意义与to连用）
注意：⑦⑧⑨可换成buy sb.sth.双宾结构。
⑩say to sb.(suggest、explain、apologize、murmur、whisper与“对象”连用必须用to)不可说suggest sb.sth.。
同一动词与不同介词搭配意义不同。
for（寻找） to sth. of(听说) on(拜访)
look to (眺望) agree with sb. hear call for(需要)
at（看） on sth. from(收到信) in(请)
同一介词与不同动词搭配，意义各异。
reply to the letter回信，sing(dance)to the music和……唱（跳），amount to 达到，加起来有……，devote to把……贡献给，drink to为……干杯，object to反对，look forward to 渴望，come to苏醒，belong to属于，search for搜……，ask … for … 寻找，use … for用作，leave for前往，take … for误以为，call of倡导，wait for等待，care for喜欢，make up for弥补损失，turn to求助（救）于，help oneself to随意，agree to同意，compare … to把……比作，send for派人去请（拿）……，sail for驶向，航向，set out for动身去，go in for爱好……。
（2）常见“形容词 + 介词”搭配。
of担心…… about / at sth.
afraid angry
for 替……而担心 with sb.
for sth.渴望…… different from与……不同
amxious
about sth. / sb担心…… different to … 不关心……
of讨厌 with sb.
tired strict
from/ with因……疲倦 in sth.要求严格
at擅长 with sb.受……欢迎
good for对……有益 popular in some place流行在……
of sb. to do so友好 for … 因……而流行
with + 名词或what从句
pleased helpful to对……有帮助
at + 抽象名词（听 / 看到……而高兴）
to sb.为人所知
known for因……而出名 be familiar with熟悉
as作为……出名 be familiar to为……熟知（悉）
sorry for … 替……后悔 disappointed at sth.失望
from缺席
rich in富有…… absent
in离开此地去了……
worthy of值得的，glad about sth. for sb.为某人某事高兴，far from离……远，grateful for sth. to sb.为某事感激某人，free from没有……（免除……），proud of(take pride in)自豪，satisfied with (by)满意，sure of / about确信，fond of喜欢，fit for适合，busy with sth.(in doing sth.)忙着干某事，full of充满，ready for准备，similar to相似，wrong with不对；有毛病……
（3）“名词 + 介词”要注意习惯搭配和意义区分。
the absence of water缺水
the hope of success成功的希望
have a chance of (for) entering college上大学的机会
take pride in them为他们感到骄傲
the key to the question问题的答案
a medicine for cough治咳嗽的药
the ticket for tomorrow明天的票
in Beijing去了北京
his abesence
from Beijing不在北京
to study学习方法
the way
of studying maths学习教学的方法
3、核心介词用法归纳与辨析
（1）表示时间的介词in的用法如下。
表示在某一较长时间内，如世纪、年、月、季、周等一般用介词in，
如：in the 1990s, in the year, in January, in(the) winter / summer / fall / spring, in the first week of May。
还可以用时段名词组成固定短语或词组。如：in a while, in no time, in the daytime, in a short while, in time, in the morning (afternoon, evening)。但要注意：
①at night / at noon, in the day(在白天),in the night（大夜间）。
②in five days（weeks, months, years）中in意思是“在……以后”。
③in和during表一段时间内两词可互用。如：in the night, during the night, in the war, during the war。但略有区别：当接表示“活动”的抽象名词时多用during，接“活动”的动名词及短语时用in。如：
during the discussion in discussing the problem
during her stay in Hubei in playing basketball
during the course of in digging the tunnel
（2）在具体的某一天或某天上午、晚上、前夕，常用on。
on Sunday(s).on Tuesday morning
on Christmas Day(但at Chrismas),on Christmas Eve, on
Children’s Day
on March 8, on the morning (afternoon, evening)of Oct.1
early on the morning of Oct.1(区别：in the late / early morning of Oct.1)
on a rainy night, on warm winter days
(3)表示某一时刻或某一点时间用at,如小时、分钟等。
at breakfast(supper, lunch),at six
at noon (sunrise, sunset, midday, night, midnight, dawn)
at the age of 15, at the time of war,但in time of danger/ trouble。
注意：有些时间名词前不接介词。如：
next day、last Sunday、that morning、these years
one、each、any、every、some、all修饰时,一般不用介词,如some day
one day、yesterday / afternoon,the night before
（4）till、until、to的用法。
①till(until)与持续动词连用一般用于肯定句中，与短暂动词连用一般用在否定句中。如：
He waited for me till twelve o’clock.
He didn’t get up till(until) 10 a.m.(不可用to).
但注意：在句首出现或强调句型中一般不用till而用until。如：
Not until 9 a.m.did Mr.Smith come back to school.
②to表“终结”时常用和from连用，但要注意不与from连用时的意
义。如：from July to September, from six to(till)eight（从……到……为止），但from morning till night（从早到晚），不能用to。from … to常构成习惯搭配，不可换用其他介词。（A）表持久连续、传递、转移的含义。from time to time(不时，有时)，from day to day (天天),from hand to hand(不断传下去)，from place to place（处处，到处），from side to side(左右摇摆)，from door to door（家家户户），from house to house（挨家挨户），from shop to shop（一个商店接一个商店）。(B)表起始终止的全过程或程度加深、状态变化。from beginning to end(从头到尾，自始至终)（from the beginning to the end of…）;from hand to mouth(仅能糊口)，from bad to worse(越来越糟)，from head to foot(从头到脚),
from top to bottom（整个地，彻底地），from top to toe(全身)，from start to finish（自始至终，从头到尾）。（C）from one + 名词 + to another表示“依次”。如from one car to another（顺着车厢依次地）。（D）名词 + by + 同一单数名词，表示“一个一个地”，要与from … to短语区别开：one by one 一个一个地；little by little(bit)一点一点地；step by step 一步一步地，逐渐地（但by and by 不久以后）；sentence by sentence逐句地；day by day一天一天地；side by side(with…)(和……)并肩，一起；shoulder to shoulder肩并肩地，齐心协力；hand in hand 手拉手，紧紧地;face to face面对面。
（5）in、after、later
①in + 一段时间：表示说话时为起点一段时间之后，与一般将来时连用；但表示“在……之内”时，用于各种时态。
②一段时间 + later(later是副词)：表示某一具体时间或某一方面具体时间算起的一段时间后。
③after + 一段时间表示：“在……之后”，用于一般过去时；但时间为点时间时，只能用after,即after + 点时间，用于各种时态。
The doctor will be with us in six minutes.
She graduated in 1981,and eight years later she became the manager of the factory.
He received her letter after four weeks.
另外，in + 一段时间 + ’s + time 与 within + 一段时间的用法如下：
in a week’s time = in a week
They will arrive in three days’ time.(与将来时连用)
My brother’s birthday is in two weeks’ time.（作表语）
I’ll finish the book within two weeks.(within = in less than…用于各种时态，不超出，在……之内)
（6）地点介词at、on、in、to、across、through、over、under、below。
①at 在较小的场所，in在较大的场所，on在……的平面上。如at the
door、at the airport、at the station、at 55 Park Street、in China、in the north、in Asia、on the desk、on the wall等。
②on、at、in还可以表示两地相对位置。若A地属于B地，用in;A地位于B地的外面且有边缘衔接用on；无边缘的衔接有to。如：
Japan lies to the east of China.(范围之外)
Taiwan lies in the southeast of China.（范围之外）
Hunan province lies on the west of Hubei province.(毗邻)
The island lies off the coast of China.(相隔一定距离)
③地点介词的引申、比喻意义：in the sun在阳光下，in the dark(ness)在黑暗中，in the dark不知道，in freezing weather在严寒天气中，in the mud在泥中，in the earth在地下,in the desert在沙漠中,in a heavy rain 在大雨中，in the snow / wind在雪/风中,in public 当众，in trouble 在困境中，get into trouble陷入困境，out of trouble摆脱困难，beyond hope绝望。
④across在物体表面“穿过”；through则表示在三维空间内部“穿过”。如：
They walked across the playground.
I walked through the forest.
⑤over / under / above / below。
over、above译作“在……之上”；under、below译作“在……的下面”，其区别在于over、under表示一种直接的、垂直的上下关系；而above、below则表示一般的“高于”或“低于”，不一定是垂直“在上”或“在下”。如：
A little boat is now under the bridge.
There is a bridge over the river.
The sun sinks below the horizon(地平线)
The window is well above the tree.
⑥表示地点介词的静态性和动态性
He walked to the station（静态，表示方向和目的地）
He walked towards the station.(动态，只表示方向)
He is kind to (towards)us.（两者通用）
He is at the station.(静态，表示地点)
They arrived at the station.(动态，表示地点)
He swam away from the ship.(动态“离开”)
He stood away from the shop.(静态“远离”)
He fell onto the floor.(动态“到地面”)
The city is on the Changjiang River.(静态“平面”)
Go off the road.偏离了道路（动态“离去”）
Come along the river.沿着河过来（线）
across the fields 跨过田野……，over the desert跨越沙漠
across the river横跨这条河……，over the hill翻过这座山
be in the house(静态，在这里……)stay out of the car(静态，在……外)
go into the house(动态，进入)fly out of the country(动态，离开)
（7）表示方式、手段、工具的介词
①by the year/hour/day按年/小时/天。如He rent a house by the year(day,hour).(按by+the+单位名称)但to the pound按磅算，to the ton按吨计。
②表泛指的方式、手段
by post/mail邮寄，by telephone(radio),但on the phone/on the radio/on TV(电讯器材)，by electricity用电，by machinery用电器，by hard work,learn sth.by heart,through the satellite,through practice,through his own efforts,through experience,through the telescop
③交通工具类
by bus/train/car/taxi(road)
by bike/bicycle,on horse back/on foot
by plane/jet/spaceship,by air
by ship/boat/lifeboat,by sea/by water
另外：by means of 用……方法，by way of 经由，取道于，用……方法，with the help (permission)of sb./with sb.’s help (permis-
sion)。
④表方式、手段的其他用法
He beat the dog with a whip.(with+工具机器)
One smells with his nose.(with+人体器官，但by hand“手工，用手”)
He stood up with pride.(with+情绪、情感、态度的名词)
注意：使用语言、材料、文字等用in。如in English(ink,pencil)。另外如：in high (good,low)spirits,in anger,in joy,in comfort,in sorrow,in safety,in danger,in need,in debt,in love,in fun,in pain,in tears,in surprise,in good(poor)health,in good order,in flower,in a way,in a low voice,in silence,in(with)satisfaction,in a hurry,in(with)words,live/feed on food,kneel on one’s knee,take(catch)sb.by surprise(出其不意)
（8）表示“除……之外”的几组常用介绍比较。
①besides 除……以外，（还有）。作副词时意思是“而且，更何况”。
Well all went to the cinema besides Shaw.除了肖外，我们都去了电影院。
It was too late to see a film, and besides, I was tired.
②except除去，除……之外（不再有）。
We all went except John.我们都去了，约翰没有。
在否定句中，两词可以换用，如：
He has no other hats except / besides this one.
③except for除了……（对句子主题进行细节校正或附加说明）后接名词、代词或what从句，此时与except that + 句子意思相同。
He was very clever except for carelessness.
④except that … 除了……一点以外。
He has not changed except that he is wearing dark glasses.
⑤but与except
but和except在表示“除了……以外”时可以通用，但应注意以下三点：
①前面有不定人词、疑问代词在意义上对称时，多用but。
All but one are here.
Nobody but I likes making model ships.
②后接不定式短语为排除对象时，多用but。
He has nothing to do but wait.（前有do,后省to）
③but与一些固定结构连用。
have no choice but to do sth.只得做某事，can not but do sth.不得不,can not help but do sth.不得不……，but for … 如不是……
（9）between与among.
between通常指两者之间。也可以用于三者以上的两者之间。如：
Ann is between Tom and Bill.
Switzer land lies between France, Germany, Australia and Italy.
They soon finished the work between themselves.(共同，合作)
She was busy between cooking, washing, sewing and looking after the baby.(表示接连不断地，一个接一个地忙这忙那)
A horse can be seen between trees now.
among表示三者以上之间。如：
The story is said to have happened in a village among the hills.
He was happy to be among friends again.
We must agree among ourselves.(一起，共同)我们必须达成共识。
London is among the largest cities.( = one of与最高级连用)
（10）表原因的介词for、because of、due to。
He didn’t come to the meeting because of his illness.
The reason for his coming late is that he was ill.
He was praised for his bravery and courage.
The accident is due to your careless driving.
(11)不定式复合结构中的for、of。
这里所说的不定式复合结构形式指的是for 或of加上人或事，作动词不定式逻辑主语的结构。
①It is clever of you to answer it like that.
②It is quite hard for me to explain why.
注意：两句中的of和for的使用，表语形容词能够说明不定式逻辑主语的性质、特征与面貌时用of,如果说明不定式行为本身的性质、状态等则用for。
（12）兼作连词和副词的介词。
①after、since、till / still、before这些词既是介词，又是连词。
The children went home at once after school.
They went to bed after they had finished the job.
②in、on、along、down、up、after、before、along、beyond等介词可兼作副词。
He ran down the hill.（介词）
Can you lift that box down from the shelf for me (副词)
③有的介词可以兼作连词和副词。
All the students got to school before me.(before为介词)
We do want to buy something now before prices go up.(连词)
Haven’t I seen you before (before为副词)
（13）介词的省略。
①表示时间的介词on、at 、in的省略。在next、last、yesterday、tomorrow、each、one、any、every、all等词之前，可以省略，也可以不省略。如（at）last weekend、（on）that day等。
②介词for表示时间的省略要求。（A）以all开头的名词短语，for要省略。如：I stayed with her all he morning.（B）表示一段时间的短语之前，for可以省略，也可以不省略。如：I have been waiting hereI (for) more than three hours.（C）否定句中，表示时间的短语前的for不能省略。如：I haven’t seen you for thirty years.(D)时间状语在主句之前，for不能省略。如：For the whole morning,the old man kept reading.
③某些动词短语之后的介词可以省略。
Nothing can prevent me(from)doing the job.
She spent nearly two hours(in)translating it.
（14）某些名词与介词构成的固定搭配。
①要求接to的名词有：key、answer、visit、entrance、apology、introduction、road等。
②要求接in 的名词有：interest、satisfaction、expert等。
He is expert in teaching small children.
(15)几个常用的并列连词。
①both … and, either … or, neither … nor
both … and“双方都”，连接句子的两个主语时，其后谓语动词通常用使用复数形式。either … or与neither … nor注意采取“就近原则”。
②not only … but also, as well as
注意：两者强调对象不同，not only … but also强调的是but also之后部分，而as well as则强调其前面的部分。not only … but also采取“就近原则”，而as well as只是一个插入语，采取“就远原则”。如：
Mr.Smith, as well as his wife and children, has come to Nanjing for a visit.
not only … but also结构中的not only可用于句首，连接两个分句时，第一个从句主谓要倒装。
Not only is he clever ,but also he is hard working.
（16）几个常用的从属连词。
①when、while、as都表示“当……时候”，when引导的从句的动作与主句的动词可同时发生，也可先后发生；as、while引导的从句则强调主句和从句的动作同时发生。如：
When I go to the station, the train had already left.
He sang merrily as he was working.
②till、until均表示“到……时候止”，肯定句中的谓语必须是延续性动作。如：I worked till late at night.若主句谓语是终止性动词，则主句要用否定形式，意为动作“到……才……”开始发生。如：
She didn’t get up until her mother came in.
注意：till和until通常情况下可以互换，只是在句首时until比till更常用。
③though、although均引导让步状语从句，意为“虽然……”，although较正式，though最常用。如：
Thouth (Although)he was tired,he kept on working.
注意：though、although引导的从句不能与but、however连用，但可以与yet、still连用。though还可以与别的词结合使用，如even though、
as though,而although则不能这样搭配。
④no sooner … than、hardly … when、as soon as三者都表示“一……就”，“刚刚……就”的意思。（A）as soon as 置于主句前后都可以，而且有备各种时态。如：As soon as she gets here I’ll tell her about
it. Mary left as soon as the finished the work.(B)hardly … when、no sooner … than不能表示将来的事，其主句的谓语动词一般用过去完成时，从句用过去时。若将hardly或no sooner放在句首，句子要倒装。如：No sooner had he arrived than he went away again.
⑤某些表示时间的名词（词组）也可用作从属连词。它们是：the moment, the minute,the instant, the day, the time, the first(second, third …)time, the spring (summer, autumn,winter),every(each,next,
any) time(day),by the time,都可引导时间状语从句。如：
His mother died the spring he returned.
Call me up the minute he arrives.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. The home improvements have taken what little there is _________my spare time.(NMET 2001)
A.from B.in C.of D.at
解析：答案为C。本题考查句子结构中介词of的有法。what引导的从句作谓语have taken的宾语，而从句中的基本句型为“there is little of …”,表示“……有很少”，what 修饰little提到了从句句首。注意正确把握句子结构和介词用法，要明白of my spare time和in my spare time的区别。
2. ____________ production up by 60%, the company has had another excellent year.(NMET 2000)
A.As B.For C.With D.Through
解析：答案为C。本题考查with的复合结构作状语的用法。“with + 名词 + 不定式/分词/名词/形容词/介词短语等”可在句中作伴随、时间、原因、条件等状语。本题中with的复合结构作伴随状语。
3. The changes in the city will cost quite a lot, ___________they will save us money in the long run.（2000春季高考题）
A.or B.since C.for D.but
解析：答案为D。本题考查并列连词or、for、but和从属连词的意义和用法。并列连词or通常表示选择关系；for表示因果关系；but表示转折关系；从属连词since表示原因。通过比较前后两个分句意思可知，它们是转折关系。
4. After she considered the problem, she got a tall box to stand ________.
A.on B.up C.above D.by
解析：答案为A。不定式“to stand + 介词”作定语修饰a tall box,其中被修饰词在逻辑意义上是不及物动词，只有加上吊尾介词，句子意思才完整。吊尾介词往往由于受到汉语的影响而缺少，吊尾介词使用的场合有：
（1）定语从句中，先行词被一个不及物动词所修饰，不及物动词后要接介词，先行词被“动词 + 介词”组成的短语动词所修饰，介词常在句尾。
He is the man I just spoke to.
(2)what、whose、who、whatever等引导的宾语从句，宾语从句出现吊尾介词。
I can’t imagine what it is like.
(3) 强调句型，特殊疑问句中由于被强调部分和疑问词位置变更，常出现吊尾介词。
It was the poor boy that we gave the books to.
What for Where to Who with
(4)不及物动词的不定式修饰表“涉及对象、场合、工具、方式、材料”等意义的名词时常带吊尾介词。
a room to live in, a bench to sit on
There is nothing to worry about.
She is a good girl to work with.
(5)某些形容词后接不定式或“动词 + 介词”型短语，动词的不定式形式表“反射”，常用吊尾介词。
①fit、easy、hard、comfortable、difficult、heavy等形容词后。
②The river is good to swim in.
The box is too heavy to carry.
③be worth doing sth.,be worthy of being done / to be done, want/
require / need doing2005高考专题5
怎样做好词汇专题练习
Composed by Chinephone Lew from No.1 Highschool

英语词类共分以下几种：名词、代词、动词、形容词、副词、数词、连词、冠词、介词、感叹词等。其中，名词、代词、动词、形容词、副词、数词为实词，它们在句子中可以独立充当某些成分，如主语、谓语、宾语、表语、定语、状语、补语。连词、冠词、介词、感叹词为虚词，又叫粘着词，它们不能在句子中单独使用，必须和实词连用，构成名词短语、动词短语、形容词短语、副词短语、介词短语、从句等。
分清英语词类和短语的意义在于了解英语句子的表达方法和英语各类词在不同句子中的使用规定以及各种同类词的辨析，学会解英语词类辨析题和其他专题。
在学习英语各类词的用法之前，首先了解英语句子类型和各类句子中各种成分所使用的词类，不然，会在解题时把词类误用。
1、充当句子主语只能是名词短语、代词短语、数词短语、非谓语动词短语、从句，不能是形容词短语、副词短语、介词短语、更不能直接用虚词；
2、充当句子谓语的必须是动词短语，且动词有“三要素”和“两语态”及语气使用要求，谓语不能是形容词短语、副词短语、介词短语、名词短语和各类虚词；
3、充当表语的可以是名词短语、代词短语、数词短语、非谓语动词短语、从句、介词短语，也不能直接用虚词；
4、充当宾语的可以是名词短语、代词短语、数词短语、非谓语动词短语、从句，不能是介词短语、形容词短语、副词短语和各类虚词；
5、充当定语的可以是名词短语、代词短语、数词短语、非谓语动词短语、介词短语、形容词短语、副词短语、从句等，定语分前置定语和后置定语两种，某些形容词作定语用前置还是后置要取决于形容词的意义和属性；
6、充当状语的可以是名词短语、数词短语、非谓语动词短语、形容词短语、副词短语、介词短语、从句等，不能是单独的虚词；
7、充当补语（主语补语和宾语补语）的可以是名词短语、代词短语、数词短语、非谓语动词短语、形容词短语、副词短语等，不能是单独的虚词。
8、各类句子成分与其句子类型的对应关系：
A、主----系（谓）---表 B、主----动（谓）---宾
C、主----动（谓）---宾（人）---宾（物）（双宾）
D、主----动（谓）---宾（物）---介---宾（人）（双宾）
E、主----动（谓）---宾（人/物）---宾补 F、主----动（谓）---无宾---（状）
G、主----动（被动式）---主补---（状）
9、定语可以出现在主语、表语、宾语、状语中主体词前后，但不会出现在谓语动词主体词位置上；
10、宾补应紧跟在宾语后面；
11、主补应出现在被动句中谓语动词之后。
开始学习英语词汇前，必须明白英语句子的构造形式及句子中各种成分的位置以及各种成分应该使用的词类和短语，否则，无法把英语的词汇学好，更无法把英语语法学好，更无法学会解英语考试题。2004年高考英语试卷能力考查分类解析
一、总体分析
2004年高考英语是第一年部分省市自命题，全国共有15份试卷（教育部
考试中心命制4份试卷）。15份高考英语试卷符合现行中学英语教学大纲和教育考制定的《考试大纲》要求，自命题省份试卷的突出特点是：“紧扣大纲，平稳过渡”。 2004年15份试卷坚持了英语测试改革的总体方向：“突出语篇、强调应用、注重交际”， 试卷既充分地体现了教学大纲和考试大纲的要求，又较好地体现了素质教育的内涵。尤其教育部考试中心卷、北京卷、上海卷在“能力立意”方面更到位。试卷的难、中、易比例合理，试卷长度合适，中等程度的考生能在规定的时间内完成全卷。卷面上没有出现偏题、怪题。大部分试题都是针对考生必备的英语能力设置的，符合教改发展的要求。试题的测试能级清晰，选拔功能较强，从考生作答的情况看，保证了高考试卷所需要的信度和区分度。
2004年高考英语试卷的命题指导思想基本上体现在以下两方面：
1、 命题原则与大纲要求一致
语言知识题的命制原则为：保证知识覆盖面；尽可能增加综合性与语境化的因素。语言运用题的命制原则为：语言必须放在实际的、并尽可能不同的情景中运用；语言必须适合具体的交际行为；考核的焦点在于是否达到交际目的；语言交际行为除了需要语言能力外，还需要一些其他的能力。“逐渐摆脱纯粹的语法试题”是英语高考试题的改革方向和趋势。
2、保持稳定，试卷难度略有下降
　根据教育测量理论和高考的实际情况，试卷的理想难度被确定为0.55左右。在命题的整个过程中，要考虑到各试题难度情况、考生整体能力变化等各种因素，使试卷难度趋近于这一难度。需要说明的是，命题人员所追求的是整份试卷难度的稳定，而非试卷中各个大题难度的稳定。一般来讲，命题人员每年均会根据前一年度社会对命题的评价和建议，适当调整各大题的难度，以体现命题的指导思想，并使当年试卷与前几年试卷难度基本一致。自命题省份2004年基本根据往年全国试卷难度的把握，命制自己的试卷。因此，2004年自命题试卷为求“稳”，在难度上与往年高考英语试题难度基本一致的情况下，略有下降，试卷的挑战性不大。
自命题省份由于要充分发挥高考引领作用将会逐年体现“稳中求发展”的特点，尤其是要在高考中展现各自英语教学的水平和特点。因此，2005年的高考英语试卷会在试题的难度、试题的时代感、试题的地方特色等方面有所不同和变化。
二、2004年高考英语试题分类解析
（一）听力理解能力
2004年高考英语听力测试自命题省份大部分采用了全国卷听力试题。自命题省份的北京卷、广东卷、湖北卷、重庆卷、江苏卷、广西卷为自命题听力试题。听力试题与往年相比难度略有增加。例如：对话语段长度增加、试题设计增加了综合性理解的考查等。例如：北京卷：
听力试题特点：质量高、交际性强、考查点全面。
听力试题从易到难分布，体现人文关怀。例如听力试题第一节内容通过率为
71%，第1小题通过率为93%。体现了试题入手易，使学生能平稳地进入应试状态。听力试题第二节内容通过率为58%，试题难度加大。04年听力试题增加了推理判断试题的考查内容，从而加大了听力试题的难度，使试题有一定的梯度，这一点是今年听力试题的一大特点。它预示着我们的英语听力教学要从实际应用能力出发培养学生的听力能力，这也是北京大环境的需要和北京高考英语的特点和亮点。听力声音真实地道，语速、语音语调自然。听力内容的选材贴近学生生活，情景真实。
（二）英语知识运用能力
2004年高考英语知识运用试题的基本特点是：平稳、难度下降、知识点覆盖全面、突出语篇、符合考纲目标要求。
单项填空试题
高考英语中的单项填空试题主要考查：1）语法知识；2）运用语法知识的能力；3）搭配、习惯用法；对词语的正确理解能力。2004年高考15份试卷中的单项填空试题的特点是：内容覆盖面广、试题重点突出，强调动词用法能力的考查。英语动词的学习是中学英语教学中的重点和难点，与动词有关的内容有：时态、语态、助动词、情态动词、非谓语动词等。该试题的设计遵循“以能力立意的原则”突出语境理解的作用，注重基础知识在语境中理解与运用的考查。单项填空试题难度下降，没有偏题、怪题，符合目前英语新课程改革的要求。修订大纲中指出；“大型考试应降低语法试题的难度。” 英语课程标准在终结性评价中指出：“笔试应避免单纯语法知识题”。试题知识点覆盖比较全面、基本上做到了重点突出（主干知识动词占该试题50%）。
试 卷 考 查 内 容
动词（时态、语态、情态动词、非谓语动词、动词短语、动词） 复合句（定语从句、状语从句等） 其它（冠词、副词、代词、用语、名词、形容词等）
全国 6 3 6
全国（新课程） 6 3 6
全国（广西） 6 2 7
北京 7 3 5
浙江 7 2 6
湖北 7 2 6
湖南 9 2 4
天津 5 3 7
福建 7 2 6
江苏 7 2 6
重庆 8 1 7
广东 4 2 9
辽宁 7 2 6
单项填空试题能力层次分类分析：
1）语法理解和运用能力
动词时态
（全国一卷）
30. My mind wasn’t on what he was saying so I’m afraid you can’t have time to ____before the party.
A. was missing B. had missed C. will miss D. missed
此题考查动词时态。根据题干所提供的语境，My mind wasn’t on what he was saying用的是过去时态，说明“漏听的内容”也应该表示过去的一个客观事实。干扰最大的是B选项。如果不认真分析语境，容易误选过去完成时。正确答案为D。
（全国二卷）
25. ---Has Sam finished his homework today
---I have no idea. He ____it this morning.
A. did B. has done C. was doing D. had done
此题语境设计非常精彩，考生如果只根据第一句的问话判断答案，A、BI 都有干扰性，尤其容易选A 选项，He did it this morning.没有上下文，单独看此句是正确的。但是认真分析对话的答语I have no idea.就只有C选项He was doing it this morning.符合对话的语境。
（北京卷）
22.---What’s that terrible noise
---The neighbors ____ for a party.
A. have prepared B. are preparing C. prepare D. will prepare
此题根据第一句的语境判断，问的是此时此刻“噪音产生的原因”，所以选择B选项，用现在进行时态解释噪音产生的原因。
（湖北卷）
22. He kept looking at her, wondering whether he _____her somewhere.
A. saw B. has seen C. sees D. had seen
题干中的语境kept looking at暗示了出后面的动作应该使用过去完成时态，表示“…..不知在什么地方见过她。”所以答案为D。
（江苏卷）
34. Sales of CDs have greatly increased since the early 1990s, when people ____to enjoy the advantages of this new technology.
A. begin B. began C. have begun D. had begun
题干中的since the early 1990s是表示时间的关键短语，后面的定语从句有对
该短语进行了进一步说明，所以不难判断出正确答案应该是B。
了补充说明
情态动词
（全国一卷）
29. ---Isn’t that Ann’s husband over there
---No, it _____ be him---I’m sure he doesn’t wear glasses.
A. can’t B. must not C. won’t D. may not
此题考查在特定语境中情态动词的运用。通过对所提供的语境I’m sure he doesn’t wear glasses.的理解，推断出正确选项应该是“can’t”。can’t表示一种否定的推测，考查了情态动词表示推测的基本知识，即表示否定和疑问的推测要使用can。
（上海卷）
28. Children under 12 years of age in that country ________ be under adult supervision when in a public library.
A. must B. may C. can D. need
根据题干中所提供的语境“under adult supervision when in a public library”
选择A选项。
（湖北卷）
26. ---Excuse me. Is this the right way to the Summer Palace
---Sorry, I’m not sure. But it ____ be.
A. might B. will C. must D. can
所提供的语境I’m not sure明显说明对所说的事情把握不大，因此选择A选项might。
复合句
（全国一卷）
31. You are saying that everyone should be equal, and this is _______I disagree.
A. why B. where C. what D. how
此题重点考查表语从句关联词的选择与对动词disagree用法的掌握情况。该题有一定难度，误选C的考生占一定比例。主要原因是受中文影响，即“我不同意你说的人人平等。” 如何选择从句中的连词与清楚地理解从句中的动词用法有着密切的关系。disagree是不及物动词，表示在某一点上“不同意”，所以该题正确答案应该选B（ where），表示“你说人人平等，在这一点上我不敢苟同。”
（全国二卷）
23. There were dirty marks on her trousers______ she had wiped her hands.
A. where B. which C. when D. that
此题考查定语从句的用法。从句中的动词“wiped sth on sth”提供了清楚的语境，所以选择A（where）作为关系副词引导定语从句指代“在裤子上”。
（全国一卷）
23. The English play ____my students acted at the New Year’s party was a great
success.
A. for which B. at which C. in which D. on which
答案为C。定语从句是高中语法学习的重点，也是历届高考测试的热点。
定语从句的考查点为关联词的运用，使用好关联词关键是要理解关联词在从
句中的作用。从句中的动词 act表示“表演一部戏”时与介词的搭配为 “act in a
play”，所以该题引导定语从句的关联词为in which。
（北京卷）
31. We cannot figure out _______ quite a number of insects, birds, and animals are dying out.
A. that B. as C. why D. when
此题考查宾语从句关联词的选择。从主句中的cannot figure out可以判断出应该选择why，说明我们不明白到底什么原因使那么多的动物渐渐灭绝。
（湖南卷）
23. I work in a business_____ almost everyone is waiting for a great chance.
A. how B. which C. where D. that
此题的先行词为business，定语从句还原便可清晰看到该句为“almost everyone is waiting for a great chance in the business”，先行词在定语从句中作地点状语，所以选择C.（where）。
24. I think Father would like to know _____I’ve been up to so far, so I decide to send him a quick note.
A. which B. why C. what D. how
此题关键是理解be up to的含义，根据题干所给的具体语境be up to的意思
为“忙于……从事于……”。所以选C（what ）代替介词to后的宾语。
（上海卷）
36. America women usually identify their best friend as someone _____they can talk frequently.
A. who B. as C. about which D. with whom
考查点为定语从句。C选项干扰比较大，误选C的考生主要是没有认真理解
从句动词，而受主句as的干扰。还原定语从句为”they can talk with them”, 所以
正确答案为D（with whom）。
2）习惯用语的辨析能力
（全国一卷）
26. ---How about eight o’clock outside the cinema
---That _____ me fine.
A. fits B. meets C. satisfies D. suits
考查点为动词辨析。动词satisfy和 meet都有“满足”的意思，根据题义可以排除。动词fit和 suit都有“适合，合适”的意思，fit常用于表示衣服合身，而suit的含义比较广，有“对……合适，对……方便”的意思。选择D（suit）符合该题的上下文。
（全国二卷）
33. I must be fat---I can _____ do my trousers up.
A. fairly B. hardly C. nearly D. seldom
考查在特定语境中恰当使用副词的能力。根据题干第一句句意：“我一定是发胖了”，第二句应该表示胖的程度：“裤子要系不上了”。A 和C不符合题意，seldom是频度副词，而hardly既是频度副词，也是程度副词，因此最佳答案为B（hardly）。
（全国三卷）
28. The faces of four famous American presidents on Mount Rushmore can be seen from a _____ of 60 miles.
A. length B. distance C. way D. space
考查点为近义词在特定语境中的用法。根据题干60 miles的暗示，此处需要
一个代表“距离”的名词，所以选B（distance）符合题义。
3）识记、理解并灵活使用固定搭配的能力
（全国一卷）
32. You can take anything from the shelf and read, but please _____the books when you’ve finished with them.
A. put on B. put down C. put back D. put off
该试题考查理解运用动词词组的能力。在准确分析语境的前提下，动词词组
掌握得比较好，选出正确答案C是不难的。动词词组很多，而且每个词组常常
有几个甚至更多的含义，所以要很好地掌握它们的意思，只靠死记硬背不行，
要在大量语言材料输入的同时，观察和体验这些短语在特定语境中的用法。
（全国二卷）
26. The forest guards often find campfires that have not been _____completely.
A. turned down B. put out C. put away D. turned over
根据题干语境，可以判断该空应该填“扑灭”，所以答案为B。
（重庆卷）
26. Before the war broke out, many people _____in safe places possessions they could not take with them.
A. threw away B. put away C. gave away D. carried away
分析句子不难看出，该句的意思是“把目前不用的东西收拾起来，以备将来
用。” in safe places是关键词，所以选B（put away）。
（北京卷）
35. I don’t _____rock’n’roll. It’s much too noisy for my taste.
A. go after B. go away with C. go into D. go in for
正确答案为“go in for”,意思为 “从事，参加”。
3）英语口语交际能力
（天津卷）
21. ---How often do you eat out
---, but usually once a week.
A. Have no idea B. It depend C. As usual D. Generally speaking
通过对话中usually的理解，可以排除C、D选项。But可以排除A选项。
正确答案为 B. (It depend)意思为“视情况而定”。
（湖北卷）
35. ---Will $200_____
---I’m afraid not. We need at least 50 more dollars.
A. count B. satisfy C. fit D. do
Sth will do是一种比较固定的说法，在口语表达中比较常见，意思为“……
够了,……行了”。
通过分析可以看出单项填空试题考查的能力可以具体归纳为三个方面：
a.特定语境中理解运用语法知识的能力；
b.特定语境中理解运用词汇知识的能力；
c.特定语境中理解运用日常交际用语的能力。
该试题考查趋势：考查点由强调语法结构向灵活的语言运用转移、词义理解
设问更加灵活多变。
完形填空试题
全国15份试卷完形填空试题文章的选材基本能够贴近考生实际生活，材料难度适中，强调语篇分析和理解的连贯性。试题考查的要点符合考试说明。在语篇中考查语言知识的灵活运用是非常具挑战性的试题，该试题引导教学对语言知识的学习要重视语言运用的功能，不是死记条条框框。该试题以考查实词为主，例如动词、名词、副词、形容词等。北京卷短文20个空中动词8个；名词5个；形容词5个；连词1个；介词1个。全国一卷短文20个空中动词5个、名词5个、副词4个、形容词1个、连词2个、代词3个。试题选项的设计思路清晰，充分反映出本题型的命题特点：每小题所给出的4个选项一般都属于相同词类，同一范畴；错误选项也多半可以和空前、空后文字形成某种搭配，从而起到一定的干扰与迷惑作用。选项所用词汇没有重复，尽可能增加考查内容的覆盖面。文章选材的内容健康、时尚，知识、教育、趣味融为一体。例如全国一卷文章选材内容贴近学生生活、原汁原味、有异国文化含量、有生活感悟。作者在文章中自然地表达了真情实感，细节描写细致逼真，情景交融，是一篇可读性、欣赏性、学习性很强的文章。文章描述了作者吃意大利面的愉快的回忆以及由此构思而写作了一篇文章，作文同样也给同学们带来了快乐，读者也能在分享快乐中引发思考和感悟。北京卷文章的选材内容贴近学生生活，颇具时代感。作者以第一人称叙述了自己如何失去、后来又恢复了对运动训练兴趣过程的体验讲述了自己在足球队所经历的一些事情。文章为夹叙夹议文体，作者表露的思想观点、情感倾向健康、积极、真实，是一篇可读性很强，有一定教育意义的佳作。
完形填空试题重点考查考生阅读、理解、分析、推理、判断、运用等方面综合的能力。考生在对残缺不全的文章进行阅读并理解之后，分析各小题四个选项的区别，然后选出正确答案，使补全后的文章意思通畅，结构完整。考生必须做到通篇考虑，掌握主题，根据上下文提供的语境，进行推敲，运用自己对语法的掌握，对词的固定搭配及词义，句型的了解等得出结论。这一系列复杂的心理过程，必须在15~20分钟内完成，因此该试题难度比较大。
近年来完形填空试题考查趋势由局部理解向整体理解转移：1）整卷结构减少了单句层次的试题；明显增加了语篇理解的试题；2）设问角度突出考查对整句，对上下文乃至全篇的理解。
完形填空试题能力分类分析
考查目标的梯度分层
“点”的考查
（全国一卷）
When I finished it the night was half gone and there was no __48___ left to write a proper composition for Mr. Fleagle.
A. time B. excuse C. way D. idea
从空前的the night was half gone的理解，可以判断出选择A. （time）。
（天津卷）
I was leaving 49 several girls camp up to me.
A. while B. when C. as D. since
“be doing …when…”为常用句子结构，意思为“正在这个时候….”。所以选B.（ when）。
“线”的考查
考查考生对文段语境理解的能力。考生必须通过语境判断，一般看懂一两句话的情景铺垫。
(浙江卷)
Bob had just made a “motherhood contract(合同)”—declaring that for 70 days this summer he would 37 the care of their four children and all the housework. Although he didn’t even know how to make coffee when he sighed, he was very confident….
37. A. stick to B. set about C. think about D. take over
该题从语法角度考虑四个选项都可以接受，但是从上下文考虑，文章中我们可以读到男主人和女主人之间是自愿签订了一个代替母亲做家务和照看孩子70天的合同。所以，自签订合同之日起，他将接替妻子所有的家务。D（ take over）选项从词义和语法上都符合上下文。
After 40 of the 70 days, he was ready to give up. “ I was beaten down, “ admits Bob. “Not only is motherhood a 40 task, it is an impossible job for any normal human being.”….
40. A. strange B. pleasant C. difficult D. serious
该题可以从上文 的beaten down和下文的 impossible job可以判断出选择C（difficult）。
….“ I had been children around so much,” she 45 , “I couldn’t talk to a grown-up.” She continued to run the household, however -- until Bob signed the contract.
Bob tried hard to learn cooking, but the meals he prepared were 47 . For the last three weeks, the family ate out a lot--- sometimes having MacDonald’s hamburgers for lunch and dinner….
45. A. insists B. sighs C. jokes D. apologizes
47. A. terrible B. tasty C. expensive D. special
第45小题的正确选项取决于对下文I couldn’t talk to a grown-up的理解，这句话道出了Pat的无奈，所以选B（sighs）。
第47小题的正确选项取决于对上文tried hard to learn cooking, but….的理解，不难判断出答案为A（ terrible）。
….“ I found 51 –I shut the doors,” he says. Soon the kids were wearing their shirts inside out. “When we went to fetch Pat at work, I made them wear their shirts 53 side out so they would look clean.”
51. A. an easier way B. a cheaper way C. a cleaner way D. a harder way
53. A. good B. wrong C. right D,. opposite
第51小题重点理解下文I shut the doors 意思是我把门关上，以免被别人看到，这个方法是再简单不过了，所以选A（ an easier way）。
第53小题的提示在上文Soon the kids were wearing their shirts inside out.
意思是孩子们将衣服穿反了，而我让他们把衣服调整过来去见他们的妈，所以选C（ right）。
“面”的考查
考查考生对文章内容进行逻辑分析，推理判断能力。要求考生能对上下文，上下段把其内在关连和连贯意义的理解。在做好“点”、“线”的基础上才能做好“面”的题。
（全国一卷）
It was the night before the composition was due. As I looked at the list of topics , "The Art of Eating Spaghetti (意大利面条) " caught my eye. The word "spaghetti" brought back the
36 of an evening at Uncle Alien' s in Belleville 37 all of us were seated around the table and Aunt Pat 38 spaghetti for supper. Spaghetti was an exotic (外来的) treat in 39 days. Never had I eaten spaghetti, and 40 of the grown-ups had enough experience to be 41 it. What laughing 42 we had about the 43 respectable method for moving spaghetti from plate to mouth. 44 , I wanted to write about that, but I wanted to 45 it down simply for my own 46 , not for Mr. Fleagle, my composition teacher. 47 , I would write something else.
36. A. memory B. thought C. knowledge D. experience
37. A. when B. where C. since D. after
38. A. cooked B. served C. got D. made
39. A. their B. past C. last D. those
40. A. none B. one C. earns D. neither
41. A. careful about B. good at C. fond of D. interested in
42. A. speeches B. lessons C. sayings D. arguments
43. A. nearly B. naturally C. officially D. socially
44. A. Especially B. Probably C. Suddenly D. Fortunately
45. A. settle B. put C. bite D. let
46. A. work B. story C. luck D. joy
47. A. However B. Therefore C. As for him D. Except for that
第36小题从空前bring back不难判断出应该与名词memory搭配最佳。所以答案为A。第一个空比较简单，也符合完形填空试题的命题思路。
第37小题考查依据语篇的连贯意义判断正确连词的能力。When此处意思为 “at the moment”, 接前面的an evening，表示“在哪个晚上”发生了什么事。由此可见，做完形填空试题，既要有扎实的语法基本功，也要有很好的语篇意识。
第38小题考查根据语境确定特定的动词用法。A 和D选项干扰都很大，但是，从前面的 “…..all of us were seated around the table….”所提供的语境判断，显然是面已经做好，应该“端上饭桌了”，这正是serve的用法。
第39小题选择D（those），in those days 表示“在过去”。
第40小题考查根据上下文对代词的词义进行判断选择的能力。根据上文“Never had I eaten spaghetti, and….”的理解，判断此处要使用否定词，neither用于两者的否定，所以选A（ none）。
第41小题从下文可以判断出因为大家没怎么吃过Spaghetti，于是不知道如何表现文雅，所以应该选择表示技能的短语，B（good at）为最佳答案。
第42小题选择D（arguments），表示“他们对文雅吃法的争论”。
第43小题空后的respectable method表示“体面的吃法”，所以选D（socially）表示社交场合下文雅的吃法。
第44小题考查依据语篇的连贯性运用副词的能力。文章一开始作者谈到由于写作文引发的一段回忆，回忆后提到“I wanted to write about it”。Especially表示程度上的递进, 与上下文不符。 Fortunately不符合语境， probably与“I wanted to write about it”前后矛盾，所以C（Suddenly）为最佳选项。
第45小题从上文判断，此处要表达的意思应该是 “write” 所以选B（put），put down的意思为“写下”。
第46小题从文这中的but和not for判断，作者是自己高兴写，写给自己看，所以选D（ joy）。
第47小题根据上一句作者所说的写吃面条的经历不是为交作业，所以选择C（As for him），“至于给他，就写别的吧。”
（北京卷）
At first, everyone on the team got equal playing time. Then the team moved up to the top division after winning all its games, and the 39 started. Some parents, who had paid the coach extra so their daughters could have 40 one-on-one training, got angry when she didn’t give them more playing time in our 41 . The coach was replaced.
39. A. business B. struggle C. attempt D. pressure
40. A. free B. private C. good D. basic
41. A. matches B. courses C. lessons D. programs
该段落为完形填空试题段文的第二段，主要内容是讲述第一个教练的情况。第39小题根据下文三次出现的词，也就是作者失去兴趣的关键所在，选
pressure（压力），这个选项与中心有直接关系；虽然后文提到有些家长生气，但不一定会引起struggle（斗争），同时这个词也与文章中心无关；business（生意）和attempt（试图）都与本文没什么关系。本题通过率只有40％，说明虽然考生知道了中心议题，但结合到文章如何表述进而达到目的的过程，并不十分明了，同时也没有注意到文章三次提到的关键词；此外如果考生注意到第39小题的主语是the team，而不是Some parents，选正确选项的机率也会大些的。
第40、41小题涉及家长多给钱的目的，第40小题的形容词修饰的是one-to-one training（一对一训练），这种训练是“私下”进行的，选private；而free有两种含义，其一是“免费”，这显然与上文矛盾，其二是“自由”，而训练不可能是自由的；good、basic都不能准确修饰one-to-one training。队员在训练之后，就要在比赛中上场，选matches；courses（课程）、 lessons（上课）、programs（项目）都与运动训练关系不大。第41小题的通过率为39％，失误的主要原因是说明考生对文章的逻辑发展顺序不清楚，也说明考生生活背景范围很有局限，有些考生甚至是从自己的生活经验出发考虑问题的。
Of course, all teams run drills; they are 44 . But we ran so much that, afterwards, we had trouble 45 . Younger people shouldn’t be doing exercises 46 for 18-year-olds.
44. A. necessary B. boring C. scientific D. practical
45. A. speaking B. moving C. sleeping D. breathing
46. A. used B. intended C. made D. described
该段落内容开始涉及到新教练训练情况。
第44小题以前提到新教练在训练时只让队员们跑，本句中作者承认跑是必要的，选necessary；boring与作者意思相反；scientific（科学的）修饰“跑”就等于说教练的做法是对的，作者的抱怨没有道理，这个词把作者自己否定了；practical（实际的）也可以修饰“跑”， 同样也把作者自己否定了。
第45小题用了so…that句型表示跑得太多的结果，一般跑后的结果是气喘吁吁，所以选breathing，表示跑后“喘不过气来”；而speaking和 sleeping都不是跑步所带来的特有结果；如果跑后不能moving（动）了，那就对身体损伤太大了，所以这个词太过分。本空选项比较接近，在中文里，这几种说法也都存在，此时要选最能显示事物特点的选项。
第46小题选项是4个过去分词，修饰前面名词exercises（锻炼）， described（描绘）无法修饰exercises；used（用来）、made（制作）都可以与后面的介词for搭配，也可以修饰exercises，但表达的意义是“专用于”或“专为”18岁青年人设计的，但本句只是作者在表达对教练采取的作法的看法；选intended（打算），表示这种运动是教练为18岁的人所计划而选的。此题通过率只有35％，说明考生对intended这个词的确切意义以及议论句和真实情况该用不同的词来表达，不很清楚、明确。
I was very thin 47 I started football, but as a member of this team I wouldn’t eat much, because I was afraid of being too 48 to run. I feared making mistakes, and the added pressure caused me to make more than my usual 49 .
47. A. full B. tired C. lazy D. big
48. A. size B. share C. space D. state
以上段落作者谈到自己的身体情况。
第47小题是很简单的连词考查点，只要把前后句关系搞清楚就行了，但这个空的通过率也只有49％，如果这种空白在单项填空中出现，通过率会高得多，可见在完形填空这种更广阔的上下文中，按照语境的逻辑发展正确选词，对考生来说是个难题。
第49小题是名词考查点，本句前面提到making mistakes（犯错）及make more（犯更多错），根据意义应该找一个能代替错误的名词，本句句意并不是在讨论错误大小，size显然不对，它与more也不搭配；space（空间）、state（状态）都与错误没关系；share（份儿） 可以表示在错误中所占比例，与前面的more联系起来，可以说明犯更多的错。本题通过率只有16％，首先说明考生对share的这种用法感到陌生，在课本中，似乎永远在分东西时，才用share，而从没听说过“错误”也用它，这充分证明学生的语言体验不足、掌握词义比较死板；其次也说明他们缺少把上下文与空白之间进行逻辑联系的能力。
近年来高考完形填空试题考查的要点我们可以概括为16个字：“信息常识，上下呼应，搭配遣词，逻辑贯通”。完形填空试题的考查核心是考查考生的复写能力，因此考生在做完形填空试题时必须运用写文章的常识。要使文章结构严谨，必须要上下互相呼应。必须把握住“文中无闲句，句中无闲字”这一原则。每选一个选项都要考虑到选项所在的句子与上下文有无必然的联系，切不可由于错选而使选项所在的句子成为与上下文毫无联系的闲句。词汇考查方面注重根据语境进行遣词造句能力的考查。对文章理解能做到上下文融会贯通也完形填空的考查点之一。文章中若有上文的因为，下文必有所以；若上文若有其然，下文必其所以然。阅读短文需要考生从字里行间中仔细揣摩，在复写的过程中只有同原文作者的写作意图相吻合才能摸索出因为与所以，或其所然与其所以然之间的脉络。
（三）阅读理解能力
阅读文章是我国考生接触外语的最主要途径，因此，阅读理解是试卷中占
权重较大的一部分。2004年该试题有以下特点：难度适中，个别省份略有下降；短文选材符合《考试大纲》要求，即题材、体裁多种多样；对阅读技能考查全面；个别省份篇章长度有所加长；短文内容积极健康，有知识性、教育性。整体分析，各省市的试卷都做到了如下三个方面，1）信息含量大，体现在5篇文章题材与体裁的多样化方面；2）文章难易搭配适度，命题者注意到合理握文章及句子的难度；3）恰当控制生词的数量，较好地处理合成词与派生词。每份试卷的5篇文章20道题都能有序安排好细节判断，理解判断与推理判断题，命题者熔知识性趣味性实用性一炉，全方位多侧面对学生的阅读能力进行了检测。我们都认同的一点是，在中国这样一个面积大人口多，学习外语最缺语言环境的国度中，人们接触外语的主渠道是阅读，把握好选文的难度、选文的思想性、选文的时代性以及文章实用性是一门很深的学问，在这方面教育部考试中心早已为我们树立了非常好的榜样。2001，2002，2003连续三年阅读理解的难度都是0.51，稍具常识的人们会明白这决不是偶然或巧合，而是命题者经过多年的潜心研究，对数据进行缜密分析，透彻了解中学教学实际，本着两个“有利于”的原则，站在科学的角度上进行命制。相比之下，其他省市，以及随时间推移，更多即将加入独立命题队伍中来的省区，应很好学习全国卷的榜样。
高考阅读文章选材要求：
1）阅读材料的主题要明确，话题要新，要有时代感，
2）语言应地道，条理清晰，结构紧凑，在时间顺序、空间顺序或逻辑推理
上要有较大的复杂性。
3）材料长短适宜。平均每篇短文300词左右，但每篇文章要有足够的信息
量，以供设题之用。其中文章词量约占2/3，试题词量约占1/3。
4）语言难易要适度。材料中的生词量应控制在1%以内（由构词法形成的
词不计为生词），避免短文中出现太多的汉语释义。每篇注释的词控制在3个以
内。
5）材料应具有真实性，原汁原味，选材新颖，避免选用广为流传和人所共
知的材料，可涉及科普、社会、文化、政治、经济和生活等。
6）体裁应多样化，应有叙述文、说明文、议论文、应用文等。每套试题最
好有一篇考查特定信息能力的广告、公告类材料，也可选用科普、新闻等体裁。
（全国一卷）
阅读文章的题材：五篇文章坚持了多样化和原汁原味的原则。这一部分内容涉及了广告、心理、科技等话题。A篇短文为一则广告，属实用型文章。B篇文章非常精彩，该篇文章由三篇短文组成，增加了话题的覆盖，内容贴近学生生活，语言地道B篇内容选材贴近学生生活，学生在理解文章的过程中能够感悟出生活中的诚实、勤劳、慈爱和知恩图报。考查点的设计重点放在了对理解分析内容上，通过细读品味，进行推理判断得出答案，在得出答案的同时感悟人生，精彩之处是以小见大，渗透了教育功能。C篇讲解了一个人生道理，意义深远，耐人寻味，有时代感和教育性。D篇为科普文章，介绍在一架新的飞机真正投入使用之前，要需要一系列的测试。文章内容有一定知识含量。E篇讲述了主修社会科学毕业生的就业问题，文章阐述了社会科学专业毕业生的就业优势和企业对他们的好感。文章读起来令人耳目一新。
阅读文章体裁：五篇文章覆盖了应用文、说明文、记述文、议论文多种文体，在体裁上达到了均衡，同时兼顾了应用性。
阅读容量：近几年高考英语阅读试题容量有较大幅度的增加，其主要表现是阅读语段容量的增加。这一特征从另一侧面显示了NMET试卷突出语篇处理，加大深层信息处理力度的命题趋势。
阅读能力重点考查点为以下6种阅读微技能：
1） 领悟文章的大意，话题的能力；
2） 文章主旨归纳概括的能力；
3） 文章的细节和细节转换理解的能力；
4） 了解文章的结构与写作手法；
5） 文章的寓意内涵理解力；
6） 词义的正确理解力；
7） 文章的推断力。
（全国一卷）
阅读能力考查点覆盖全面分布合理：试题设置考查了对文章主旨要义的理解（第56、65、71小题）、事实细节的确认（第57、58、59、63、67、68、69、73小题）、词句含义的猜测（第62、72、74小题）、文章结构的把握、文章内容的推理判断（60、61、64、66、70、75）能力。
阅读理解能力层次分类分析
信息搜寻准确到位的能力
（全国一卷A篇阅读）
A
Tired of Working in Your Country"!
With over 500 instructors and 20 years of experience, we are the leader in the field of teaching foreign languages. We now have positions open in Osaka starting September/October 2004 for instructors of English, German, Spanish and French.
Teach many different kinds of classes using the latest technology in small classes of up to 3 students.
Accommodation (住宿), and other necessary documents (文件) will be ready before you leave.
Applicants will teach their first language only.
Excellent teacher training programs.（第57小题信息）
If you are young with a university degree and are willing to experience different cultures, apply (申请) now. Experience in teaching is an advantage but not specially required. Knowledge of the Japanese language is not necessary but good English skills and practical computer knowledge are basic requirements.（第59小题信息）
Apply with C. V. and send letters to:
NOVA France, Mr. Sampy (IHT3/2)
34, Bd. Haussmann, 75009 Paris, France
Fax: 33148014804
Or visit our website: www.
The manager expects to meet and talk with successful applicants in Paris in June and July.（第58小题信息）
57. We know from the text that those who are going to Japan will _______.
A. teach English only in Osaka
B. receive a degree from a university
C. have free accommodation
D. get trained for the job
依据文章中Excellent teacher training programs.的信息确认答案为D。
58. Before going to Japan, you need _______.
A. to see the manager of NOVA France
B. to take some computer courses
C. to write a letter to Japan
D. to find a place to live
从文章最后一句提示的信息；“The manager expects to meet and talk with successful applicants in Paris in June and July.”，可以确认答案为A。
59. If you want to work in Japan you should _______.
A. have some working experience
B. know how to use computers
C. present good teaching plans
D. speak several languages
文章提到申请人需要具备两个条件：good English skills and practical computer knowledge，由此得出正确答案为B。
对细节语义转换理解的能力
这类试题往往以数字，图表和文字描写提供特定情景，在阅读理解试题中所占比例比较大。
（全国一卷C篇第2段）
When someone has deeply hurt you, it can be extremely difficult to let go of your anger. But forgiveness is possible - and it can be surprisingly helpful to your physical and mental health. Indeed, research has shown that people who forgive report more energy, better appetite (胃口) and better sleep patterns. "People who forgive show less anger and more hopefulness," says Dr. Freder ic Luskin, who wrote the book Forgive for Good. " So it can help save on the wear and tear on .our system and allow people to feel more energetic."
So when someone has hurt you, calm yourself first. Take a couple of breaths and think of something that gives you pleasure: a beautiful scene in nature, someone you love. Don' t wait for an apology. "Many times the person who hurt you may never think of apologizing," says Dr. Luskin. "They may have wanted to hurt you or they just don't see things the same way. So if you wait for people to apologize, you could be waiting a very long time. " Keep in mind that forgiveness does not necessarily mean accepting the action of the person who upset you. Mentally going over your hurt gives power to the person who brought you pain. Instead, learn to look for the love, beauty and kindness around you. Finally, try to see things from the other person' s perspective 视角). You may realize that he or she was acting out of ignorance (无知) , fear - even love. To gain perspec tive, you may want to write a letter to yourself from that person' s point of view.
66. According to the writer, what is the right way to calm down after being hurt
A. Try to figure out why you get hurt.
B. Write a letter to the person who hurt you.
C. Persuade yourself to accept what others have done to you.
D. Think about pleasant things and forget about the hurt.
该试题从第二段“…think of something that gives you pleasure….”的内容可以推断出答案为D。
67. Dr. Luskin advises us not to wait for an apology after being hurt because ______.
A. we are not patient enough
B. we' d feel worse accepting others' apology
C. people seldom want to apologize
D. people don' t mean it when they apologize
从第二段 “Many times the person who hurt you may never think of apologizing," says Dr. Luskin.中得出答案为C。
（北京卷阅读A篇）
(A)
The Home of My People
When Lewis and Clark stepped onto the Weippe Prairie in present-day Idaho in September 1805, they met the Nez Perce Indians. In the following years, the white explorers began to fight with the Indians for their land. Some Nez Perce chiefs signed agreements with the U.S. governments, selling part of their lands. But the government always broke those agreements and demanded more land.
Other chiefs refused to go along with the government’s plans. The most famous was Chief Joseph, whose people lived in the Wallowa Valley (present-day Oregon).
“In order to have all people understand how much land we owned,” he once explained, “my father planted poles around it and said: “Inside is the home of my people…It circled around the graves of our fathers, and we will never give up these graves to any man.”
But in 1874, the U.S. government declared the valley open for the white settlement and ordered the Nez Perce onto a reservation(保留地). Seeing that resistance was useless, Chief Joseph agreed to move.
Later, fighting broke out between the Nez Perce and U.S soldiers. Chief Joseph tried to lead his people to Canada, winning several battles against the soldiers during their fighting. But finally, he was forced to give in.
56. Which historic site (on the map) lies in the south of today’s Nez Perce reservation
A. Buffalo Eddy. B. Dug Bar.
C. Joseph Canyon Viewpoint. D. Chief Looking Glass Camp.
图中Nez Perce reservation以南有两个historic site：即A和D选项。但是Buffalo Eddy不在Nez Perce reservation内，所以排除A选项。正确答案为D（ Chief Looking Glass Camp）。
57. What can we learn about the Nec Perce lands from the map
A. They were in the state of Oregon.
B. They have become a historic site.
C. They have become much smaller.
从图中可以看到Nez Perce Reservation只剩中间的一小块，比原来的Nec Perce lands小多了。所以正确答案为D。
对词义转换的理解能力
（全国一卷阅读B篇第2段）
Coin Stars
"College students are lazy, but they also want to help," says University of Pennsylvania graduate Dana Hork. So she made it easy, placing cups in rooms where students could leave their spare coins, and handing out cups to first-year students to keep in their rooms. Her " Change for Change" effort has collected $40,000 for charities 慈善机构) , which were decided upon by students.
62. The underlined word "Change" in the second paragraph means _______.
A. Idea B. Decision C. Cups D. Coins
该试题考查在文段中猜测词义的能力。两个change放在一起肯定意思有不同，关键是对文段的理解。该文段重点谈的是“因为募集的零钱都捐给了慈善机构，改变了一些人的生活”。所以第一change表示钱，第二个change表示变化。所以答案为D。
（全国一卷阅读D篇第2段）
The first is called the " tank test". A modem airplane must fly very high in the sky. Air must be pumped into the plane so that the passengers can breathe. The metal structure of the plane has to be very strong for this reason. When the plane is filled with air, the air presses against the skin of the plane inside. The pressure on a small window is like a huge foot that is try ing to get out. If a small part of the plane were to fail, the plane would explode in the sky. To test the structure of the plane, the plane is lowered into a huge tank or container of water. Then it is filled with air. Vne pressure inside the plane is greater than it ever will be when it is high up in the air. Finally, there is an explosion. This does not cause so much damage inside the water tank as it would anywhere else. Engineers can discover which part of the plane has broken. Then that part is made stronger.
69. What will happen to the plane under the "tank test"
A. It will be broken. B. It will be made stronger.
C. It will be filled with water. D. It will be tested by pilots.
该试题考查对事实细节的理解。根据文章第二段Finally, there is an explosion.确认答案为A。
（全国一卷阅读E篇第1和最后一段）
If you are a recent social science graduate who has had to listen to jokes about unemployment from your computer major classmates, you may have had the last laugh. There are many advantages for the social science major because this high-tech "Information Age" demands people who are flexible (灵活的) and who have good communication skills.
…..
Finally, although some social science majors may still find it more difficult than their technically trained classmates to land the first job, recent graduates report that they don' t regret their choice of study.
72. By saying that "you may have had the last laugh" in the first paragraph, the author means that you may have _______.
A. shared the jokes with computer majors
B. earned as much as computer majors
C. found jobs more easily than computer majors
D. stopped joking about computer majors
该试题考查猜测句义理解的能力。从该句后的说明可以判断正确答案为C。
74. The underlined word "land" in the last paragraph probably means _______.
A. keep for some time B. successfully get
C. immediately start D. lose regretfully
重点理解该词所在句子上下文的理解， B选项显然最符合上下文的逻辑关系。
（北京卷阅读B篇第3、5段）
The cost of Dream School’s tuition, room and board was around $40,000---an impossible sum! How could I afford to attend What good reasons did I have to go there when three other fine colleges were offering me free tuition My other choices were good, solid schools even if they weren’t as famous as my first choice.
….
One of the schools that offered me a full ride had an informational dinner one night in the spring. Considering my parents’ financial difficulties, I decided 45 minutes and attend. At first, all I had planned to do was smile politely, eat free food, listen quietly. But I surprised myself….
61. In paragraph 5, “offer me a full ride” can be replaced by “_____”.
A. would pay for transport to the school
B. would show me around the campus
C. would offer free meals at all events
would charge me nothing for tuition
从文章中three other fine colleges were offering me free tuition的信息得出答案为D。
（北京卷阅读C篇）
“I was on the way to a personal-injury accident in West Nashville. As I got onto Highway 40, blue lights and sirens going, I fell in behind a gold Pontiac Firebird that suddenly seemed to take off quickly down the highway. The driver somehow panicked at the sight of me. He was going more than a hundred miles an hour and began passing cars on the shoulder.”….
“After I arrested him, I asked him why he was running. He told me he didn’t have a driver’s license.”
That accident cost the driver of the Firebird plenty---a thousand dollars for the new engine---not to mention the charges for driving without a license, attempting to run away, and dangerous driving.
63. The meaning of “panicked” in paragraph 2 is related to _____.
A. shame B. hate C. anger D. fear
从下文He told me he didn’t have a driver’s license.信息得出答案为D。由于没有驾照所以惊慌。
（北京卷阅读D第3段）
Grown-ups also have a sense of object permanence. We know that if we put a box in a room and lock the door, the box will still be there when we came back. But does a baby realize that a ball that rolls under a chair does not disappear and go to never-never land ….
69. In Paragraph 3, “object permanence” means that when out of sight, an object _____.
A. still exists B. keeps its shape C. still stays solid D. is beyond reach
从文中所举的例子可以猜出答案为A。
对文章主旨，作者意图的分析能力
这只较高层次的思维能力试题，包括想象思维，逻辑思维以及从局部到整体的概括思维能力等。
一篇文章内容很多，但是其核心意思可以用一句或几句话概括。“归纳”和“概括”考查的重点是在阅读理解基础上对文章进一步分析和整理的能力。“归纳”和“概括”的考查可能要求归纳某一段的思想内容，也可能要求对文章整篇中心做归纳。
（全国一卷阅读A篇）
With over 500 instructors and 20 years of experience, we are the leader in the field of teaching foreign languages. We now have positions open in Osaka starting September/October 2004 for instructors of English, German, Spanish and French.
….
56. What is the purpose of the text
A. To introduce a language school in Japan.
B. To hire language teachers to work in Japan.
C. To describe working conditions in Japan.
D. To make clear the requirements for Japanese teachers.
该试题考查对文章主旨的理解。文章开头就有交代；“We now have positions open in Osaka starting September/October 2004 for instructors of English…”表明要招聘教语言的教师。所以正确答案为B。
（全国一卷阅读C篇）
When someone has deeply hurt you, it can be extremely difficult to let go of your anger. But forgiveness is possible - and it can be surprisingly helpful to your physical and mental health. Indeed, research has shown that people who forgive report more energy, better appetite (胃口) and better sleep patterns. "People who forgive show less anger and more hopefulness," says Dr. Freder ic Luskin, who wrote the book Forgive for Good. " So it can help save on the wear and tear on .our system and allow people to feel more energetic."
So when someone has hurt you, calm yourself first. Take a couple of breaths and think of something that gives you pleasure: a beautiful scene in nature, someone you love. Don' t wait for an apology. "Many times the person who hurt you may never think of apologizing," says Dr. Luskin. "They may have wanted to hurt you or they just don't see things the same way. So if you wait for people to apologize, you could be waiting a very long time. " Keep in mind that forgiveness does not necessarily mean accepting the action of the person who upset you. Mentally going over your hurt gives power to the person who brought you pain. Instead, learn to look for the love, beauty and kindness around you. Finally, try to see things from the other person' s perspective 视角). You may realize that he or she was acting out of ignorance (无知) , fear - even love. To gain perspec tive, you may want to write a letter to yourself from that person' s point of view.
65. The text is mainly written to explain _______.
A. how to keep yourself from being hurt
B. how to stay mentally healthy
C. how and when to remain calm
D. why and how to pardon others
该试题考查对文章主旨要义的理解能力。文章第一段提出forgiveness is possible，而且阐明原因。第二段具体指出如何原谅。所以正确答案为D。
（全国一卷阅读D篇）
Before a new type of airplane goes into service, every part of it is tested again and again. But there are two tests that are more important than all the others.
….
71. What might be the most suitable title for the text
A. Two Important Tests on Airplanes
B. The Importance of Flying Safely
C. The Danger of Testing Airplanes
D. How Airplanes Are Made and Tested
文章第1段就点明了本文要说的内容。所以答案A。B选项内容文章中提到，但是不是主要阐述的内容。C选项的内容只是文章内容的一部分。D选项的内容文章没有涉及。
（北京卷阅读C篇）
It seems that some people go out of their way to get into trouble. That’s more or less what happened the night that Nashville Police Officer Floyd Hyde was on duty.
“I was on the way to a personal-injury accident in West Nashville. As I got onto Highway 40, blue lights and sirens going, I fell in behind a gold Pontiac Firebird that suddenly seemed to take off quickly down the highway. The driver somehow panicked at the sight of me. He was going more than a hundred miles an hour and began passing cars on the shoulder.”
But Hyde couldn’t go after him. Taking care of injured people is always more important than worrying about speeders, so the officer had to stay on his way to the accident. But he did try to keep the Firebird in sight as he drove, hoping another nearby unit would be able to step in and stop the speeding car. As it turned out, keeping the Firebird in sight was not that difficult. Every turn the Pontiac made was the very turn the officer needed to get to the accident scene.
Hyde followed the Pontiac all the way to his destination. At that point he found another unit had already arrived at the accident scene. His help wasn’t needed. Now he was free to try to stop the driver of the Firebird, who by this time had developed something new to panic about.
“Just about that time,” Hyde says, “I saw fire coming out from under that car, with blue smoke and oil going everywhere. He’d blown his engine. Now he had to stop.”
“After I arrested him, I asked him why he was running. He told me he didn’t have a driver’s license.”
That accident cost the driver of the Firebird plenty---a thousand dollars for the new engine---not to mention the charges for driving without a license, attempting to run away, and dangerous driving.
67. What is probably the best title for the article
A. Losing his Way B. Going My Way
C. Fun All the Way D. Help on the Way
该文讲述了作者在去处理一起事故的路途中发现并后来抓获了一名道路违章者的事情。文章的第一句实际就是全文的中心“go out of their way to get into trouble”。无驾照的司机本想一跑了之，没想到遇到了更大的麻烦。
（北京卷阅读D篇）
Grown-ups know that people and objects are solid. At the movies, we know that if we reach out to touch Tom Cruise, all we will feel is air. But does a baby have this understanding
To see whether babies know objects are solid, T. Bower designed a method for projecting an optical illusion of a hanging ball…..
Experiments done by Bower suggest that babies develop a sense of object permanence when they are about 18 weeks old. In his experiments, Bower used a toy train that went behind a screen. ….
68. The passage is mainly about _____.
A. babies’ sense of sight B. efforts of experiments on babies
D. babies’ understanding of objects D. different tests on babies’ feelings
从全文关键句和所举例说明判断出该文主要谈论的是选项D的内容。
推理判断能力
考查推理判断能力是对潜在能力的测试，读文章不完全是被动的“读”，而要主动的“思”，探究文章之外的知识。根据文章内容进行推断时要有理有据，有时文章没有现成结论，要根据文章内容进行合理推断想象。有时试题的题目对文章中的说法变换了叙述角度或表达方式，是否符合文章不能直接看出，需要在正确把握文章的前提下分析判断，推理出符合文章的选项。
（北京卷阅读E篇）
….
Won’t new anti-aging techniques keep us alive for centuries Any cure, says
Miller, for aging would probably keep most of us kicking until about 120.
Researchers are working on treatments that lengthen the life span of mice by 50
percent at most. So, if the average human life span is about 80years, says Miller,
“adding another 50 percent would get you to 120.”
So what can we conclude from this little disagreement among the researchers
That life span is flexible, but there is a limit, says George Martin of the University
of Washington. “ We can get flies to live 50 percent longer,” he says. “But a fly’s
never going to live 150 years.” Of course, if you became a new species, one that ages
at slower speed, that would be a different story, he adds.
Does Martin really believe that humans could evolve their way to longer life “It’s pretty cool to think about,” he says with a smile.
72. What does the story of Jeanne Calment prove to us
A. People can live to 122. B. Old people are creative.
C. Women are sporty at 85. D. Women live longer than men.
该试题为一道推理判断题。推断要依据事实。老寿星Jeanne Calment活到122
岁是客观事实，所以正确答案为A。其它三个选项所陈述的知识个案，不是客
观事实。
75. What can we infer from the last three paragraphs
A. Most of us could be good at sports even at 120.
B. The average human life span cannot be doubled.
C. Scientists believe mice are aging at a slower speed than before.
D. New techniques could be used to change flies into a new species.
该题是考查推理判断能力的试题。读懂文章的中心意思（人类的寿数），就能排除C和D选项，因为这两项所说的内容偏离了主题。A选项是最易排除的选项，因为是不可能的情况。从文章最后两段内容我们可以得出结论：“人的寿命是有弹性的，但是有一点是肯定的：也就是抗衰老的东西能延长人的寿命，但绝不能使人的寿命延长一倍。”因此正确答案为B。
（全国三卷阅读D篇）
---
The actual landing points have not been determined yet, but the scientists say it will be in areas where they hope to find water.
70. We can infer from the last sentence that scientist_____.
A. have changed the landing points many times
B. hope to land the robots on the surface of water
C. are still working on the plan
D. know where they can find water
从最后一句所说内容，不难排除D选项。B选项文章已涉及，所以可以排
除。C选项为最佳答案，意思为“科学家还在研究策划中”。
（四）写作能力
短文改错试题
整体上看，选材适宜，试题考查设计基本符合考试说明要求，但是个别省份对该试题的命制略有偏差。短文改错试题目的是检测考生对书面语篇的校验能力。纵观各地高考试卷中改错选用的短文，可以看出大多选自仿佛一位高中生自己写的一篇百词作文，其话题比较熟悉，语言难度不大，错误类型均属于学生在平时写作中经常出现的。
短文改错试题主要是检测考生对语篇的语言的评价能力。也就是说考生一边写文，一边还要评价自己：组句是否正确，选词是否合理，语言形式是否一致，行文细节是否严谨等等。
短文改错主要特点为：
1） 语言材料取自于学生的作品；
2） 短文为常见话题或学生身边事；
3） 短文难度符合学生水平；
4） 语言简单易懂；
5） 没有生僻的语言现象或繁难的语句结构。
纵观全国15份高考试卷，可以看出出题人考虑到短文改错还属于难度系数较大的题型，所以在文章的选择上尽量降低难度，多数短文好像是一位高中生自己写的一篇作文，话题比较熟悉，错误多为学生在平时写作中易犯的错误。
短文改错考查能力主要为：1）识别错误并准确校正错误的能力；2）综合运用英语知识的能力；3）准确理解语篇，掌握内容及行文逻辑的能力。例如全国一卷：短文文体为书信，学生作品，符合考纲要求。考查点的设计为学生常见错误，不仅注意语法或词的错误，还注意考查学生在理解语篇意义的基础上纠错的能力。
Dear Ralph,
I’m a newcomer here of a small town. I would 76. _____
describe myself as shy and quietly. Before my classmates, 77. _____
it seems always difficult for roe to do things well as 78. _____
them. I'm sure they will laugh to me and see me as 79. _____
a fool. So I feel unhappy every day. 80. _____
Besides, I have few friends. I don't know that they 81. _____
don't like to talk with me. Sometimes, we talked to each other 82. _____
very well in class, but after class we become stranger at 83. _____
once. I am trying to improve the situation since it doesn’t 84. _____
seem to work. Can you tell me about what I should do 85. _____
Yours,
Xiao Wei
第76小题介词错误：of应该为from。
第77小题考查点为句子平行结构：shy and quiet。
第78小题考查点为词组搭配：as as。
第79小题动词短语搭配：laugh at。第80小题无误。
第81小题语篇意义上错误：I don’t know that应该为 …know why。
第82小题时态一致问题：talked应该为talk。
第83小题名词复数问题：stranger应该为 strangers。
第84小题语篇理解上的问题：since 应该为but。
第85小题宾语从句：tell sb what I should do。
按照考试大纲规定，各地高考试卷中的短文改错考查到的语言点比较全面。
综合运用英语知识的能力
动词
时态问题：短文讲述一件现在的事情，应该用一般现在时。
（全国一卷）
Besides, I have few friends I don’t know why they don’t like to talk with me. Sometimes, we talked to each other very well in class, but after class we become strangers at once. （talked改为talk）
主谓一致问题：主语和谓语动词在形式及单复数上要保持一致。
(全国二卷)
If I listen to my own records, there are no need to spend money.
主语是need,谓语动词用单数形式is。
动词用错问题：根据短文讲述的内容使用适当意思的动词，否则语义不通。
（湖北卷）
I know it is not easy to be a teacher. You have to learn in order to teach. Without enough knowledge, you can never learn well.
了解句意就能判断出动词用错问题，说的是教书teach而不是学习learn。
代词
1) 指代问题和单复数问题：根据上下文使用正确的代词表示指代的内容，另外，英语中不仅名词有单复数形式，代词也有，这也是学生们在英语学习中容易忽略的问题。
(湖北卷)
What is more, you have to be friends with your pupils and take good care of him. him改为them,因为它指代前面的pupils是复数。
（重庆卷）
I wrote down the new words and added it to my collection.
it改为them，因为它指代前面的words。
2) 反身代词问题：反身代词在英语中的使用不像其他代词那么频繁，
所以教师讲得不多，是教学中的薄弱环节，学生们还有概念不清的问题，如反身代词用来指代主语本身。
（江苏卷）
At once I apologized and controlled me at my best till the dinner started.
指代句子主语本身，应该用反身代词myself。
（重庆卷）
It was a great achievement for myself.
myself改为me, 主语是It不是I, 这句话汉语可以用“我自己”说得通，但英语不行。
连词
主要是语义问题，根据句义使用恰当的连接词。连词在英语表达中使用频率很高，所以也是常考查的语言点。
1) 并列连词：主要根据句义作判断，还有搭配问题。
（江苏卷）
My grandma was the best cook in the world but could make the most delicious dishes.
but表示转折意思，但是此句义应是递进关系，所以用and。
（重庆卷）
I would come back from school, and then sit for an hour and two.
an hour or two属词组搭配。
2）从属连词
主要根据句义来判断，也有句型搭配问题。
（全国三卷）
Unfortunately, I won’t be able to meet you at the airport although I have classes in the afternoon.
“因为下午有课，所以不能去机场接你”，主、从句之间是因果关系，不是转折关系，although改为because或as)。
（天津卷）
It has been five years when we graduated, but those memories are as sweet as ever before.
有语义问题，也属于句型问题，when 改为since。
介词
1) 搭配问题：根据句义或固定搭配使用适当的介词。
(福建卷)
We have a lot on common and have a lot to talk about.
have a lot in common 有共同语言。
2) 多、少问题：介词多用或者少用。
(全国一卷)
Can you tell me about what I should do
根据句义应该去掉about。
（重庆卷）
I had to look up to the same word many times, for which was quite troublesome. look up sth. 查找…词义，介词to属多余词；后面是个从句，已经有连词which引导，介词for也属多余，如果把它当作连词用，不符句义。
(浙江卷)
You will probably join in the Stamp Collectors’ Club.
join sb. / an organization 参加某人或某组织，不用介词；join in some activity 参加某项活动。
冠词
在英语中属于小词但作用很大，常常不被学生重视而造成错用、乱用、不用等问题。
1) 错用问题：冠词有三，用法有则，不能用错。
(全国二卷)
On Thursday I will have to decide what I want to do over a weekend.
周末肯定有所指，应该用the。
(辽宁卷)
This was my first visit to a English family.
关于a和an的用法完全根据后面单词的读音决定，可以告诉学生一个小窍门：能够连读的就用an。
2) 搭配问题：英语中有很多时候冠词属于搭配用法。
(浙江卷)
And every year more and more people start stamp collection of their own and discover an interest which can even last /\ lifetime.
last a lifetime受用一辈子，可以看作搭配)
3) 多、少问题：由于学生们对冠词的使用不够重视，经常会出现多用、少用或不用的情况。
(江苏卷)
When I was /\ boy, the most exciting thing was to celebrate the Spring Festival. boy是可数名词，I was a boy“我是男孩”，汉语中常常省略冠词也是造成冠词少用的原因。
(福建卷)
Ten minutes later, the firemen came and put out /\ fire.
fire是可数名词，特指上文提到的大火，要加the。
形容词和副词
形容词修饰名词，副词修饰动词、形容词、副词等。有些学生对这些基本概念不清， 所以常常用错了还不知道怎么错的。
1) 用错问题：该用形容词的用了副词，而该用副词的又用了形容词。
(重庆卷)
I would learn a lot of new words from these books, but I had terribly problems memorizing them.
修饰名词problems应该用terrible形容词。
(全国一卷)
I would describe myself as shy and quietly.
“描述我自己腼腆和安静”形容我的性格什么样用形容词quiet。
2) 形式问题：动词-ing和过去分词都可用作形容词修饰人或物，它们的区别有些学生总是容易混淆，这是教学中的重点和难点，当然也是考点。
(全国二卷)
Yes, a concert can be very excited.
“音乐会让人们兴奋”，令人……, 应该用exciting。
3) 搭配问题：根据上下文正确使用搭配，否则意思不符。
(湖南卷)
When I walked into the classroom, the teacher was handing in the tests. I was feeling very nervous. I had not studied al all at the weekend as I had thought it would be an easy test.
根据上下得知老师是发卷子hand out而不是收卷子hand in。
句式
英语中有很多表达属于固定句型或固定搭配，如果要用文法讲解清楚会很烦琐还容易越讲越糊涂，倒不如“死记硬背”效果更好。
(湖南卷)
Luckily, the teacher did not punish /\ for cheating but instead gave me a second chance.
punish sb. for doing sth. 因为某事而惩罚某人，加上me。
(湖北卷)
I often dream of /\ a teacher, I dream of standing on the platform in the classroom and giving lessons to lovely boys and girls.
dream of doing sth. 梦想做某事，dream of being a teacher梦想当老师。
(湖北卷)
I know there is not easy to be a teacher.
形式主语用 it。
(江苏卷)
As I was about /\ take a piece from a cooked duck, I saw Grandma in the kitchen looking at me.
be about to do sth表示“正要做某事”。
书面表达试题
书面表达要求考生根据所给情景材料，在限定的字数内，用简单明了的语言把内容交待清楚。所要求的体裁多为应用文（书信、通知、便条等），记叙文（看图作文，缩写等）和说明文（人物介绍，地点介绍等）。
2004年书面表达就试题考查形式而言有两种；京，渝，湘，粤，辽五省市为看图写文；其它试卷为文字提示又分为文字表格与纯文字两类，前者为津，苏，浙，闽，鄂五省市卷，后者为全国四套及上海卷。15份书面表达试题总体上体现了命题思想，即贴近生活易于表达，所涉及的事或者已发生过，正发生或很快能发生。例如全国的四套试题，立足于中外沟通，情景设计合理，便于学生写，学生也有话可写，同时又给了不同程度的同学以不同的发挥空间。
书面表达考查能力
1） 灵活运用英语语法、词汇，组句成文，正确表达的能力；
2） 审题准确，组织语言材料，安排前后顺序，确定表达方法；
3） 能使用好适当的过渡性词语使文段上下承接有序，自然通顺；
4） 掌握书面表达各种文体格式，做到规范书写。
考查要求为：1）切中题意；2）语言准确，得当；3）条理清楚。
书面表达基础能力
1） 符合题意：高考英语写作有统一命题，有命题就要符合题意，因此写作的第一部就是要审题；高考英语写作试题一般由内容情景和注意两部分组织。写作要符合题意，就要对试题展现的各个部分作准确、全面地审读和理解，不偏不漏，不折不扣地按要求写作。哪一项审读漏了或理解有误差都可能差之毫厘，失之千里。
2） 符合文体
3） 内容充实，中心准确：“内容充实”是记叙文要要素完整；议论文的议论要素明晰，论据充足；说明文的说明属性清楚。“中心明确”是中心贯彻短文始终，没有笔墨不集中，有头无尾的毛病。
4） 语言通顺，结构完整：“语言通顺”要求用词准确、造句正确、句子之间上下衔接、顺序合理、语言通畅。“结构完整”是短文层次分明、条理清楚、有头有尾、有过渡照应，没有残缺不全，主次不分的毛病。
5） 书写规范，标点正确：首先书写和标点运用规范、正确，不写错字，不用错标点符号。其次要字体美观端正，写字不潦草难辨。
发展能力
1） 内容丰富，形象丰满：“丰富”是内容全面的基础上更高层次的要求。“丰满”是指叙事具体完整，有细节描写，有点有面。
2） 有文采：词语生动、句式灵活、善于运用修辞手法，语句地道。“文采”是在“语句通顺”的基础上更高的要求。
3） 有见解，有发挥：观点表达清晰，有独到之处。
（全国二卷）
书面表达
假如你是李华，加拿大一所学校将于今年暑假组织学生来校访问。期间，Andy Smith将借住你家。请你代表全家写新给Andy，欢迎他的到来，并告知有关事宜。信的要点如下：
上午：学校活动； 下午：游览市区 晚上：看电视，完游戏，聊天
注意：1、词数100左右 2、可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯
3、参考词汇：安排—arrange
审题：内容有1）开头语 2）表示欢迎 3）活动安排 4）结束语
文体：书信
组句成文：1）内容要点可以用不同方式表达 2）开头、结尾的内容需要合乎逻辑、语言得体。
发挥：
1）开头表达：
We have great pleasure in having you stay with us while you are in China.
I’m very much delighted to learn that you are coming to China and staying at my home.
Words can’t express my delight on learning that you are coming and staying at my home.
2）结尾表达
分词形式：Looking forward to meeting you,….
介词短语形式：With best regards,….
完整句子形式：I hope to meet you as soon as possible.
（全国一卷）
假设你是李华，你在报上看到北京电视台今年七月将举办外国人“学中文，唱中文歌”才艺大赛。你的美国朋友Peter正在北京一所大学学中文，你觉得他应去试一试。请按以下要点给他写信告知此事，并表示可以提供帮助。
比赛时间：7 月18日
报名时间：截止到6月30日
报名地点：北京电视台
注意：
1.词数：100左右
2.可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯
3.参考词汇：才艺大赛—talent show
参考答案
Dear Peter,
I read in a newspaper today that a “Learn Chinese, Sing Chinese Songs” Foreigners’ Talent Show will be held in Beijing Television Station on July 18. I know you like singing, and you are in Beijing during that period. I think this is a good chance for you to show your singing talent, and how well you’ve learned Chinese. If you would like to try, you' ll have to go to the TV station to sign up before the end of June. If there is anything I can do for you, I would be more than glad to help.
该试题的注意事项中特别提及可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。这种命题思路令人拍案叫绝。首先外国人学中文唱中文歌这一情景在中国已不陌生。不少电视台搞过类似活动，学生有生活基础，能容易下笔写。要求中“你觉得他应去试一试”，“并表示可以提供帮助”两点给了学生以宽松的写作空间，在“可适当增加细节”的提示下，学生可就上述两点并根据各自的水平做进一步说明。
对考查考生发展能力留出了余地，体现了高考的选拔功能。
三、几点建议
1、高三教师应该认真研究近年来高考试卷，尤其是2004年的全国及自命题的15套试卷。了解他们的共性，又要知道自己省市试卷的个性，因为这15份试卷的命题组都是在认真研究考试大纲、汲取前一年几份试卷成功经验，认真听取社会各界对前一年试卷的建议的基础之上命制的试卷。这种了解与研究
会对新学年的教学与复习备考有很大的启发作用。
2、听力复习要精听和泛听相结合。听力课上应该提高听的频度，即缩短
每次听的时间，增加每周的次数，听力的提高必须通过不断实践来实现。进行针对性训练时务必注意功能题。
3、语法知识题的大趋势立足于应用，决非语法条条。但是，没有坚实的语法基础，则会影响对文章的透彻理解及短文写作。一定量的练习很有必要，但要有度，也不是面面俱到。有些项目应从大量阅读中逐步积累，比如短语辨析题项。
4、中国人接触外语的主渠道是阅读。高考阅读理解试题是全卷赋分最高的试题。应该花大气力抓阅读训练，包括扩大词汇量、增加阅读量、提高阅读质量、加快阅读速度等的训练。
5、高三阶段应该认真完成高三教材内容，不应该过早停课复习。学新忆旧
是个好办法，学新课文以扩大学生知识面，提高学生学习兴趣，与此同时归纳总结以前学过的知识，这样做才符合教育规律。
6、书面表达的训练要全方位多侧面，提倡同学间相互批改，以提高学生微
校验能力，在相互批改中既能互相学习也能警示自己少犯错误；教师适时适度进行面批，以对症下药；讲评时注意抓篇章结构、遣词造句以提高学生们的写作能力。
7、加强新课程标准的学习，吃透精神，更新教学观念。在教学法方面多做研究与探讨，与此同时不断学习、提高自己的业务能力，力求精一略知几。精于英语学科，同时对跨学科的知识也略知一二。
2004年高考自命题省份的增加为各省市推动英语教学改革带来了机遇，同时又面临着挑战。自命题试卷既能充分反映地区英语教学水平，又能引领英语新课标的实施。我们认为自命题试卷在以下方面会有一定调整：
1） 难度进行适当调整，使试题具有良好的区分度。尤其英语教学发达地区，试题内部的难度会有较大的调整。例如阅读理解试题、写作试题。
2） 试题注重以能力立意，加大语言运用能力的考查力度是高考的方向。
3） 试题内容的选材将会更好的体现时代感和教育功能，即教育性、学习性、拓展性、异国文化的学习等。
4） 课改实验区将会开始进行开放性、灵活性、选择性等主观试题的研究或尝试。例如写作的开放性，读写结合的试题等。
中学英语教学的各个环节的目的并不是高考，但是在目前高考作为重要的选拔手段，又在对英语教学起着不言而喻的检验作用。一位资深教育家曾写道“好的考试是顺从的仆人，因为它跟随并模仿教学。”只要我们按照教学大纲要求认真完成英语基础教育的目标与要求，就能接受高考的挑战。
PAGE
2第二部分 题型专项
阅读理解
一、考点聚焦
1、题型特点
阅读是理解和吸收书面信息的能力。《中学英语教学大纲》规定，中学生应侧重培养阅读理解能力。
阅读材料的选取原则为：
（1）阅读量不少于1000个单词。近三年超过2000字篇数为5篇，读速要求为44.2，44.6和46.3wpm。
（2）题材多样化，包括科普、社会、文化、政治、史地、经济、新闻报道乃至广告说明。
（3）体裁避免单一化，包括记叙文、说明文、应用文等。
2、试题要求
（1）掌握所读材料的主旨和大意，以及用以说明主旨和大意的事实和细节。
（2）既理解具体的事实，也理解抽象的概念。
（3）既理解字面意思，也理解深层含义，包括作者的态度、意图等。
（4）既理解某句、某段的意义也理解全篇的逻辑关系，并据此进行推理和判断。
（5）能根据材料所提供的信息，结合中学生应有的常识正确判断生词的含义。
3、基本能力
（1）能迅速看准每句的结构，抓住主句的主语、谓语、宾语。
（2）有一定的词汇量和辨词能力。
（3）能灵活运用所学语法知识，根据句中的某个词迅速断定真假、语态和时态等。
（4）对英美文化背景知识有一定了解。
（5）有良好的思维能力，能边看边加工所得到的信息，从而作出正确分析、判断和综合。
（6）有平时大量阅读作基础，有一定的语感和相当的阅读速度。
二、应试技巧点拨
1、四个步骤
（1）速读短文，了解短文的主旨大意，辨别文体，掌握结构。
（2）看题。了解考查内容，带着问题读材料，寻找答案。
（3）复读。对所选答案有针对性地寻找支撑论点的关键信息。
（4）核查。注意各题的答案应逻辑一致，不能自相矛盾。尽可能找到（从文中）根据，确保正确无误。
2、四个善于
（1）关于审题，找出文中依据。
（2）善于寻找线索。
（3）善于抓主题句，解决概括题。
（4）善于筛选、比较、衡量、综合文章的有用信息。
3、三个避免
（1）只见树木不见林。
（2）难题耗时太多。
（3）阅读方式不当。
三、精典范例
例1 （NMET 2001）
Shanghai: Car rentals（出租）are becoming more and more popular as an inexpensive way of taking to the roads. Business people, foreigners and families alike are making good use of the growing industry.
The first car rental firm opened in Shanghai in 1992 and now 12 car rental players are in the game, with more than 11,500 cars in their books.
The largest player—Shanghai Bashi Tourism Car Rental Center offers a wide variety of choices—deluxe sedans, minivans, station wagons, coaches. Santana sedans are big favorite.
Firms can attract enough customers for 70 percent of their cars every month. This figure shoots up during holiday seasons like National Day, Labor Day and New Year’s Day, with some recording 100 percent rental.
The major market force rests in the growing population of white-collar employees（白领雇员），who can afford the new service, said Zhuang Yu, marketing manager of Shanghai Angel car Rental Co.
( )1. The words “deluxe sedans”,“minivans”and “station wagons”used in the text refer to ___________.
A.cars in the making B.car rental firms
C.cars for rent D.car makers
( )2. Which of the following statements is true according to the text
A. 70% of the cars can be rented out on holiday.
B. 70% of the customers are while-collar employees.
C. More firms are open for service during holiday seasons.
D. Some firms rent out all their cars during holiday seasons.
( )3. Shanghai’s car rental industry is growing so fast mainly due to ___________.
A. better cars supplied by producers.
B. fast service offered by car rental firms.
C. the increasing number of white-collar emplioyees.
D. people’s growing interest in travelling during holidays.
解析：
1.C。上文提到：“Shanghai Bashi旅游车租赁中心”提供了广泛丰富的选择，可判断选择的内容为可供租赁的车型。故选C。
2.D。文中提到的数据70%为“每月汽车租出量”，故A、B都不正确。“This figure shoots up during holiday seasons …, with some recording 100 percent rental”判断出D项陈述正确的，即“一些公司在节假日里能够把汽车全部租出去。”
3.C。文章最后一段引用“汽车租赁中心市场经理”（Zhuang Yu）的话解释了上海汽车租赁行车迅猛发展的原因根源于“the growing population of white-collar employees”。故选C。中精品资料 WWW. 上中，下精品教学资料
语 音 知 识 【专项训练】
1、headache A．courage B．operate C．package D．orange
2、liberate A．classmate B．message C．palace D．comrade
3、merry A．Mary B．marry C．many D．main
4、waste A．want B．wash C．what D．wake
5、cattle A．candle B．cast C．grasp D．chance
6、wild A．universe B．children C．satellite D．technical
7、silence A．satisfy B．sail C．living D．design
8、lively A．living B．neither C．magazine D．coffee
9、depend A．envelope B．elect C．recent D．develop
10、forehead A．opposite B．overhead C．immediately D．machine
11、police A．foreign B．slip C．sleeve D．coffee
12、frequently A．real B．theatre C．build D．meal
13、bury A．deaf B．busy C．butter D．burst
14、said A．paid B．friend C．sailor D．capital
15、quarrel A．taught B．knowledge C．plant D．coast
16、ant A．aunt B．anywhere C．appreciate D．angry
17、shook A．tooth B．shoot C．should D．group
18、beauty A．during B．music C．neat D．blew
19pronunciation A．pronounce B．tongue C．monument D．moustache
20、solid A．Europe B．robot C．salt D．wander
21、quantity A．wonder B．water C．warn D．washing
22、wrong A．among B．none C．strong D．comb
23、mostly A．lost B．cost C．post D．tomb
24、roll A．hotel B．tongue C．holiday D．proper
25、heavy A．merry B．ocean C．break D．metre
26、feather A．idea B．unless C．eagerly D．further
27、straight A．certainly B．neighbour C．believe D．flight
28、explain A．captain B．Britain C．remain D．certain
29、parent A．glare B．measure C．failure D．capital
30、possible A．childhood B．handsome C．women D．heard
31、satellite A．universe B．children C．ninth D．technical
32、silence A．satisfy B．sail C．living D．lively
33、gold A．troop B．zero C．common D．province
34、wonderful A．onto B．once C．comb D．belong
35、could A．cold B．telescope C．choose D．cook
36、clothing A．thorough B．therefore C．thunder D．thread
37、washed A．filled B．recognized C．whispered D．promised
38、exhibition A．horrible B．holiday C．honest D．human
39、tearful A．affair B．tiresome C．various D．learn
40、experience A．experiment B．excellent C． explain D．period
41、situation A．television B．expression C．suggestion D．conclusion
42、Canadian A．union B．appreciate C．patient D．carriage
43、cousin A．usually B．Christmas C．Asia D．present
44、worthy A．worth B．south C．southern D．strength
45、three A．rather B．nothing C．brother D．neither
46、breath A．mother B．though C．clothing D．healthy
47、news A．research B．newspaper C．Christmas D．Thursday
48、worse A．pulse B．otherwise C．noise D．refers
49、practise A．advise B．whose C．please D．increase
50、character A．chain B．church C．stomach D．machine
51、choke A．check B．headache C．technical D．chemistry
52、enough A．through B．though C．tough D．thought
53、question A．population B．pollution C．graduation D．suggestion
54、exist A．expect B．explain C．example D．exchange
55、whole A．while B．wheel C．whose D．white
56、bank A．anxious B．winter C．pencil D．dance
57、language A．thunder B．sound C．English D．sense
58、constantly A．conductor B．concert C．consider D．continue
59、iceberg A．homework B．hammer C．future D．modern
60、moral A．moment B． money C． monitor D．movement
61、pleasure A．deaf B．pleased C．praise D．ceiling
62、welcome A．become B．shortcoming C．comrade D．handsome
63、vase A．value B．taste C．command D．balance
64、brown A．thrown B．hawk C．allow D．coast
65、tomb A．comb B．tomorrow C．full D．rude
66、Europe A．develop B．envelope C．workshop D．telescope
67、surprise A．suppose B．supper C．further D．surface
68、stove A．above B．suffering C．soldier D．stocking
69、sweat A．sweet B．sweep C．spread D．greatly
70、truth A．trunk B．tooth C．trust D．push
71、soap A．sort B．soul C．south D．soon
72、flew A．knew B．cruel C．flow D．fruit
73、worm A．warm B．form C．torn D．worth
74、refer A．comfort B．perhaps C．person D．effort
75、really A．reality B．reading C．prison D．serious
76、realize A．theatre B．weather C．break D．breath
77、material A．wealth B． weaver C．period D．anxious
78、quiet A．society B．field C．various D．piece
79、caught A．laugh B．aunt C．naughty D．beauty
80、pause A．plaugh B．water C．what D．quarrel
81、now A．shallow B．show C．blow D．cow
82、south A．southern B．youth C．brown D．flown
83、poor A．floor B．store C．pour D．sure
84、obvious A．motor B．object C．observe D．ocean
85、open A．progress B．probably C．promise D．produce
86、only A．once B．obey C．often D．over
87、cause A．cloudy B．course C．cough D．coast
88、fire A．fair B．admire C．fear D．mayor
89、towards A．airport B．forward C．modest D．popular
90、count A．country B．moustache C．route D．downstairs
91、August A．aloud B．arrow C．because D．impossible
92、diary A．biology B．quiet C．affair D．piano
93、fever A．feather B．fence C．belief D．finger
94、wind A．pencil B．sink C．uncle D．anger
95、single A．since B．thank C．send D．strange
96、games A．calls B．laughs C．changes D．topics
97、bear A．fear B．dear C．deer D．dare
98、double A．found B．cough C．country D．thought
99、month A．onto B．become C．comb D．wrong
100、dozen A．double B．fog C．cough D．soul
101、sugar A．pupil B．wolf C．troop D．gold
102、brook A．fool B．foot C．food D．boot
103.understood A．conclude B．fruit C．balloon D．childhood
104、complete A．police B．politics C．great D．heavy
105、beast A．breath B．greatly C．breast D．evening
106、early A．heart B．learn C．bear D．dear
107、society A．inspire B．piano C．obviously D．shy
108、forbid A．forget B．forward C．foreign D．forest
109、breast A．beast B．stream C．bread D．break
110、material A．anxiously B．period C．carriage D．dialogue
111、violin A．achieve B．opposite C．design D．ocean
112、candle A．quantity B．importance C．satisfy D．message
113、broadcast A．grammar B．touch C．telegraph D．breakfast
114、worship A．warmly B．information C．nervous D．worn
115、total A．topic B．tongue C．together D．robot
116、watched A．filled B．recognized C．whispered D．practised
117、hugged A．blocked B．stepped C．marched D．changed
118、coughs A．ninths B．telegrams C．lungs D．hospital
119、energy A．certain B．journey C．iceberg D．vapour
120、thorough A．tongue B．stove C．poverty D．route
121、least A．believe B．greatly C．breakfast D．really
122、ash A．astonish B．wrap C．age D．grasp
123、suit A．build B．liquid C．suck D．unite
124、football A．tool B．brook C．roof D．smooth
125、common A．comfort B．computer C．composition D．complete
126、develop A．devote B．drop C．discover D．correct
127、wealth A．theory B．thread C．repeat D．weight
128、surprise A．surface B．suddenly C．surround D．suffer
129、flower A．lower B．poorly C．hour D．fair
130、stones A．robs B．months C．stomachs D．ducks
131、says A．paid B．ate C．sank D．shaken
132、won’t A．weren’t B．would C．lost D．sold
133、shan’t A．don’t B．won’t C．cast D．forward
134、flown A．worn B．fought C．found D．woke
135、proper A．progress B．protect C．province D．prove
136、actually A．action B．ocean C．temperature D．attentively
137、broadcast A．throat B．block C．aloud D．astronaut
138、bath A．basin B．task C．balloon D．balance
139、breakfast A．break B．breathe C．breath D．bridge
140、canal A．camel B．camera C．advanced D．majority
141、completely A．sale B．certainly C．cheat D．chicken
142、cousin A．crowd B．courage C．correctly D．cold
143、answer A．twenty B．sweet C．wrong D．worthy
144、war A．who B．sword C．answer D．persuade
145、handsome A．headache B．broadcast C．children D．Wednesday
146、whisper A．wholly B．wheel C．writer D．whoever
147、overhead A．hotel B．forehead C．honour D．honest
148、pleasure A．sure B．pure C．journey D．measure
149、newsreel A．upstairs B．respect C．husband D．useful
150、exact A．expert B．example C．excuse D．extra
语 音 知 识 【专项训练】
【答案】：
1、B 2、A 3、C 4、D 5、A 6、C
7、D 8、B 9、B 10、A 11、C 12、D
13、A 14、B 15、B 16、D 17、C 18、B
19、B 20、D 21、D 22、C 23、C 24、A
25、A 26、B 27、B 28、C 29、A 30、B
31、C 32、D 33、B 34、B 35、D 36、B
37、D 38、C 39、C 40、D 41、B 42、A
43、D 44、C 45、B 46、D 47、D 48、A
49、D 50、C 51、A 52、C 53、D 54、C
55、C 56、A 57、C 58、B 59、A 60、C
61、A 62、D 63、C 64、C 65、D 66、A
67、A 68、C 69、C 70、B 71、B 72、D
73、D 74、C 75、D 76、A 77、C 78、A
79、C 80、B 81、D 82、C 83、D 84、B
85、A 86、D 87、B 88、B 89、A 90、D
91、C 92、B 93、C 94、A 95、B 96、A
97、D 98、C 99、B 100、A 101、B 102、B
103、D 104、A 105、D 106、B 107、A 108、A
109、C 110、B 111、B 112、C 113、C 114、C
115、D 116、D 117、D 118、A 119、D 120、A
121、A 122、B 123、D 124、B 125、C 126、D
127、B 128、C 129、C 130、A 131、B 132、D
133、C 134、D 135、C 136、C 137、D 138、B
139、C 140、A 141、C 142、B 143、C 144、D
145、D 146、B 147、A 148、D 149、C 150、B
中精品资料 WWW.:COM 版权所有@中语法复习专题（11）
Unit11 名词性从句
一、考点聚焦
1、名词性从句中连接词的运用
名词性从句中的连接词有连词that / whether / as if，连接代词what / who/ which / whose / whatever / whoever / whomever / whichever，连接副词where / when / why / how / wherever / whenever。
（1）that的用法。
①主语从句、表语从句、同位语从句中用that但不能省略。如：
That they are good at English is known to us all.
The problem is that we don’t have enough money.
She expressed the hope that they would come to China one day.
②宾语从句中的连接词that有时可省有时又不可省，在以下几种情况中that不能省略：（A）当that从句和主句谓语动词之间有插入词语或者从句主语之间有插入语时，that不可省略；（B）当that 从句与另一名词性从句并列作宾语时，that不能省；（C）当that作介词宾语时，that不可省掉。如：
He judged that,because he was a child, he did not understand
wine
Everyone knew what happened and that she was worried.
The reason lies in that she works harder than the others do.
③that从句作主语和宾语时，可以用it 来替换成以下几种结构表达。
(A)It is clear/certain/likely/true/surprising that… （B）It is a pity/shame/good idea/no wonder that ...（C）It is said/reported/ believed/known/thought/suggested that … （D）It seems/happens that。如：
It happened that I went out last night.
It is said that China will win in the World Cup.
④that和what的区别。
that 引导名词性从句时，在主从句中不以当任何句子成分，也没有任何含义；而what引导名词性从句时，在主从句中都要充当一定的句子成分，what可以分解成定语从句中的先行词 + 关系代词即常说的先行词 + that。如：
It’s shame that he has made such a mistake. Do what he says.
⑤同位语从句与定语从句中that的区别。
同位语从句中的连词that只起连接作用，在从句中不担当任何句子成分；而定语从句中的关系代词that在句中做宾语或主语，宾语与先行词有修饰关系。如果句子是同位语从句，就应用连词that而不能用which.同位语从句一般放在表具体含义的名词后解释名词的含义或内容，如以下名词：news、fact、suggestion、truth、plan、belief、doubt、possibility、idea等，而定语从句只是对先行词的限定和修饰。如：
They expressed the hope that they would come to visit China again.(同位语从句)
The hope she expressed is that they would come to visit China again.（定语从句）
（2）whether和if的用法。
①whether和if在宾语从句中可以互换，但是作介词宾语时连接词一般用whether。如：
It all depends on whether they will come back.
②后面直接跟or not 时用whether。如：
I didn’t know whether or not he had arrived in Wuhan.
③主语从句表语从句中只能用whether。如：
Whether the meeting will be put off has not been decided yet.
The question is whether they have so much money.
④whether可以引导同位语从句，用以说明前面的名词的内容，if不能。如：
We ought to discuss carefully the question whether we can do
it or not.
⑤whether常与or连用表示一种选择，if不能这样用；whether也可与动词不定式连用但if不能。如：
The question of whether they are male or female is not impor-
tant.
I have not decided whether to go or not.
⑥间接引语位于句首时或者是间接引语提前时用whether不用if。如：
Thank you, but whether I’ll be free I’m not sure at the moment.
⑦whether可引导一个让步状语从句表示“不管”、“无论”，而if不能。如：
Whether he comes or not, we will begin our party on time.
（3）疑问词 + ever和no matter + 疑问词的区别。
①疑问词 + ever可引导名词性从句，在主从句中要充当一定的部分。如：
Whoever breaks the rule must be punished.
You can choose whatever you like in the shop.
②疑问词 + ever还可引导让步状语从句。如：
Whoever breaks the rule, he must be punished,
Whatever you do, you must do it well.
③no matter + 疑问词只能引导让步状语从句。如：
No matter what you do, you must do it well.
No matter who breaks the rule, he must be punished.
（4）when和where引导的同位语从句与定语从句的区别。
when 和where前面的名词若是表示时间、地点的名词，则when和where引导的是定语从句，否则则为同位语从句。如：
They put forward the question where they could get the money.
This is the place where the accident happened.
2、名词性从句中主句和从句的时态一致
（1）宾语从句中主句和从句的时态保持一致，但如果从句中表示提示的是客观现象，虽然主句是过去时态，从句仍用一般现在时。如：
Hello,I didn’t know you were in London. How long have you been here
The teacher told us that light travels at a very high speed.
（2）主语从句作主语相当于单数第三人称作主语，谓语动词用单数，如果由and 连接两个或两个以上的主语从句作主语时，谓语动词用复数；由两个或多个连接词引导一个主语从句，谓语动词用单数。如：
When the meeting will begin has not been decided yet.
When they will start and where they go have not been decided yet.
When and where the meeting will begin has not been decided.
3、名词性从句的词序
名词性从句在句中要用陈述句语序。如：
He asked me what was the matter with me.
We’ve heard the news that we’ll move into the new house.
Whatever you say will interest us all.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. A computer can only do ________ you have instructed it to do.(NMET 2001)
A.how B.after C.what D.when
解析：答案为C。本题考查的是名词性从句作宾语的用法。此句的引导词既作连词又在宾语从句中充当一成分，故what最合适。
2. —I drove to Zhuhai for the air show last week..
—Is that _________ you had a few days off (NMET 99)
A.why B.when C.what D.where
解析：答案为A。此题考查的是从句的用法。根据题意“我上周开车去珠海看航空展去了。”下面一句接着问：“那就是你为什么离开的原因吗？”故用why引导表语从句表示原因。
3. I hate __________ when peope talk with their mouths full.(NMET 98)
A.it B.that C.these D.them
解析：答案为A。本题考查的是形式宾语的用法。题意为“我讨厌人们谈话时嘴里塞满东西”。该空白处没有任何含义，而且已经用了when连接该宾语从句，所以此处只填一个形式宾语it。语法复习专题（1）
Unit1 名词
☆一、考点聚焦
1.可数名词单、复数变化形式
（1）规则变化。
①单数名词词尾直接加-s。如：boy — boys, pen — pens。
②以s、x 、ch 、sh结尾的单词一般加-es。如：glass — glasses,box— boxes, watch — watches, brush — brushes。
特例：stomach — stomaches。
③以“辅音字母 + y”结尾的变“y”为“i”再加“-es”。如：
baby — babies, lady — ladies, fly — flies。
④以“o”结尾的多数加-es。如：tomato — tomatoes, potato — potatoes, hero — heroes。但以两个元音字母结尾的名词和部分外来词中以o结尾的词只加-s。 如：radio — radios, zoo — zoos, photo — photos, piano — pianos, kilo — kilos, tobacco — tobaccos。
⑤以“f”或“fe”结尾的名词复数形式变“f”或“fe”为“v”，之后再加-es。如：wife — wives, life — lives, knife — knives, wolf— wolves, self — selves, leaf — leaves等。特例：handkerchief— handkerchiefs, roof — roofs, chief — chiefs, gulf — gulfs, belief — beliefs, cliff — cliffs。
⑥改变元音字母的。如：man — men, mouse — mice, foot — feet,
woman — women, tooth — teeth, goose — geese, ox — oxen。特例：child — children。
⑦复合名词的复数形式。（A）在复合词中最后名词尾加-s。如：armchair — armchairs, bookcase — bookcases, bookstore — book-
stores。（B）man和woman作定语修饰另一个名词时，前后两个名词都要变成复数。如：man doctor — men doctors, woman driver — women dri-
vers。（C）与介词或副词一起构成的复合名词应在主体名词部分加-s。如：brother-in-law — brothers-in-law, passer-by — passers-by。
⑧有的名词有两种复数形式。如：zero — zeros 、zeroes, deer —
deers 、deer。penny的两种复数形式含义有所不同。如：pence（便士的钱数），pennies(便士的枚数)。
（2）不规则变化。
①单、复数同形。如：means, aircraft, deer, fish, Chinese,
Japanese, sheep, works（工厂）,cattle。
②合成名词的复数。如：boy-friend — boy-friends, go-between— go-betweens(中间人)，grown-up — grown-ups。
③有些名词通常只用作复数。如：glasses眼镜，clothes衣服，goods
货物，trousers裤子，belongings所有物,wages工资，riches财富, surroundings环境，ashes灰尘, campasses圆规，cattle家畜，congratulations祝贺，have words with sb. 同某人吵架，in high spirits以很高热情地，give one’s regards to sb.向某人问侯，in rags衣衫破烂，It is good manners to do sth.有礼貌做某事。
④集体名词的数。有些集体名词通常只用作复数，如：people,
cattle, police; 有些名词只用作单数，如：machinery, furniture, mankind, jewellery;有些名词既可用作单数又可用作复数，单数看做整体，复数看做集体的各个成员。如：The crew is large.船员人数很多（指整体）；The crew are all tired.船员们都累坏了（个体）。
2、不可数名词的数
（1）一般说来抽象名词为不可数名词，但当抽象名词表示具体的东西时，可用作可数名词且词义发生变化，主要类型如下：
①抽象名词表示具有某种特性、状态、感情情绪的人或事。如：
抽象名词（不可数） 具体化（个体名词，可数名词）
in surprise惊讶地 a surprise一件令人惊讶的事
win success获得成功 a success一个(件)成功的人(事)
win honor赢得荣誉 an honor一个(件)引以为荣的(事)
Failure(失败)is the mother of success a failure失败者
失败是成功之母。
by experience靠经验 an experience一次经历
youth青春 a youth一个青年人
have pity on sb.怜悯某人 a pity可惜的事情
with pleasure乐意 a pleasure乐事
②抽象名词与a(an)连用，淡化了抽象概念，转化为似乎可以体验到的动作、行为或类别。如：
A knowledge of English is a must in international trade.
Would you like to have a walk(swim, bath, talk)with me
It is waste of time reading such a novel.
She made an apology to her mother for her wrong doings.
(2)物质名词是不可数名词，但表示数量或种类之多时，可以用作可数名词。如：
①物质名词有形或数的相应物体，有单、复数。如：some coffee一些咖啡，a coffee一杯咖啡，three coffees三杯咖啡，some drink一些饮料, a drink一杯饮料，three drinks三杯饮料，his hair他的头发，a few grey hairs几根白发，glass玻璃，a glass一只玻璃杯。
②物质名词有前置后置修饰时，前面要使用不定冠词。
have breakfast The road is covered with snow.
have a wonderful breakfast They have a heavy snow every year.
Time and tide wait for no man.
We had a wonderful time last night.
(3)有复数形式的不可数名词
①有些抽象名词往往以复数形式出现，起到一种丰富语言感彩或强调某种特殊状态的作用。如：
Use your brains, please.
They have smoothed away the difficulties.
Have you made preparations for tomorrow’s meeting
Many thanks for your kindness.
No pains, no gains.
After many failures, they finally succeeded.
②有些物质名词以复数形式出现，表示数量之多，范围之广。如：
The boy burst into tears at the bad news.
The rising waters did a lot of harm to the crops.
The stone bridge broke down in heavy rains.
3.名词所有格
（1）“’s”所有格的特殊表示形式有：
1 用于表示时间、距离、价格、重量等的名词后，如：today’s
newspaper,five minutes’walk(drive),five pounds’weight, tend
ollars’worth of coffee。
②用于表示国家、世界、城市等地方的名词后。如：the earth’s planet, the word’s population, China’s industry, New York’s parks。
（2）“of”所有格的特殊表示方式有：
①表示“部分”时，一般在所修饰的名词前有一个表示数量的词（a、two、several、some、no、many等），如：Some students of Mister Zhang’s have gone to college.张老师的一些学生已经上大学了。
②表示“其中之一，其中一部分”的意思时，用：a friend of Tom’s
汤姆的一个朋友（许多朋友中的一位）。
③表示赞扬、批评或厌恶等感彩时，应该用：that/this/these/
those + 名词（单、复数）of Mary’s/yours/his/hers。如：
That invention of hers belongs to the world. 她的那项发明是属于全世界的（表赞赏）。
4、名词作定语
英语中有些名词没有其对应的同根形容词，这些名词可以直接用来作定语修饰另一个名词。
（1）分类意义。
air pollution 空气污染 boy friend 男朋友
coffee cup咖啡杯 income tax所得税
tennis ball网球 song writer歌曲作家
body language身体语言 road accident交通事故
Nobel Prize诺贝尔奖
（2）时间、地点、称呼等。
Doctor Jack杰克医生 Professor Li李教授
evening school夜校 winter sleep冬眠
street dance 街舞 country music乡村音乐
village people村民 school education学校教育
China problem中国问题
（3）表目的、手段、来源，所属意义。
reception desk接待台 sports field田径场
stone table石桌 color TV彩电
weather report天气预报
★二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. It is generally believed that teaching is ___________it is a science.
(NMET 2001)
A.an art much as B.much an art as
C.as an art much as D.as much an art as
解析：答案为D。当名词前有what、so、as、too、quite等词修饰时，其形容词被这些词修饰，组成下列结构，如：What a nice book! This is too heavy a box for me to carry. He is not as honest a boy as Mike.等，应采取too/how + 形容词（副词）+ a(an) + 名词的形式。要记住一些类似的特殊结构，并加以分析。
2. The police are offering a __________to anyone who can give information about the lost key.（NMET 1999）
A.price B.prize C.reward D.money
解析：答案为C。price 价格，价钱；prize奖金。Ｄ项是钱，属不可数名词，题中所要填的是“酬金，报酬”。注意正确理解名词的含义及其搭配是活用语言的基础，在复习备考中要熟练掌握考纲中一些名词的词义、搭配、习惯等，才能更好辨析名词，从而选择最符合句意的选项。
3.You’ll find this map of great _____________in helping you to get round London.（NMET 1998）
A.price B.cost C.value D.usefulness
解析：答案为C。本题考查特定语境中名词的词义及“be of + 抽象名词”结构。Price (价格)，cost（价钱，费用，成本）不符合题意，value作“quality of being useful or desirable”解时，常与of搭配，在句中作表语或补语，意为“有用，有价值”。故选择value。注意名词词义辨异及惯用法表达，题中“of + 抽象名词”相当于该名词的形容词形式。语法复习专题（13）
Unit13 状语从句
一、考点聚焦
1、时间状语从句
（1）as、when、while用法一览表。
类别 作 用 例 句
as as表示“当……的时候”，往往和when/ while通用，但它着重强调主句与从句的动作或事情同时或几乎同时发生。 She came up as I was cooking.(同时)The runners started as the gun went off.(几乎同时)
when (at or during the time that )既可以表示在某一点的时候，又可表示在某一段时间内，主句与从句的动作或事情可以同时发生也可以先后发生。 It was raining when we arrived.(指时间点)When we were at school, we went to the library every day.(在一段时间内)
while while意思是“当……的时候”或“在某一段时间里”。主句中的动作或事情在从句中的动作或事情的进展过程中发生，从句中的动词一般要用延续性动词。在when表示a period of time时，两者可以互换。 Please don’t talk so loud while others are working.He fell asleep while/when reading. Strike while the iron is hot.(用as或when不可，这里的while意思是“趁……”)
（2）引导时间状语从句的连接词除上述外还有：
①till, not … until …, until, before, since
Don’t get off the bus until it has stopped.
He waited for his father until(till)it was twelve o’clock.
It will be five years before he returns from England.
②hardly / scarcely … when, no sooner … than, as soon as once
表示“一……就”
As soon as I have finished it , I’ll give yu a call.
Once you show any fear, he will attack you.
We had hardly got / Hardly had we got into the country when it
began to rain.
No sooner had he arrived / He had no sooner arrived than she started complaining.
③directly, immediately, the moment, the minute that… 一……就
He made for the door directly he heard the knock.
④each time, every time, by the time
Each time he came to my city, he would call on me.
注意：表示未来情况，主句用将来时，从句用现在时。
2、让步状语从句
（1）although与though可以引导让步状语从句，不能与but连用，但可以与yet连用。
Although they are poor,(yet)they are warm-hearted.
（2）even if或even though引导让步状语从句，表示“即使”，“纵然”，用来使人注意下文所强调内容的性质。
I’ll get there even if(though)I have to sell my house to get enough money to go by air.
（3）no matter后接上who、what、where、how等疑问词，也可以在这类疑问词后面加上ever构成whoever、whatever、wherever、however等。
Don’t trust him, no matter what / whatever he says.
Whoever breaks the law will be published.
No matter how hard the work is, you’d better try to do it well.
（4）as也可以引导让步状语从句。要用倒装。
Child as(though)he is, he knows a lot.
Much as I like it, I won’t buy.
Try as he would, he couldn’t lift the heavy box.
3、原因状语从句：because, for, as, since, now that
（1）表示不知道的原因时用because,即说话人认为听话人不知道，因此because从句是全句最重要的部分，通常它被置于主句之后。
You want to know why I’m leaving I’m leaving because I’m full.
for虽然表示不知道的原因，但其语气较because要弱得多，是可说可不说的话，它只能置于主句之后，这时，for是并列连词。如果不是因果关系，而是对前面主句的内容加以解释或推断时，只能用for。如：It’s morning now, for the birds are singing.（很显然，鸟叫不可能是“现在已是早上”的原因。）
（2）表示已经知道的原因时用as或since,即某种原因在说话人看来已经很明显，或已为听话人所熟悉，因此它是句中不很重要的部分。since要比as正式一些，它们通常被置于语句之前，但有时却相反。
Seeing all of the children already seated, he said,“Since everyone is here, let’s start.”
(3)下列情况下只能使用because:
①在回答why的问句时；
②在用于强调句型时；
③被not所否定时。
4、地点状语从句：where, wherever
Make a mark wherever you have any questions.
We will go where the Party directs us.
5、目的状语从句：that, so that, in order that
注意：目的状语从句的谓语动词常与情态动词连用，否则可能是结果状语从句。不可置于句首。
6、结果状语从句：that, so that, so … that, such … that …
注意：so + 形容词/副词 + that从句；such +　名词 + that从句。
7、方式状语从句：as, as if(though)
I’ll do as I am told to.
It looks as if it is going to rain.
8、比较状语从句：than, as
9、条件状语从句：if, unless, so (as) long as, in case, once, a far as, on condition that.
注意if与unless的区别：不能用and连接两个unless从句，即不能有… unless …,and unless … 。但if … not and if … not却不受此限。
You won’t lose your weight unless you eat less and unless you exercise more.(×)
但可以说 … unless you eat less and exercise more.
10、注意状语从句中从句的省略现象
（1）连接词 + 过去分词
Don’t speak until spoken to.
Pressure can be incrased when needed.
Unless repaired, the washing machine is no use.
（2）连词 +　现在分词
Look out while crossing the street.
（3）连词 + 形容词/其他
常见的有it necessary、if possible、when necessary、if any等。
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. I don’t think I’ll need any money but I’ll bring some ____________.
(NMET 2000)
A.as last B.in case C.once again D.in time
解析：答案为B。句意为“带些钱以防万一”，只能选择in case。引导的条件状语从句，后面省略了I should need it。
2. The WTO can’t live up to its name _________ it doesn’t include a country that is home to one fifth of mankind.（NMET 2000）
A.as long as B.while C.if D.even though
解析：答案为C。本题考查状语从句的用法。句意为“假如世贸组织不包括占世界人口五分之一的中国的话，那它就名不副实”。as long as语气过于强烈，while和even though不符合句意。
3、Someone called me up in the middle of the night, but they hung up_________I could answer the phone.(NMET 2000)
A.as B.since C.before D.until
解析：答案为C。题意为：半夜里有人打来电话，我没来得及就挂了。but暗示在接话前就挂了。高中英语新课程标准词汇表
A
a (an) art. 一（个、件……）
ability n. 能力； 才能
able a. 能够；有能力的
about ad. 大约；到处；四处
prep. 关于；在各处；四处
above prep. 在……上面
a. 上面的
ad. 在……之上
abroad ad. 到（在）国外
absence n. 不在，缺席
absent a. 缺席， 不在
accent n. 口音，音调
accept vt. 接受
accident n. 事故，意外的事
according to ad. 按照， 根据
account n. 账目；描述
ache vi.& n. 痛，疼痛
achieve vt. 达到，取得
across prep. 横过，穿过
act n. 法令，条例 v. （戏）表演，扮演（角色），演出（戏）；行动，做事
action n. 行动
active a. 积极的，主动的
activity n. 活动
actor n. 男演员
actress n. 女演员
actual a. 实际的； 现实的
AD n. 公元
ad (缩) =advertisementn.广告
addvt.添加，增加
addition n. 增加；（算数用语）加
address n. 地址
admire v. 钦佩； 羡慕
admission n. 准入, 接纳
admit vt. 承认，准许（入场，入学，入会）
adult n. 成年人
advance v. 推进，促进；前进
advantage n. 优点； 好处
adventure n. 冒险； 奇遇
advertise vt. 为……做广告
advertisement n. 广告
advice n. 忠告，劝告，建议
advise vt. 忠告，劝告，建议
aeroplane n. (英)飞机
affair n. 事，事情
affect vt. 影响
afford vt. 负担得起（……的费用）；抽得出（时间）；提供
afraid a. 害怕的；担心
Africa* n. 非洲
African a. 非洲的，非洲人的n. 非洲人
after ad. 在后；后来prep. 在……之后；在 后面 conj. 在……以后 afternoon n. 下午，午后
afterwards ad. 后来
again ad. 再一次；再，又
against prep. 对着，反对
age n. 年龄；时代
aggression n. 侵略
aggressive a. 侵略的；咄咄逼人的
ago ad. 以前 agree v. 同意；应允
agreement n. 同意，一致；协定，协议
agricultural a. 农业的
agriculture n. 农业，农学
ahead ad. 在前，向前
aid n. 援助；救护；辅助器具
AIDS n. 艾滋病
aim n.目的；目标 v. 计划，打算；瞄准；针对
air n. 空气；大气
aircraft n. 飞机 (单复数同)
airline n. 航空公司；航空系统
airmail n. 航空邮件
airplane n. （美）飞机
airport n. 航空站，飞机场
alarm n. 警报
alive a. 活着的，存在的
all ad. 全部地 a. 全（部）；所有的；总；整
pron. 全部；全体人员
allow vt. 允许，准许
almost ad. 几乎，差不多
alone a. 单独的，孤独的
along ad. 向前；和……一起；一同
prep. 沿着；顺着
aloud ad. 大声地
already ad. 已经
also ad. 也
although conj. 虽然，尽管
altogether ad. 总共
always ad. 总是；一直；永远
am v. be的人称形式之一 ?
ａ.m./am，A.M./AM? n. 午前，上午
amaze v.惊奇，惊叹；震惊
ambulance n. 救护车
America* n. 美国；美洲
American a. 美国的；美国人的n. 美国人
among prep. 在…中间；在（三个以上）之间
amuse vt. （使人）快乐，逗乐
amusement n. 娱乐
ancient a. 古代的，古老的
ancestor n. 祖宗； 祖先
and conj. 和；又；而
anger n. 怒，愤怒
angry a. 生气的，愤怒的
animal n. 动物
announce vt. 宣布，宣告
announcement n. 通告，通知
annoy vt. （使）烦恼
another a. 再一；另一；别的；不同的 pron. 另一个
answer n. 回答，答复；回信； 答案 v. 回答，答复；回信；（作出）答案
ant n. 蚂蚁
Antarctic a. 南极的
the Antarctic 南极
Antarctica* n. 南极洲
antique n. 古董
anxious a. 忧虑的，焦急的
any pron. （无论）哪一个；哪些 任何的；（用于疑问句、否定句）一些；什么
anybody pron. 任何人，无论谁
anyhow ad. 不管怎样
anyone pron. 任何人，无论谁
anything pron. 什么事（物）；任何事（物）
anyway ad. 不管怎样
anywhere ad. 任何地方
apartment n. （美）楼中单元房，一套房间；房间
apologize vi. 道歉，谢罪
apology n. 道歉；歉意
appear vi. 出现
appearance n. 出现，露面；容貌
apple n. 苹果
application n. 申请
apply v. 申请
appointment n. 约会
appreciate v. 欣赏； 感激
April n. 4月
Arab* a. 阿拉伯的 n. 阿拉伯人
Arabic a. 阿拉伯语的 n. 阿拉伯语
Arctic a. 北极的 the Arctic 北极
the Arctic Ocean 北冰洋
area n. 面积；地域，地方，区域；范围，领域
argue vi. 争辩， 争论
argument n. 争论，辩论
arise (arose, arisen) vi. 起来，升起；出现
arithmetic n. 算术
arm1 n. 臂, 支架
arm2 v. 以……装备，武装起来n. （美）武器，武力
armchair n. 扶手椅
army n. 军队
around ad. 在周围；在附近prep. 在……周围；大约
arrange v. 安排，布置
arrangement n. 安排，布置
arrival n. 到来，到达
arrive vi. 到达；达到
arrow n. 箭；箭头
art n. 艺术，美术；技艺
article n. 文章；东西，物品；冠词
artistn.艺术家
as?ad.& conj.? 像……一样；如同；因为 prep. 作为，当做
ash n. 灰； 灰末
ashamed a. 惭愧； 害臊
Asia* n. 亚洲
Asian a. 亚洲的，亚洲人的n. 亚洲人
aside ad. 在旁边
ask v. 问，询问；请求，要求；邀请
asleep a. 睡着的，熟睡
assistant n. 助手，助理
astonish vt. 使惊讶
astronaut n. 宇航员
astronomy n. 天文学
at prep. 在（几点钟）；在（某处）
athlete n. 运动员
Atlantic a. 大西洋的
the Atlantic Ocean大西洋
atmosphere n. 大气；气氛
atom n. 原子，微粒
attack vt. 攻击，袭击
attempt vt. 试图，尝试
attend v. 看护，照料，服侍；出席，参加
attention n. 注意，关心
attentively ad. 注意地
attitude n. 态度，看法
attract v. 吸引，引起
attractive a. 迷人的，有吸引力的
audience n. 观众，听众
author n. 作者，作家
August n. 8月
aunt n. 伯母；舅母；婶；姑；姨
Australia* n. 澳洲；澳大利亚
Australian a. 澳洲的，澳大利亚人的 n. 澳大利亚人
autumn n. 秋天，秋季
avenue n. 大道
average a. 平均的；普通的 n. 平均数
avoid v. 避免，躲开，逃避
awake (awoke, awo? ken) v. 唤醒 醒着的
ward n. 奖品，奖励
away ad. 离开；远离
B
baby n. 婴儿
back ad. 回（原处）；向后a. 后面的n. 背后，后部；背
backache n. 背痛
background n. 背景
backward(s) ad. 向后
bacon n. 咸猪肉；熏猪肉 ?
bacterium (复bacteria)? n. 细菌
bad (比较级worse, 最高级 worst) a. 坏的；有害的，不利的；严重的
badly ad. 坏，恶劣地
badminton n. 羽毛球
bag n. 书包；提包；袋子
baggage n. 行李
bake v. 烤； 烘（面包）
bakery n. 面包店
balance n. 平衡
balcony n. 阳台；楼座
ball1 n. 球
ball2 n. 舞会
ballet n. 芭蕾舞
balloon n. 气球
ballpoint = ballpoint pen n. 圆珠笔
bamboo n. 竹
ban n. 禁令 v. 禁止；取缔
banana n. 香蕉
bandage n. 绷带
bang int. 砰
bank1 n. （河、海、湖的）岸，堤
bank2 n. 银行
bank account n. 银行账户
bar1 n. 条；（长方）块，棒，横木〖〗
bar2 n. （酒店的）买酒柜台；酒吧；（卖东西的）柜台
barbecue n. 烤肉野餐
barber n. （为男人理发的）理发师
barbershop n. 理发店
bargain n. （经讨价还价之后）成交的商品；廉价货 v. 讨价还价
bark v. 狗叫 n. 狗叫声
basen. 根据地，基地；（棒球）垒
baseball n. 棒球
basement n. 地下室
basic a. 基本的
basin n. 水盆，脸盆
basket n. 篮子
basketball n. 篮球
bat1 n. （棒球、板球的）球棒 bat2 n. 蝙蝠
bath n. 洗澡；浴室；澡盆
bathe vi. 洗澡；游泳
bathrobe n. 浴衣
bathroom n. 浴室，盥洗室
bathtub n. 澡盆
battery n. 电池
battle n. 战斗；战役
battleground n. 战场
bay n. 湾； 海湾
BC n. 公元前
be v. 是（原形），其人称和时态形式有am, is, are, was, were, being, been；成为
beach n. 海滨，海滩
beam n. 平衡木
bean n. 豆，豆科植物
beancurd n. 豆腐
bear1 v. 承受，负担，承担；忍受；容忍 bear2 n. 熊
beard n. （下巴上的）胡须
beast n. 野兽；牲畜
beat (beat, beaten) v. 敲打；跳动；打赢 n. （音乐）节拍
beautiful a. 美的，美丽的，美观的
beauty n. 美丽，美人
because conj. 因为
become (became, be? come) v. 变得；成为
bed n. 床
bedclothes n. 铺盖（被褥等）
bedroom n. 寝室，卧室
bee n.. 蜜蜂
beef n. 牛肉
beehive n. 蜂箱
beer n. 啤酒
before prep. 在……以前；在……前面 ad. 以前 conj. 在……之前 beg v. 请求，乞求，乞讨 ?
begin(began,begun)? v. 开始，着手
beginning n. 开始，开端
behave v. 守规矩，行为
behaviour n. 行为，举止
behind prep. (表示位置)在……后面 ad. 在后面；向后
Beijingn. 北京
being n. 物； 生物； 人
Belgium* n. 比利时
belief n. 信条，信念
believe v. 相信，认为
bell n. 钟，铃；钟(铃)声；钟形物
belly n. 肚子 belong vi. 属，附属
below prep. 在……下面 belt n. （皮）带
bench n. 长凳； 工作台
bend (bent, bent) vt. 使弯曲
beneath prep. 在……下方（面）
bent a. 弯的
beside prep. 在……旁边；靠近
besides prep. 除……以外（还有） ad. 还有，此外
best（good, well的最 高级） ?a. & ad.? 最好的；最好地，最 n. 最好的（人或物）
best?seller n. 畅销书
better (good, well的 比较级) a.& ad. 较好的，更好的；好些； 更好地；更，更多
n. 较好的事物；较优者 v. 改善；胜过
between prep. 在（两者）之间；在……中间
beyond prep. (表示位置) 在……的那边
bicycle n. 自行车
big a. 大的
bike = bicyclen. 自行车
bill n.账单；法案，议案； （美）钞票，纸币
billion num. 十亿，百亿
biology n. 生物（学）
bird n. 鸟
birdcage n. 鸟笼
birth n. 出生； 诞生
birthday n. 生日
birthplace n. 出生地；故乡
biscuit n. 饼干
bit n. 一点，一些，少量的
bite (bit, bitten) v. 咬；叮
bitter a. 有苦味的；痛苦的，难过的；严酷的
black n. 黑色 a. 黑色的
blackboard n. 黑板
blame n.& v. 责备； 责怪
blank n.& a. 空格，空白（处）；空的；茫然无表情的
blanket n. 毛毯，毯子
bleed vi. 出血，流血
bless vt. 保佑，降福
blind a. 瞎的
block n. 大块；（木、石等）块；街区；路障 vt. 阻塞；阻挡
blood n. 血，血液
blouse n. 宽罩衫；（妇女、儿童穿的）短上衣
blow n. 击；打击
blow (blew, blown) v. 吹；刮风；吹气
blue1 n. 蓝色 a.蓝色的 blue2 a. 悲伤的；沮丧的
board n. 木板；布告牌；委员会；（政府的）部 v. 上（船、火车、飞机）
boat n. 小船，小舟
boat race n. 划船比赛
boating n. 划船（游玩），泛舟 body n. 身体
body building n. 健美
boil v. 沸腾；烧开；煮……
bomb n. 炸弹 v. 轰炸
bone n. 骨头，骨质（复数bones骨骼；骨骸）
book n. 书；本子 v. 预定，定（房间、车票等）
bookcase n. 书橱
bookmark n. 书签
bookshelf n. 书架
bookshop n. 书店
bookstore n. 书店
boot n. 长统靴；靴
booth telephone booth n.岗；（为某种用途而设的）亭或小隔间 电话亭
border n. 边缘；边境，国界
boring a. 乏味的，无聊的
born a. 出生
borrow v. （向别人）借用；借
boss n. 领班；老板
botany n. 植物； 植物学
both a. 两；双 pron. 两者；双方
bottle n. 瓶子
bottom n. 底部；底
bound1 a. 被束缚的；被绑的；有义务的
bound2 v.& n. 跳跃
bow v.& n. 鞠躬，弯腰行礼
bowl n. 碗
box n. 盒子，箱子
boxing n. 拳击（运动）
boy n. 男孩
brain n. 脑（子）
brake n. 闸 vi. 刹车
branch n. 树枝；分枝；分公司，分店；支部
brave a. 勇敢的
bravery n. 勇气
bread n. 面包
break n. 间隙
break (broke, bro? ken) v. 打破（断，碎）；损坏，撕开
breakfast n. 早餐
breath n. 气息；呼吸
breathe vi. 呼吸
brick n. 砖；砖块
bride n. 新娘
bridegroom n. 新郎
bridge n. 桥
brief a. 简洁的
bright a. 明亮的；聪明的
bring (brought, brought) vt. 拿来，带来，取来
Britain* n. 英国；不列颠
British a. 英国的；大不列颠的；英国人的
the British n. 英国国民；大不列颠人
broad a. 宽的，宽大的
broadcast n. 广播节目
broadcast（broadcast, ? broadcast或?ed,?ed）? vt. 广播
broken a. 弄坏了的
broom n. 扫帚
brother n. 兄；弟
brotherhood n. 兄弟般的关系
brown n. 褐色，棕色 a. 褐色的，棕色的
brunch n. 早午饭（晚早饭）
brush v. 刷；擦 n. 刷子
bucket n. 铲斗；桶
Buddhism n. 佛教
Buddhist n. 佛教徒
build (built, built) v. 建筑；造
building n. 建筑物；房屋；大楼 bun n. 馒头；小甜面包
burial n. 埋葬
burn (?ed, ?ed 或 burnt, burnt) v. 燃，烧，着火；使烧焦；使晒黑 n. 烧伤；晒伤
burst v. 突然发生； 突然发作
bury vt. 埋；葬
bus bus stop n. n. 公共汽车 公共汽车站
bush n. 灌木丛，矮树丛
business n. （本分）工作，职业；职责；生意，交易；事业
businessman n. 商人（男）；男企业家
businesswoman n. 商人（女）；女企业家
busy a. 忙（碌）的
but conj. 但是，可是
prep. 除了，除……外
butcher n. vt. 肉店；屠夫 屠宰（动物）；残杀（人）
butter n. 黄油，奶油
butterfly n. 蝴蝶
the butterfly蝶泳
button n. 纽扣；（电铃等的）按钮 v. 扣（纽扣） ?
buy(bought,bought)? vt. 买
by prep. 靠近，在……旁；在……时间；不迟于；被；用；由；乘（车）
bye int. 再见
C
cab n. （美）出租车
cabbage n. 卷心菜，洋白菜
cafe n. 咖啡馆； 餐馆
cafeteria n. 自助餐厅
cage n 笼；鸟笼
cake n. 蛋糕，糕点；饼
call n. 喊，叫；电话，通话 v. 称呼；呼唤；喊，叫
calm a. 镇静的； 沉着的 v. 镇静； 沉着
camel n. 骆驼
camera n. 照相机；摄像机
camp n. （夏令）营 vi. 野营； 宿营
can1 (could) can't = can not modal v. 可能；能够；可以 不能
can2 a garbage can a can opener n. （美）罐头；罐子 （美）垃圾桶 开罐器
Canada* n. 加拿大
Canadian a. 加拿大的；加拿大人的 n. 加拿大人
canal n. 运河；水道
cancel vt. 取消
cancer n. 癌
candle n. 蜡烛
candy n. 糖果
canteen n. 餐厅；食堂
cap n. （无檐的或仅在前面有檐的）帽子；（瓶子的）盖；（钢笔等的）笔套
capital n. 首都，省会；大写；资本
captain n. （海军）上校；船长，舰长；队长
car n. 汽车，小卧车〖〗
carbon card n. n. 碳 卡片；名片；纸牌
card games纸牌游戏
care n. 照料，保护；小心v. 介意……，在乎；关心
careful a. 小心的，仔细的，谨慎的
careless a. 粗心的，漫不经心的
carpet n. 地毯
carriage n. 四轮马车；（火车）客车厢
carrier carrot n. n. 搬运者；媒介；（自行车等的）置物架；（车的）货架 胡萝卜
carry vt. 拿，搬，带，提，抬，背，抱，运等
cartoon n. 动画片，卡通；漫画
carvevt.刻；雕刻
case1n. 情况；病例；案件；真相
case2 n. 箱；盒；容器
cash n. 现金，现钞 v. 兑现
cast (cast, cast) v. 扔，抛，撒
castle n. 城堡
cat n. 猫 ?]
catch(caught,caught)? v. 接住；捉住；赶上；染上（疾病）
cathedral n. 大教堂（天主教）
cattle n. 牛（总称），家畜
cause n. 原因，起因 vt. 促使，引起，使发生
cave n. 洞，穴；地窖
CD光盘(compact disk的缩写)
CD?ROM信息储存光盘(compact disk read?only memory的缩写)
ceiling n. 天花板，顶棚
celebrate v. 庆祝
celebration cell n. n. 庆祝；庆祝会 （监狱的）单人牢房；（修道院等的）单人小室；（蜂巢的）小蜂窝，蜂房；［生物］ 细胞
cellar n. 地窖；地下储藏室
cent n. 美分（100 cents = 1 dollar）
centigrade a. 摄氏的
centimetre (美 cen? timeter) n. 公分，厘米
central a. 中心的，中央的；主要的
centre (美 center ) n. 中心，中央
century n. 世纪，百年
certain a. （未指明真实名称的）某……；确定的，无疑的；一定会……
certainly ad. 当然，是的；一定，无疑
certificate n. 证明，证明书
chain n. 链； 链条
chain store(s)连锁店
chair n. 椅子
chairman n. 主席，会长；议长
chairwoman n. 女主席, 女会长；女议长
chalk n. 粉笔
challengen.挑战(性)
challenginga.具有挑战性的
championn. 冠军，优胜者
chance n. 机会，可能性
changablea.易变的，变化无常的
changen. 零钱；找头v. 改变，变化；更换；兑换
channeln.频道；通道；水渠
character n. （汉）字，字体；品格
charge v. 要求收费；索价；将(电池)充电 n. 费用；价钱
chapter n. 章
chart n. 图表；航海图
chat ?n. & vi.? 聊天，闲谈
cheap a. 便宜的，贱
cheat n. & v. 骗取，哄骗；作弊
check n. 检查；批改 vt. 校对，核对； 检查；批改
cheek n. 面颊，脸蛋
cheer ?n. & vi.? 欢呼； 喝彩
Cheer up振作起来！提起精神！
cheerfula.兴高采烈的，快活的
Cheersint. 干杯，(英口语)谢谢，再见
cheese n. 奶酪
chemical a. 化学的 n. 化学品
chemist n. 药剂师；化学家
chemistry n. 化学
cheque (美check) n. 支票
chess n. 棋
chest n. 箱子；盒子；胸部
chew vt. 咀嚼
chick n. 小鸡
chicken n. 鸡；鸡肉
chief a. 主要的； 首要的 n. 领导，头
child (复children) n. 孩子，儿童
childhood n. 幼年时代，童年
chimney n. 烟囱，烟筒
China* n. 中国
Chinese a. 中国的；中国人的；中国话的，汉语的n. 中国人；中国话，汉语，中文
chips n. (pl.)炸土豆条（片）
chocolate n. 巧克力
choice n. 选择；抉择
choke n. & v. 窒息
choose (chose, cho? sen) vt. 选择
chopsticks n. 筷子
Christian n. 基督教徒和天主教徒的总称 Christmas n. 圣诞节（12月25日）
Christmas card圣诞卡
Christmas tree圣诞树
Christmas Eve圣诞（前）夜
church n. 教堂；教会
cigar n. 雪茄烟
cigarette n. 纸烟，香烟
cinema n. 电影院；电影
circle n. vt. 圆圈 将……圈起来
circus n. 马戏团
citizen n. 公民；居民
city n. 市，城市，都市
civil a. 国内的；平民（非军人）的；民用的
clap vi. 拍手； 鼓掌
class n. （学校里的）班；年级；课
classical a. 传统的；古典的
classmate n. 同班同学
classroom n. 教室
clean vt. 弄干净，擦干净 a. 清洁的，干净的
cleaner n. 清洁工；清洁器；清洁剂
clear a. 清晰的；明亮的；清楚的
clearly ad. 清楚地，无疑地
clerk n. 书记员；办事员；职员
clever a. 聪明的，伶俐的
click v. 点击（计算机用语）
climate n. 气候
climb v. 爬，攀登
clinic n. 诊所
clock clone n. n. 钟 克隆（无性繁殖出来的有机体群）
close1 a. 亲密的；近，靠近 ad. 近，靠近 close2 vt. 关，关闭 cloth n. 布
clothes n. 衣服；各种衣物
clothing n. (总称) 衣服
cloud n. 云；云状物；阴影
cloudy a. 多云的，阴天的
club n. 俱乐部；纸牌中的梅花
coach n. 教练；马车；长途车
coal n. 煤；煤块
coast n. 海岸；海滨
coat n. 外套；涂层；表皮；皮毛 vt. 给……穿外套；涂上
cock n. 公鸡
cocoa n. 可可粉
coffee n. 咖啡
coin n. 硬币
Coke n. 可口可乐
cold a. 冷的，寒的 n. 寒冷；感冒，伤风
cold?blooded a. (动物) 冷血的
collar n. 衣领； 硬领
colleague n. 同事
collect vt. 收集，搜集
collection n. 收藏品，收集物
college n. 学院；专科学校
colour (美color) n. 颜色 vt. 给……着色，涂色
comb n. 梳子 v. 梳
combine vt. 使联合；使结合
come (came, come) vi. 来，来到
comedy n. 喜剧
comfort n. 安慰； 慰问
comfortable a. 舒服的；安逸的；舒服自在的
comma n. 逗号
command n. & v. 命令
comment n. 评论
common a. 普通的，一般的；共有的
communicate v. 交际；传达（感情，信息等）
communication n. 交际；交往；通讯
communism n. 共产主义
communist n. 共产主义者 a. 共产党的；共产主义的
companion n. 同伴；同事
company n. 公司
compare vt. 比较，对照
compete vi. 比赛，竞赛
competition n. 比赛，竞赛
competitor n. 竞赛者，比赛者
complete a. 完成的 vt. 完成，结束
composition n. 作文；作曲
compressed a. 压缩的
computer n. 电子计算机
computer game 电子游戏
comrade n. 同志
conceited a. 骄傲自满的
concert n. 音乐会；演奏会
conclude v. 完成，结束
conclusion n. 结论；结束
condition n. 条件，状况
conduct vt. 引导，带领
conductor n. 管理人；指导者；（车上的）售票员，列车员；乐队指挥
conference n. （正式的）会议；讨论
congratulate vt. 祝贺
congratulation n. 祝贺，庆贺
connect vt. 连接，把……联系起来
connection conservation n. n. 连接物；接触，联系 保存；（自然资源的）保护，管理 conservative a. n. 保守的，守旧的；保守主义的；谨慎的 保守的人，保守主义
consider vt. 考虑
considerate a. 体贴的
consideration n. 考虑；关心
consist v. 包含，组成，构成
constant a. 经常的，不断的
construct v. 构筑；建造，建设
construction n. 建造，建设；建筑物
contain v. 包含；包括；能容纳
container n. 容器
content1 a. 甘愿的，满意的
content2 n. 内容
continent n. 大陆，大洲；陆地
continue vi. 继续
contrary n. a. 相反 相反的
contribution n. 贡献
control vt.& n. 控制
convenience n. 便利
convenient a. 便利的，方便的
conversation n. 谈话，交谈
cook n. 炊事员，厨师 v. 烹调，做饭
cooker n. 炊具(锅、炉灶、烤炉等)
cookie n. 小甜饼
cool a. 凉的，凉爽的；酷
cop n. （美俚）警察
copy n. 抄本，副本；一本（份，册……） v. 抄写；复印；（计算机用语）拷（备 份盘）
coral n. 珊瑚；珊瑚虫
cordless a. 无线的
corn n. 玉米，谷物
corner n. 角；角落；拐角
correct v. 改正；纠正 a. 正确的，对的；恰当的
correction n. 改正
correspond vi. 一致；与……相当；(与人)通信，有书信往来
cost n. 价格
cost (cost, cost) v. 值（多少钱）；花费
cottage n. (郊外的)小屋，村舍；别墅
cotton n. 棉花 a. 棉花的
cough n.& vi. 咳嗽
could ?modal v.? （can的过去式）可以……；（表示许可或请求）可以……，行
count vt. 数，点数
counter n. 柜台，结账处
country n. 国家；农村，乡下
countryside n. 乡下，农村
couple n. 夫妇，一对
courage n. 勇气； 胆略
course n. 过程；经过；课程
coursebook n. 课本
court n. 法庭；法院
courtyard n. 庭院，院子
cousin n. 堂（表）兄弟，堂（表）姐妹
cover n. 盖子；罩 v. 覆盖，遮盖；掩盖
cow n. 母牛，奶牛
cowboy n. （美国）牛仔；牧场骑士
co?worker. n. 合作者；同事
crayon n蜡笔；蜡笔画
crazy a. 疯狂的
cream n. 奶油，乳脂
create vt. 创造； 造成
credit n. 信用；信赖；信誉
crime n. （法律上的）罪，犯罪
criminal n. 罪犯
crew n. 全体船员
crop n. 庄稼；收成
cross1 a. 脾气不好的，易怒的
cross2 n. 十字形的东西 vt. 越过；穿过
crossing n. 十字路口，人行横道
crossroads n. 交叉路口
crowd n. 人群 vt. 拥挤，群聚
crowded a. 拥挤的
cruel a. 残忍的，残酷的；无情的
cry n. 叫喊；哭声 v. 喊叫；哭
cubecubic n.a. 立方体立方体的，立方形的
culture n. 文化
cup n. 茶杯
cupboard n. 碗柜；橱柜
cure n. & vt. 治疗；医好
curious a. 好奇的；奇异的
currency n. 货币；现金
curtain n. 窗帘
cushion n. 垫子
custom n. 习惯，习俗，风俗习惯
customer n. （商店等的）顾客，主顾
customs n. 海关，关税
cut (cut, cut) v. n. 切，剪，削，割 伤口
cycle vi. 骑自行车
cyclist n. 骑自行车的人
D
dad = daddy n. （口语）爸爸，爹爹
daily a. 每日的；日常的 ad. 每天 n. 日报
dam n. 水坝，堰堤
damage n.& vt. 毁坏，损害
damp a. & n. 潮湿（的）
dance n.& vi. 跳舞
danger n. 危险
dangerous a. 危险的
dare ?v.& aux.? （后接不带to的不定式；主要用于疑问，否定或条件句）敢，敢于
dark n. 黑暗；暗处；日暮 a. 黑暗的；暗淡的；深色的
darkness n. 黑暗，阴暗
dash v. & n. 快跑，冲刺，短跑
data n. 资料，数据
database n. 资料库，数据库
date1 n. 日期；约会
date2n.枣
daughtern. 女儿
dawn n. 黎明，拂晓
day n. （一）天，（一）日；白天
daylight n. 日光，白昼； 黎明
dead a. 死的；无生命的
deadlinen.最后期限，截止日期
deafa. 聋的 deal n. 量，数额；交易
dear1 int. （表示惊愕等）哎呀！唷！
dear2 a. 亲爱的；贵的
death n. 死
debate?n. & v.?讨论，辩论
debtn. 债务； 欠款
December n. 12月
decide v. 决定；下决心
decision n. 决定；决心
declare vt. 声明；断言
decoratevt.装饰……，修饰……
decorationn.装饰，修饰
deedn. 行为；事迹
deep a. 深 ad. 深；深厚
deeply ad. 深深地
deer n. 鹿
defeat vt. 击败；战胜
defence (美defense) n. & v. 防御；防务
defend vt. 防守；保卫
degree n. 程度；度数；学位
delay delete v.& n. v. 拖延，延误，延迟，延期；耽搁 删去
delicious a. 美味的，可口的
delight n. 快乐； 乐事
delighted a. 高兴的，快乐的
deliver vt. 投递（信件，邮包等）
demand vt. 要求
dentist n. 牙科医生 ?
department(缩Dept.)? n. 部门；（机关的）司，处；（大学的）系
department store n. 百货商场
departure n. 离开，启程
depend vi. 依靠，依赖，指望；取决于
depth n. 深，深度 describe vt. 描写，叙述
description n. 描述，描写
desert1 n. 沙漠 desert2 vt. 舍弃； 遗弃
design n.& vt. n. 设计，策划 图案，图样，样式
desire vt. & n. 要求；期望
desk n. 书桌，写字台
dessert n. 甜点
destroy vt. 破坏，毁坏
detective n. 侦探
determination n. 决心
determine vt. 决定；决心
develop v. （使）发展；（使）发达；（使）发育；开发 vt. 冲洗（照片）
development n. 发展，发达，发育，开发
devote vt. 把……奉献； 把……专用（于）
devotion n. 奉献，奉献精神
diagram n. 图表，图样
dial vt. 拨（电话号码）
dialogue (美 dialog) n. 对话
diamond n. 钻石，金刚石；纸牌中的方块
diary n. 日记；日记簿
dictation n. 听写
dictionary n. 词典，字典 die v. 死
diet n. 饮食
differ v. 相异，有区别
difference n. 不同
different a. 不同的，有差异的
difficult a. 难的；艰难的；不易相处的
difficulty n. 困难，费力
dig (dug, dug) v. 挖（洞、沟等）；掘
digest digital v. a. 消化； 领会 数字的，数码的
dine v. 吃饭；（尤指正式地）进餐
dining room 食堂，饭厅
dinner n. 正餐，宴会
dip vt. 浸，蘸；把……放入又取出
diploma n. 毕业文凭；学位证书
direct a. vt. 直接的；直达的；直截了当的 指挥；指导；监督；管理；指挥（演奏）；导演（电影）
direction n. 方向；方位
director n. 所长，处长，主任；董事；导演
directory n. 姓名地址录
dirt n. 污物；脏物
dirty a. 脏的
disability n. 残疾；无能
disabled a. 残废的，残疾的
disadvantage n. 不利条件；弱点
disagree vi. 意见不一致，持不同意见
disagreement n. 意见不一致；相违；争论
disappear vi. 消失
disappoint vt. 使失望
disappointment n. 失望；沮丧
disaster n. 灾难；祸患
discount n. 折扣
discourage vt. （使）气馁；打消（做……的念头）
discover vt. 发现
discovery n. 发现
discrimination n. 歧视
discuss vt. 讨论，议论
discussion n. 讨论，辩论
disease n. 病，疾病
dish n. 盘，碟；盘装菜；盘形物
disk =disc n. 磁盘
dislike vt. 不喜爱；厌恶
dismiss vt. 让……离开；遣散；解散；解雇
disobey vt. 不服从
distance n. 距离
distant a. 远的，遥远的
district n. 区；地区；区域
disturb vt. 扰乱；打扰
dive vi. 跳水
divide vt. 分，划分
division n. （算术用语）除
dizzy a. 头眩目晕的
do (did, done) don't=do not ?v. & aux.? 做，干（用以构成疑问句及否定句。第三人称单数现在时用does） 不做，不干
doctor n. 医生，大夫；博士
document n. 文件；文献
does doesn't = does not v. 动词do的第三人称单数现在式
dog n. 狗
doll n. 玩偶，玩具娃娃
dollar n. 元（美国、加拿大、澳大利亚等国货币单位）
door n. 门
dormitory n. 学生宿舍（缩写式dorm）
dot n. 点，小点，圆点
double a. 两倍的；双的 n. 两个；双
double?decker n. 双层公共汽车
doubt n.& v. 怀疑，疑惑
down prep. 沿着，沿……而下 ad. 向下
download n.& v. 下载（计算机用语）
downstairs ad. 在楼下；到楼下
downtown ad. 往或在城市的商业区（或中心区、闹市区） n. 城市的商业区，中心区，闹市区 城市的商业区的，中心区的，闹市区的
downward ad. 向下
dozen n. 十二个；几十，许多
Dr(缩) = Doctor n. 医生，大夫；博士
drag v. 拖；拽
draw (drew, drawn) v. 绘画；绘制；拉，拖；提取（金钱）
drawer n. 抽屉
drawing n. 图画，素描（画）；绘画
dream (dreamt, dreamt 或?ed, ?ed) n.& vt. 梦，梦想
dress n. 女服，连衣裙；(统指)服装；童装 v. 穿衣；穿着
drier =dryer n. 烘干机；吹风机
drill n. 钻头；（反复的）训练 vt. 钻(孔)， 在……上钻孔；重复训练
drink n. 饮料；喝酒 ?
drink(drank,drunk)? v. 喝，饮 ?
drive(drove,driven)? v. 驾驶，开（车）；驱赶
driver n. 司机，驾驶员
driver's license(美)
driving?licence(英) n. 驾驶执照
drop n. 滴 v. 掉下，落下；投递；放弃
drown vi. 溺死；淹没
drug n. 药，药物；毒品
drum n. 鼓
drunk a. 醉的
dry v. 使……干；弄干；擦干 a. 干的；干燥的
dryer n. 干燥机，烘干机；吹风机
duck n. 鸭子
duckling n. 小鸭子（鸭仔）
due a. 预期的；约定的
dull a. 阴暗的；单调无味
dumpling n. 饺子
during prep. 在……期间；在……过程中
dusk n. 黄昏
dust n. 灰尘，尘土
dustbin n. 垃圾箱
dusty a. 尘土般的，尘土多的
duty n. 责任，义务
DVD 数码影碟(digital versatile disk)
E
each ?a.& pron.? 每人，每个，每件
eager a. 渴望的，热切的
eagle n. 鹰
ear n. 耳朵；耳状物；听力，听觉
early a. 早的 ad. 早地
earn vt. 挣得，赚得
earth n. 地球；土，泥；大地
earthquake n. 地震
ease v. 减轻；缓解（难度或严重程度）
easily ad. 容易地
east a. 东方的；东部的；朝东的；从东方来的 ad. 在东方；向东方；从东方 n. 东，东方；东部
Easter n. 复活节
eastern a. 东方的；东部的
eastwards ad. 向东
easy a. 容易的，不费力的
easy?going a. 随和的
eat (ate, eaten) v. 吃
edge n. 边缘
edition n. （发行物的）版，版（本）
editor n. 编辑
educate vt. 教育，培养
educator n. 教育家
education n. 教育，培养
effect n. 效果；作用
effort n. 努力，艰难的尝试
egg n. 蛋；卵
eggplant n. 茄子
Egypt* n. 埃及
Egyptian a. 埃及的；埃及人的；埃及语的 n. 埃及人
eight num. 八
eighteen num. 十八
eighth num. 第八
eighty num. 八十
either a. 两方任一方的；二者之一 conj. 二者之一；要么……
ad. (用于否定句或短语后)也
elder n. 长者；前辈
elect vt. （投票）选举
electric a. 电的
electrical a. 电的；电器的
electricity n. 电；电流
electronic a. 电子的
elephant n. 象
eleven num. 十一
else ad. 别的，其他的
E?mail/e?mail n. v. 电子邮件 发电子邮件
embassy n. 大使馆
emergency n. 紧急情况或状态
emperor n. 皇帝
empire n. 帝国
employ vt. 雇佣
empty a. 空的
encourage vt. 鼓励
encouragement n. 鼓励
end n. 末尾；终点；结束 v. 结束，终止
ending n. 结局；结尾，最后
endless a. 无止境的； 没完的
enemy n. 敌人；敌军
energetic a. 精力旺盛的
energy n. 精力，能量
engine n. 发动机，引擎
engineer n. 工程师；技师
England* n. 英格兰
English a. 英国的，英国人的，英语的 n. 英语
English?speaking a. 说英语的
enjoy vt. 欣赏；享受……之乐趣；喜欢
enjoyable a. 愉快的；有趣的
enlarge vt. 扩大
enough n. 足够；充足 a. 足够的；充分的 ad. 足够地；充分地
enquiry n. 询问
enter vt. 进入
entertainment n. 娱乐
entire a. 整个的，全部的
entrance n. 入口；入场；进入的权利;入学许可
entry n. 进入
envelope environment n. n. 信封 环境
envy vt.& n. 忌妒； 羡慕
equal a. 平等的 vt. 等于，使等于
equality n. 平等
equip vt. 提供设备；装备；配备
equipment n. 装备，设备
eraser n. 橡皮擦；黑板擦
error n. 错误；差错
escape n.& vi. 逃跑；逃脱
especially ad. 特别，尤其
essay n. 散文；文章；随笔
Europe* n. 欧洲
European a. 欧洲的，欧洲人的 n. 欧洲人
even ad. 甚至，连（……都）；更
evening n. 傍晚，晚上
event eventually n. ad. 事件，大事 最终地
ever ad. 曾经；无论何时
every a. 每一，每个的
everybody pron. 每人，人人
everyday a. 每日的； 日常的
everyone pron. 每人，人人
everything pron. 每件事，事事
everywhere ad. 到处 exact a. 精确的；确切的
exactly ad. 精确地；确切地
exam = examination n. 考试，测试；检查；审查
examine vt. 检查；诊察
example n. 例子；榜样
excellent a. 极好的，优秀的
except prep. 除……之外
exchange n. 交换，掉换；交流
excite vt. 使兴奋，使激动
excuse n. 借口；辩解 vt. 原谅；宽恕
exercise n. 锻炼，做操；练习，习题 vi. 锻炼
exhibition n. 展览；展览会
exist vi. 存在
existence n. 存在； 生存； 存在物
exit n. 出口，太平门
expect vt. 预料；盼望；认为
expectation n. 预料；期望
expedition n. 远征(队)； 探险(队)
expense n. 消费； 支出
expensive a. 昂贵的
experience n. 经验；经历
experiment n. 实验
expert n. 专家，能手
explain vt. 解释，说明
explanation n. 解释，说明
explode v. （使）爆炸
exploit vt. 开采，开发；利用；剥削
explorer n. 探险者
expose vt. 揭露
express vt. 表达；表示；表情 n. 快车，特快专递
expression n. 表达；词句；表示，说法；表情
extra a. 额外的，外加的
extraordinary a. 离奇的； 使人惊奇的
extremely ad. 极其，非常
eye n. 眼睛
eyesight n. 视力；视觉
eyewitness n. 目击证人
F
f (缩) =female (或 =foot,feet) n. 女(的)；雌(的)； 英尺
face n. 脸 vt. 面向；面对
facial a. 面部用的
fact n. 事实，现实
factory n. 工厂
fade vi. 褪色，（颜色）消退
fail v. 失败；不及格；衰退
failure n. 失败
fair1 a. 公平的，合理的
fair2 a. (肤色)白皙的； （人）白肤金发的 fair3 n. 集市；庙会；展览会
fairly ad. 公正地，正当地；相当（程度）地
fairness n. 公平；公正
faith n. 信仰；信念
fall1 n. （美）秋季
fall2 (fell, fallen) vi. 落（下），降落；倒
false a. 不正确的；假的
familiar a. 熟悉的 family n. 家庭；家族；子女
family name 姓氏 famous a. 著名的
fan1 n. （电影、运动等的）迷；热心的爱好者（支持者） fan2 n. 风扇 fancy fantastic fantasy a. a. n. 花式的；装饰的；奇特的 (口语)极好的，美妙的，很棒的 幻想，梦想
far (比较级farther, 最高级farthest 或 further,furthest) a.& ad. 远的；远地 fare n. （乘车或船等的）费用，票（价）
farm n. 农场；农庄
farmer n. 农民
fast a. 快的，迅速的；紧密的 ad. 快地，迅速地；紧密地
fasten vt. 扎牢；扣住
fat n. 脂肪 a. 胖的；肥的
father n. 父亲
fault n. 缺点，毛病
favour (美favor) n. 恩惠；好意；帮助
favourite (美 favorite) a. 喜爱的 n. 特别喜爱的人（或物）
fax n. 传真
fear n. 害怕；恐惧； 担忧
feather n. 羽毛
February n. 2月
federal a. 中央的（政府等）；联邦的
fee n. 费，费用
feed (fed, fed) vt. 喂（养）；饲（养）
feel (felt, felt) v.& link 感觉，觉得；摸，触
feeling n. 感情；感觉
fell vt. 伐木
fellow n. 同伴；伙伴
female a. 女的；女性的；雌性的
fence n. 栅栏；围栏；篱笆
ferry n. 渡船
festival a. 节日的，喜庆的
fetch vt. （去）取（物）来，（去）带（人）来
fever n. 发烧；发热
few pron. 不多；少数 不多的；少数的
fibre (美fiber) n. 纤维质
field n. 田地；牧场；场地
fierce a. 猛烈的
fifteen num. 十五
fifth num. 第五
fifty num. 五十
fight n. 打仗（架），争论
fight (fought, fought)
fighter v. n. 打仗（架），与……打仗（架） 战士；斗士
figure n. 数字；数目；图；图形；（人的）身型；人物；（绘画、雕刻的）人物像 vt. （美口语）认为，判断；（在心里）想像，描绘
file n. 公文柜；档案，（计算机）文档
fill vt. 填空，装满
film n. 电影；影片；胶卷
vt. 拍摄，把……拍成电影
final a. 最后的；终极的
find (found, found) vt. 找到，发现，感到
fine1 a. 细的；晴朗的；美好的；（身体）健康的 fine2 n.& v. 罚款
finger n. 手指
fingernail n. 指甲
finish v. 结束；做完
fire n. 火；火炉；火灾 vi. 开火，开（枪，炮等），射击
firefighter n. 消防人员
fireplace n. 壁炉
firewood n. 木柴
fireworks n. 焰火
firm1 n. 公司； 企业 firm2 a. 坚固的，坚定的
firmly ad. 牢牢地
first num. 第一 a.& ad. 第一；首次；最初 n. 开始；开端
fish n. 鱼；鱼肉 vi. 钓鱼；捕鱼
fisherman n. 渔民；钓鱼健身者
fist n. 拳(头)
fit a. 健康的, 适合的 v. （使）适合，安装
fitting room试衣间
five num. 五
fix vt. 修理；安装； 确定，决定
flag n. 旗；标志；旗舰
flame n. 火焰，光辉
flaming a. 火红的；火焰般的
flash n. 闪；闪光； 转瞬间
flashlight n. 手电
flat a. 平的 n. 楼中一套房间； 公寓(常用复数)
flee (fled, fled) v. 逃走；逃跑
flesh n. 肉
flight1 n. 航班 flight2 n. 楼梯的一段
float vi. 漂浮，浮动
flood n. 洪水 vt. 淹没，使泛滥
floor n. 地面，地板；（楼房的）层
flour n. 面粉，粉
flow vi. 流动
flower n. 花
flu n. 流行性感冒
fly n. 飞行；苍蝇
fly (flew, flown) vi. （鸟、飞机）飞；（人乘飞机）飞行；（旗子等）飘动 vt. 空运（乘客，货物等）；放（风筝、飞机模型等）
fog n. 雾
foggy a. 多雾的
fold vt. 折叠；合拢
folk a. 民间的
follow vt. 跟随；仿效；跟得上
following a. 接着的；以下的
fond a. 喜爱的，爱好的
food n. 食物，食品
fool n. 傻子，蠢人
foolish a. 愚蠢的，傻的
foot (复 feet) n. 足，脚；英尺
football n. （英式）足球；（美式）橄榄球
for prep. 为了……；向……，往……；与……交换；防备……；适合……；因为……；在……期 间；对于……；对……来说 conj. 因为，由于
forbid (forbade, for? bidden) vt. 禁止，不许
force vt. 强迫，迫使
forecast n. & vt. 预告
forehead n. 前额
foreign a. 外国的
foreigner n. 外国人
foresee (?saw, ?seen) vt. 预见； 预知
forest n. 森林 forever ad. 永远；永恒的
forget (forgot, for? gotten) v. 忘记；忘掉
forgetful a. 健忘的，不留心的
forgive (forgave, forgiven) vt. 原谅，宽恕
fork n. 叉，餐叉
form n. 表格；形式；结构
former a. 以前的，从前的；（两者之中的）前者
fortnight n. 十四日，两星期
fortunate a. 幸运的； 侥幸的
fortune n. 财产；运气
forty num. 四十
forward ad. 将来，今后；向前，前进
found vt. 成立，建立
founding n. 成立，建立
fountain n. 喷泉
four num. 四
fourteen num. 十四
fourth num. 第四
fox n. 狐狸
franc n. 法郎
France* n. 法国
free a. 自由的，空闲的；免费的
freedom n. 自由 freeway n. 高速公路
freeze (froze, frozen) vi. 结冰
freezing a. 冻结的；极冷的
French n. 法语 a法国的；法国人的；法语的
Frenchman (复 Frenchmen) n. 法国人（男）
frequent a. 经常的；频繁的
fresh a. 新鲜的
Friday n. 星期五
fridge =refrigerator n. 冰箱
fried a. 油煎的
friend n. 朋友
friendly a. 友好的
friendship n. 友谊，友情
fright n. 惊恐；恐吓
frighten vt. 使惊恐，吓唬
frog n. 青蛙 from prep. 从；从……起；距；来自
front a. 前面的；前部的 n. 前面；前部；前线
frontier n. 前沿 ，边界；前线
frost n. 霜 fruit n. 水果；果实
fruit juice n. 果汁 fry vt. 用油煎；用油炸
fuel n. 燃料
full a. 满的，充满的；完全的
fun n. 有趣的事，娱乐，玩笑
funeral n. 葬礼
funny a. 有趣的，滑稽可笑的
fur n. 毛皮；皮子
furnished a. 配备了家具的
furniture n. （总称）家具
future n. 将来 vt. 赢得；挣得
G
gale n. 强风（约每小时60英里）
gallery n. 画廊；美术品陈列室
gallon n. 加仑
game n. 游戏；运动；比赛
garage n. 汽车间（库）
garbage n. 垃圾
garden n. 花园，果园，菜园
gardening n. 园艺学
gas n. 煤气
gate n. 大门
gather v. 聚集；采集
gay a. （男）同性恋的；快活的，愉快的
general a. 大体的，笼统的，总的
generation n. 代，一代
gentle a. 温柔的，轻轻的
gentleman n. 绅士，先生；有身份、有教养的人
geography n. 地理学
geometry n. 几何学
German a. 德国的，德国人的，德语的 n. 德国人，德语 Germany* n. 德国
gesture n. 姿势，手势
get (got , got) vt. 成为；得到；具有；到达
get?together n. 聚会
gift n. 赠品； 礼物
gifted a. 有天赋的； 有才华的
giraffe n. 长颈鹿
girl n. 女孩
give (gave, given) vt. 给；递给；付出；给予
glad a. 高兴的；乐意的
glance vi. 匆匆一看； 一瞥
glare v. 瞪眼；怒目而视；闪耀
glass n. 玻璃杯；玻璃；(复)眼镜
glasshouse n. 温室，暖房
globe n. 地球仪；地球
glory n. 巨大的光荣；荣誉；赞美
glove n. 手套
glue n. 胶水
go1 (went, gone) vi. 去；走；驶；通到；到达 go2 n. 尝试（做某事）
goal n. （足球）球门，目标
goat n. 山羊
god n. 神，（大写）上帝
gold n. 黄金 a 金的，黄金的
golden a. 金(黄)色的
goldfish n. 金鱼
golf n. 高尔夫球
good (比较级better, 最高级best) a. 好；良好
good?
bye int. 再见；再会
goodness n. 善良，美德
goods n. 商品，货物
goose (复 geese) n. 鹅
govern v. 统治； 管理
government n. 政府
gown n. 礼服，长外衣，睡衣
grade n. 等级；（中小学的）学年；成绩，分数
gradually ad. 逐渐地
graduate v. 毕业
graduation n. 毕业，毕业典礼
grain n. 谷物，谷类
gram n. 克(重量单位)
grammar n. 语法
grand a. 宏伟的
grandchild n. （外）孙或孙女，孙辈
granddaughter n. （外）孙女
grandma = grandmother n. 奶奶；外婆 grandpa = grandfather n. 爷爷；外公 grandparents n. 祖父母，外祖父母
grandson n. （外）孙子
granny n. 老奶奶；祖母；外婆
grape n. 葡萄 grasp v. 抓住；紧握
grass n. 草；草场；牧草
grateful a. 感激的，感谢的
great a. 伟大的；重要的；好极了 ad. （口语）好极了，很好
Greece* n. 希腊
greedy a. 贪婪的
Greek a. n. 希腊的，希腊人的，希腊语的 希腊人，希腊语
green a. 绿色的；青的 n. 绿色
greengrocer n. （英）蔬菜水果商
greet vt. 问候； 向……致敬
greeting n. 祝贺
grey / gray a. 灰色的； 灰白的
grill n. （烧食物的）烤架
grocer n. 零售商人；食品店
ground n. 地面
group n. 组，群
grow (grew, grown) v. 生长；发育；种植；变成
growth n. 生长，增长
gruel n. 粥
guard n. 防护装置，警戒
guess vi. 猜
guest n. 客人，宾客
guidance n. 引导，指导
guide n. 向导，导游者
guilty a. 有罪的；犯法的；做错事的
guitar n. 吉他，六弦琴
gun n. 枪，炮 gym =gymnasium n. 体操； 体育馆； 健身房
gymnastics n. 体操
H
ha int. 哈(笑声)
habit n. 习惯，习性
hair n. 头发
haircut n. （男子）理发
half a.& n. 半，一半，半个
hall n. 大厅，会堂，礼堂；过道
ham n. 火腿
hamburger n. 汉堡包
hammer n. 锤子，锣锤
hand n. 手；指针
v. 递；给；交付 交上；交进
handbag n. 女用皮包，手提包
handful n. （一）把； 少数，少量
handkerchief n. 手帕
handle n. 柄，把 v. 处理
handsome a. 英俊的
handtruck n. 手推运货车
handwriting n. 书法 handy a. 便利的，顺手的 ?hang(hanged,hanged)? v. 处（人）绞刑；上吊 hang (hung, hung)v.
悬挂，吊着；把……吊起
happen vi. （偶然）发生
happily ad. 幸福地，快乐地
happiness n. 幸福，愉快
happy a. 幸福的；快乐的，高兴的
harbour (美harbor) n. 港口
hard ad. 努力地；使劲；猛烈地 a.硬的；困难的；艰难的
hardly ad. 几乎不
hardship n. 困难
hardworking a. 努力工作的
harm n.&v. 伤害；损伤
harmful a. 有害的；致伤的
harmless a. 无害的；不致伤的
harvest n.& vt. 收割，收获（物）
has v. 动词have 的第三人称单数现在式
hat n. 帽子(一般指有边的)；礼帽
hatch v. （鸟、鸡）孵蛋
hate vt.& n. 恨，讨厌
have (had, had) vt. 有；吃；喝；进行；经受
hawk n. 鹰 hay n. 作饲料用的干草
he pron. 他
head n. 头；头脑(像)；才智；首脑；源头；标题 a. 头部的；主要的；首席的 v. 率领；加标题；用头顶；出发；(船等)驶向
headache n. 头疼
headline n. （报刊的）大字标题
headmaster n. （英）中小学校长
headmistress n. 女校长
headteacher n. 中小学班主任
health n. 健康，卫生
healthy a. 健康的，健壮的
heap n. 堆 v. 堆起来
hear (heard, heard) v. 听见；听说,得知
hearing n. 听力
heart n. 心；心脏；纸牌中的红桃
heat n. 热 vt. 把……加热
heaven n. 天，天空
heavy a. 重的
heavily ad. 重地，大量地
heel n. 脚后跟
height n. 高，高度
helicopter n. 直升飞机
hello int. 喂；你好（表示打招呼，问候或唤起注意）
helmet n. 头盔
help n. & vt. 帮助，帮忙
helpful a. 有帮助的，有益的
hen n. 母鸡
her pron. 她(宾格),她的
herb n. 草药
here ad. 这里，在这里；向这里
hero n. 英雄，勇士，男主角
heroine n. 女英雄，女主角
hers pron. 她的（名词性物主代词）
herself pron. 她自己
hey int. 嘿！
hi int. 你好（表示打招呼、问候或唤起注 意）
hibernate vi. 冬眠
hibernation n. 冬眠
hide (hid, hidden) v. 把……藏起来，隐藏
hide and seek 捉迷藏
high a. 高的；高度的 ad. 高地
hill n. 小山；丘陵；土堆；斜坡
hillside n. （小山）山腰，山坡
hilly a. 丘陵的； 多小山的
him pron. 他（宾格）
himself pron. 他自己
hire vt. 租用
his pron. 他的
history n. 历史，历史学
hit (hit, hit) n.& vt. 打，撞，击中
hive n. 蜂房； 蜂箱 hobby n. 业余爱好，嗜好
hold (held, held) vt.拿；抱；握住；举行；进行
hole n. 洞，坑
holiday n. 假日；假期
holy a. 神圣的
home n. 家 ad. 到家；回家
homeland n. 祖国
hometown n. 故乡
homework n. 家庭作业
honest a. 诚实的，正直的
honey n. 蜂蜜
Hong Kong* n. 香港
honour (美honor) n. 荣誉，光荣 vt. 尊敬，给予荣誉
hook n.& v. 钩子；衔接，连接
hooray int. 好哇！（欢呼声）
hope n.& v. 希望
hopeful a. 有希望的；有前途的〖〗
hopeless a. 没有希望的；不可救药的
horrible a. 令人恐惧的；恐怖的
horse n. 马
hospital n. 医院
host n. 主人；节目主持人 v. 做主人招待
hostess n. 女主人
hot a. 热的
hot dog n. 热狗(红肠面包)
hotel n. 旅馆，饭店，宾馆
hour n. 小时
house n. 房子；住宅
housewife n. 家庭主妇
housework n. 家务劳动
how ad. 怎样，如何；多少；多么
however ad. 可是 conj. 然而，可是，尽管如此
howl vi. 嚎叫，嚎哭
huge a. 巨大的，庞大的
human human being a. 人的，人类的人
humorous a. 富于幽默的
humour (美humor) n. 幽默, 幽默感
hundred num. 百
hunger n. 饥饿
hungry a. （饥）饿的
hunt vt. 寻找；狩猎，猎取
hunter n. 猎人
hurricane n. 飓风，十二级风
hurry vi. 赶快；急忙
hurt (hurt, hurt) vt. 伤害，受伤；伤人感情
husband hydrogen n. n. 丈夫 氢
I
I pron. 我 ice n. 冰 ice?cream n. 冰淇淋
Iceland* n. 冰岛
idea n. 主意，意见，打算，想法
idiom n. 习语，成语
if conj. 如果，假使；是否，是不是
ill a. 有病的；不健康的
illness n. 疾病
imagine vt. 想像，设想
immediate a. 立即的，马上
immediately ad. 立即
immigration n. 移民
import v.& n. 进口，输入
importance n. 重要性
important a. 重要的
impossible a. 不可能的
impress vt. 留下极深的印象
impression n. 印象，感觉
improve vt. 改进，更新
in prep. 在……里(内)；在……；以…… ad. 在家，在内，向内
inch n. 英寸
incident n. 事件
include vt. 包含，包括
income n. 收入，所得
incorrect a. 不正确的 ，错误的
increase v. & n. 增加，繁殖
indeed a. 确实； 实在
independence n. 独立
independent a. 独立的； 有主见的
India* n. 印度
Indian a. （美洲）印地安人的； 印度人的 n. 印地安人； 印度人 industry n. 工业，产业 influence n.& v. 影响
Inform vt. 告诉； 通知
information n. 信息
information desk 问讯处
initial a. 开始的，最初的
injure vt. 损害，伤害
injury n. 受伤处
ink n. 墨水，油墨
inland a. 内陆的； 内地的
inn n. 小旅店；小饭店
insect n. 昆虫
insert vt. 插入
inside prep. 在……里面 ad. 在里面
insist vi. 坚持；坚决认为
inspect vt. 检查；检验；审视
inspire vt. 鼓舞； 激励
instant a. 瞬间；刹那
instead ad. 代替，顶替
institute n. (研究)所, 院，学院
institution n. (慈善、宗教等性质的)公共机构； 学校
instruct vt. 通知； 指示；教
instruction n. 说明，须知；教导
instrument n. 乐器；工具，器械
insurance n. 保险
insure vt. 给……保险
intend vt. 想要，打算
interest n. 兴趣，趣味；利息
interesting a. 有趣的
international a. 国际的
internet interpreter n. n. 互联网，英特网 翻译
interrupt v. 打扰，打断
interval n. 间歇；间隔
interview n.& vt. 采访，会见，面试
into prep. 到……里；向内；变成
introduce vt. 介绍
introduction n. 引进，介绍
invent vt. 发明，创造
invention n. 发明，创造
inventor n. 发明者，创造者
invitation n. 邀请，请帖
invite vt. 邀请，招待
Ireland* n. 爱尔兰
Irish a. 爱尔兰的，爱尔兰人的
iron n. 铁，熨斗 vt. 熨烫
irrigate vt. 灌溉
irrigation n. 灌溉
island n. 岛
it pron. 它
Italian a. 意大利(人)的；意大利语的 n. 意大利人；意大利语
Italy* n. 意大利
its pron. 它的
itself pron. 它自己
J
jacket n. 短上衣，夹克衫
jam n. 果酱；阻塞
January n. 1月
Japan* n. 日本
Japanese a. 日本的，日本人的，日语的 n. 日本人，日语
jar n. 罐子； 坛子
jaw n. 下巴
jazz n. 爵士音乐，爵士舞曲
jeans n. 牛仔裤
jeep n. 吉普车
jet n. 喷气式飞机；喷射（器）
jewel n. 宝石
jewelry n. （总称）珠宝
job n. （一份）工作
jog v. 慢跑
join v. 参加，加入；连接；会合
joke n. 笑话
journalist n. 记者，新闻工作者
journey n. 旅行，路程
joy n. 欢乐，高兴，乐趣
judge n. 裁判； 审判员； 法官 vt. 判断，断定
judgement n. 裁判
juice n. 汁、液
juicy a. 多汁的；水分多的
July n. 7月
jump n. 跳跃；跳变 v. 跳跃；惊起；猛扑
June n. 6月
jungle n. 丛林，密林
junior a. 初级的；年少的
junk n. （口语）废品，破烂货
junk mail junk food塞到邮箱里的广告宣传品 没有营养的食品
just1 ad. 刚才；恰好；不过；仅 just2 a. 公正的
justice n. 正义； 公正；司法
K
kangaroo n. 大袋鼠
keep (kept, kept) v. 保持；保存；继续不断
vt. 培育，饲养
keeper n. （动物园中的）饲养员，看守人
kettle n. (烧水用的)水壶
key n. 钥匙；答案；键；关键
keyboard n. 键盘
kick v.& n. 踢
kid n. 小孩
kill v. 杀死，弄死
kilo n. 千克；千米
kilogram n. 千克
kilometre n. 千米（公里）
kind n. 种；类 a. 善良的；友好的
kindergarten n. 幼儿园
kind?hearted a. 好心的
kindness n. 仁慈；善良
king n. 国王
kingdom n. 王国
kiss n.& vt. 吻，亲吻
kitchen n. 厨房
kite n. 风筝
knee n. 膝盖
knife (复 knives) n. 小刀；匕首；刀片
knock n.& v. 敲；打；击 ?
know(knew,known)? v. 知道，了解；认识；懂得
knowledge n. 知识，学问
L
lab = laboratory n. 实验室 labour (美labor) n. 劳动
labourer (美laborer) n. 体力劳动者
lack n.& vt. 缺乏，缺少
ladder n. 梯子
lady n. 女士，夫人
lake n. 湖
lamb n. 羔羊
lame a. 跛的，瘸的 ，残废的
lamp n. 灯，油灯；光源
land n. 陆地；土地 v. 登岸（陆）；降落
language n. 语言
lantern n. 灯笼；提灯
lap n. (人坐时)膝部；(跑道的)一圈
large laser a. n. 大的；巨大的 激光
last1 a. 最近刚过去的；最后的 ad. 最近刚过去；最后地 n.最后 last2v. 持续
late a. 晚的，迟的 ad. 晚地，迟地
lately ad. 最近，不久前
later a． 晚些的，迟些的
latest a. 最近的，最新的；最晚的
latter n. （两者之中的）后者
laugh n.& v. 笑，大笑；嘲笑
laughter n. 笑； 笑声
laundry n. 洗衣店；要洗的衣服
lavatory n. 便所，厕所
law n. 法律，法令；定律
lawyer n. 律师
lay (laid, laid) vt. 放，搁
lazy a. 懒惰的
lead１ n. 铅 lead２ (led, led) v. 领导，带领
leader n. 领袖，领导人
leading a. 最主要的，第一位的
leaf (复 leaves) n. （树，菜）叶
league n. 联盟，社团
leak vi. 漏； 渗
learn (learnt, learnt； ?ed ?ed) vt. 学，学习，学会
learned a. 有才华的； 博学的
least n. 最少，最少量
leather n. 皮革
leave (left, left) v. 离开；把……留下，剩下
lecture n. 讲课，演讲
left a. 左边的 ad. 向左 n. 左，左边
left?handed a. 惯用左手的
leftover a. 剩余的； 剩下的 n. 剩饭菜
left?wing n. 左翼的
leg n. 腿；腿脚；支柱
lemon n. 柠檬 a. 柠檬色（味）的
lemonade n. 柠檬水
lend (lent, lent) vt. 借（出）,把……借给
length n. 长，长度，段，节
less（little的比较级） a.& ad. 少于，小于
lesson n. 课；功课；教训
let (let, let) vt. 让
letter n. 信；字母
letter?box n. 信箱
level n. 水平线，水平
liberate vt. 解放，使获自由
liberation n. 解放
librarian n. 图书管理员；（西方的）图书馆馆长
library n. 图书馆，图书室
license n. 执照，许可证
lid n. 盖子
lie1 n.& vi. 谎言; 说谎 lie2 (lay, lain) v. 躺；卧；平放；位于
life (复lives) n. 生命；生涯；生活；人生；生物
lifetime n. 一生，终生
lift1 v. 举起，抬起；（云、烟等）消散 lift2 n. （英）电梯
light n. 光，光亮；灯，灯光 vt. 点（火），点燃 a. 明亮的；轻的；浅色的
lightning n.闪电
like1 prep. 像，跟……一样 like2 vt. 喜欢，喜爱
likely a.很可能的
limit vt. 限制；减少
line n. 绳索，线，排，行，线路 v. 画线于，（使）成行
link v. 连接； 联系
lion n. 狮子
lip n. 嘴唇
liquid n. & a. 液体；液体的
list n. 一览表，清单
listen vi. 听,仔细听
literature n. 文学
literary a. 文学的
litre (美liter) n. 升； 公升(容量单位)
litter v. 乱丢杂物
little (比较级less, 最高级 least) a. 小的，少的 ad. 很少地, 稍许 n. 没有多少，一点
live1 vi. 生活；居住；活着 live2 a. 活的，活着的；实况，现场（直播）的
lively a. 活泼的； 充满生气的
living a. 活着的 n. 生计
load n. 担子，货物
loaf n. 一个面包
local a. 当地的； 地方的
lock n. 锁 vt. 锁，锁上
locust n. 蝗虫 London n. 伦敦
lonely a. 孤独的，寂寞的
long a. 长的，远 ad. 长久
look n. 看，瞧 v. 看，观看 v. ?
link? 看起来
loose a. 松散的； 宽松的
lorry n. （英）运货汽车，卡车
loss n. 丧失； 损耗
lose (lost, lost) vt. 失去，丢失 Lost & Found 失物招领处
lot n. 许多，好些
loud a. 大声的
loudly ad. 大声地
loudspeaker n. 扬声器，喇叭
lounge n. 休息厅；休息室
love n.& vt. 爱；热爱；很喜欢
lovely a. 美好的，可爱的
low a.& ad. 低；矮
luck n. 运气，好运
lucky a. 运气好，侥幸
luggage n. (总称)行李
lunch n. 午餐，午饭
lung n. 肺； 肺脏
M
m.(缩) ＝male n. 雄的；男性的
machine n. 机器
mad a. 发疯的；生气的
madam/ madame n. 夫人，女士
magazine n. 杂志
magic a. 有魔力的
maid n. 女仆； 侍女
mail n. 邮政，邮递 v. （美）邮寄
mailbox n. 邮筒； 邮箱
main a. 主要的
mainland n. 大陆
major a. 较大的； 主要的
majority n. 大多数 ?
make1(made,made)? vt. 制造，做；使得
make2 n. 样式；制造
male a. 男（性）的；雄的
man (复men) n. 成年男人；人，人类
manage v. 管理；设法对付
manager n. 经理
mankind n. 人类；（总称）人
man?made a. 人造的，人工的
manner n. 方式，态度，举止
table manners 餐桌礼节，用餐的规矩
many (比较级more, 最高级most) pron. 许多人（或物） a. 许多的
map n. 地图
maple n. 枫树
maple leaves 枫叶
marathon n. 马拉松
marble n. 大理石；玻璃弹子
march n. 游行，行进
March n. 3月
mark n. 标记 vt. 标明，作记号于
market n. 市场，集市
market?place n. 市场，集市
marriage n. 结婚，婚姻
married a. 已婚的
marry v. （使）成婚，结婚
mask n. 口罩；面罩(具)；遮盖物 v. 戴面具；掩饰；伪装
mass n. 众多； 大量；（复）群众
master vt. 精通，掌握
mat n. 垫子
match1 vt. 使相配，使成对
match2 n. 比赛，竞赛 match3 n. 火柴
material n. 材料，原料
mathematics math = mathematics maths = mathematics n. （通常作单数用）数学 (美口语) 数学 (英口语) 数学
matter n. 要紧事，要紧, 事情；问题 vi. 要紧，有重大关系
maximum a.& n. 最大量(的)； 最大限度(的)
may modal v. 可以；也许，可能
May n. 5月
maybe ad. 可能，大概，也许
me pron. 我（宾格）
meal n. 一餐（饭） ?
mean(meant,meant)? vt. 意思是，意指
meaning n. 意思，含意
means n. 方法，手段；财产
meanwhile ad. 同时
measure v. 量
meat n. （猪、牛、羊等的）肉
medal n. 奖牌
gold medal 金牌
medical a. 医学的，医疗的
medicine medium n. n. 药 媒体；中间的，中等的
meet (met, met) vt. n. 遇见，见到 会；集会
meeting n. 会；集会；会见；汇合点
melon n. （甜）瓜；瓜状物
member n. 成员，会员
memorial n. 纪念馆
memory n. 回忆，记忆
mend v. 修理，修补
mental a. 精神的；脑力的
mentally ad. 精神上；智力上
mention n. 提及；记载 vt. 提到，说起；提名表扬
menu n. 菜单
merchant a. 商业的； 商人的 n. 商人；生意人
merciful a. 仁慈的； 宽大的
mercy n. 怜悯
merely ad. 仅仅，只不过
merry a. 高兴的，愉快的
mess n. 凌乱
message n. 消息，音信
messy a. 乱七八糟的
metal n. 金属 a. 金属制成的
method n. 方法，办法
metre (美meter) n. 米，公尺
Mexican a. 墨西哥的
Mexico* n. 墨西哥
microcomputer n. 微机
microscope n. 显微镜
microwave n. 微波
mid?autumn n. 中秋
midday n. 中午, 正午
middle n. 中间；当中；中级的
Middle East n. 中东
midnight n. 午夜
might v. aux. (may的过去式，助动词)可能，也许，或许
mild a. 温和的，暖和的，凉爽的
mile n. 英里
milk n. 牛奶 vt. 挤奶
million num. 百万 n. 百万个（人或物）
millionaire n. 百万富翁
mind1 n. 思想，想法 mind2 v. 介意，关心
mine1 n. 矿藏，矿山 vt. 开采（矿物） mine2 pron. 我的〈名词性物主代词〉
mineral n. 矿物质，矿物
minibus minimum n. a. 小型公共汽车 最小的
miniskirt n. 超短裙
minister n. 部长；牧师
minority n. 少数；少数民族
minus ?prep. & a.? 负的，减去的
minute n. 分钟；一会儿，瞬间
mirror n. 镜子
miss vt. 失去，错过，缺
Miss missile n. n. 小姐，女士(称呼未婚妇女) 导弹
mist n. 雾
mistake (mistook, mistaken) n. 错误 vt. 弄错
mistaken a. 错误的
misunderstand ? (?stood, ?stood)? v. 误会； 不理解
mixv. 混合，搅拌
mixture n. 混合物
mm (缩) = millimetre n. 毫米
mobile mobile phone a. 活动的，可移动的 手提电话，手机
model n. 模型，原形；范例；模范
modern a. 现代的
modest a. 谦虚的；谦逊的
Mom =Mum n. 妈妈
moment n. 片刻，瞬间
mommy = mummy n. 妈妈（美）
Monday n. 星期一
money n. 钱；货币
monitor n. （班级内的）班长；纠察生；监视器
monkey n. 猴子
month n. 月，月份
monument n. 纪念碑，纪念物
moon n. 月球；月光；月状物
moon cake n. 月饼
mop n. v. 拖把 拖地
moral a. n.道德的 寓意，道德启示
more（much或many 的比较级） a.ad.另外的；附加的；较多的再；另外；而且；更 n. 更多的量；另外的一些
morning n. 早晨，上午 n. 莫斯科
Moslem n. 伊斯兰教徒，回教徒
mosquiton.蚊子
most (much或many 的最高级) ?a. & ad.? 最多 n. 大部分，大多数
mother n. 母亲
motherland n. 祖国
motor n. 发动机，马达
motorbike n. 摩托车
motorcycle n. 摩托车
motto n. 箴言，格言
mountain(s) n. 山，山脉
mountainous a. 多山的
mourn vt. 哀痛； 哀悼
mouse (复mice) n. 鼠，耗子；（计算机）鼠标
moustache n. 小胡子
mouth n. 嘴，口
mouthful n. 满口，一口
from mouth to mouth ad. 口口相传； 人传人地
move v. 移动，搬动，搬家
movement n. 运动，活动
movie n. （口语）电影
Mr. (mister) n. 先生（用于姓名前）
Mrs. (mistress) n. 夫人,太太（称呼已婚妇女）
Ms. n. 女士(用在婚姻状况不明的女子姓名前)
much (比较级more， 最高级most) a. 许多的，大量的 ad. 非常；更加 n. 许多，大量，非常
mud n. 泥, 泥浆
multiply vt. 乘； 使相乘
murder vt. 谋杀
museum n. 博物馆，博物院
mushroom n. 蘑菇
music n. 音乐，乐曲
musical a. 音乐的，爱好音乐的 n. 音乐片
musician n. 音乐家，乐师
must modal v. 必须，应当； 必定是
mustard n. 芥末，芥子粉
mutton n. 羊肉
my pron. 我的
myself pron. 我自己
N
nail n. 钉，钉子
name n. 名字，姓名，名称 vt. 命名，名叫
narrow a. 狭窄的
nation n. 民族，国家
national a. 国家的，全国性的，民族的
nationality n. 国籍
nationwide ad. 全国范围内的，全国性的
native a. 本土的，本国的
natural a. 自然的
nature n. 自然, 性质，种类
navy n. 海军
near a. 近的 ad. 附近，邻近 prep. 在……附近，靠近
nearby a. 附近的
nearly ad. 将近，几乎
neat a. 整洁的； 灵巧的
necessary a. 必需的，必要的
neck n. 颈，脖子
necklace n. 项链
necktie n. 领带，领花
need n. 需要，需求
aux.& v.? 需要，必须
needle n. 针
neighbour (美 neighbor) n. 邻居，邻人
neighbourhood (美neighborhood) n. 四邻；邻近地区
neither a. （两者）都不；也不
nephew n. 侄子，外甥
nervous a. 紧张不安的
nest n. 巢； 窝
net n. 网
network n. 网络，网状系统
never ad. 决不，从来没有
new a. 新的；新鲜的
New York n. 纽约
New Zealand* n. 新西兰
New Zealander n. 新西兰人
news n. 新闻，消息
newspaper n. 报纸
next a. 最近的，紧挨着的，隔壁的；下一次 ad. 随后，然后，下一步 n. 下一个人（东西）
nice a. 令人愉快的；好的，漂亮的
niece n. 侄女，甥女
night n. 夜；夜间
night?club n. 夜总会
nine num. 九
nineteen num. 十九
ninety num. 九十
ninth num. 第九
no ad. 不，不是 a.没有，无，不
No.(缩) = number n. 数字；号码
noble a. 高贵的，贵族的
nobody n. 渺小人物
pron. 没有人，谁也不
nod vi. 点头
noise n. 声音，噪声，喧闹声
noisily ad. 喧闹地
noisy a. 喧闹的，嘈杂的
none pron. 无任何东西或人，无一人
non?stop a.& ad. 不停的； 不断的(地)
non?violent a. 非暴力的
noodle n. 面条
noon n. 中午，正午
nor conj. 也不
normal n.& a. 正常的（状态）
north a. 北的；朝北的；从北来的 ad. 向（在、从）北方 n. 北；北方；北部
northeast n. 东北（部）
northern a. 北方的，北部的
northwards ad. 向北
northwest n. 西北
nose n. 鼻
not ad. 不，没
note n. 便条，笔记，注释；钞票，纸币；音符，音调 vt. 记下，记录；注意，留意
notebook n. 笔记簿
nothing n. 没有东西，没有什么 adv. 一点也不；并不
notice n. 布告，通告；注意 vt. 注意，注意到
novel n. （长篇）小说
novelist n. 小说家
November n. 11月
now ad. 现在
nowadays ad. 当今，现在
nowhere ad. 任何地方都不； 无处
nuclear a. 原子核的，原子能的，核动力的
number n. 数，数字，号码；数量
nurse n. 护士；保育员
nursery n. 托儿所
nursing n. （职业性的）保育，护理
nut n. 坚果，坚果仁（胡桃，栗子等）
nylon n. 尼龙
P
pace n. 步子；节奏
Pacific a. 太平洋的
the Pacific Ocean n. 太平洋
pack n. 包，捆；（猎犬、野兽等的）一群 v. （为运输或储存而）打包
package n. （尤指包装好或密封的容器）一包，一袋，一盒
packet n. 小包裹，袋
paddlen. 桨状物，蹼
page n. 页，页码
pain n. 疼痛，疼
painful a. 使痛的，使痛苦的
paint n. 油漆 vt. 油漆，粉刷，绘画
painter n. 绘画者，（油）画家
painting n. 油画，水彩画
pair n. 一双，一对
palace n. 宫，宫殿
pale a. 苍白的，灰白的
pan n. 平底锅
pancake n. 薄煎饼
panda n. 熊猫
paper n. 纸；报纸
paperwork n. 日常文书工作
paragraph n. （文章的）段落
parcel n. 包裹
pardon n. 原谅，宽恕，对不起
parent n. 父(母)，双亲
Paris n. 巴黎
park n. 公园
park vt. 停放（汽车）
parking n. 停车
parking lot 停车场 parrot n. 鹦鹉
part n. 部分；成分；角色；部件；零件 a. 局部的；部分的 v. 分离；分开；分割
particular a. 特殊的，个别的
partly ad. 部分地，在一定程度上
partner n. 搭档，合作者
part?time a.& ad. 兼职的； 部分时间的（地）
party n. 聚会，晚会；党派
pass vt. 传，递；经过；通过
passage n. （文章等的）一节，一段；通道； 走廊
passenger n. 乘客，旅客
passer?by n. 过客，过路人
passive a. 被动的
passport n. 护照
past ad. 过 n. 过去，昔日，往事
prep. 过……，走过某处
path n. 小道，小径
patience n. 容忍； 耐心
patient n. 病人
pattern n. 式样
pause n.& vi. 中止，暂停；停止
pay (paid, paid) v. 付钱，给……报酬 n. 工资
P.E.(缩) =physical educa? tion n. 体育
P.C.(缩) =personal computer个人电脑
pea n. 豌豆
peace n. 和平
peaceful a. 和平的，安宁的
peach n. 桃子
pear n. 梨子，梨树
peasant n. 农民；佃农
pedestrian n. 步行者，行人
pen n. 钢笔，笔
pencil n. 铅笔
pencil?box n. 铅笔盒
penfriend n. 笔友
penny (英复pence) n. （英）便士；美分
pension n. 养老金
people n. 人，人们；人民
pepper n. 胡椒粉
per prep. 每，每一 percent n. 百分之……
percentage n. 百分率
perfect a. 完美的，极好的
perform v. 表演，履行；行动
performance n. 演出，表演
performer n. 表演者，执行者
perhaps ad. 可能，或
period n. 时期，时代
permission n. 允许，许可，同意
permit vt. 许可，允许；执照 n. 许可证
person n. 人
personal a. 个人的，私人的
personally ad. 就自己而言
persuade vt. 说服，劝说
pest n. 害虫
pet n. 宠物，爱畜
petrol n. 石油
phone = telephone v. 打电话 n. 电话，电话机
phone?booth n. 公用电话间
photo =photographn. 照片
photograph n. 照片
photographer n. 摄影师
phrase n. 短语；习惯用语
physical a. 身体的；物理的
physical education 体育
physician n. （有行医执照的）医生
physicist n. 物理学家
physics n. 物理（学）
pianist n. 钢琴家
piano n. 钢琴
pick v. 拾起，采集；挑选
picnic n.& v. 野餐
picture n. 图片，画片，照片
pie n. 甜馅饼
piece n. 一块（片，张，件……）
pig n. 猪
pile n. 堆
pill n. 药丸，药片
pillow n. 枕头
pilot n. 飞行员
pin n. 别针 v. 别住, 钉住
pine n. 松树
pineapple n. 菠萝
ping?pong n. 乒乓球
pink a. 粉红色的
pint n. （液量单位）品脱
pioneer n. 先锋，开拓者
pipe n. 管子，输送管
pity n. 怜悯，同情
place n. 地方，处所 v. 放置，安置，安排
plain a. 家常的； 普通的
plan n.& v. 计划，打算
plane n. 飞机
planet n. 行星
plant vt. 种植，播种 n. 植物
plastic a. 塑料的
plate n. 板；片；牌；盘子；盆子
platform n. 讲台；（车站的）月台
play v. 玩；打（球）；游戏；播放 n. 玩耍，戏剧
playroom n. 游戏室
player n. 比赛者，选手
playground n. 操场，运动场
playmate n. 玩伴
pleasant a. 令人愉快的，舒适的
please v. 请；使人高兴，使人满意
pleased a. 高兴的
pleasure n. 高兴，愉快
plenty n. 充足，大量
plug n. 塞子
plus vt. prep. （用塞子）把……塞住 加，加上
p.m./pm, P.M. /PMn. 下午,午后
pocket n. （衣服的）口袋
poem n. 诗
poet n. 诗人
point v. 指，指向 n. 点； 分数
poison n. 毒药
poisonous a. 有毒的，致命的
pole n. 杆，电线杆；
the North (South)（地球的）极，极地 北（南）极
police n. 警察，警务人员
policeman (复?men) policewoman (复 ?women) n. 警察；巡警 女警察
polite a. 有礼貌的，有教养的
political a. 政治的
politician n. 政治家
politics n. 政治
pollute vt. 污染
pollution n. 污染
pond n. 池塘
pool n. 水塘，水池
poor a. 贫穷的；可怜的；不好的,差的
pop = popular a. (口语) （音乐、艺术等）大众的，通俗的
popcorn n. 爆米花
popular a. 流行的，大众的，受欢迎的
population n. 人口，人数
pork n. 猪肉
porridge n. 稀饭，粥
port n. 港口，码头
porter n. （火车站或旅馆处的）搬运工
position n. 位置
possess vt. 占有； 拥有
possession n. 所有，拥有；财产，所有物
possibility n. 可能，可能性
possible a. 可能的
possibly ad. 可能地，也许
post n. 邮政，邮寄，邮件 v. 投寄； 邮寄
postage n. 邮费
postbox n. 邮箱
postcard n. 明信片
postcode n. （英）邮政编码
poster n. (贴在公共场所的大型)招贴； 广告(画)
postman n. 邮递员
postpone vt. 推迟，延期
pot n. 锅，壶，瓶，罐
potato n. 土豆，马铃薯
pound n. 磅；英镑
pour vi. 倾泻，不断流出
powder n. 粉，粉末
power n. 力，动力，电力
powerful a. 效力大的，强有力的，强大的
practical a. 实际的，适用的
practice n. 练习
practise(美practise) v. 练习，实践
prairie n. 大草原
praise ?n.& vt.? 赞扬，表扬
pray v. 祈祷； 祈求
prayer n. 祈祷
precious a. 宝贵的, 珍贵的
prefer vt. 宁愿（选择），更喜欢
preference n. 选择，趋向
preparation n. 准备
prepare vt. 准备, 预备； 调制，配制
prescription n. 处方，药方
present1 a. 出现的，出席的 present2 n. 礼物，赠品 vt. 呈奉，奉送
presentation n. 演示，演出
president n. 总统；主席
press vt. 压，按 n. 新闻界，出版社
pressure n. 压迫，压力，压强
pretend vi. 假装，装作
pretty a. 漂亮的，俊俏的
prevent vt. 防止, 预防
preview vt. 预习；试演；预展
price n. 价格，价钱
pride n. 自豪，骄傲
primary a. 初等的；初级的
primary school 小学
print vt. 印刷
printer n. 打印机
printing n. 印刷，印刷术
prison n. 监狱
prisoner n. 囚犯
private a. 私人的
prize n. 奖赏，奖品
probable a. 很可能的，很有希望的
probably ad. 很可能，大概
problem n. 问题，难题
produce vt. 生产；制造
production n. 生产；制造
profession n. （需要有高等教育学位的）职业（如医生或律师）
professor n. 教授
programme (美program) n. 节目；项目
progress n. 进步，上进 vi. 进展； 进行
project n. 工程
promise n.& vi. 答应，允诺
pronounce vt. 发音
pronunciation n. 发音
proper a. 恰当的，合适的
properly ad. 适当地
protect vt. 保护
protection n. 保护
proud a. 自豪的； 骄傲的
prove vt. 证明 provide vt. 提供
province n. 省 pub n. 酒店，酒吧
public a. 公共的，公众的 n. 公众
publicly ad. 当众； 公开地
publish vt. 出版，发行
pull v. 拉，拖 n. 拉力，引力
pulse n. 脉搏，（光、能量、波等的）脉动，搏动
pump vt. 用泵抽水
punctual a. 准时的
punctuate v. 加标点
punctuation n. 标点符号
punish v. 惩罚，处罚
punishment n. 惩罚
pupil n. （小）学生
pure a. 纯的, 不掺杂的
purpose n. 目的，意图
purse n. 钱包
push n.& v. 推
put (put, put) vt. 放，摆
puzzle n. 难题，（字、画）谜
puzzled a. 迷惑的，困惑的
pyramid n. 角锥形，金字塔
Q
quake n.& v. 震动，颤抖
quality n. 质量，性质
quantity n. 量，数
quarrel vi. 争吵，吵架
quarter n. 四分之一，一刻钟
queen n. 皇后，女王
question vt. 询问 n. 问题
queue n. 行列，长队
quick a. 快；敏捷的；急剧的 ad. 快地；敏捷地；急剧地
quiet a. 安静的；寂静的
quilt n. 被子；被状物
quite ad. 完全，十分
quiz n. 测验，小型考试
R
rabbit n. 兔，家兔
race1 n. 种族，民族
race2 v. （速度）竞赛，比赛 n. 赛跑，竞赛
racial a. 种族的
radiation n. 放射，放射物
radio n. 无线电，收音机
radioactive a. 放射性的
radium n. 镭
rag n. 破布，抹布
rail n. 铁路
railway n. 铁路；铁道
rain n. 雨，雨水 vi. 下雨
rainbow n. 虹，彩虹
raincoat n. 雨衣
rainfall n. 一场雨； 降雨量
rainy a. 下雨的；多雨的
raise vt. 使升高； 饲养
rank n. 职衔，军衔
rapid a. 快的，迅速的
rare a. 罕见的，稀有的
rat n. 老鼠
rather ad. 相当，宁可
raw a. 生的，未煮过的，未加工的
raw material 原料
ray n. 光辉，光线
razor n. 剃须刀
reach v. 到达，伸手（脚等）够到
read (read, read) v. 读；朗读
reading n. 阅读；朗读
ready a. 准备好的
real a. 真实的，确实的
reality n. 现实
realise (美realize) vt. 认识到，实现
really ad. 真正地；到底；确实
reason vi. 评理； 劝说 n. 理由，原因
reasonable a. 合乎情理的
rebuild vt. 重建
receipt n. 收据
receive v. 收到，得到
receiver n. 电话听筒
recent a. 近来的，最近的
reception n. 接待
receptionist n. 接待员
recite v. 背诵
recognise (美recognize) vt. 认出
recommend v. 推荐
record n. 记录； 唱片
record holder 记录保持者
record v. 录制，记录
recorder n. 录音机
recover vi. 痊愈； 恢复
recycle vt. 回收； 再循环
rectangle ?n. & a.? 长方形；长方形的
red n. 红色 a.红色的
redirect vt. 使改变，使转移
reduce vt. 减少，缩减
refer vi. 谈到，提到，涉及，有关
refreshments n. 点心，便餐；(会议后的)简单茶点招 待
refrigerator n. 冰箱
refusal n. 拒绝
refuse vi. 拒绝，不愿
regard v. 把……看作
regards n. 问候，致意
register n. 登记簿，花名册，注册员 v. 登记，注册
regret n.& vt. 可惜，遗憾；痛惜；哀悼
regular a. 规则的，经常
regulation n. 规则，规章
reject v. 拒绝
relate vi. 有关； 涉及
relation n. 关系； 亲属
relationship n. 关系
relative n. 亲属，亲戚
relax v. （使）放松，轻松
relay n. 接力，接替人，中转 v. 接替，补充；转运
religion n. 宗教
religious a. 宗教的
remain vt. 余下，留下 vi. 保持，仍是
remark n. 陈述； 话； 议论
remember v. 记得，想起
remind vt. 提醒，使记起
remove vt. 移动，拿走，脱掉（衣服等）
rent n.& v. 租金
repair n.& vt. 修理；修补
repairs n. 修理工作
repeat vt. 重说，重做
replace vt. 取代
reply n. 回答，答复
report n.& v. 报道，报告
reporter n. 记者，新闻通讯员
represent vt. 代表
republic n. 共和国
request n. 请求，要求的事物
require vt. 需求； 要求
requirement n. 需要； 要求； 必要的条件
rescue vt. 营救，援救
research n. 研究，调查
reservation n. 预定
reserve n. & v. 储备；预定
resist v. 抵抗；挡开
respect vt.& n. 尊敬，尊重
rest n. 休息；剩余的部分，其余的人（物） vi. 休息，歇息
restaurant n. 饭馆, 饭店
restrict v. 限制
result n. 结果，效果
retell vt. 重讲，重复，复述
retire v. 退休
return v. 归还?兀?
reuse vt. 重新使用； 循环使用
review vt. 重新调查； 回顾； 复习 n. 复查；复习；评论
reviewer n. 评论者； 书评家
revision n. 复习，温习
revolution n. 革命，变革
reward n. 奖赏
rewind v. 回转（磁带等）
rewrite vt. 重写
rice n. 稻米；米饭
rich a. 富裕的，有钱的
rid vt. 使摆脱
riddle n. 谜(语)
ride (rode, ridden) v. 骑（马、自行车）；乘车 n. 乘车旅行
right n. 权利 a. 对，正确的 ad. 正确地，恰恰，完全地 a. 右，右边的
right?handed a. 惯用右手的
right?wing n. 右翼
ring1 (rang, rung) v. （钟、铃等）响；打电话 n. 电话，铃声 ring2 n. 环形物（如环、圈、戒指等）
ring?road n. 环形公路
ripe a. 成熟的，熟的
ripen v. 成熟
rise (rose, risen) vi. 上升，上涨
river n. 江；河；水道；巨流
road n. 路，道路
roast v. 烤（肉）
rob v. 抢夺，抢劫
robot n. 机器人
rock1 n. 岩石，大石头 rock2 vt. 摇，摇晃
rocket n. 火箭
role n. 角色
roll v. 滚动, 打滚 n. 面包圈，小圆面包；卷状物
roller n. 滚筒； 辊
roller skatingn.滑旱冰
roofn. 屋顶，顶部
room rooster n. n. 房间，室；空间；地方 (美)公鸡
root n. 根，根源，起源
rope n. 绳，索
rose n. 玫瑰花
rot vi. 烂； 腐败
rough a. 粗糙的，粗略的
round ad. 转过来 prep. 环绕一周，围着 a.圆的；球形的
roundabout a. & n. 绕道的，不直接的；转盘路
row1 n. （一）排，（一）行 row2 v. 划船
rubber n. 橡胶； 合成橡胶
rubbish n. 垃圾； 废物
rude a. 无理的, 粗鲁的
rugby n. （英）橄榄球
ruin vt. （使）毁坏；（使） 毁灭 n. (复) 废墟；遗迹
rule n. 规则，规定 vt. 统治；支配
ruler n. 统治者；直尺
run (ran, run) vi. 跑，奔跑；（颜色）褪色
runner n. 赛跑者；操作者；滑行装置
running n. 跑步
rush vi. 冲，奔跑
Russia* n. 俄罗斯，俄国
Russian a. 俄国人的，俄语的 n. 俄国人，俄语
S
sacrifice vt. 牺牲
sad a. （使人）悲伤的
sadness n. 悲哀，忧伤
safe a. 安全的 n. 保险柜
safety n. 安全，保险
sail n. 航行 v. 航行，开航
sailing n. 航海
sailor n. 水手，海员
salad n. 色拉（西餐中的一种凉拌菜）
salary n. 薪金，薪水
sale n. 卖，出售
salesgirl n. 女售货员
salesman n. 男售货员
saleswoman n. 女售货员
salt n. 盐
salty a. 盐的，咸的，含盐的
salute v.& n. 敬礼
same n. 同样的事 a同样的，同一的
sand n. 沙，沙子
sandwich n. 三明治（夹心面包片）
satellite n. 卫星
satisfaction n. 满意
satisfy vt. 满足，使满意
Saturday n. 星期六
sauce n. 酱汁； 调味汁
saucer n. 茶碟，茶托，小圆盘
sausage n. 香肠，腊肠
savage n. 野蛮人，未开化的人
save vt. 救，挽救，节省
say (said, said) vt. 说，讲
saying n. 说，俗话，谚语
scarf n. 领巾，围巾
scene n. （戏剧、电影等的）一场，场景，布景
school n. 学校
scholar n. 学者
scholarship n. 奖学金
schoolbag n. 书包
school?leaver n. （英）学校毕业生
schoolmate n. 同校同学
science n. 科学，自然科学
scientific a. 科学的
scientist n. 科学家
scissors n. 剪刀，剪子
scold vt. 责骂
score n.& v. 得分，分数
scores n. 许多，很多
Scotland* n. 苏格兰
Scottish a. 苏格兰（人）的 n. 苏格兰人
scream n. 尖叫
screen n. 幕，荧光屏
sculpture n. 雕塑（术），雕刻（术），雕刻作品，雕像
sea n. 海，海洋
seagull n. 海鸥
seal n. 海豹
seaman n. 水手； 海员
search n.& v. 搜寻，搜查
seashell n. 海贝
seaside n. 海滨
season n. 季；季节
seat n. 座位，座
seaweed n. 海草，海藻，海带
second1 n. 秒 second2 num. 第二 a.第二的
secondhand n. 二手货； 旧货
secret n. 秘密，内情
secretary n. 秘书；书记
section n. 段，部分，部门
see (saw, seen) vt. 看见，看到；领会；拜会
seed n. 种子
melon seed 瓜子
seek vt. 试图； 探寻
seem v. 似乎，好像
see?saw n. 跷跷板（游戏）
seize vt. 抓住(时机等)
seldom ad. 很少，不常
select vt. 选择，挑选，选拔
self n. 自己，自我，自身
self?service n. 自助的，自我服务的
sell (sold, sold) v. 卖，售
semicircle n. 半圆
send (sent, sent) v. 打发，派遣；送，邮寄
senior a. 年长的，资深的，高年级的 n. 上级，长辈，高年级生
sense n. 感觉，意识
sentence n. 句子
separate v. 使分开，使分离a. 单独的，分开的
separately ad. 单独地，各自地
separation n. 分离，隔离
September n. 9月
serious a. 严肃的，严重的；认真的
servant n. 仆人，佣人
serve vt. 招待（顾客等），服务
service n. 服务
service?charge n. 服务费语法复习专题（2）
Unit2 冠词
一、考点聚焦
1.不用冠词的情况
（1）专有名词、物质名词、抽象名词、人名、地名等名词前，一般不加冠词。
China , America, Smith
Air is matter.
（2）可数名词前有物主代词、指示代词、名词所有格等限制时，不加冠词。
This dictionary is mine.
（3）季节、月份、星期、节日、假日、一日三餐名称前一般不加冠词。
March, May Day, National Day, Children’s Day, Women’s Day
Have you had supper
Spring is the best season of the year.
（4）称呼语或指家用雇用的nurse、cook等名词前及表示头衔职务的名词作宾语、补语及同位语时，一般不加冠词。
What’s this, Father We made him our chairman.
Ask nurse to put the child to bed. Professor Li.
（5）学科名称、球类、棋类名称前不加冠词。
Do you study physics
He likes playing football/chess.
（6）复数名词表示泛指一类人或事物时前不用冠词。
They are peasants/ workers.
（7）在与by连用的交通工具名称前不加冠词。
by car, by bus,by bike, by train, by air/ water/ land
但：take a bus, come in a boat, on the train/ bus需注意。
（8）某些固定词组中不用冠词。
①名词词组中：
husband and wife, brother and sister, body and soul, day and night, knife and fork
②介词词组中：
to(at, from) school, in (to)class, in (to,at, from)university（college）,to（in, into, from）church, to(in,into, out of)prison(hospital, bed), to(at, from, out of)work, to(in, from) town,at (from)home, to(at)sea, at night(noon, midnight), by car (bus, bicycle, plane), on foot
注意：在有些词组中，有无冠词含义不同。
in hospital 住院（因病）
in the hospital在医院（工作、参观等）
in front of在前面，指某物体之外
in the front of在前部，指某物之内
in charge负责，主管 out of question没问题
in the charge由……负责 out of the question不可能
（9）as引导的让步状语从句中，作表语的名词不带冠词。
Child as she is, she knows a lot of French.
（10）系动词turn（作“变成”解）后作表语的单数可数名词前习惯不用冠词。
The young girl has turned writer.
= The young girl has become a writer.
（11）在单数名词 + after + 同一单数名词（表示“一个接一个”）结构中，单数可数名词前不加冠词。
She did experiment after experiment.
类似的还有：shop after shop, mistake after mistake
（12）形容词的最高级前、序数词前也有不用定冠词的情况。
①“most + 形容词原级”作“十分、非常、极”解时，前面不用定冠词。
Oh, it’s most beautiful.
②当两个形容词最高级并列修饰同一个名词时，第二个形容词前通常不用定冠词。
She is the tallest and fattest girl in our school.
③当形容词最高级作表语，不表示与其他人或物相比时，其前不用定冠词。
The market in the country is busiest in winter.
④形容词最高级前有名词所有格或物主代词时，不能用定冠词。
A wolf in a sheep’s skin is our most dangerous enemy.
⑤序数词前面一般加定冠词表示“第……”之意，但在second、third等词前加不定冠词表示“又一，再一”之意。
…why you took a second arrow
注意：下句中“a first”表示“第一名、冠军”。
He is a top student in our class, he often gets a first in maths.
（13）no与such连用时应放在such之前，such后面的名词不用冠词。
No such thing has ever happened in this village.
（14）never、ever置于作主语的名词前，这些名词前不用冠词。
Never did student study so hard.这个学生从未学得这么认真。
（15）有时为了节省空间、时间、金钱和精力，或为了引起注意力，省去a(n)或the,这主要用于新闻标题、工商业文件、广告、电报、公告、提纲、书名等。
Conference opens.会议召开了。
2.定冠词的使用情况
（1）使用定冠词的一般情况。
①特指或第二次提到。
②序数词前、最高级前、独一无二的东西前。
③用于表示发明物的单数名词前或某些专有名词前。
（2）定冠词使用特殊的场合。
① He hit him in the face.
beat sb. on the nose, take sb. by the arm, pat sb. on the head② the rich, the poor, the wounded 富人，穷人，伤员
③ the elder of the two, he more beautiful of the two两者中较年长的一位，较漂亮的一个
④ The sooner, the better.越快越好。
⑤ He got paid by the hour.他是按小时付工钱的。
by the yard/the dozen/the month/the year…
但：by weight按重量
⑥ in the 50s /in the 1870s（表示年代）
⑦ the Smiths/the Whites（表示一家人或夫妇俩）
⑧ in the water/field/light/shade/distance/middle/country/
rain
⑨ tell the truth/on the other hand/on the way home
⑩ 当抽象名词表示某一特定内容，特别是当它有一限定性修饰语时，
它与定冠词连用：
She is fond of music.
He is playing the music written by Beethoven.
Good advice is beyond price.
I’m sorry not to have taken the advice he gave.
3.不定冠词常用的几种情况
（1）表示“一”相当于“one”。I’ll return in a day or two.
（2）表示“每”相当于“per”。We have three meals a day.
（3）表示“同一性”相当于“the same”。The children are of an age.
（4）表示类指，表示“某类”。He wants to he a doctor.
（5）表示泛指，相当于“any”。A horse is a useful animal.
（6）表示某一个，相当于“a certain”。A Mr. Smith is asking to see you.
（7）与抽象名词连用，可以表示“一场、一次、一件”，如：a pleasure一件乐事，a surprise一件令人惊讶的事，a joy一件高兴的事，a pity一件遗憾的事，an honour一个（件）经以为荣的人(事)。
（8）与物质名词连用，表示“一种，一阵、一份”。
What a heavy rain!
What a good supper!
Please give me a black coffee!
4.冠词表类别的常见方式
（1）定冠词 + 单数可数名词，表示一个，代表一类。
The computer was invented in 1945.
The TV set was invented by Joan Baird.
The horse is a useful animal.
（2）不定冠词 + 单数可数名词（表示任意一个，某一个）。
A pen is a tool for writing.
A square has four sides.
A horse is a useful animal.
注意：man, woman表示泛指时，不用冠词，且常用单数。如：
Man is fighting a battle against pollution.
Man tries to be the protector of woman.
（3）可数名词或不可数名词，指类别（考虑到同类中的各个情况）。
Horses are useful animals.
Rice is a kind of food.
5.冠词位置问题
（1）不定冠词 + 副词 + 形容词 + 名词。
This is a very interesting story.
（2）such、what、both、all、quite、rather +不定冠词+形容词+名词。
I’ve never seen such a film!
Half a pound of pork,please!
What a good idea it is!
（3）as、so、too、how、however、enough+形容词+不定冠词+名词。
It is as pleasant a day as I have ever spent.
I can’t finish the task in so short a time.
This seems not too long a distance.
We wonder how difficult a problem he worked out.
However low te price you paid,you waste your money.
He is brave enough a hunter to kill the bear.
（4）定冠词位置。
①half、twice、three times + the + 名词
He paid twice the price for it.
Their house is three times the size of yours.
②all、both、double + the + 名词
Both the blind men were mistaken.
All the students in our class are eager to know the secret.
I offered him double the amount, but he still refused.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1.The warmth of ____________sweater will of course be determined by the sort of ___________wool used.（NMET 2001）
A．The ; the B．the ; / C．/; the D．/; /
解析：答案为B。第一空格为特指，交待the warmth的内容，第二空格为泛指，the sort of wool used所用羊毛的种类。此题有三点需注意：①正确理解sweater 这一句词在句中的类别。②掌握determine在句中作“决定”、“取决于”这个意思。③掌握定冠词表特指的基本用法。
2.Most animals have little connection with_________animals of___________different kind unless they kill them for food.（NMET 2000）
A．the … a B．/ … a C．the … the D．/ … the
解析：答案为B。名词复数表类别，其前不用冠词，故第一个空格不填冠词，表不定概念的“一种”，“某种”要用不定冠词a。要准确掌握冠词表类别的三种表达方式和不定冠词常用的几种情况，见前面要点考点聚
焦内容。
3.Paper money was in___________use in China when Marco Polo visited the country in __________thirteenth century.（NMET1999）
A．the … / B．the … the C．/ … the D．/ … /
解析：答案为C。题中in use是固定搭配，意为“在使用”，use为抽象名词，其前不用冠词。后者是序数词前用定冠词the。要牢记一些固定搭配如in use、under construction（在建设中）、in debt（欠债）、come to power（执政）、on fire（着火）、at table（用餐）、out of work（失业）等。2005高考专题4
替代词it,that,one,which,so的用法比较
贵州省遵义市第一中学 lqf
英语的代替现象比汉语普遍，使用代词的场合比汉语多。大多数句子中均用代词代替上文谈到的人、事物或情况，避免了对较多名词、冠词的反复使用，这样大大简化了句子。
最常用于表示替代关系的词语有it,that,which,one,so等，近几年高考试题中均对这些词的用法进行了考查，可见这几个替代词的用法非常重要。下面归纳它们表示替代时的不同用法。
一、it的用法
1、it指代上文所提事物的本身（it表时间、强调等的用法此处不阐明），如果所代替的事物为复数，则应该用they或them表示。
2、it也可以用来代替上文所提到的一件事。
1.The Parkers bought a new house but _____ will need a lot of work before they can move in. (NMET2001,25) A.they B.it C.one D.which
2.I am looking for a house. I’d like ____ with a brook around_____.
A.one,it B.it,it C.one,one D.it,one
3.Mary’s mother always told her to work hard, but______didn’t help. A.one B.he C.she D.it
4. —Do you like these photos — Yes, ____are very beautiful and I like____ very much.
A.they,those B.they,them C.ones,ones D.the ones, the ones
5.—Are you still using your old car --No, I sold___the other day.
A.it B.one C.that one D.the one
6.Yesterday I lost my pen, but now I have found_____.
A.it B.them C.ones D.those
7.—Where are my books --_____ are on the TV set.
A.Ones B.Those C.The ones D.They
8.Where have you put my shoes I can’t find_____anywhere.
A.them B.those C.ones D.the ones
9.Where did you buy the watch Would you please get____ for me
A.it B.one C.the one D.them
10.Don’t read in the sun. ____ is bad for your eyes.
A.One B.The one C.It D.This
二、that的用法
1、that用来指前文中确定的非同一事物，常用来替代与定冠词或形容词性物主代词连用的单数可数名词或不可数名词，相当于“the+名词”，其复数形式为those。
2、that表替代时为始终是特指（作指示代词和关系代词用时另论），可指上文谈到的人、物或情况（均为单数），可代替可数名词和不可数名词。
3、若that所代替的内容为前置用法，即要代替的内容将出现在下文中，一般用this,these或the following表示。
1.—He was nearly drowned once
—When was_______ (NMET2002 Beijing spring)
—_____was in 1998 when he was in middle school.
A.that,It B.this,This C.this,It D.that,This
2.Equipped with modern facilities, today’s libraries differ from______ (2003 Shanghai spring,26)
A.those of the past B.the past C.which of the past D.those past
3.Few pleasure can equal __of a cool drink on a hot day. (NMET99,17; NMET99 Guangdong,29)
A.some B,any C.that D.those
4.The population of Sichuan Province is larger than ____of any province in China.
A.one B.it C.that D.the one
5.What I want to suggest is_____: Everyone should have another try. We needn’t only wait for help.
A.that B.this C.it D.one
6.You see, the accident happened like_____: The red car hit the bus and made all the traffic stop.
A.that B.this C.it D.one
7.Listen! ________ is about the lessons we will have to finish today.
A.It B.The one C.The following D.One
8.The climate here is quite different from____ of Shengyang.
A.that B.it C.one D.the one
9.The study of idioms is as important as____ of grammar.
A.one B.that C.it D.this
10.My seat is next to_____ of my teacher.
A.that B.it C.this D.one
三、which的用法
1、在后置的非限制性定语从句中代替上文出现的事物或情况（单数或复数）。
2、在问句中作为疑问代词，在名词从句中作为连接代词用，其含义为“哪个、哪些”。
3、如果非限制性定语从句的先行词不是指主句内容，而是指具体的人、时间、地点，则不用which。
4、如果非限制性定语从句前置，则用as。
1.Dorothy was always speaking highly of her role in the play, _____, of course, made the others unhappy. (NMET2000,17)
A.who B.which C.this D.what
2.The result of the experiment was very good, which we hadn’t expected. (NMET2000 Beijing spring,10)
A.when B.that C.which D.what
3.China has its own English language newspaper, China Daily,______is published in Beijing.
A.that B.it C.which D.one
4.China Daily has plenty of advertisements, _____ help to cut the costs of making the newspapers.
A.that B.it C.which D.they
5._____ would you like better, the blue one or the red one
A.Which B.What C.That D.How
6.I don’t know in_____ direction the thief ran away.
A.whose B.what C.which D.where
7.The old scientist went to the U.S.A in 1921, _____ he spent his last years.
A.which B.when C.where D.that
8.____we all know, China is developing at a great speed to catch up with the western countries.
A.Which B.That C.It D.As
9.At last we came to an old castle, _____ roof was in a bad state.
A.which B.what C.whose D.that
10.The man was standing behind the window, _____ he could see what was happening outside the house.
A.from which B.from where C.where D.which
四、one 的用法
1、 常用来代替与上文所提到人或物相类似的不确定的另一人或物（泛指），且被替代者为可数名词单
数形式。
2、 若下文替代者表示非特指含义，则用a/an—adj—one形式表示；若下文替代者为另一特指含义，
则用the one或the—adj—one表示；若下文替代时为复数含义，则用the—adj—ones 或the ones表示。
3、 one作替代词用时，其前可加某些形容词或限定词，如the,this,that,which,each,every,any，但一般不
能直接在其前加物主代词。
4、one被后置定语修饰表示特指时，前面应加the；被形容词修饰表示泛指时，其前应加a/an；被形容词修饰表示特指时其前应加the。
5、one作主语时，其对应的物主代词用 one’s或 his，反身代词用 oneself或 himself，重复主语用 one 或he。
1.I hope there are enough glasses for each guest to have_______ . (NMET95,21)
A.it B.those C.them D.one
2.—Why don’t we take a little break —Didn’t we just have________ (NMET2000,23)
A.it B.that C.one D.this
3.Meeting my uncle after all these years was an unforgettable moment, one I will always treasure. (NMET2002,35)
A.that B.one C.it D.what
4. —Did a letter come for me —Yes, there was _______for you this morning.
A.one B.it C.the one D.that
5.He has a blue pen and two red ______.
A.one B.ones C.those D.the ones
6.I brought a necklace to you that day, but it was________.
A. a different one B.different one C.the different one D.different ones
7.I don’t like this blue cat, I’d like______.
A. the red one B.red one C.a red D.that red
8.I don’t like this expensive cake, _______ is OK.
A.cheap one B.that cheap C.a cheap one D.a cheap
9.____should love____country.
A.One,her B.She,her B.One,one’s D.One,ones
10.Such a drug will make_____ find it hard to go without it.
A.it B.that C.one D.ones
11.Yesterday I lost my pen, but I’ve bought______.
A.it B.that C.one D.the one
12.Young people like seeing the film, but old_____ don’t.
A.those B.ones C.one D.them
13.This book is_____that is needed by all of us.
A.it B.one C.that D.the one
14.He is_____who gave us the talk yesterday.
A.that B.one C.the one D.himself
15.Is this museum_____they paid a visit to yesterday
A.that B.where C.the one D.which
16.Your old bike is_____, it’s much better than_____
A.a good one,my new one B.good one,my one C.a good,my new one D.one good,new my one
17.This advice is different from_____.
A.that one B.that C.it D.the one
18.The books on the table are more than____ on the bookshelf.
A.they B.them C.those D.ones
19.A cake made of wheat costs less than____ made of rice.
A.one B.it C.those D.that
20.Do you like red ink or_____
A.blue one B.blue C.the blue one D.red ink
21.The step you’ve taken is_____ of much risk.
A.one B.that C.it D.ones
22.I’m told you’ve got some foreign stamps. Will you please give me_____
A.one B.it C.that D.the one
五、so的用法
1、so表示替代常用来代替上文中出现的内容，尤其是上文内容在下文中以宾语从句形式出现时。
2、如果在下文被代替者为否定含义的宾语从句，常用否定动词+so或直接用not代替。如：
1. —The boys are not doing a good job at all, are they
—______.(NMET2003 Beijing spring,22)
A.I guess not so B.I don’t guess C.I don’t guess so D.I guess not
2. —Do you think it’s going to rain over the weekend
—_____.(NMET94,13)
A.I don’t believe B.I don’t believe it C.I believe not so D.I believe not)
3. —Do you think it’s going to rain again —I _____, but I _____.
A.think not,hope so B.not think,so hope C.don’t think so,don’t hope so D.think not,hope not
4.—Do you think it’s going to be fine --Yes, and I______.
A.expect that B.expect so C.expect it D.expect them
5.—Will they come back again --No, I_____.
A.don’t believe B.not believe C.believe not D.don’t believe that语法复习专题（15）
Unit15 it的用法
一、考点聚焦
1、it的基本用法
（1）用作人称代词，代替前文提到过的事物。
The train has arrived. It arrived half an hour ago.
（2）用以代替提示代词this, that。
—What’s this —It’s a knife.
—Whose watch is that —It’s mine.
（3）起指示代词的作用，指一个人或事物。
—Who is knocking at the door —It’s me.
（4）指环境情况等。
It was very noisy (quiet) at the very moment.
（5）指时间、季节等。
—What time is it —It’s eight o’clock.
It often rains in summer here.
（6）指距离。
It is a long way to the school.
（7）作形式主语。
It is not easy to finish the work in two days.
It is no use crying over spilt milk.
It is as pity that you didn’t read the book.
（8）作形式宾语。
I think it no use arguing with him.
I found it very interesting to study English.
He made it clear that he was not interested in that subject.
（9）用于强调结构。
It was Xiaoming whom(that)I met in the street last night.
It was in the street that I met Xiaoming last night.
It ws last night that I met Xiaoming in the street.
It was I who met Xiaoming in the street last night.
2、含有“It is …”的句型
（1）It is time (for sb.) to do sth.
It is (high) time that sb. did sth.(虚拟语气)
（2）It is + 形容词（+of / for sb.）+ to do sth.
通常用 of的词有brave、clever、careful、hopeless、kind、good、naughty、nice、silly、stupid、foolish、wise等。
（3）It is + 形容词 + that + sb. + (should) do sth.（虚拟语气）
能用于这个句型的形容词有strange、wonderful、natural、good、proper、right、wrong、well、fortunate、important、necessary、useless、likely、probable、impossible等。有时可省去should而直接用动词原形。如：
It is important that we should pay close attention to grain.
It is natural that he（should）say so.
（4）It is no use/ good + doing sth.
It is no use trying again = It is of no use to try again.
（5）It is + 被强调部分 + that/who + …
Was it in the street that you met her
Who was it that called him“comrade”
It was not until yesterday that I met my old friend.
It is in a small factory that my brother is going to work.（注意上述各句均为强调句型的“考点”）
比较：It is a small factory where my brother is going to work.（定语从句）
（6）It is said/reported/announced/ (well) known … that…
（7）It is/was + 时间 + since … 从……已多久了。
It is three years since I met him in Beijing.
It was a long time since I (had) lived in that small mountain village with these farmers.（注意两句中的时态）
It is five months since I arrived in New York.我到纽约已经五个月了。
It is five months since I was in New York.我离开纽约已经五个月了。
（注意：终止性动词表示从动作发生时算起；如果是状态动词或持续性动词，则从动作或状态结束时算起。）
（8）It is + 时间 + before …
这个句型和上面句型中时间都是时间段，如long、years、months、weeks、five days、three hours、twenty minutes等。不过主句的时态多用一般将来时或一般过去时。
It will be several years before we meet again.
我们要过好几年才能再见面。
It was not long before they set out for the front.
不久他们就出发去了前线。
（9）It is /was/will be the first/second/third … time that …
It is the first time that I have been here.
It was the second time that he had seen the film.
（10）It is up to sb. to do sth … 应由某人做某事。
It is up to you to decide whether we start or not.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. _________ is a fact that English is being accepted as an international language.(NMET 1995)
A.There B.This C.That D.It
解析：答案为D。本题考查作形式主语的用法。that引导的从句是真正的主语。为避免头重脚轻而平衡句子结构，将it置于句首作形式主语。
2. I hope there are enough glasse for each guest to have ________.(NMET 1995)
A.it B.those C.them D.one
解析：答案为D。本题考查替代词it和one的区别。it用于替代同类的、特定的、同一的事物；one替代同类的、泛指的人或物。根据题意“我希望有足够的杯子使每个客人有一个。”可知应用one泛指enough glasses中的一个。
3. Was __________ that I saw last night at the concert
A.it you B.not you C.you D.that yourself
解析：答案为A。本题考查强调句型的疑问式。只须将句序变为陈述句便不难得出答案。例题精选
[例1]
Mrs. Jones was over eighty, but she still drove her old car like a woman half her age. She loved driving very fast, and was proud of the fact 1 she had never, in her thirty-five years of driving, been punished 2 a driving offence (犯规，犯法).
Then one day she nearly 3 her record. A police car 4 her, and the policemen in it saw her 5 a red light without stopping. Of course, she was stopped. It seemed 6 that she would be punished.
7 Mrs. Jones came up to the judge, he looked at her seriously and said that she was 8 old to drive a car, and that the 9 why she had not stopped at the red 10 was most probably that her eyes had become weak 11 old age, so that she had simply not seen it.
When the judge had finished what he was 12, Mrs. Jones opened the big handbag she was 13 and took out her sewing. Without saying a word, she 14 a needle with a very small eye, and threaded it at her first attempt.
When she had 15 done this, she took the thread out of the needle again and handed 16 the needle and the thread to the judge, saying, “Now it is your 17. I suppose you drive a car, and that you are quite sure about your own eyesight.”
The judge took the 18 and tried to thread it. After half a dozen tries, he had still not succeeded. The case (案例) against Mrs. Jones was 19, and her record 20 unbroken.
1. A. which B. when C. that D. this
2. A. about B. on C. to D. for
3. A. kept B. won C. missed D. lost
4. A. watched B. after C. followed D. ran after
5. A. pass B. go C. run D. rush
6. A. sure B. indeed C. certain D. perhaps
7. A. Before B. While C. Until D. When
8. A. so B. very C. too D. quite
9. A. cause B. reason C. matter D. trouble
10. A. light B. lamp C. sign D. one
11. A. with B. because C. for D. of
12. A. speaking B. saying C. talking D. telling
13. A. holding B. getting C. carrying D. bringing
14. A. took B. brought C. picked D. chose
15. A. almost B. hardly C. successfully D. successful
16. A. both B. all C. neither D. either
17. A. time B. turn C. chance D. job
18. A. thread B. glasses C. needles D. needle
19. A. dismissed B. passed C. settled D. studied
20. A. was B. kept C. seemed D. remained
答案与解析：
1-5 CDDCA 6-10 CDCBA 11-15 ABCDC 16-20 ABDAD
1．C．fact后接that, 因为that 引导的是一个同位语从句。
2．D．for表示被惩罚的原因。
3．D．她始终保持着记录，但那天她差点儿丢了这个记录，因为她闯了红灯。
4．C．警车跟在她后面，用followed，而watched不妥，因为主语是警车，而不是人。ran after 也不对，警车在此之前没理由追赶她。
5．A．pass a red light，而用go 则要说go by。
6．C．用certain，不用sure，因为sure 常用人作主语。
7．D．此处came为瞬间动词，不能用while。
8．C．这是too…to结构，表示太…而不…
9．B．reason是说明某事某现象的理由，而cause 则指火灾、水灾或事故的起因。
10．A．红灯，用red light。
11．A．with此处相当于because of。
12．B．强调说话的内容用say，指说话的动作或讲某种语言用speak。
13．C．表示随身携带，不强调方向性，用carry，而bring则表示由远往近带来。
14．D．此处是挑了一根小眼的针，如用took, brought和pick都要加up或out。
15．C．从下文看，老太太显然是成功了。
16．A．指针和线两者，所以用both。
17．B．your turn表示该轮到你了。
18．D．为什么是针呢？因为后边有一句说她要thread it。
19．A．be dismissed被取消了。
20．D．remained表示过去是这样，现在仍保持这一状态。seemed，语气不够肯定。kept此处应用was kept。
四．典型例题
[例2]
When Dave was eighteen, he bought a secondhand car for 200 so that he could travel to and from work more__1__ than by bus. It worked quite well for a few years, but then it got so old, and it was costing him _2_much in repairs that he decided that he had better _3_it.
He asked among his friends to see if anyone was particularly_ 4_ to buy a cheap car, but they all knew that it was falling to pieces, so_5_ of them had any desire to buy it. Dave's friend Sam saw that he was _6_ when they met one evening, and said, “What's _7_, Dave ”
Dave told him, and Sam answered, “Well, what about advertising it in the paper You may _8_more for it that way than the cost of the advertisement!” Thinking that Sam's_9_was sensible(合理的),he put an advertisement in an evening paper, which read “For sale: small car, _10_ very little petrol, only two owners. Bargain at 50.”
For two days after the advertisement first appeared, there was no _11_.But then on Saturday evening he had an enquiry(询问).A man rang up and said he would like to_12_ him about the car. “All right,” Dave said, feeling happy. He asked the man whether ten o'clock the next morning would be_13_or not. “Fine,” the man said, “and I'll _14_my wife. We intend to go for a ride in it to _15_ it.”
The next morning, at a quarter to ten, Dave parked the car in the square outside his front door, _16_ to wait there for the people who had_17_ his advertisement. Even Dave had to _18_that the car really looked like a wreck(残骸).Then, soon after he had got the car as clean_19_ it could be, a police car stopped just behind him and a policeman got out. He looked at Dave's car and then said, “Have you reported this _20_ to us yet, sir ”
1. A. directly B. safely C. properly D. easily
2. A. so B. such C. very D. too
3. A. keep B. repair C. sell D. throw
4. A. anxious B. lucky C. ashamed D. generous
5. A. some B. neither C. none D. most
6. A. delighted B. upset C. calm D. astonished
7. A. on B. up C. it D. that
8. A. learn B. miss C. get D. find
9. A. message B. advice C. request D. description
10. A. uses B. loses C. has D. spends
11. A. doubt B. help C. trouble D. answer
12. A. tell B. see C. agree D. call
13. A. exact B. suitable C. early D. late
14. A. follow B. meet C. bring D. introduce
15. A. recognize B. gain C. admire D. test
16. A. happening B. meaning C. turning D. failing
17. A. read B. inserted C. answered D. placed
18. A. forget B. show C. disagree D. admit
19. A. as B. that C. so D. such
20. A. bargain B. sale C. accident D. result
解析
1. easily表达更容易，他买车的主要目的是为了上下班方便。答案为D。
2. so much…that…，如此多……以致于……，这是一个固定结构。too much不能和hat连用，我们经常使用too…to。答案为A。
3.根据上文修理花费太多，所以就决定卖掉，而且下文也就是围绕卖车而展开的。答案为C。4. be anxious to do sth急着干……，Dave想了解是否有人急着买车，因为他想卖掉自己的车。答案为A。
5前面已经提到“it was falling to pieces”车很快要成碎片，所以没有人愿意买。neither主要用于两个人中没有一个，所以在这不合适。答案为C。
6. upset表示“伤心的，难过的”。因为没人愿意买车，所以他很伤心。答案为B。
7. “what's up”表示“怎么回事，发生了什么”。答案为B。
8. “get”表示“得到”，在这儿是表示“你将得到的要比广告花费的多”。答案为C。
9. advice表示“建议”，因为前面有一句“what about advertising it in the newspaper ”这本就是一种建议“在报纸上登广告怎么样 ”答案为B。
10. uses表示“使用”，在这里表示车很省油。B. loses表示“丢失”；B. has表示“有”；spends表示“花费时间、金钱、精力”。答案为A。
11. no answer表示“回应”，表示广告登出去以后无人问津。A. doubt表示“怀疑”；B. help表示“帮助”；C. trouble表示“麻烦”，均不合题意。答案为D。
12.这里表示来看车。答案为B。
13.suitable表示“合适的”，在这里是问第二天早上十点钟是否合适。答案为B。
14. bring my wife表示把妻子带来。A. recognize表示“认出”；B. gain表示“获得，得到”C. admire表示“羡慕”，均不合题意。答案为C。
15. “test”表示“测试”，买车的人将和妻子一道来测试一下车子。答案为D。
16. “mean to”表示“打算做……”在这儿是打算等买车的人。答案为B。
17. “answer”在这里表示“回应”，就是指那个看了广告以后准备来看车的人。答案为C。18“admit”表示“承认”在这里表示他自己也不得不承认自己的车看起来太旧了答案为D。19.这里是一个固定结构“as…as”。答案为A。
20.“accident”表示“事故”。答案为C。
[例3]
The word “plastic” comes from the Greek word “Platicos” and is used to describe_1_which can be easily shaped.?
The history of plastics is longer than you might_2_.In fact _3_ manmade plastics ever to appear on the market was made over a hundred years ago. It was called “celluloid(赛璐璐)”.It was discovered by both an Englishman and an American in the same year._4_it was the Americans who first produced it on a large scale during the year 1860.Everybody was _5_by this new material which could be moulded (用模子做) into shapes and _6_so cheap to buy.
Poor young men _7_in cities with lots of smoke and dirt were_8_ to buy white celluloid collars(领子).The collars were hard and uncomfortable. But they did not have to be sent to wash. The poor young men _9_ rub them clean every evening with soap and water! Poor mothers,
_10_ had not been able to afford playthings _11_their children, were now able to buy them playthings _12_ of celluloid. But celluloid had one very serious fault. It caught fire very easily. In fact it burned even more quickly than wood or cloth. There were many terrible accidents, particularly _13_ children. For years scientists worked hard to find a better plastic material than celluloid. They had _14_ success. Then in 1932 an American scientist called Baekeland produced a hard plastic material which did not burn. _15_ became known _16_ bakelite(酚醛塑料).Other plastic materials like bakelite were _17_ produced. They _18_ to make electrical fittings and plates and cups. Poor people liked them because they were both cheap and safe, but rich people _19_ them because they were cheap, and because they could only be made _20_dark colours.
1. A. something B. everything C. thing D. anything
2. A. wish B. think C. want D. hope
3. A. first B. at first C. for the first D. the first
4. A. So B. But C. And D. As
5. A. surprised B. excited C. told D. frightened
6. A. be B. were C. was D. is
7. A. waiting B. running C. walking D. working
8. A. going B. sure C. about D. able
9. A. could B. ought to C. must D. should
10. A. which B. who C. whom D. that
11. A. for B. like C. in D. of
12. A. done B. produced C. worked D. made
13. A. between B. on C. among D. about
14. A. much B. great. C. never D. little
15. A. The man B. He C. It D. The scientist
16. A. as B. with C. by D. to
17. A. already B. still C. also D. yet
18. A. used B. hoped C. were used D. had
19. A. took B. loved C. enjoyed D. disliked
20. A. in B. by C. from D. of
解析
1.这句话表示“plastic”这个单词最早来源于希腊语“platicos”而且被用来描述那些容易成形的东西。答案为A。
2.塑料的历史要比你所想到的历史长。答案为B。
3.这里表示最早的、最先的。答案为D。
4.这里表示虽然英美两国同年发现，但是美国人率先生产。答案为B。
5. be excited by“因为……而激动”。答案为B。
6.它的主语是“which”，而“which”指的是this new material，所以用单数。答案为C。
7. working in cities是现在分词短语做后置定语。这里指的是在城市里工作的贫穷的年轻人。答案为D。
8. be able to表示“能够”。答案为D。
9.could表示“能够”。答案为A。
10.这是一个非限定性定语从句，who指的是前边提到的poor mothers,在非限定性定语从句中作主语。答案为who。答案为B。
11. A表示“为”，在这里指的是那些贫穷的母亲不能给孩子们买起玩具。答案为A。
12. “made of”表示“由……制成”。答案为D。
13.“among children”表示“在孩子们当中”。答案为C。
14.“little success”表示“没有成功”。答案为D。
15. It指的是前面所提到“a hard plastic material”。答案为C。
16. “be known as”作为……而著名。答案为A。
17. also表示“也”，这里表示其它的塑料材料也被制造了出来。答案为C。
18. “were used”表示“被用来……”。答案为C。
19. “dislike”表示“不喜欢”，这里表示富人们不喜欢塑料制品。答案为D。
20. in dark colours这里表示“深色，黑色”。答案为A。
[例4]?
In order to be a success in the American business world, you must “get along” with people. You must learn to conduct yourself in such a way _1_ you earn the affection and respect of others._2_ we have already pointed out, Americans_3_ business and pleasure. Therefore, learning how to _4_ informally can be a help with your American business _5_.Americans like to talk about a _6_of different topics—sports, politics, cars, popular movies and television shows and personal interests. Many large American cities have sports teams. If you are _7_ with Americans in the United States, it would be a good idea to _8_out about the local sports teams so that you can _9_ in the almost inevitable discussions about “how our _10_ will do this year” .Politics can be a _11_ topic unless everyone is of the same mind _12_.Limit your discussions to asking questions of your friends. Most Americans are _13_ owners and some are even obsessive about the subject. You can contribute _14_talking about cars you have owned or by _15_ information you have read in automotive magazines. Americans watch television almost every night and attend movies regularly,
_16_ naturally television shows and the _17_ movies become topics for discussions. If you are unable to _18_ American television or attend American movies, reading the _19_ section of such magazines as Time News week will keep you up to date on _20_is popular in America.
1. A. which B. where C. as D .that
2. A. While B. Since C. As D. Because
3. A. mix B. enjoy C. like D. manage
4. A. conduct B. appear C. behave D. chat
5. A. friends B. efforts C. contacts D. companies
6. A. bit B. total C. group D. number
7. A. meeting B. working C. living D. playing
8. A. find B. learn C. go D. stay
9. A. work B. participate C. succeed D. break
10. A. group B. business C. company D. team
11. A. common B. sensitive C. special. D daily
12. A. politically B. economically C. professionally D. personally
13. A. house B. car C. business D. land
14. A. to B. toward C. by D. through
15. A. collecting B. sharing C. gathering D. analyzing
16. A. so B. therefore C. thus D. hence
17. A. interesting B. exciting C. excellent D. latest
18. A. witness B. look C. watch D. glance
19. A. entertainment B. sports C. business D. movie
20. A. which B. that C. what D. as
解析
1.such…that在此引导的是结果状语从句，意思为：你必须学会用这种方式指导你自己的行为以便能赢得他人的尊重。如用such…as就是定语从句，as作关系代词在从句中做主语或宾语。而此句不缺此成分。答案为D。
2.As we have already pointed out表示：正如我们所指出的那样。as引导非限制性定语从句答案为C。
3.mix business and pleasure意思是：把工作和娱乐混在一起。答案为A。
4.learn how to chat informally是动名词短语作主语，表示“学会如何进行非正式交谈”。答案为D。
5.business contacts生意接触/交往。答案为C。
6.talk about a number of different topics谈论有关许多不同的话题。答案为D。
7.work with sb.与某人一起工作。答案为B。
8.find out查明，弄清。答案为A。
9.participate表示“参与(谈话之中)”。答案为B。
10.第二段第一句有Many large American cities have sports teams.答案为D。
11.sensitive topic表示“敏感的话题”。答案为B。
12.politically从“政治方面”(除非大家观点或意见相同)。答案为A。
13.car owners指“拥有汽车的人”。从下一句中可得知。答案为B。
14.“by+动名词”表示以某种方式做某事。答案为C。
15.share information you have read表示：把你所读到的内容或信息与他人分享。答案为B。16.so naturally表示“更不用说”。答案为A。
17.latest movies最新上映的电影。答案为D。
18.watch television看电视。答案为C。
19.entertainment section表示“娱乐版”。答案为A。
20.on what is popular in America考查介宾从句，what在从句中充当主语，表示“有关于在美国很流行的东西”。答案为C。
[例5]
You've been away from us for one year; you told us a lie which I came to know not long ago.
On this special day for teachers across the country, I can _1_keep myself from telling your white lie to those who would lend me an ear.
Do you still remember the happy _2_about six years ago We fixed our eyes upon you at your _3_.You, a beautiful young lady, _4_ us that you would live in our village.
Soon after, we began to find you were part of your students and their simple honest parents. The villagers found their children _5_more time on their books _6_ after doing their homework and housework. Yet they still _7_ that one day you might leave. You _8_a smile all the time, which reduced to some degree their_9_ of your leaving. You went all out in the _10_ of your students, helping them not only in their studies but also in their tuition(学费).You often emphasized to us the _11_ of one's life, so that must have been what you were _12_ in those five years!
One cold morning when class began, you entered the room _13_ you had been crying _14_.In your class, we _15_ but looked away from your eyes. You _16_for some time as if you were _17_to find this right word…you said you would go away and would never be back to teach because your boyfriend wanted you more…?
On the following morning, we _18_ you the very best and the villagers gave you their _19_The train took you away and your broken _20_The other day I happened to hear my parents chatting that you had lung cancer and left the world soon after you waved goodbye.
1. A. forever B. seldom C. hardly D. soon
2. A. scene B. condition C. sign D. sight
3. A. report B. arrival C. explanation D. speech
4. A. promised B. answered C. permitted D. agreed
5. A. shared B. spent C. paid D. devoted
6. A. even B. ever C. soon D. still
7. A. considered B. feared C. supposed D. doubted
8. A. wore B. pretended C. gained D. presented
9. A. pule B. trouble C. question D. fear
10. A. teaching B. middle C. course D. field
11. A. way B. wealth C. value D. cost
12. A. after B. for C. with D. against
13. A. as if B. because C. even though D. before
14. A. happily B. bitterly C. anxiously D. angrily
15. A .listened B .talked C. discussed D. studied
16. A. explained B. stopped C. talked D .spoke
17. A. thinking B. worrying C. crying D. trying
18. A. hoped B expected C. wished D. brought
19. A. thanks B. satisfactions C. expressions D. rewards
20. A. boy B. class C. heart D. memory
解析
1. hardly=almost not,这里指作者情难自抑，要告诉人们一个白色的谎言。答案为C。
2.scene指情景、场面。答案为A。
3.显然，这是指六年前她刚刚到来。答案为B。
4.根据语意：指她一来就向我们许诺，要和我们一起居住在这个村庄。答案为A。
5.此为固定结构。答案为B。
6.根据句意：村民的孩子们甚至做完了家庭作业和家务活以后，还要花更多的时间读书。这里从侧面反映了她是个好老师。答案为A。
7.这里指担心、害怕老师有一天会走。此题应与第9题语义一致。答案为B。
8.面带微笑要用wear。wear还可用于表示戴首饰，穿鞋、袜等。答案为A。
9.根据上文，应指“担心她离开”。答案为D。
10.go all out in sth.指在某一个方面全力以赴。显然这里指在教育孩子们方面。答案为A。 11.value of one's life意思为“人生的价值”。答案为C。
12.be after意思为“追求”。这句话的意思是：因此那(人生的价值)一定就是你在那五年中所追求的东西。答案为A。
13.根据上下文，这里暗指她的病情开始恶化。答案为A。
14.这里指疾病和情感折磨着她，使她很痛苦。答案为B。
15.在课堂上，我们听她讲课。答案为A。
16.根据下文她要离开，但又有点犹豫。答案为B。
17.这里指或许她在设法寻求合适的理由。答案为D。
18.习惯用语wish sb. the very best意思为“祝愿某人万事如意”。答案为C。
19.指村民们表达了对她的感谢之情。答案为A。
20.这里指火车带走了她和她那颗悲伤的心。答案为C。
[例6]?
Marriage is still a popular institution in the United States, but divorce(离婚) is becoming_1_as“popular”.Most American people get married, _2_,at the present time, and fifty percent of American marriages end _3_ divorce. However, four out of five divorced people do not _4_ single. They get married a second time to _5_ partners. Sociologists(社会学家)tell us that in the next century, _6_American people will marry three _7_ four times in one lifetime. Alvin Toffler, an American sociologist, _8_this new social form serial(连续的)marriages. In his book Future Shock, Toffler gives many _9_ for this change in American marriage. In modern society, _10_ lives don't stay the same for very long.Americans_11_ change their jobs, their homes, and their circles of _12_So,the person who was a _13_ husband or wife ten years ago is sometimes not as good ten years _14_After some years of marriage, a husband and wife can _15 _that their lives have become very different, and they don't 16the same interests anymore. For this reason, Toffler says, people in the twenty first century will not _17_ to marry only one person for an _18_ lifetime. They will plan to stay married to one person for perhaps five or ten years, and then marry _19_.Most Americans will expect to have a “marriage carrier”that _20_ three or four marriages.
1. A. already B. almost C. ever D. even
2. A. anyway B. then C. but D. therefore
3. A. with B. from C. in D. for
4. A. live B. take C. make D. stay
5. A .new B. old C. young D. pretty
6. A. most B. main C. few D. mostly
7. A. and B. by C. or D. to
8. A. asks B. calls C. tells D. lets
9. A. causes B. chances C. problems D. reasons
10. A. human's B. people's C. person's D. man's
11. A. frequently B. quickly C. rapidly D. fast
12. A. parents B. classmates C. neighbors D. friends
13. A. polite B. strict C. good D. unfriendly
14. A. late B. latter C. lately D. later
15. A. imagine B. feel C. believe D. suppose
16. A. enjoy B. hold C. divide D. share
17. A. desire B. plan C. wish D. design
18. A. entire B. extreme C. total D. whole
19. A. the other B. others C. other D. another
20. A. appears B. happens C. includes D. carries
解析
1almost“几乎”，这里表示在美国结婚和离婚都很普通。答案为B。
2.多数美国人结婚，但是，美国又有一半的人最终离婚。答案为C。
3. end in divorce表示“以离婚结束”。答案为C。
4. stay single表示“保持单身”，五分之四离婚的人都不愿意保持单身。答案为D。 5. get married to是一个固定搭配，表示“跟某人结婚”，这里指跟新的、另外的人结婚。答案为A。
6. A表示“多数”。答案为A。
7. C表示“三到四次”，多数美国人一辈子结婚三到四次。答案为C。
8call表“称作，称为”。答案为B。
9. reasons表示“原因，说明……的原因”。答案为D。
10. people's lives表示人们的生活，不会保持很长。答案为B。
11. frequently表示“经常地，不断地”，在这里指美国人不断地改变自己的工作。答案为A。
12. 他们的朋友圈子也在改变。答案为D。　
13. 人们的审美标准在不断地发生变化。答案为C。　
14. 十年前的标准和十年后的标准有很大区别。答案为D。　
15. B表示“感觉到”，答案为B。　
16. share the same interests“有共同的兴趣”。答案为D。　
17. plan to do sth表示“计划做……”。答案为B。　
18. an entire life表示“整个一生”。答案为A。　
19. marry another表示“跟另外一个人结婚”。答案为D。　
20. includes表示“包括，包含”。答案为C。　
[例7]
The word “sharp” can be _1_ to describe many different things in your home, classroom, and places of work. In this chapter, the writer _2_sharp pencils, meaning pencils with a very fine _3_.The writer does not like dull pencils.
We can also use “sharp” to describe the blades of knives. Knives also have points. We can use “sharp” to describe a _4_ kind of point,_5_as the sharp points of kitchen and steak knives. Scissors have blades, too, and we can describe these blades as sharp or dull. Furthermore, the points of scissors are _6_ sharp or rounded _7_ on the kind of scissors. Some tools, such as saws, scrapers, and garden tools, also have blades. We can use the words “sharp” and “dull” to describe the blades of these tools, _8_.Sharp knives, scissors, and tools are_9_to use. They cut things easily and quickly, without effort.?
“Sharp” can be used to describe the edges of furniture and _10_some containers. For example, the edge of a table or desk can be _11_.In addition; we can describe the edge of _12_ open can as sharp. The top of a can is sometimes sharp_13_ to cut your hand. A piece of _14_ from a broken jar or bottle is_15_very sharp.
_16_we sometimes use “sharp” to describe people. A person who appears sharp is very well _17_.A person who is sharp, on the other hand, is intelligent, smart, and_18_ learn and understand.
To summaries, “sharp” can be used to describe many kinds of _19_ that have blades, points, and edges. When we used it to describe people, it can mean nice looking, well dressed, or intelligent. It is an expensive word _20_ it can be used in many different ways.
1. A. written B. used C. seen D. taken
2. A. talks about B. takes care of
C. doesn't like to mention D. makes up his mind to
3. A. sharp B. color C. point D. edge
4. A. some B. any C. only D. certain
5. A. so B. as soon C. such D. or
6. A. either B. neither C. too D. very
7. A. working B. which are C. is D. spending
8. A. too B. even C. either D. ever
9. A. difficult B. easy C. interesting D. clean
10. A. for B. with C. of D. at
11. A. seen B. sharp C. smooth D. hard
12. A. an B. a C. the D.
13. A. so as B. in order C. so that D. enough
14. A. news B. glass C. information D. advice
15. A. again B. quite C. rather D. ordinarily
16. A. However B. Finally C. Therefore D. In this way
17. A. prepared B. dressed C. mannered D. served
18. A. easy to B .is to C. to D. quick to
19 .A. funny things B. knives C. objects D. containers
20. A. because B. even if C. though D. not only
解析
1　be used to表示“被用来”。答案为B。　
2.　A表示“讨论，谈论”。答案为A。　
3.　根据意思，要有一个好的笔头。答案为C。　
4.　a certain kind of表示“某一种”。答案为D。　
5.　such as表示“比如，像”。答案为C。　
6.　either …or是一个固定结构，表示“要么……要么”。答案为A。　
7.　固定结构。答案为D。　
8.　too，用在肯定句中，表示“也”。答案为A。　
9.　be easy to use表示“很容易用”。答案为B。　
10.　of furniture and of some containers是并列结构。答案为C。　
11.　整篇文章就是关于“sharp”。答案为B。　
12.　open是以元音开头，所以用an。答案为A。　
13.　sharp enough to do表示“锋利得足够……”。答案为D。　
14.　一个玻璃碎片……。答案为B。　
15.　根据意思来填。答案为D。　
16　最后，用“sharp”来形容人。答案为B。　
17.　穿着很好的人。答案为B。　
18.　quick to learn表示“学得很快”。答案为D。　
19.　objects表示“物体”。答案为C。　
20.　在这里是“因果关系”。答案为A。　
[例8]
After lunch, without permission from parents, the two boys set off to explore the part of the beach which lay beyond the headland(陆岬，伸出海面的尖形高地).They had persuaded their young sister to _1_, saying that the long walk would be too _2_for her. Once they had got in the head land, the beach reached away endlessly before them. It was like _3_a new world. There were damp, dark caves to _4_,there were many_5_ among the rocks, full of sea creatures(生物);and, here and there along the beach were those _6_ objects, washed up and _7_ by the tide.
The afternoon passed _8_The sun was already _9_when the boys reluctantly(恋恋不舍地) _10_ to make their _11_ homewards. But long before they reached the headland, they could see that the tide had come in so sudden that they were now _12_from either end of the beach. Their only chance of _13_ was to find a way up the cliff(悬崖) nearby.
They soon find a narrow path _14_ the cliff top. But half way up their path was_15_by a large rock which they could not climb_16_The two boys had to_17_ at the top of their voices, _18_ that someone might_19_over the top of the rock, and finally came their father with two policemen. _20_of them climbed down a rope which was lowered over the rock. The boys were then pulled to safety, and thus saved from spending a miserable night on the cliff.
1. A. keep quiet B. stay behind C. take a rest D. join them
2. A. tiring B. exciting C. uninteresting D. impossible
3. A. discovering B. facing C. enjoying D. imagining
4. A. look up B. explore C. hide in D. search
5. A. lakes B. rivers C. waterfalls D. pools
6. A. dirty B .light C. strange D. clean
7. A. moved B .covered C. beaten D. left
8. A. quickly B. unexpectedly C. finally D. suddenly
9. A. leaving B. dropping C. going D. setting
10. A. forgot B. decided C. succeeded D. turned
11.A. road B. way C. track D. path
12. A. cut off B. left behind C. held back D. put away
13. A. running off B. keeping clear C. getting away D. turning back
14. A. reaching B. passing C. going up D. leading to
15. A. blocked B. covered C. stopped D. filled
16. A. on B. over C. round D. through
17. A. shout B. shoot C. repeat D .renew
18. A. wanting B. guessing C. believing D. hoping
19. A .turn B. appear C. hide D. climb
20. A. Any B. None C. One D. First
解析
1.从上下文看，A、C、D不符合，故不选。答案为B。
2.上文说劝阻young sister不去，只能说long walk would be too tiring。答案为A。 3.通过上下文看，facing是作like的宾语，表示“面对”的意思。答案为B。
4.explore指探索。答案为B。
5.岩石间应是pools。答案为D。
6.two boys没有见过海里的东西，故选strange。答案为C。
7.被潮水冲上来，并留下的东西用leave。答案为D。
8.quickly 可指时间过的飞快。答案为A。
9.太阳落山用set。答案为D。
10.没有turn to do这个搭配,succeed in doing，forget to do语境不对。答案为B。
11.make one's road homewards指找道回家。答案为A。
12.cut off切断，割掉。答案为A。
13.get away指逃走，离开;run off吓跑，撵走;turn back翻回，打退堂鼓。答案为C。 14.reach指到达；lead to指通向。答案为D。
15.be blocked指阻塞。答案为A。
16.climb over the rock指爬上岩石。答案为B。
17.shout at the top of one's voice指高声地喊。答案为A。
18.hoping表伴随，希望。答案为D。
19.appear指希望某人出现在岩石上。答案为B。
20.one of them, them指their father and two policemen。答案为C。
[例9]?
In Britain, people have different attitudes to the police. Most people generally _1_them and the job they do—although there are certain people who do not believe that the police _2_have the power that they do.
What does a policeman actually do It is not _3_job to describe. After all, a policeman has a number of jobs in _4_.A policeman often has to control traffic, either _5_ foot in the centre of a town, or in a police car on the roads. Indeed, in Britain, he might be in the Traffic Police and spend all, or a lot of, his time _6_up and down main roads and motorways. A traffic policeman has to help keep the traffic moving, stop _7_motorists and help when there is an accident.?
A policeman has to help keep the _8_, too. If there is a fight or some other disturbance, we _9_ the police to come and restore order. And they often have to _10_ situation at great risk to their own _11_.
We expect the police to solve crimes, of course, so an ordinary policeman, _12_ he is not a detective(侦探),will often have to help_13_and arrest criminals.
And _14_ do we call when there is an emergency—an air crash,a_15_,a road accident, or a robbery We call the police. _16_a policeman has to be _17_to face any unpleasant emergency that may happen in the _18_ world.
The police do an absolutely necessary job, they do it _19_ well and I support them, but I do not envy policemen. I do not think that I could _20_ do the job of a policeman.
1. A. dislike B. join C. appreciate D. admire
2. A. should B. would C. could D. must
3. A. a funny B. a pleasant C. an interesting D. an easy
4. A. it B. one C. his D. them
5A.on B. by C. under D. with
6. A. walking B. driving C. wandering D. searching
7. A. resting B. tired C. speeding D. drunken
8. A. peace B. silence C. situation D. condition
9. A. wait for B. call C. think of D. expect
10. A. turn to B. avoid C. deal with D. treat
11. A. safety B. families C. future D. friends
12. A. although B. as if C. however D. even if
13. A. get rid of B. question C. look for D. sentence
14. A. how B. where C. what D. who
15. A. power failure B. fire C. thunder storm D. thief
16. A. Yet B. Then C. As D. So
17. A. provided B. promised C. prepared D. presented
18. A. future B. modern C. real D. whole
19. A. extremely B. specially C. surprisingly D. particularly
20. A. hardly B. forever C. ever D. never
解析
1.　由下文观点排除A、B，作者是欣赏警察行事的态度与精神，而不是羡慕。答案为C。2.should指应该，此处译为“一些人认为警察不应该有他们有的权力”。答案为A。
3.由下文可知，警察工作很繁忙，所以是不容易的。答案为D。
4.由下文可知，一个警察要做很多工作，所以“a number of jobs in one”。答案为B。
5.固定短语“on foot”。答案为A。
6.在motorway上不能步行，只能行车，所以选driving。答案为B。
7.speeding motorists是超速的机动车辆。答案为C。
8.下文说“there is a fight”可知上文要警察维护和平。答案为A。
9.“wait for”是等待某人，call是打电话召某人，think of是想起，expect sb to do sth是期待某人做某事。答案为D。
10.警察面对情况是要处理的，所以要用deal with； treat是对待、治疗的意思。答案为C。11.警察处理情况也有危险威胁他们安全，所以应选safety, their own safety。答案为A。
12.although与even if都有“虽然……但是”之意，但even if有强调之意，此处强调警察的作用。答案为D。
13.“look for”是寻找之意，“get rid of”摆脱，question质问，sentence判处，此处是警察寻找并追捕犯罪分子。答案为C。
14.此处问“我们将召唤谁，当一个紧急情况发生时”，选疑问代词who。答案为D。 15.前文说“emergency”是紧急情况，A、B、C、D中只有a fire是紧急情况。答案为B。16.由上文可知我们面对紧急情况总是找警察，顺承下来用So表结果是。答案为D。
17.上文结果是警察随时随刻准备prepared面对emergency。答案为C。
18.答案为B。
19.extremely是very的意思，此处praise警察的工作是very well。答案为A。
20.这句话否定前移，应为“I think that I could not…”A、D都是否定之意，双重否定表肯定，故排除，forever不合语境。答案为C。
[例10]
A high school history teacher once told us, “If you make one close friend in school, you will be most fortunate. A true friend is someone who stays with you for life."_1_ teaches that he was right. Good friendship is just not easily _2_.
It is possible that we simply do not stay in one place long enough food _3_friendship to _4_. However, there can be_5_disagreement on the need for each of us to think carefully about the kind of friendship we want.
To most of us, friendships are considered very important, but we need to have clear in our _6_ the kinds of friendship we want. Are they to be close or _7_ at arm's length Do we want to _8_ourselves or do we want to walk on the surface For some people, many friendships on the surface are _9_enough—and that' s all right. But at some point we need to 10 that our expectations are the same as our friends' expectations. The sharing of_11_experience _12_ our tears as well as our dark dreams is the surest way to deepen friendships. But it _13_be undertaken(进行) slowly and carried on only if there are _14_of interest and action in return.
What are some of the _15_of friendship The greatest is the attraction to expect too much too soon. Deep relationships _16_time. Another“major difficulty" is the selfishness to think one “possesses" the other, including his time and attention. Similarly, friendships _17_ actions in return. In 18words, you must give as much as you take. Finally there is a question of taking care of. Unless you spend _19_time together, talking on the phone, writing letters, doing things together, friendships will die _20_?.
1. A. Knowledge B. Teachers C. Experience D. Parents 2. A. understood B. formed C. realized D. produced 3. A. true B. common C. deeply D. actual
4. A. design B. intend C. develop D. appear 5. A. no B. some C. any D. none
6. A. hearts B. thoughts C. actions D. minds 7. A. remained B. left C. kept D. stayed 8. A. own B. owe C. share D. spare 9. A. that B. very C. quite D. not
10. A. make sure B. remember C. expect D. check out 11. A. social B. ordinary C. good D. personal 12. A. includes B. to include C. including D. included 13. A. can B. need C. will D. must 14. A. marks B. sights C. scenes D. signs 15. A. difficulties B. differences C. advantages D. things
16. A. cost B. spend C. ask D. take 17. A. require B. request C. depend D. suggest 18. A. some B. many C. other D. different
19. A. reasonable B. comfortable C. less D. a lot
20. A. for B. away C. out D. from
解析
1.根据teaches可判断主语应是名词单数形式，排除B、D，在A、C中比较选择，显然Experience(经验)更能说明问题。答案为C。
2.好的友谊应该用形成，而不说understood理解；realized实现，produced产生。答案为B。3.通过比较四个选项，C副词首先排除，而B、D common普通的，actual实际上的；没有A项true真正的好。答案为A。
4.这句话意思是我们的确不会在一个地方呆的时间长到能够让真正的友谊得到发展，这是可能的，故选develop“发展”，而appear“出现”，虽然意思能够说通，但句子结构不对，不能说for true friendship to appear。答案为C。
5.no disagreement没有异议，根据句意可判断应选全否定的词，而none后边不能直接接名词，答案为A。
6.in our minds固定搭配，在我们的思维意识中，而不用thoughts或hearts。答案为D。
7.kept at arm's length“保持一臂的距离”，意思是不能发展成为亲密的朋友，而remained和stayed虽然也可表达这种意思，但没有这种用法。答案为C。
8.根据“或是我们想走一下表面形式”，可判断前面表达相反意思，而是share ourselves彼此同甘共苦。答案为C。
9.根据上下文，这句话表达的意思是：对于某些人，很多友谊保持在表面上就足够了。足够了用quite enough,而没有very enough的用法。答案为C。
10.根据句意应用make sure确保。答案为A。
11.这句话表达意思是：交流包括我们眼泪和个人经历是加深友谊的最好方式，所以personal最贴切。答案为D。
12.此处include our tears as well as our dreams作定语修饰前面的experience，而experience和include是逻辑主谓关系，故用现在分词including的形式修饰。答案为C。
13.根据上下文意思，此处用must“必须”,最好。答案为D。
14.根据意思，此处用“迹象”的意思，虽然marks和signs都有这个意思，但mark更侧重标志和象征，而sign则可指一般的迹象、前兆等。答案为D。
15.根据后面表达的意思，应选difficulties“困难”。答案为A。
16.上一句话说我们总希望友谊快点来临，根据语境，这句话表达深厚的友谊需要花费时间，而cost通常指花费money，spend当花费时间时，主语是人，只有用take最合适。答案为D。17.根据意思选A项require需要，要求。答案为A。
18.In other words固定表达，意思是换句话说。答案为C。
19.这句话表达意思是“除非你花费合理的时间和朋友在一起，否则友谊就会消逝”，reasonable合理的，适当的。答案为A。
20.考查词组意义辨析。die away(灯光，声音，友谊等)渐弱，消失；die out 物种灭绝；die from死于……。答案为B。
　　[例11] （英语辅导报） 　　If you do not use your arms or your legs for some time, they become weak. When you 1 using them again, they 2 become strong again. Everybody knows this and nobody would think of 3 this fact. 4 there are many people who do not 5 to know that memory works in the 6 way. 　　7 someone says that he has a good memory; he 8 means that he 9 his memory by practising exercising it. When someone 10 says that his memory is poor, he actually means that he 11 give it enough chances to become 12 .Have you ever 13 that people who cannot read or write usually have 14 memories than those who can This is 15 those who 16 read or write 17 remember things. They have to remember dates, places, names, songs and stories. So their memory is the whole time 18 .So 19 you want to have a good memory, you should learn from those people, 20 by remembering what you see, hear, feel and write. If so, you must have a good memory. 　　1. A. begin B. go on C. stop D. continue 　　2. A. quickly B. slowly C. soon D. at once 　　3. A. doing B. agreeing C. questioning D. answering 　　4. A. Yet B. Still C. So D. Certainly 　　5. A. want B. seem C. get D. hope 　　6. A. other B. usual C. same D. opposite 　　7. A. As B. What C. While D. When 　　8. A. real B. actually C. true D. then 　　9. A. wants B. builds up C. makes D. keeps 　　10.A.again B. else C. more D. once 　　11.A.do not B. is not C. never D. does not 　　12.A.poor B. weak C. strong D. healthy 　　13.A.seen B. heard of C. noticed D. thought of 　　14.A.worse B. better C. more D. less 　　15.A.why B. how C. because D. the reason 　　16.A.used to B. cannot C. try to D. have to 　　17.A.will not B. have to C. refuse D. cannot 　　18.A.ready B. being used C. busy D. training 　　19.A.if B. that C. though D. thus 　　20.A.please B. try C. train D. enjoy 　　答案与解析: 　　1.A.根据句中有副词again进行推断,此处应该用begin(doing)表示"重新开始做某事". 2.B.身体、健康、记忆由弱到强的变化过程比较缓慢. 3.C.此处question是一个动词,表示"对某事物提出疑问/质疑". 4.A.表示转折语义. 　　5.B.seem to do/be"似乎,好像是". 　　6.C.in the same way"以同样的方式",说明人的记忆力与身体变化一样,都是由弱到强这样一个缓慢变化过程. 　　7.D.When引导时间状语从句. 　　8.B.actually=really"实际上,事实上". 　　9.D. 　　10.B.else常与不定代词someone, somebody, something; anyone, anybody, anything; everyone, everybody, everything; no one, nobody, nothing以及疑问词what, who, whose, whom, which, where, when, how等连用. 　　11.D. 　　12.C.poor与strong构成对比. 　　13.C.表示"注意到,留意到". 　　14.B.句中better memories=stronger memories. 　　15.C.构成句式"This is because+从句",用来交代前面情况的原因. 　　16.B.根据上句中有"people who cannot read or write usually have better momories than..."可以推知. 　　17.B. 　　18.B.为现在进行时的被动语态形式. 　　19.A.引导条件状语从句. 　　20.C.说明好的记忆力需要经过训练. 　　 [例12] 　　It was a normal summer night. humidity(潮湿) hung in the thick air. The only sound was my sister's heavy 1 from the bed next to me. 　　I couldn't go to 2 , partly because of my cold and partly because of my 3 for the next day. My mum had said that tomorrow was going to be a 4 . 　　Sweat stuck to my aching body. Finally, I gathered enough 5 to sit up. I looked out of my small window into the night. There was a big bright 6 hanging in the sky, giving off a magic glow. 　　My sister turned over as though she was as light as air. Why could she sleep soundly Why wasn't she 7 too Did she know about tomorrow 　　I couldn't stand the 8 anymore, so I did what I always do to make myself feel better. I went to the 9 and picked up my toothbrush and toothpaste. Pouring the red paste onto the brush, I cleaned back and forth, up and down. 　　Then I walked downstairs to look for some 10 of movement, some life. Gladiator, my cat, 11 me as he meowed(猫叫)his sad song. He was on the old orange couch, 12 on his front legs, waiting for something to happen. He looked at me as if to say, " I'm 13 , pet me. I need a good hug." Even the couch begged me to sit on it. 　　In one movement I settled down onto the soft couch. This couch 14 my birth, my parents' marriage, and hundreds of other little 15 . 　　As I held Gladiator, my heart started beating heavily. My mind was 16 with questions: What's life Am I really alive Are you listening to me Every time I moved my hand down Gladiator's body, I had a 17 thought; each touch sang a different song. 　　I forgot all about the 18 and the next day's surprise. The 19 was so full of warmth and silence that I sank into its arms. Falling asleep with the big cat in my arms, I felt all my worries 20 move away. 　　1.A. murmuring B. breathing C. crying D. thinking 　　2.A. sleep B. work C. study D. rest 　　3.A. worries B. plans C. arrangements D. expectations 　　4.A. surprise B. hope C. success D. failure 　　5.A. energy B. ideas C. strength D. stamps 　　6.A. cloud B. star C. sun D. moon 　　7.A. worrying B. sweating C. sleeping D. speaking 　　8.A. silence B. cold C. pressure D. pain 　　9.A. bedroom B. kitchen C. bathroom D. waiting-room 　　10.A. sights B. signs C. signals D. notices 　　11.A. interested B. pleased C. reminded D. frightened 　　12.A. standing up B. keeping up C. sitting down D. sitting up 　　13.A. lonely B. lovely C. friendly D. lively 　　14.A. proved B. represented C. helped D. attended 　　15.A. people B. animals C. events D. pets 　　16.A. flooded B. troubled C. satisfied D. knocked 　　17.A. strange B. difficult C. new D. noble 　　18.A. cold B. mind C. time D. heat 　　19.A. family B. atmosphere C. heart D. bed 　　20.A. completely B. slowly C. suddenly D. partly 　　Key: 1-5 BADAC 6-10 DBCCB 11-15 DDABC 16-20 ACDBB2005年高考备考讲座提纲
主讲人：北京市特级教师 张铁城
“2005高考考试说明”的特点
1、 “I. 考试性质”部分没有变化。但是在“I. 考试性质”部分，删除了“英语科考试是按照标准化测试要求设计的。”的提法。在“II. 考试内容和要求”部分删除了有关“试卷由第一卷和第二卷组成……”等具体的“形式”规定。
2、 “II. 考试内容和形式”部分由“II. 考试内容和要求”取代。
这样一来，各省市均可自己设定“试卷形式”。
在“II. 考试内容和要求”中，简化了原“II. 考试内容和形式”部分的具体“形式”规定，代之以“一 语言知识”和“二 语言运用”两条，更加明确了英语科的考试基本考点。“一 语言知识”部分强调依据基本语法知识点和现行“教学大纲”进行命题，添设了简短的“附录 语法项目表”，删除了“2004年考试说明”的“附录 1 词汇表”。在“二 语言运用”部分明确地纳入现行“教学大纲”中有关“语言运用”的“听、读、写”三个“语言技能”的具体要求，如: 听力方面，要求掌握听力语篇的主旨、细节和说话人观点、态度、意图，并做出推理判断。阅读方面，除了要求掌握文章的主旨、细节和作者的观点、态度、意图之外，还要能够理解语篇文体和猜测生词。“要求考生读懂熟悉的有关日常生活话题的简短文字材料，例如公告、说明、广告以及书、报、杂志中关于一般性话题的简短文章。”写作方面，则要求词语使用正确，意思表达连贯清楚。“2005高考考试说明”省略了大量描述有关“试卷形式”的详尽规定的篇幅，删繁就简，更加突出“考试说明”的重点，便于考生领会命题原则，有利于2005年的备考活动。（ ※“一般性话题”是即将执行的“新课标”术语，而不是现行的“全日制高级中学英语教学大纲”的语言。这说明：高考测试语篇能力。高考命题原则：“突出语篇，强调应用，注重实际。”偕同“新课标”，代表着“国际先进理念”，已经悄悄地quietly潜入了（steal into “2005年高考说明”，以及近年“高考试卷”的字里行间。（好雨知时节，当春乃发生。随风潜入夜，润物细无声。A good rain seems to know when it should come, and therefore it always comes in the middle of spring. With a light wind, the rain falls steal into the night , quietly wetting and comforting（’kmfti）（v. 使…舒适）everything on earth.）
3、 “III. 考试形式和试卷结构”部分，仅仅规定试卷总分和考试时间，不再具体规定试卷各大题的分值。其中，仅仅“建议”“一般”包括哪些“题型”，并无严格规定。以“IV. 题型示例”取代2004年“考试说明”“III. 样题、听力部分录音稿、答案及评分参考”部分。除“三 填空题”部分之外，所有样题，均择选自2004年“考试说明”“III. 样题、听力部分录音稿、答案及评分参考”部分（和1999年考试说明的样题一样）；如：“一、多项选择题 （一）考查听力”的1、2、3小题分别选自2004年“考试说明”“III. 样题、……”的1、7、8小题（和1999年考试说明的样题一样）；“（二）考查语法和词汇知识）”的4个小题分别选自2004年“考试说明”“III. 样题、……”的21、22、23、24小题（※它们分别是：1995-11题、1997-10题、1995-13题、1996-7题；其中，将1997-10题稍加改动）；“（三）考查阅读理解”的语篇和理解题就是2004年“考试说明”“III. 样题、……”的阅读理解A篇及其56、57、58、59、60小题（该题就是1996年高考试卷的阅读A篇）；“二、多项选择式完形填空题”就是2004年“考试说明”“III. 样题、……”的“完形填空题”（该题就是由1995年高考试卷的完形填空改编的）；“四、短文改错题”（该题就是1996年高考试卷的短文改错）和“五、写作题” （该题就是1995年高考试卷的书面表达）都是2004年“考试说明”“III. 样题、……”的原题。（※“IV. 题型示例”所选试题，详见：附录）
由此可见，2005年考试说明的命题难度不会超过20世纪90年代的高考试题。
4、 2005年“考试说明” “IV. 题型示例”部分中新添的 “三 填空题”：
Man:……and lastly this week I have some information about a course at the Country College near Burnside, which might be of interest to someone wanting a late-season break, or to groups. They tell me they have spaces on their Country Sports courses the weekend after next. There are three courses that you might like to join: fishing, hill-walking and rock-climbing. So, quite a lot of variety there. The fishing is open to anyone over the age of 12, and so is the hill-walking. For the rock-climbing you must be sixteen or older, for safety reason. All these courses are really enjoyable.（101个单词）
BURNSIDE COUNTRY COLLEGE
Country Sports Weekends
COURSE AGE
fishing 12+
1. 2.
Rock-climbing 16+
此“题型示例”部分没有明确的Directions。因此，命题人员可以灵活规定考生必须完成该“填空题”的具体要求；如：Name the other courses that people might like to join. 考生便可在1._________ 处填写如：1. Jogging and cycling这样的词语。又如：命题人员可以要求考生填写上面涉及的三个courses的补充说明（Say something more about some of the activities if you go in for one of the three courses.）；考生便可在1._________ 处填写如：1. People who might like to join the fishing course can go fishing either by boat or simply by the seaside with their fishing-tackle in their hands. 这样的词语。……新添的“三 填空题”实际上是“阅读理解和书面表达”相结合的测试题；2004年广东卷2的Section III Writing就要求考生“按照作文的主题范围要求，从阅读文章B篇中选择一个表达原文作者观点的句子，作为你作文的主题句；首先简要概述原文作者对这一主题的论述，然后发表你自己的看法，或通过实际的例证表述你的看法；”
5、 总之，2005年“考试说明”仍然遵循“稳定中，求发展”的指导思想，一方面，仍然是以“测试能力”为主，另一方面，又尊重各省市具体情况，有利于命题人员恰当地、灵活地命制高考试题。
附录一 2005年2月24日《北京法制晚报》
英语：词汇表没了考生要会读报
英语特级教师、北京新干线学校专家顾问张铁城：新增开放式填空题比四选一的完形填空要难。没有了词汇表，告诉考生别再死记硬背单词了。要“读懂熟悉的有关日常生活话题的简短文字材料，例如公告、说明、广告以及书、报、杂志中关于一般性话题的简短文章”。
附录二2005年3月27日《北京晚报》
英语　最好记忆几十篇短文
英语特级、精华教育机构主讲教师 张铁城
　　2005年高考“北京卷考试说明”是依据2005年全国高考“考试大纲”的精神编制的。要解读“说明”，必须首先解读“大纲”。
　　2005“大纲”在编制上作出调整，便于考生领会突出语篇，强调应用，注重实际的命题原则，更加明确英语学科的“三大考点”：1、听懂对话和独白的主旨、细节和说话人的观点、态度、意图，并作出推理判断；２、读懂文章主旨、细节和作者的观点、态度、意图，理解语篇文体，能猜测生词；３、写作造句词语正确，意思表达连贯清楚。
　　“大纲”中关于“要求考生读懂熟悉的有关日常生活话题的简短文字材料，例如公告、说明、广告以及书、报、杂志中关于一般性话题的简短文章。”这句话，概括了2005高考的全部备考活动：北京卷3年来先后增加的203个单词，都是为了扩大在“交际实际”中听、读、写“语篇”“话题”的范围，而不是要求北京考生多记忆“英汉对照单词表”中的203个（或者今年的58个）孤立的单词。
这些“简短文章”可以在诸如“参考消息周三双语版”、“英语学习”、“英语沙龙”、“英语文摘”英汉对照双语报刊杂志中找到，借助每个文章旁边的“汉语译文”，借助“英英词典”（如牛津词典、朗文词典），掌握主旨、捕捉细节、探究含义，时而抄抄写写，时而朗诵表演，务必在步入高考考场之前，“输入”大脑50-100篇短文（每篇350-500个单词）。
补充例证：2000年高考阅读理解（抽样通过率：43%），其中C篇抽样通过率：34.2% ，其中四个小题的抽样通过率分别为：（59） 27%，（60）36%，（61） 50%，（62） 24%。
国家考试中心人员在“2001年版 高考试题分析”一书的p.232-p.236分别提出三点看法：（1）“本文段……是世界性热门话题：决策问题……对于熟悉社会科学普及性话题的人来讲，……不会构成重大的理解困难，但是，……对于那些整天忙于做模拟试题的考生来讲，本文段所涉及的内容带有很大的抽象性。”（2）“我们不可以让作者改变一下写作策略，以适应考生的阅读策略。惟一的办法是让考生改变一下阅读策略，以适应作者的写作策略。”（3）“本题难度很大，为0.24。……这丛一个侧面反映了当前高中英语教学还没有能够普遍地重视立足语篇去处理和安排词汇的语义领悟问题。”
附录三
II. 考试内容和要求
根据普通高等学校对新生文化素质的要求，参照教育部2000年颁布的《全日制高级中学教学大纲（实验修订版）》，并考虑中学教学实际，制订本学科考试内容。
1. 语言知识（※由2004年以前的“考试说明”的“详实”变得“简单笼统”）
要求考生能够适当运用基本的语法知识（见附录），掌握2000左右的词汇及相关词组（见《全日制高级中学教学大纲（实验修订版）》）
二. 语言运用（※由2004年以前的“考试说明”的“简单笼统”变得“详实”）
1. 听力（※2004年以前的“考试说明”：“测试考生理解口头英语的能力”）
要求考生听懂有关日常生活中所熟悉话题的简短独白和对话。考生应能：
（1） 理解主旨要义；
（2） 获取实事性的具体信息；
（3） 对所听内容作出简单推断；
（4） 理解说话者的意图、观点或态度。
2. 阅读（※2004年以前的“考试说明”：“测试考生阅读理解书面英语的能力”）
要求考生读懂熟悉的有关日常生活话题的简短文字材料，例如公告、说明、广告以及书、报、杂志中关于一般性话题的简短文章。考生应能：
（1）理解主旨要义；
（2）理解文中具体信息；
（3）根据上下文推断生词的词义；
（4）作出简单判断和推理；
（5）理解文章的基本结构；
（6）理解作者的意图和态度。
3. 写作（※由2004年以前的“考试说明”的“详实”变得“简单笼统”）
（※2004年以前的“考试说明”：“要求考生根据所给情景，用英语写一篇100个单词左右的短文。情景包括目的、对象、 时间、地点、内容等；提供情景的形式有图画、图表、提纲等。”）
要求考生根据题示进行书面表达。考生应能：
（1） 准确使用语法和词汇；
（2） 使用一定的句型、词汇，清楚、连贯地表达自己的意思。
附录四 2005考试说明“IV. 题型示例”所选试题
（1）“（二）考查语法和词汇知识）”的4个小题分别选自2004年“考试说明”“III. 样题、……”的21、22、23、24小题（※它们分别是：1995-11题、1997-10题、1995-13题、1996-7题；其中，将1997-10题稍加改动）；
21、Paul doesn’t have to be made _______ . He always works hard.
A. learn B. to learn C. learned D. learning（B）通过率：71%
22、 依据1997-10题原句稍加改动为：I first met Lisa three years ago when we ______ at a radio shop at the time.
A. have worked B. had been working C. were working D. had worked
1997-10题原句：10. I first met Lisa three years ago. She ______ at a radio shop at the time.
A. has worked B. was working C. had been working D. had worked
（B）通过率：69%。
23、1995--13题
She thought I was talking about her daughter, _______ , in fact, I was talking about my daughter.
A. whom B. where C. which D. while
答案 ：D 通过率 ：76 %
试题分析 ：“仅从知识运用上看，此题难度要大于第11题，但从通过率看，其难度小于第11题，此点与干扰项的设置有关（见下文）。C项干扰最强，比率达15%。B项干扰性很弱。
我们说此题在知识运用水平上似难于第11题，其理由是此题的判断活动需要有更多的知识点来支撑，这些知识包括：（1）对各类从句的一般性了解；（2）对定语从句的各个相关知识的准确把握；（3）对时态的一般了解；（4）对语句结构层次的准确把握；（5）对插入语的观察判断；（6）对while作为‘对照’用法的准确把握。
……
从此题误选相对集中在C项这一情况来看，考生的语义语境判断能力需要大力加强。在语境中发掘确切语义，在此基础上有效把握句中的语义关系（即逻辑关系），对高中学生来说并不是一件困难的事情，重要的是，教师应当在整个高中教学中把握好能力发展的定向：究竟是走单线形式分析的路子，还是走语义语境分析的路子？不解决这个重大的定向问题，考生将很难走出单纯形式分析的误区。”
24、1996-7题
--- When shall we meet again
--- Make it _______ day you like ; it’s all the same to me .
A.one B. any C. another D. some
答案 ：B 通过率 ：43%
试题分析 ： 本题测试的是代词在语篇中的用法 。若孤立地看待“Make it _____ day you like ;”一句，则one day , any day , another day , some day 都对。但是它们只能运用在不同的场合，语境和语篇之中 。
A. one day 往往表示过去的某一天。
如：One day I happened to meet an old friend of mine …
B. any day则表示“随便哪天”，与有所指的D. some day （将来某一天）不同。
如 ：
--- I wonder if you’d be free some day next week . I’d like to have a talk with you about our new plan .
---The summer holiday begins next week . I’ll be free any day in the coming two months .
--- You mean any day will do
--- Yeah . Any day , any time will do . You’re welcome any day next week .
然而another day 必定是在上下文中提到过的别的day ， 表示“时间不合适”或“另有安排”。如 ：
--- Shall we meet again some day next week
--- Oh , I’m afraid we can’t . You see , I’m going to New York on business next Tuesday .
--- Then , make it another day you like ; anyway I’ll be free from tomorrow on for almost two weeks .
--- What about Tuesday the week after
--- OK.
如果平时学习one , another , some三词均在类似上述语篇中操练的话 ， 那么他们就会“很容易获得上下文的整体乐观性”，做到正确判断。反之 ， 长期使用“英汉对照单词表”，“长期依赖母语的学习活动”的学生“在完成此题的过程中直接或间接地使用了汉语，”因为“长期的学习习惯使他们不自觉地依赖母语进行判断， 而且他们总是认定这样的判断是有道理的”。由此可见，“高水平的学生具备对真实语言的较为丰富的经验 ， 而较差的学生则不具备足够的经验”。
（2）“（三）考查阅读理解”的语篇和理解题就是2004年“考试说明”“III. 样题、……”的阅读理解A篇及其56、57、58、59、60小题（该题就是1996年高考试卷的阅读A篇及其51、52、53、54、55小题）；1996年“阅读理解”大题通过率67%，为1992年至2003年最容易的阅读大题。其中：51题通过率：63%，53题通过率：57%，54题通过率：59%。均属于中等以下难度的小题。全文372个单词，口语文体，便于朗诵或改编成喜剧小品进行课堂演出。
A
We walked in so quietly that the nurse at the desk didn’t even lift her eyes from the book. Mum pointed at a big chair by the door and I knew she wanted me to sit down. While I watched mouth open in surprise, Mum took off her hat and coat and gave them to me to hold. She walked quietly to the small room by the lift and took out a wet mop. She pushed the mop past the desk and as the nurse looked up, Mum nodded and said,“Very dirty floors.”
“Yes. I’m glad they’ve finally decided to clean them,”the nursed answered. She looked at Mum strangely and said,“But aren’t you working late ”
Mum just pushed harder, each swipe（拖一下）of the mop taking her farther and farther down the hall. I watched until she was out of sight and the nurse had turned back to writing in the big book.
After a long time Mum came back. Her eyes were shining. She quickly put the mop back and took my hand. As we turned to go out of the door, Mum bowed politely to the nurse and said,“Thank you.”
Outside, Mum told me:“Dagmar is fine. No fever.”
“You saw her, Mum ”
“Of course. I told her about the hospital rules, and she will not expect us until tomorrow. Dad will stop worrying as well. It’s a fine hospital. But such floors! A mop is not good. You need a brush.”（247 words）
51. When she took a mop from the small room what Mum really wanted to do was ________ .
A. to clean the floor B. to please the nurse
C. to see a patient D. to surprise the story-teller
52. When the nurse talked to Mum she thought Mum was a ________.
A. nurse B. visitor C. patient D. cleaner
53. After reading the story what can we infer about the hospital
A. It is a children’s hospital. B. It has strict rules about visiting hours.
C. The conditions there aren’t very good. D. The nurses and doctors there don’t work hard.
54. From the text we know that Dagmar is most likely ________.
A. the story-teller’s sister B. Mum’s friend
C. the story-teller’s classmate D. Dad’s boss
55. Which of the following words best describes Mum
A. strange B. warm-hearted C. clever D. hard-working（125 words）
（3）“二、多项选择式完形填空题”就是2004年“考试说明”“III. 样题、……”
的“完形填空题”（该题就是由1995年高考试卷的完形填空改编的）；
1995年“完形填空”总通过率 ：55% 属于中等难度试题，但其中不乏中等以上小题，甚至有少量难度较大的小题。如：
第41%：44%、第42小题：48%、第43小题：22%、第44小题：33%、第55小题：26%、第57小题：33%、第58小题：40%、第59小题：48%、第60小题：27%；
1995年高考完形填空的20个小题中仅有6个是测试结构词的。即：
42. 测介词on.；46. 测介词up； 47. 测连词when； 52. 测介词on； 58. 测常用副词there；59. 测常用副词even。（※1990-2004，副词even出现在单选和完形试题中至少有11次。其中3次是出现在2004年上海卷完形-55、天津卷完形-46以及湖南卷单选-27。）
但是，其中通过率低于50％的竞有三个，占50％。而且， 就整个完形填空语篇而言，
几乎所有20个小题的前后都有结构词，“这类词主要起的是篇章纽带作用”，而且这篇完形填空的“短文本身仍有一些表示承接与转换的字眼，若能在通读时加以留心，则能更加有利于考生理解文意。第一段中的though（转折），第二段开头的For example（举例）；第三段开头句里的also，第四段开头句里的too（递进），也都是这样一些说明文中常用到的关联词语 。”（※ 见“高考评价与解析”1996年2月p.135-136 ）
1995年高考“完形填空”原题如下：
Washoe is a young chimpanzee（黑猩猩）. She is no 41. B. ordinary 44%chimpanzee , though. Scientists are doing a research 42. D. on 48% her. They want to see how civilized （驯化）she can ※（※41.4%误选B, 25.4%误选C）43. D.become（※22%）. Already she does many things a human being can do.
For example, she has been learning how to exchange ※29.6% A44. C. messages※32.5% with people. The scientists are teaching her 45. A. sign 51.5% language. When she wants to be picked 46. D. up 64%, Washoe points up with one finger. She rubs her teeth with her finger 47. A. when 78.1% she wants to brush her teeth. This is done after every meal
Washoe has also been 48. B. trained 62% to think out and find answers to problems. Once she was put in a 49. C. room 87% with food hanging from the ceiling. It was too high to 50. D. reach 82%. After she considered the 51.A. problem 55%, she got a tall box to stand 52. B. on 80%. The food was still too high to be reached.
Washoe found a 53. C. long 75.5% pole. Then she climbed onto the 54. B. box 66.8%, grasped the pole, and （※误选C 40.4%）55. A. knocked ※26% down the food with the pole.
Washoe 56. A. lives 72% like a human , too. The scientists keep her in a fully furnished （家具齐全的）house. After a hard （※误选33%）57. C. day ※33% in the laboratory, she goes home. （※误选D 41.9%）58. B. There※40% she plays with
her toys. She 59. C. even 47.7% enjoys watching television before going to bed.
Scientists hope to （※误选B 50.1%）60. D. learn ※27% more about people by studying our closer relative （亲戚）----- chimpanzee. （267个单词）
41. A. foolish B. ordinary C. special D. simple
42. A. for B. by C. to D. on
43. A. experience B. change C. develop D. become
44. A. actions B. views C. messages D. feelings
45. A. sign B. human C. spoken D. foreign
46. A. our B. at C. on D. up
47. A. when B. until C. since D. while
48. A. raised B. trained C. ordered D. led
49. A. cave B. zoo C. room D. museum
50. A. pull B. see C. eat D. reach
51. A. problem B. position C. food D. ceiling
52. A. by B. on C. up D. with
53. A. straight B. strong C. long D. big
54. A. wall B. box C. ceiling D. pole
55. A. knocked B. picked C. took D. shook
56. A. lives B. acts C. thinks D. plays
57. A. task B. lesson C. day D. time
58. A. Here B. There C. So D. Then
59. A. quite B. already C. even D. still
60. A. observe B. discover C. gain D. learn
（80个单词）
（4）“四、短文改错题”（该题就是1996年高考试卷的短文改错）和“五、写作题”
（该题就是1995年高考试卷的书面表达）都是2004年“考试说明”“III. 样题、……”的原题。
“四、短文改错题”（该题就是1996年高考试卷的短文改错）
1996年“短文改错”大题的总通过率：43%
与历年高考“短文改错”试题相比，属于中等难度试题。
其中5个小题:
86：※12% 89: ※31% 91：※35% 93：※31% 95: ※36%
Today I visited the Smiths ---- my first time visit 86.___________
to a American family. They live in a small 87.___________
town. It was very kind for them to meet me 88.___________
at the railway station and drove me to their home. 89.__________
The Smiths did his best to make me feel 90.___________
at home. They offered me coffee and other 91.____________
drinks. We have a good time talking and laughing 92.___________
together. They eager to know everything about 93.____________
China and asked me lots of question. In fact, 94.____________
they are planning to visit China in next year. 95.____________
（86）Today I visited the Smiths----my first time visit…
【试题分析】答案：将time删除，通过率：12%，为本大题之头号最难小题。
此题测试在实际阅读扫描活动中“跨行判断与识别”的能力。失误原因是：缺乏足够的阅读经验。学生深受“英汉对照单词表”的影响，认为time = 次数，所以first time visit
= 第一次拜访，因而看不出：first后的time是受母语影响而加上去的赘词，应划掉。
（89）at the railway station and drove me to their home. 89.__________
【试题分析】答案：将drove 改为drive。通过率：31%，为本大题之最难小题之一。失误原因是：缺乏足够的阅读经验，尤其是口语活动实践，It was very kind of them to meet me
at the railway station and drive me to their home实在是太普通的口语常用句子了！有些考生不善于在阅读扫描中关注完整的句子，往往仅仅看到部分单词之间的语法关系，似乎drove me to their home是正确的。
（91）at home. They offered me coffee and other 91.____________
【试题分析】答案：无错误，通过率：35%，为本大题之最难小题之一。
此题测试在实际阅读扫描活动中“跨行判断与识别”的能力。失误原因是：“考生不仅要学会识别错误，还要能够做出准确判断，敢于肯定正确的。 运用所掌握的知识判断语言是否有误属评价层次的能力。有的人建议每行设错，取消无错误行。这样作势必削弱短文改错考查的功能，减少考查评价能力的层次，有悖于设置短文改错题的初衷，是不可取的。”
（摘自： 1996年高考试题分析 一书）
（93）together. They eager to know everything about 93.____________
【试题分析】答案：无错误，通过率：31%，为本大题最难小题之一。
此题测试在实际阅读扫描活动中“跨行判断与识别”的能力。失误原因是： 1996年试题分析一书指出：“初学英语的人往往受汉语的影响, 写出用形容词作谓语的句子，诸如：I very happy; The east red之类。”而这种“汉语的影响”难道首先不是来自“英汉对照单词表”吗？大家知道，不仅有些初中学生单纯依赖单词表，甚至个别高三学生在进入高考考场前半小时，还站在树荫下死背单词表呢。这种“汉语的影响”之深绝非“一日之功”。
（95）they are planning to visit China in next year. 95.____________
【试题分析】答案：将in删除，通过率：36%，为本大题最难小题之一。
此题测试在实际阅读的“语感”。只要稍有“读起来不顺耳”的“感觉”，便会轻易发现错误。失误原因是：或从汉语角度看句子，或头脑中形成了“语法规则定势”，认为：既然in 1999是对的，似乎in next year也是对的。
“五、写作题” （该题就是1995年高考试卷的书面表达）
1995年总通过率：50% 满分：25 平均分：12.43 样本量2,339
V. 书面表达 （计分25）
假定你是李华。 你和几个朋友约定星期天在人民公园野餐（to have a picnic）。你们的英国朋友Peter也应邀参加。请你根据下面的示意图，给他写封短信，告诉他进公园后如何找到你们。
注意：
1. 词数80—100。
2. 开头语已为你写好。
Dear Peter,
We’re so glad you’re coming to join us on Sunday. Here is how you can find us .
五. One possible version:
June 1st , 1995
Dear Peter,
We’re so glad you’re coming to join us on Sunday. Here is how you can find us . We’ll
have our picnic in the People’s Park . You know where that is , don’t you After you enter
the park by the main gate , walk straight on till you come to a stream . Cross the stream and
turn right . After walking for a while you’ll come to a hill . Walk round to the other side of
the hill . There you’ll see a lake . We’ll have our picnic there in the small woods by the lake .
I’m sure you’ll have no trouble finding us . Do come !
Li Hua
1995年“书面表达”点评：
此题属于asking the way话题，具有规定性、规范性、常用性特色，具备初中话题交际能力的考生便可顺利完成此题。
“关于高中书面语训练的几点建议：
1、高中书面语训练应当进行专业化界定，输入方面可称作‘阅读技能训练’，输出方面可否定为‘初级写作训练’。
2、高中教学应当有Writing教学理论的指导。
3、高中教学应当有贯穿三年的系统写作训练课程。
4、有关部门应当组织专家及专业工作者编写高中写作教材。”
（摘自： 高考命题的理论与实践 《高考命题与中学教学关系研究》课题组 p.181，p.182
东方出版社 1996年12月第一版第一次印刷 印刷数量：10,000册）
No.1 outline
2005英语高考备考提纲（摘要） 张铁城 2005/2/11 北京
一. 2004年全国卷、2005年北京春季卷以及各省市试卷的命题思路及考查重点
1. 依据“新课标”和考试中心的“高考命题12字原则”。
（1） 在“相对稳定”中，向着国际先进外语教学水平（“交际法教学”）逐步发展。
※2005年北京春季卷估计全卷约为4,510-4,556个单词（第II,III,IV,V大题共计3,010-3,056个单词，第I大题仍为11个语篇，估计约为1,500个单词），其试卷总长度不亚于2004年北京秋季高考试卷的4,845个单词，而且肯定大于2004年全国卷（I）的3,989个单词。
（1） 综合测试习惯用法，词语语法“融化”于“交际”中。单词离不开语篇。
※700左右最常用词语“能量无穷” 详见：英语备考“须知”之（7）
※专攻“单词表”和语法规则，必然走入“误区。”（详见：四个“误区”）
为什么“原装”的“考试说明”和“课标03/4人教版”的词汇表
都没有任何汉语解释？
※如果把“考试说明”、“普通高中英语课程标准（实验）2003年4月人教版”或者各类“中学课本”的词汇总表编写成为“英汉对照单词（词组）表”，必然引导备考走向“误区”。不少此类“词汇表”，遗漏多处、补不胜补。
如：在不少高考“英汉对照单词表”中，没有收入高考真题中的重要“考点”：
※备考要领：以语篇为单位、以实用为基础、研读英英词典。
※2004北京卷-49 share（另详）
（1）※2004全国卷（I）（27）
I like it in the autumn when the weather is clear and bright.
A. this B. that C. it D. one
※※2004全国卷（II）（32）
-- Do you like it here
-- Oh, yes. The air, the weather, the way of life. Everything is so nice.
A. this B. these C. that D. it
※※※1998高考试卷（8）
I hate_____ when people talk with their mouth full.
A. it B. that C. these D. them
答案A 通过率39.3%
（2）do（04湖北-35）：
35. --- Will $200______
--- I’m afraid not. We need at least 50 more dollars.
A. count B. satisfy C. fit D. do （D）
（3）fetch（04浙江-52）
49.B.As for housekeeping, a home economics teacher had told Bob that a room always looks clean 50.C.if the bed is made.“I found 51.A.an easier way –I shut the doors,”he says. Soon the kids were wearing their shirts inside out. “When we went to 52.D.fetch Pat at work, I made them wear their shirts 53.C. right side out so they would look clean.”
49. A. Due to B. As for C. Along with D. Except for
50. A. until B. before C. if D. unless
51. A. an easier way B. a cheaper way C. a cleaner way D. a harder way
52. A. receive B. welcome C. greet D. fetch
53. A. good B. wrong C. right D. opposite
（4）few（96-42，16.5%）：
（※34.4%的考生误选D, 32.3%的考生误选 A, 16.4%的考生误选 C）42. B.Few（※只有16.5%的考生选择正确）of us are asked to make（※48.6% D） 43. C. great ※只有33%的考生选择正确decisions about nations going to war or armies going to battle .
42. A. All B. Few C. Some D. None
（5）grade（04全I--完形）（Cf. mark）：
When I finished it the night was half gone and there was no 48.A.time left to write a proper composition for Mr.Fleagle. There was no choice next morning but to 49. C.hand in my work. Two days passed before Mr.Fleagle returned the 50.B.graded papers. He said, “Now, class, I want to read you a composition, ‘The Art of Eating Spaghetti’.”
（6）one（00-23，26%，02-35，12%）：
※2000年（23）题
--- Why don’t we take a little break
--- Didn’t we just have ______
A. it B. that C. one D. this
答案 ：C 通过率 ：26%
※※2002年（35）题Meeting my uncle after all these years was an unforgettable moment, ____ I will always treasure.
A. that B. one C. it D. what
※※※难度较大（通过率：12%）。 ※28%选A，※47%选D ※11%选C。
※※2004年11月24日“参考消息”p.11“双语天地”版“画里画外”栏目刊载美国黑人歌手肖恩·库姆斯批评总统候选人的一段话，说他们都不重视下层选民：“Let them know we have the power. So that the next election that comes around …… they’ll be speaking to you, the forgotten ones, the ones they turned their backs on.”
（7）service（04湖南-37）：
I grew up in a community called Estepona. I was 16 when one morning, Dad told me I could drive him into a 36 village called Mijas, on condition that I took the car in to be 37 at a nearby garage. I readily accepted.
主旨：回忆作者少年时代因说谎而使父亲伤心的故事。
36. A. lonely B. small C. distant D. familiar
37. A. kept B. washed C. watched D. serviced
（8）stay（03全国卷-30，）：
30. Why don’t you put the meat in the fridge It will fresh for several days.
（9）turn（04天津-25，曼德拉）：
25. Happy birthday, Alice! So you have______ twenty-one already!
A. become B. turned C. grown D. passed
※2004年7月南非前总统曼德拉在国际艾滋病防治会议上讲话：“The day after tomorrow will be July 18th, the day when I will turn 84.”
（10）trip（94-54，34%）：
Philippe made seven ※54. C. trips ※34%, back and forth（来来回回）.
54. A. experiments B. circles C. trips D. movements
54. Philippe made seven ※54. C. trips ※通过率：34%, back and forth（来来回回）.
（11）with（※04福建-30）：
30. It was a pity that the great writer died _____ his works unfinished.
A. for B. with C. from D. of （B）
（12）break down（※03全-31，31.7%）（up 03京春-完形）（with）：
2003全国卷 --- 31，通过率：31.7%
31. News reports say peace talks between the two countries with no agreement reached.
A. have broken down B. have broken out
（短语动词历来是高考难题。）
C. have broken in D. have broken up【答案】A
（13）bring out（04江苏-40）：
Summertime 40.B. brought out neat, belted cotton dresses and a hat pulled low over her sunglasses.
40. A. took B. brought C. carried D. turned
（14）build up（04上海-73）：
“But it’s good for the father and for the child if they can 73. C. build up a relationship.”
73. A. make out B. add up C. build up D. set aside
（15）call upon … to do …（96-44，25.4%）：
But all of us are called （※32.6% B, 28.9% C）44. D. upon※25.4% daily to make a great many personal decisions.
44. A. out B. for C. up D. upon
（16）end up（04京-50）：
Is all this pressure necessary I 50. C. ended up leaving the football team. Four other girls did the same, and two of them stopped playing football completely.
50. A. gave B. kept C. ended D. picked
A. gave B. kept C. ended D. picked
（17）close down（04浙江-34）
34. Because the shop _____, all the T-shirts are sold at half price.
A. has closed down B. closed down
C. is closing down D. had closed down （C）
（18）get over（04天津-33）：
33. It was not a serious illness, and she soon ______ it.
A. got over B. got on with C. got around D. got out of （A）
（19）go with（04湖北-42）：
At this time, a car 39 B. stopped. Paul and Diane told Clay to 40 D. follow them to a service station near their 41 B. house. They arrived to see that it had no suitable tires to 42 C. go with her car.“Follow us home,”said Paul.
39. A. passed B. stopped C. paused D. started
40. A. help B. push C. take D. follow
41. A. garage B. house C. shop D. hotel
42. A. agree B. match C. go D. deal
（20）go in for（04北京-35）：
35. I don’t _________ rock ’n’ roll. It’s much too noisy for my taste.
A. go after B. go away with C. go into D. go in for Key: D
（21）hand over（04福建-33）：
33. It is certain that he will ____ his business to his son when he gets old.
A. take over B. think over C. hand over D. go over （C）
（22）head for（97-36,20%）：
He was possibly 36. C. heading for 20% the Southern State Parkway in a white Ford.
36. A. calling from B. fleeing from C. heading for D. looking for
（23）stick to（04湖北-32）（with 04天津-52）：
04湖北-32
32. Once a decision has been made; all of us should ____ it.
A. direct to B. stick to C. lead to D. refer to （B）
04天津-52
Suddenly I regained 51 B. hope. I decided to 52 D. stick with track next year.
51. A. cheer B. hope C. interest D. experience
52. A. hold on B. turn to C. begin with D. stick with
（24）take up（04上海-54）：
54. To keep healthy, Professor Johnson ______ cycling as a regular form of exercise after he retired.
A. took up B. caught on C. carried out D. made for （A）
（25）turn out（04浙江-25※Cf.21-26 work out 13%）：
25. We wanted to get home before dark, but it didn’t quite _____ as planned.
A. make out B. turn out C. go on C. come up （B）
（26）take over（04浙江-37）:
“It was all his own idea,” says Pat, the wife of California high school football coach Bob Peters. Bob had 36.B.just made a“motherhood contract(合同)”—declaring that for 70 days this summer he would 37.D.take over the care of their four children and all the housework. 38.D.Although he didn’t even know how to make coffee when he signed, he was very confident.
36. A. only B. just C. nearly D. ever
37. A. stick to B. set about C. think about D. take over
38. A. If B. As C. Since D. Although
（27）try on（02全国-53，22%）
I’ve been ※※53 A. trying 22%（） that on all my customers today , but I knew 54. A. for sure I’d catch you.”
53. A. trying B. proving C. practising D. examining
54. A. for sure B. at once C. in fact D. right now
（28）but then again（00-37，13%）
“Find he room quickly,”I thought. “Get him into a chair and calmed down.”But 37. , would there be a chair in Room 316 Or would it be a（n）empty room
37. A. in fact B. by chance C. once more D. then again
（29）one at a time（94-26，17%）
（26）Don’t all speak at once . _______ , please.
A. Each at one time B. One by one time C. One for each time D. One at a time
答案：D 通过率：17%
（30）arrive for（03-45 12%）
41 I can remember, Ed’s been the least physically fit member in the family, and 42 pound of himself. His big stomach has always ballooned out between his T-shirt and trousers. Although the family often 43 about that, Ed refused to buy a 44 T-shirt or to lose weight. So when Ed 45 for our game not only with the bottom of his shirt gathered inside his trousers but also with a stomach you could hardly 46 , I was so surprised that I was 47 .
41. A. As soon as B. As long as C. When D. Since
42. A. strangely B. personally C. reasonably D. eagerly
43. A. cared B. forgot C. quarreled D. joked
44. A. clean B. larger C. straight D. darker
45. A. set out B. got ready C. arrived D. returned
46. A. notice B. admire C. believe D. measure
47. A. nervous B. curious C. careless D. speechless
（31）2004全国卷（I）（26）
--- How about eight o’clock outside the cinema
--- That ______ me fine.
A. fits B. meets C. satisfies D. suits.
2. 2004年全国卷以及各省市试卷均体现命题原则：“突出语篇，强调应用，注重实际/交际。”
（1）在“题型与难度”的“相对稳定”之中，向着国际先进外语教学水平逐步发展。
（2）2004年全国卷以及各省市试卷均体现“突出语篇”的命题原则：
纵观2004年的16套试卷，除听力理解试题未计入之外，共计命制（200-300词长度的）语篇127个，两、三句话的小对话和小语篇近50个。这16套试卷，实际上就是包括170多个短文和对话的一个“语篇集团”。
（3）2004年全国卷、2005年北京春季卷以及各省市试卷的三个发展方面。
发展之一：“书面表达”的“开放” 程度有所提高。依据“新课标”八级要求 “（1）能写出连贯且结构完整的短文，叙述事实或表达观点和态度；（2）能根据课文写摘要；（3）能在写作中做到文体规范、语句通顺；（4）能根据用文字及图表提供的信息写短文或报告。”（※Possible version的语言有所提高）
例一：上海卷和“广东卷2（120分钟卷）”的命题说明同时使用英语和汉语：命题老师只做了如下开头：“My Diary Thursday March 11”。命题要求寥寥数语，但却要求写出120-150个单词，把组织作文思想内容的空间完全交给学生去自由驰骋。再加上，5句话的汉译英，约80个单词，上海卷的第二卷，要求考生写出200-230个单词的语篇和句子。而“广东卷2（120分钟卷）”更要求考生写出多达200-300个单词的语篇,“书面表达”题量为全国卷和其他省市试卷的两倍多。
例二：北京卷书面表达“试题分析”：
第一节：2004的“情景作文”与2003年的不同，不是“具体化”的连环图画，而是“抽象化”的图表数据，2003年的要求写的是“主题（Protecting Mother Earth） 明确的故事（Story of a Tree）”，而2004年的要求写的是“图表解说（包括数据、时间、活动等等）”。
第二节：2004年的“开放作文”也与2003年的不同，2003年的虽然使用54个英语单词“提供情景”，但是归纳起来不过是一句话：“你暑期打算如何玩得痛快？”但是，2004年“开放作文”的英语“提示”却的确是一篇70个单词的语篇，它“提示”考生更加“开放地”写作文，既要求考生“阅读理解和书面表达相结合”，又要求考生更多地发挥想象力。2003年“开放作文”要求“词数不少于30”，其参考范文是54个单词，2004“开放作文” 要求“词数不少于50”，其参考范文是81个单词，Possible version的语言难度有所提高。
例三：广东卷（150分）、湖南卷、重庆卷和辽宁卷的“书面表达”均为看图作文，“汉语提示”只有一、两句话，在一定程度上注意发挥考生的想象力，比较自由地撰写作文，要求有所提高。广东卷（150分）还规定作文字数在80-120词范围之内，而不限于100个左右。
例四：2005年北京春季卷“书面表达”共计两篇，要求阅读84个单词，写出110个单词，共计194个单词。然而，实际上，参考两篇的答案估计写出了96+60=156个单词，整个“书面表达”大题共计阅读、写出156+84=240个单词。仅仅从长度上看，已比2004年其他省市试卷的“书面表达”长了大约一倍。两篇作文的话题（healthy food 和traffic problem）都是高中和初中教材中常见的，只要“高考备考时，多多记忆语篇”便可顺利完成。
发展之二：语言知识运用测试题，更加侧重在实际交际中的应用能力（包括语言知识“功能”）测试。“新课标”要求八级做到：“在实际生活中较熟练地实现信息沟通的目的。”（高考就是测试听说读写全方位的“信息沟通”交际能力。）
例一：试题更加“注重实际/交际”，故而，习惯用法测试题的数量有所增加（如：全国卷II第21题的take one’s time，广东卷第34题的 I should think so.等等）, 测试最常用词汇的不同用法的试题的数量有所增加（如：浙江卷第52题的fetch, 湖南卷第37题的service，天津卷第33题的get over 等等）。
例二：完成2005年北京春季卷“阅读理解”要有大量“课外阅读经验”的支持。该卷阅读C篇有关Mountain lions 的内容，早已刊登在2004年2月18日就已经在当天 “21世纪报”的第7版上了。而且，“新概念英语”课本第三册第一课“A Puma at Large”也讲述类似的内容。
例三：2005年北京春季卷“完型填空”依然保持“北京试卷”的特色：有标题。如果2004年的大多数考生注意到那年的“完型填空”的标题，抓住全文大意，则该大题的通过率决不会是0.47，其中第49小题的通过率也决不会是0.16。同样，要完成2005北京春季卷完型，也必须注意到它的标题，抓住全文大意，要完成所有的小题几乎都需要上下文的支持。
发展之三：靠拢“国际先进外语教学”测试方式的试卷和试题数量也在增加。
“国际先进外语测试”的基本原则：“仅仅测试语言知识”不等于“测试语言的运用。”
例一：“新课标”要求八级做到：“能识别不同语气所表达的不同态度；能听懂有关熟悉话题的讨论和谈话并记住要点；能抓住简单语段中的观点；能基本听懂广播、电视英语新闻的主题或大意；能听懂委婉的建议、劝告等。”如：
上海卷和“广东卷2（120分钟卷）”的听力理解试题，不再使用汉语“导语（directions）”, 不再提供“书面听力问题”，选项由原有的3个（A、B、C）增加到4个（A、B、C、D），听力对话和独白大多数都只播放一遍；测试模式与托福听力相似，试题还使用了“词汇填写”和“语篇听写”的形式，类似目前大学听力课教材（如：“Listen To This”,“Step By Step”等）。
例二：“新课标”要求八级做到：“能理解阅读材料中不同的观点和态度；能识别不同文体的特征；能通过分析句子结构理解难句和长句；能在教师的帮助下欣赏浅显的文学作品；能根据学习任务的需要从电子读物或网络中获取信息并进行加工处理；除教材外，课外阅读量应累计达到36万词以上。”（就是不提“单项填空”、“完形填空”、“短文改错”……）
“广东卷2（120分钟卷）”整体变化较大，类似2004年托福试题的改革方式，如：取消“单项填空”、“完形填空”、“短文改错”，代之以“听、读、写”的“综合”能力测试。而且，“广东卷2（120分钟卷）”的阅读理解不仅使用ABCD多项选择题、还使用了“词汇猜测”和“依据上下文选择词汇填空”的形式，将“语篇阅读”与“词汇运用测试”结合在一起，类似美国中学生课外读物丛书“Reading Laboratory”的练习方式。该卷的“作文Writing”部分，要求考生依据刚刚阅读过的B篇句子内容，自己命题，进行发挥阐述，这和近年“北京市高考口试”模式相仿，将“语篇阅读”与“书面表达”结合在一起测试。听力听写部分含阅读47词，听写48词。
例三：“新课标”各级分别要求：“能听懂正常语速的故事或记叙文，了解其中主要人物和事件以及它们之间的关系（以上为六级）；能利用上下文的线索帮助理解；能理解和欣赏一些浅显的经典英语诗歌（以上为七级）能理解阅读材料中不同的观点和态度；能识别不同文体的特征；能通过分析句子结构理解难句和长句；能在教师的帮助下欣赏浅显的文学作品（以上为八级）；能阅读一般的英文报纸、杂志，获取主要信息；阅读一般英文原著，抓住主要情节，了解主要人物；能读懂各种商品的说明书等非专业技术性的资料；能根据情景及上下文猜测不熟悉的语言现象（以上为九级）；”高考命题材料多取自“原文原著”； 所有16套试卷的单句和语篇测试试题，在写作风格上更加接近“原汁原味原文原著”，其中“口语语体”浓度明显提高，因此，完全“埋头做模拟试题”的“哑巴”备考方式正在面临更大的挑战。如：在16篇完形中，有8篇使用第一人称“I”（全国卷I、III、IV、北京、天津、广东、江苏、湖南），犹如听力理解题的口语独白，其他8篇中，使用直接引语的有5篇（全国II、上海B、重庆、湖北、浙江），另外3篇也都是“口语语体（colloquial & spoken）”的“非正式（informal）”英语（上海A的He can get on a bicycle after several decades and still 56 D. ride away.和辽宁的The 48 A. correct water supply forecast is based more on the water from the 49 D. above than from the below. 这两篇都是少年科普读物语体）。77篇阅读理解语篇的话题尽管不同，但同样也有11篇使用第一人称“I”（如：全国II B和D、北京B、浙江A和E、湖北A、天津C、重庆C、广东A和D、广东2 C、），使用直接引语的有19篇（如：全国I C）；选自“各种小册子”的广告、学校介绍、旅游导游共计15篇（如：全国I A），都是以普通人为对象的“口语语体（colloquial & spoken）”的“非正式（informal）”英语；小故事、社会科学和自然科学的科普读物共30计篇（如：如：全国I B、D、E），都是选自类似“少年大百科丛书”的“非正式（informal）”英语，其中只有两篇使用接近“正式（formal）”语体的英语（如：上海卷的C篇“论考试”和D篇“特许经营”）。
二. 2005年高考复习的基本方法
1.英语备考“须知”：
（1）一个“不同点”（汉语和英语的词序或语序不同）
（2）两个“没有”（汉语里没有英语的“词形变化”或者三种“构词法”的变化,
也没有“结构词”，如：介词、连词、冠词、代词，助动词等等。）
试对照下面英语和汉语译文的一个“不同点”和两个“没有”：
路透社讯：（2003年）7月9日在意大利北部城市帕多瓦举行第七届世界机器人足球锦标赛，图为赛前球员们站在足球面前各就各位。（原文系一图片说明词）
英语原文
Team of robots positioned in front of the ball prior to the start of their match during the Seventh Soccer World Championship for Robots in Padua, northern Italy, on July 9. REUTERS
（3）（1）+（2）=（3）：三项基本功 --------- “结构词” 与“内容词”的“密不可分”。
如果掌握了三项基本功，考生便可以在生词较多的情况下，“猜测”出句子的基本含义；如下面这句话，60%是生词：
All the larky toapes frabjously breadled into a paraful groal.
但是依据这句话“井井有条”的“词序”或“语序”，4个结构词构筑的句子框架，以及那6个生词的“符合规律”的“词形变化”，便可以将句子大意翻译出来：“所有某种人、动物或者物体以某种方式进入了某种性质的一个地方。”然而，高考试卷的众多语篇的生词至多只占全文词数的3%-10%，那么，破解试卷难点的奥妙不就是在于
“你是否掌握了三项基本功”吗？
有的考生只相信“多多掌握单词”，但是并不知道还有比“多多掌握单词”更重要的“三项基本功”。请看下面一个例子：
Plock see rup crest（鸟或动物的冠毛） sold cloy（饮食过量） tret（添量） mub new anthropology（人类学）book reff tam（软帽）shelf.
在这十四个单词中有十个是真实英语单词，超过全句词汇总量的70％，只有4个单词是编造的假词，只占全句词汇总量的30％。但是，谁也看不出来这句话有什么意义。 因为：（1）词序不清楚（尽管个别地方，如：new anthropology book“新人类学书”还有一定的词序）。（2）词形变化不清楚（只有 sold 一词有词形变化）。（3）完全没有结构词。词序或“语序”，词形变化，尤其是结构词，是结构主义语言学的精华部分，是学习英语必须掌握的三项基本功。
（4）四化备考方法：语篇化、交际化、整体化、实用化。（详见：“高考二轮导航2005年版 英语”人民出版社 2004年12月出版）
（5）五种技能：听、说、读、写、译 --------- 四种技能 +“英译汉”+“汉译英”是备考“知识输入”和“能力检测”的常规手段。请关注：2004年上海卷“汉译英”试题。
1) 小组讨论有助于更好地理解课文。（help）
2) 上周因为生病我缺了一些课，但是我会努力赶上大家的。（miss）
3）这个游戏的规则太复杂，三言两语解释不清。（too…to）
4) 你该就刚才的所作所为向在场的人道歉。（apologize）
5) 我发现很难与那些一贯固执己见的人合作。（…it…）
答案：（80 words）
1）Group discussion helps（to）understand the text better.
2）Because of my illness / Being sick last week, I missed some lessons, but I will try to catch up with others.
3）The rules of the game are too complicated to explain /be explained in a few words.
4) You should apologize to the people present for what you have just done.
5) I find it（is）hard to cooperate with those who always stick to their own opinions.
（6）高考命题6字指导思想：“稳定中，求发展。”2005年高考命题的基本原则与历年高考命题的基本原则相同。
（7）七百个基本词汇：掌握700-1,000个单词，便能够听懂、读懂75%---80.5%的英语。------
提高“复现率”，坚持“反复学习OVERLEARNING”的科学依据。
俄罗斯学者研究表明：只要掌握736个“使用率最高的”基本单词，便可读懂或听懂3/4的英语，如果把掌握的词汇量增加到1,000个，便可读懂或听懂80.5%的英语。（详见：1994年12月26日俄罗斯“劳动报”--- 扎哈尔琴科：“语言中的词汇”）数据表明：1995-1998高考试卷全卷单词总量分别为2700、2650、3055和2976，但是每份试卷实际上分别只使用了752、626、797和706个单词（即：“单词覆盖面”），其平均数720.25单词与上述的736个单词非常接近。（见：NMET’98评价与‘99展望---“321”杭州会 99.3 相关材料）
而可靠资料指出：“NMET2002全卷总词汇量3,000多个，单词共出现700余个（不计复现、不含听力录音内容和书面表达所用单词）”。2004年高考试卷全卷总词汇量早已接近4,000个，如：2004年全国卷I的全卷单词总量（包括听力录音内容和书面表达最低词量）为3,989个，同年北京卷全卷单词总量（包括听力录音内容和书面表达最低词量）已经是4,845个了。尽管如此，每份试卷实际上使用的基本词汇不可能超过上述的700-1000。只要坚持“反复学习OVERLEARNING”，便可提高“复现率”，为2005年高考备考，打下坚实的基础。
请关注：2004年上海卷完形（A）篇的内容。 请尝试以“反复学习OVERLEARNING”为2005年高考备考复习策略之一：
Adults are often surprised by how well they remember something they learned as children but have never practiced in the meantime. A man who has not had an opportunity to go swimming for years can 55. C. still swim as well as ever when he gets back in the water. He can get on a bicycle after several decades and still 56 D. ride away. A mother who has not 57. A. thought about the words for years can teach her daughter the poem that begins“Twinkle, twinkle, little star”or recite the story of Cinderella or Snow White.
One explanation is the law of overlearning, which can be stated as follows: 58. B. Once we have learned something, additional learning increases the 59. D. length of time we will remember it.
In childhood, we usually continue to listen to and 60. A. remind ourselves of poems such as “Twinkle, twinkle, little star”and childhood tales such as Cinderella or Snow White. We not only learn but 61. B. overlearn. The law of overlearning explains why cramming（突击学习）for an examination, 62. A. though it may result in a passing grade, is not a 63. C. satisfactory way to learn a school course. By cramming, a student may learn the subject well enough to get by on the examination, but he is likely soon to forget almost everything he learned. A little overlearning, 64. C. on the other hand, is usually a good investment toward the future.
（8）八个字的外语教学现状分析：“费时较多，收效较低。”------ 激励考生时时防范陷入备考“误区”的警语。（详见：四个“误区”）
（9）九个字母CLOUD FREE。即：交际性语言活动模式的九个基本要素（另详）。
（10）备考“经典课文”（1991-2004高考真题）（约14套全国卷、3套北京卷、3套上海卷、2004年新添16套，共36套，至少110,000字）。（占8级360,000字的将近三分之一）
（人民出版社的“高考二轮导航2005年版 英语”一书的三分之二：80,000字以上的内容全部是“英语语篇”。）
2.英语备考活动模式 ----“交际法模式”之九要素（CLOUD FREE）。
（1）内容（Content）：内容决定形式（北京卷、全国卷等完形）
（2）学生（Learner）：独立备考（读“双语书刊”，查英英词典、简化理解过程、大量投入记忆）。
（3）口语（Oracy）：“口试模式”备考要达到口语流利，笔语流畅，方能“输入到位”。
（4）使用（Usage）：经常以学过的英语为工具，网上获取最新信息（如：tsunami）。
（5）语篇（Discourse）：以语篇为备考单位（2004年高考试卷就有长短语篇170个）。
请关注：2004年广东卷和北京卷“完形填空”。为什么比较难？ 难就难在：此二题需要较高的语篇处理能力，而这种能力只能来自依照“四化”教学法（语篇化、交际化、整体化、实用化）的认真备考。请你试做此二题：然后再研读有关此二题的“试题分析”如下。
2004年北京卷“完形填空”
（全北京84,026份考卷中，只有47%通过此大题。）
主旨：少年女足训练回忆：Don’t Take the Fun Out of Youth Sports “ 切莫剥夺少年体育的乐趣。”
“试题分析”：全文主题明确，并且有标题“Don’t Take the Fun Out of Youth Sports切莫剥夺少年体育的乐趣”，两个教练培训方法的对照，fun还是pressure，还是，matches是run？是成人化培训还是适合少年儿童的特点？ 以第49和52为代表的一大批“难题”都是环绕这个主旨的矛盾的两个对立面命题的，是否顺利完成所有选项，完全取决对于全文整体的理解程度。
如：
49. A. size B. share C. space D. state
（全北京84,026份考卷中，只有16%通过此小题）
试题分析：此题难度较大，因为各个选项的词汇都比较抽象，尤其是最佳选项B. share 的深层含义究竟是什么，考生可能会感到迷茫。因为此词在高二上第7课出现时，仅仅是个及物动词share vt.，词义是：“分享、共同使用”，根本无法解释此题的实际意义：“I feared making mistakes, and the added pressure caused me to make more than my usual 49. B. share .” 即使提供这样的译文：“我怕犯错误，况且加在我身上的压力迫使我完成比平时犯更多的错误。”考生仍然不可能真正理解此题。这里，改写或者“换句话”的“说明与解释”是必要的；要做到这一点，考生必须在平时有大量阅读的基础，才能“见怪不怪”。
2004年广东卷“完形填空”
主旨：描述一个青年人第一次自己尝试求职的激动经历和体会。
“试题分析”：这是一篇比较具备典型“真实语篇”特色的阅读材料。正如考试中心人员在“试题分析”一书中指出的那样：“在实际生活中，我们见到的真实语篇的一个明显特点是：作者的想法不是以简单明确的形式阐述的：1，2，3，……；因为，……所以，……。与这个特点相关联的另一个特点是：真实语篇的作者往往使用富于变化的语言修饰手段来例举或描述与中心话题相关的事实或其他信息。在本文的文本层面上，作者没有给出初级读者所迫切期待的简单而明确的结论，作者认为没有必要这样做，因为，作者认为读者需要表达方式多样化。此类文章在现实生活中是经常会读到的。而正是这样的特点使相当数量的只熟悉‘课本语篇’的考生误解了作者的核心意思。”作者在本文的头半部分根本没有点明，作者究竟要做什么？只有读到第43小题She wondered why I was looking for this sort of 43. B. job.方才明白：I was looking for a job.因此，第一段，第二段和第三段的前半部分的所有小题都必须在通读全文的基础上才能完成。如：三组选项中有两个是地点，一个是情感。如果没有上文的family和agency的启发，不可能选对。情感一组的选项，则完全要依据对全文主旨“一个青年人第一次自己尝试求职的激动经历和体会”的理解，先是“胆怯”，后是“惊奇”，最后是“喜悦”……
36. A. bed B. house C. agency D. office
37. A. proud B. pleased C. nervous D. worried
38. A. family B. door C. place D. stage
第二段I had seen an agency（中介机构）advertised in a local newspaper. I rushed out of the 36. B. house in search of it. I was wildly excited, and as 37. C. nervous as if I were going on the stage. Finding the 38. C. place quite easily, I ran breathlessly through a door which said“Enter without knocking, if you please.”
也请关注：2004年“全国卷II（四川、吉林、黑龙江、云南、贵州）”的完形填空（介绍一位作家），因为该文只有四小段314个单词，它“不是以简单明确的形式阐述的”，信息不太全，也比较难。难点也仍然在“语篇整体理解上”。
（6）流利（Fluency）：要做到“不忘”，必须“熟记”，“朗诵、讲演、抄写比赛”和“对话、剧本演出比赛”是“高考备考”的最佳方式之一。 其他同（3）。
（7）真实性（Realistic）：听、读“真实语篇”“原汁原味原文原著”100篇，约30,000字。
（8）趣味性（Entertaining）：以英语为友，为己所好，培养兴趣，加深情感，端正态度。
（9）高效率（Efficiency）：英语备考不求形式和不赶进度，只求备考的“输入”效率。
三. 2005年高考复习的学科特色
1. 英语学科高考试卷将近80%的试题测试“识别”能力。
2.“当前英语学科高考试卷”正在为“未来英语学科高考试卷”寻求发展。
所谓“课本语篇”的提法，起源于“2000年高考试题分析”一书，其中p.224-p.226写道：“……高中学生不擅长在整体语篇基础上去探查掩盖在语言表层下面的深层信息。造成考生此种情况的因素是多方面的，但是，这里，我们有必要注意下述事实：高中学生在学习过程中所见到的文章较多‘温室中的花朵’，这类文章通常：
（1）较少特定性，较多普遍性； （2）较少修辞文采，较多直接阐述；
（3）较少真实性，较多通用性； （4）较少个性，较多共性；
（5）较少隐蔽性，较多明确性； （6）较少模糊性，较多清晰性；
（7）较少暗义，较多明义； （8）较少想象空间，较多说明解释。
此种情况就使考生比较缺乏处理真实语篇的经验和感觉。这是应当引起我们高中英语教师注意的。”
其后，“2001年高考试题分析”一书，在p.254详细阐明了“真实语篇”和“课本语篇”的定义：“在实际生活中，我们见到的真实语篇的一个明显特点是：作者的想法不是以简单明确的形式阐述的：1，2，3，……；因为，……所以，……。与这个特点相关联的另一个特点是：真实语篇的作者往往使用富于变化的语言修饰手段来例举或描述与中心话题相关的事实或其他信息。在本文的文本层面上，作者没有给出初级读者所迫切期待的简单而明确的结论，作者认为没有必要这样做，因为，作者认为读者需要表达方式多样化。此类文章在现实生活中是经常会读到的。而正是这样的特点使相当数量的只熟悉‘课本语篇’的考生误解了作者的核心意思。”
要真正分清“课本语篇”和“真实语篇”需要大量的阅读与聆听的时间。学生要以自学为主，观察“真实语篇”在交际中的实际应用，积累阅读“真实语篇”的经验，形成与“真实语篇”作者产生共鸣的自然语感。
（依据“课本语篇”、精读“高考语篇”、亲近“真实语篇”、实现“顺利过渡”。）
3. 大量观察、积累经验、形成语感。大量“听读识别”、有意识地提高“复现频率”、自然而然地全面提高“听说读写能力”。（这就是“高考二轮导航2005年版 英语”一书的编写特色与使用方法。）
4. 走出备考“误区”
“误区”之一：题海战术
在分析2001年高考听力理解试题时，国家考试中心人员曾撰文指出：“今年的听力试题……大部分考生的听力和情境反映能力是良好的，这一点也符合高中学生的语言心理特点。……仍然有相当数量的考生在某些情景中失误。 造成这些失误的主要原因是，很多考生较少进行语言应用训练，而把主要精力放在了应付模拟试题上。”
“误区”之二：系统的语法讲座
在分析1993年高考试题时，国家考试中心人员指出：“……学生在高三复习过程中最容易发生的问题是过分重视语法知识的系统复习，过分重视各项语法知识的特殊点，过分重视运用语法规则进行推导。事实上，高三的语言知识教学应当从整体上向实际应用的轨道转移。……”
在分析2002年高考试题时，国家考试中心成员刘庆思指出：“……2. 知识性题目的难度有所降低，对中学英语教学具有良好的导向作用。 与往年相比，NMET2002试题中单项填空的难度有所降低，但考查的内容仍基本覆盖了考生应该掌握的英语基础知识。同时，短文改错也适当降低了难度。这对于遏制中学英语教学漫无边际地讲练语法，减轻学生的课业负担将起到良好的导向作用。”
“误区”之三：讲练怪题偏题（表面上最普通的试题，往往可能是最难的试题。）
在分析1993年高考试题时，国家考试中心人员指出：“单项填空除了强调立足于实际应用的比例均衡外，还特别强调知识的基础性质。这一点，从下面的典型试题也看得很清楚。40个考项几乎没有偏题和怪题。高三学生的过重负担实际上是由防范可能出现的偏题和怪题造成的，为了防范此类试题，学生不惜在每一个语法项目上扩大复习范围，同时加大研究深度。这种对基础知识主流的偏离夺去了大量本应当用于提高基本技能和增长语用能力的时间。应当明确的是，高三英语的知识教学必须回到基础知识的轨道上来。”
例一（难度大的试题都不是“偏题和怪题”）：
2003全国卷“单项填空”.第27题 （全国：26.3%） （江苏31%）
27. All morning as she waited for the medical report from the doctor, her nervousness_____.
A. has grown B. is growing C. grew D. had grown
“误区”之四：试题分析偏离正轨
“高考试题分析（文科1999年版）教育部考试中心 高等教育出版社”p. 209-p.210 指出 ：“在试题分析时如果仍沿用一贯的做法，把着力点放在统计知识点的覆盖面上，列出所涉及的知识点表，没有什么实际意义。此外，将各小题所涉及的知识点准确地、无争议地分类不仅不太容易做到，反而有可能导致无休止的争论和片面钻语法牛角尖的弊端，对中学英语教学产生不良的负面影响。”
难度大的试题不一定都是难度大的“语法规则题和句型公式题”。
如：
03全国卷听力最难小题：（江苏：33.33%, 全国：33%） Text 8 （170 words, 70 seconds, 144wpm）
Question 12.Why does the woman say her husband is fortunate
A. He often goes to work in a friend’s car. B. He doesn’t need to go shopping by bus.
C. He lives close to the bus station. 答案：A（全国：37% 考生误选C项）
原文：Text 8（※务必背诵，表演，默写这个对话。）（Text 8中出现一定数量的连读，值得注意。）
--- Hello, Mrs. Smith. I’m from the Daily Mirror. I’m right doing reports on public opinion about the city bus service.（连读）So, what do you think about the bus service
--- The bus service Actually I don’t use yet bus often unless I have to go shopping.
--- What’s er… How could the bus service be improved
--- Well, they could turn up（连读）on time. I mean, you look at the timetable and you think:“Oh, well, five minutes to wait.”And it turns（连读）out to be an hour.
--- Do any other people in your family use the bus service
--- My husband, he uses that more often. But fortunately a girl who works in his office often gives him a lift into work. That when he does use it（连读）then he’s often angry at it. Once he waited up to fifty minutes at the station for a bus. So I think there should be some way of warning people when a bus is not going to arrive. And secondly much more frequent bus services.
分析：听力理解能力与阅读理解相近---需要“改写能力”的支持。Question 12.Why does the woman say her husband is fortunate 与其正确选项A. He often goes to work in a friend’s car. 之和，是听力原文中But fortunately a girl who works in his office often gives him a lift into work.这个句子的改写，或“换句话说i.e., in other words, that is（to say）”。
四、实现“课本语篇”向“真实语篇”的顺利过渡。
※“真实语篇”富含“课本语篇”学过的和“高考语篇”考过的最基本的词汇和语法。熟悉“真实语篇”的写作手法，积累“语篇处理”的经验，形成“认知语篇”的能力。在“真实语篇”中大量反复接触最基本的词汇和语法，积累三项基本功和基本词汇的认知和使用经验，培养基本的语言使用能力。
例一：2004/10/6（星期三）“参考消息”的“第11版：双语天地”的“趣味英语”“妈妈考试”
The Mommy Test（132 words）
I was out walking with my then 3-year-old daughter. She picked up something off the ground and started to put it in her mouth. I asked her not to do that.
“Why ”“Because it’s been lain outside and is dirty and probably has germs.”
At this point, she looked at me with total admiration and asked,“Wow! How do you know all this stuff（=thing） ”
“Uh,”I was thinking quickly, everyone knows this stuff,“Um, it’s on the mommy test. You have to know it, or they don’t let you be a mommy.”
“Oh.”We walked along in silence for 2 or 3 minutes, but she was evidently pondering（=thinking over） this new information.
“I get it!”she beamed（=smiled happily）.“Then if you flunk（=fail）, you have to be the daddy!”
在这篇132个单词的短文中，划线粗体单词都是“最基本的词汇和语法”基本点。
其一：then（那时）、Then（那么），都曾分别出现在2000年高考“完形填空”（But 37. D. then again通过率13%, would there be a chair in Room 316 Or would it be a（n）38. B. empty room
37. A. in fact B. by chance C. once more D. then again
和 I knew 49. D. then 通过率23%（46%误选 A） that Amy and I would be 50.B. friends and my first year of college would be a success.
49. A. soon B. there C. later D. then）
还有， 2004年高考全国卷II“完形填空” （38. D.Then , writing stories was simply a 39.C. personal interest.）
2004年高考浙江卷“完形填空”（43.A.Then two years ago Pat went back to work.
43. A. Then B. Thus C. So D. Still）。
其二：picked up 和其三they也分别出现在“2004年高考全国卷II“完形填空”，虽不是题干单词，也对理解该“完形填空”颇有帮助。
例二：2005/3/23（星期三）“参考消息”的“第11版：双语天地”的“趣味英语”“过河”
Crossing the River（185 words）
One day, three men were hiking and unexpectedly came upon a large raging, violent river. They needed to get to the other side, but had no idea of how to do so.
The first man prayed, saying,“Please God, give me the strength to cross this river.” Poof! God gave him big arms and strong legs, and he was able to swim across the river in about two hours, after almost drowning a couple of times.
Seeing this, the second man prayed to God, saying,“Please God, give me the strength… and the tools to cross this river.” Poof! God gave him a rowboat and he was able to row across the river in about an hour, after almost capsizing the boat twice.
The third man had seen how this worked out for the other two, so he also prayed saying,“Please God, give me the strength and the tools… and the intelligence… to cross this river.” And poof! God turned him into a woman. She looked at the map, walked upstream a couple of hundred yards, then walked across the bridge.
例三：（2005年3月30日参考：时尚英语）
Harvard snubs 119 cyber-snoop applicants
Reuters ( http: / / www. / about / feedback.html url=http: / / www. / fullstory.php newsid=42942&title=Harvard%20snubs%20119%20cyber-snoop%20applicants" \t "_blank )
Posted online: Wednesday, March 09, 2005 at 1122 hours IST
Boston, March 9: Harvard Business School said on Tuesday it is rejecting applications from 119 would-be students it accused of hacking into a Web site to learn early if they were accepted, before the sending of official notifications.
"This behavior is unethical at best -- a serious breach of trust that cannot be countered by rationalisation," Kim Clark, dean of Harvard Business School, said in a statement.
"Any applicant found to have done so will not be admitted to this school."
Harvard said it knew the names of the 119 applicants who tried to learn their admissions status early using a security flaw in an online college-recruitment and application product called ApplyYourself.
Jim Aisner, a spokesman for the Ivy League university's business school, declined to say how many of the 119 would have been accepted at the school had they not peeked.
The intrusions came as business schools across America place more emphasis on ethics following a wave of Wall Street accounting scandals.
Harvard's Clark said the school's mission was to educate principled leaders with high integrity, sound judgment and "a strong moral compass -- an intuitive sense of what is right and wrong."
"Those who have hacked into this Web site have failed to pass that test," Clark said.
Last week, an individual exposed the ApplyYourself security flaw on an online message board and showed readers how to access records at some of the most prestigious US business schools to see if they were accepted.
ApplyYourself said it fixed the flaw after learning about it, and that the intruders did not get information about anyone but themselves. A company spokesman was not immediately available for further comment.
Other schools affected said they were still mulling how to handle the matter.
The Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth in Hanover, New Hampshire, said it will carry out a full investigation before determining what action to take.
A Tuck spokeswoman would not say how many applicants had tried to access their admission status, but she said those who did only saw a blank screen because the school had not yet put the information online.
The Fuqua School of Business at Duke University in Durham, North Carolina, said it knew of only one applicant who tried to access the information.
Jim Gray, an associate dean at Fuqua, said the school had not yet taken any official action regarding the prospective student, but he added: "Put it this way: he shouldn't be buying any Duke sweatshirts or renting any apartments in Durham."
窗体底端
例四：“英语文摘 English Digest 2002年第11期 p.1 The Honorable People by Theodore Roosevelt
※Theodore Roosevelt 1858-1919 26th president of the USA 1901-1909 Republican, Nobel Peace Prize winner※
It is not the critic who counts, nor the person who points out how the strong person stumbled or where the doer of deeds could have done better. The credit belongs to the person who is actually in the arena; whose face is actually marred by dust and sweat and blood, who strives valiantly, who errs and comes short again and again, who knows great enthusiasm and great devotions, whose life is spent in worthy cause; who, at best, knows in the end the triumph of high achievement and at worst, if failure wins out, it at least wins with greatness, so that this person’s place shall never be with those timid souls who know neither victory nor defeat.
参考译文（一览 摘译自Brain Candy Quotation Collection）
真正令人尊敬的并非那些评论家和那些指出强者是如何跌倒、或实干家本该做得更好的人。 荣誉属于那些亲临竞技场，满面污泥、汗水和鲜血的人。他们不懈地努力，他们曾犯过错，并一再失败。他们满怀激情，执著不懈，将生命奉献于崇高的事业。他们为经过艰辛努力最终取得的伟大成就而自豪，如果失败，他们也败得荣耀。因而，这样的人永远不应与那些不知道胜利，也未失败过的胆怯灵魂相提并论。
※此“真实语篇”富含大量基本语言点：2个who强调结构，6个who定语从句，2个whose定语从句，where和how的宾语从句各1个，被动语态，虚拟语气，短语动词，大量结构词和实意词的搭配句型，等等。全段共2个复合句，101个单词。其中，有划线部分的单词96个都是“结构词”，“构词法变化”和“语法词形变化”。若认真研读，既能学习其新颖的语言又能学习其鼓舞人心的内容。这篇文章使用正式（formal）的语言修辞, 要读懂它必须达到“课标（八级）”的要求，即：能通过分析句子结构理解难句和长句；能在教师的帮助下欣赏浅显的文学作品。
高考考场也是arena竞技场, 只要你“满怀激情，执著不懈”，必然会最终取得胜利。
※以高考真题为高考复习资料
如: 依据1994年高考真题“完形填空”改写的“短文改错”, 共25行, 仅举4行如下:
It was a early morning in summer. In the streets, （1）__________
sleeping-eye people were moving quickly, heading （2）__________
towards their homes. This was the beginning of （3）__________
another ordinary day in New York City. （4）_________
※※以原文原著为高考复习资料
如：2002.9的托福听力理解, 共50小题, 仅举4小题如下:
听力选项:
1.
A. She needs to find a different roommate.
B. She thinks the man should get a haircut.
C. She didn’t recognize the man because of his haircut.
D. Few people have noticed her roommate’s haircut.
2.
A. Call for the latest weather report.
B. Ask the woman for dire语法复习专题（3）
Unit2 代词
一、考点聚焦
代词分为九类：人称代词、物主代词、反身代词、相互代词、指示代词\疑问代词、连接代词、不定代词、关系代词。大多数代词具有名词和形容词的作用。
1、人称代词
（1）人称代词作主语用主格，作宾语、表语用宾格，但应注意以下4中情况：
①作主语的人称代词如果孤立地使用于无谓语动词的句子中，或在这种句子中与动词不定式连用，常用宾格。
—Does any of you know where Tom lives
—Me.
What! Me (to)play him at chess No!
②句子中代词作宾语或宾语补足语时，与所替代的名词在人称、数、格在意义上一般要保持前后一致。
The thief was thought to be he.(the thief是主格，故用he代替)
They took me to be her.他们误以为我是她。（me是宾格，故用her
替代）
③作表语人称代词一般用宾格，但在强调句型中，被强调部分代词的格不变。
I met her in the hospital.→It was her who I met in the hospital.
④在比较级的句子中than、as后用主格、宾格都可以。如：He is taller than me(I).但在下列句中有区别。
I like Jack as much as her.=I like both Jack and her.
I like Jack as much as she.=I like Jack and she likes him, too.
(2)两个以上的人称代词并列，其次序排列原则：
①在并列主语中，“I”总是放在最后，排列顺序为：二 三 一（人称）。宾格me也一样。
You ,she and I will be in charge of the case.
Mr.Zhang asked Li Hua and me to help him.
②第三人称，男女两性并用，男先女后。
He and she still don’t agree to the plan.
(3)几个人称代词的特殊用法。
①we/you(口语)常用来泛指一般人。
②she可以代表国家、船只、大地、月亮等。
The “Titanic”was the largest, wasn’t she
2.物主代词
（1）名词和形容词性物主代词各自的语法功能。
（2）one’s own…=...of one’s own句式的转换。
（3）某些固定结构中常用定冠词代替物主代词。
如： take sb. by the arm, be wounded in the leg.
3.反身代词
（1）反身代词的语法功能：宾语、表语、主语或宾语的同位语。
（2）反身代词和某些动词连有，构成固定短语。
enjoy oneself, feel oneself, make oneself at home, make oneself understood
（3）反身代词还可用于某些成语中。
for oneself为自己或独立地，of oneself自然地，自动地
by oneself独自地，in oneself本身性质，beside oneself喜怒哀愁至极
This problem gets a chapter to itself.这个问题占了一章（独有）。
Just between ourselves, I don’t think much of him.私下地说我并不怎么看重他。
They were discussing about it among themselves.（相互共同）
Left to himself he began to write.别人走后只留下他，他写了起来。
I’m very angry with myself.生自己的气。
4.相互代词（each other, one another）
相互代词无人称、数和格的区别，在句中作宾语。其所有格分别为each other’s 、one another’s ,作定语。
一般来说，each other指两者之间，one another指三者或三者以上之间，但现在区分已不明显。
5.指示代词（this, that , these, those, such, same）
指示代词具有形容词和代词两种词性，在句子中可以作定语、主语、宾语或表语等。
（1）指示代词this和that的区别。
①this (these)一般指时间或空间上较近的人或物；that(those)常指时间或空间较远的人或物。
This is my desk and that is yours.
In those days they could not go to school.
②this常指后面要讲到的事物，有启下的作用；that则指前面讲到过的事物，有承上的作用。
I want to tell you this:the English party will be held on Saturday
afternoon.
He hurt his leg yesterday. That’s why he didn’t come.
③为了避免重复，常用that或those代替前面已提过的名词。
The weather of Beijing is colder than that of Nanjing.
The ears of a rabbit are longer than those of a fox.
④this在电话用语中作自我介绍，that询问对方；this和that可以当副词用，意思相当于副词so。
（2）such和same的用法。
①such指“这样的”人或事，在句中作主语和定语。
Such was the story.
We have never seen such a tall building.
②same指“同样的”人或事，在句中作主语、表语、宾语和定语，same的前面要用定冠词the.
The same can be said of the other article.
另一篇文章也是同样的情况。（主语）
Whether he can do it or not,it is all the same to me.
他是否能做这事，对我来说都一样。（表语）
6、疑问代词（who,whom,which,what,whose）
疑问代词在句中作主语、宾语、定语和表语。
（1）who/what
①询问姓名或关系。——Who is he ——He is my brother./He is
Henry.询问职业或地位。——What is he？ ——He is a lawyer/teacher.
②What/who 作主语时，谓语动词的数取决于说话人的视点，可单数也可复数。
What is /are on the table
Who is/are in the library
(2)which与who、what
which表示在一定范围内，而who、what则无此限制。
I found two books on the desk.Which is yours
7.连接代词和关系代词
连接代词与疑问代词的形式相同，主要有who、whom、whose、what、which以及它们与ever合成的代词whoever、whomever、whatever、whichever等。它们用来引导主语从句，宾语从句和表语从句，即连接复合句中的主句和从句，并在从句中担任一定的句子成分，以连接代词引起的名词性从句前不能再加that.
关系代词是用来引导定语从句的代词，它们包括who、whom、whose、which、that等。这两类代词的用法详见“名词性从句”和“定语从句”部分。
8、不定代词
不定代词主要有：all、each、every、both、either、neither、one、none、little、few、many、much、other、another、some、any、no等。还有由some、any、no和every构成合成代词，不定代词具有名词和形容词的性质，并有可数和不可数之分，在句中可以作主语、表语、宾语、同位语、定语、状语等（every、no只能作定语）。下面介绍几组主要不定代词的用法与区别。
（1）some与any
一般用法：some、any可与单、复数可数名词及不可数名词连有。some一般用于肯定句，any多用于疑问、否定或条件句。
He has some Chinese paintings.(定语)
Some like sports,others like music.(主语)
Ask me if you have any questions.(定语)
Do you have any questions to ask (定语)
I don’t know any of the students.（宾语）
特殊用法：
①any用于肯定句表示“任何”的意思。
Any child can do that.（定语）
You may take any of them.（宾语）
②some用于单数可数名词前表示“某一”。
Smith went to some place in England.（定语）
③在期待对方回答yes 时，some用在表示请求或邀请的问句中。
Would you like some bananas （邀请）
Mum,could you give me some money (请求)
④some 用于否定句表示部分否定。
I don’t know some of the students.（宾语）
some和any在句中还可作状语，作副词。some意为“大约”相当于“about”,而any则表示程度，意为“稍，丝毫”。如：
There are some 300 workers on strike.
Do you feel any better today
(2)one,both,all
①one作定语、表语、主语或宾语，可以指人或物，表示“一个”的意思，其复数为ones,指人时，其所有格是one’s，反身代词是oneself.
One should try one’s best to serve the people.(主语、定语)
This is not the one I want.(表语)
one、ones可以代替上文提到过的名词，以免重复，one、ones前面分别可以用this、that、these、those或the、which等词修饰。如：
These books are more interesting than those ones.
Here are three pens.Which one is yours,this one or that one or the one in the pencil-box
②both用作定语、宾语、主语和同位语，可以指人或指物，表示“两者都”的意思。
This maths problem can be worked out in both ways.(定语)
Both of the boys are here.(主语)
We both are students.(同位语)
注意：both用于否定句，表示部分否定；表示完全否定时，用neither。如：Both of us are not teachers.我们俩并不都是教师。
Neither of us is a teacher. 我们俩都不是教师。
both不能放在the、these、those、my等之后，而应放在它们的前面。如：Both my parents like this film.
Both the /these boys are tall.
③all用作主语、表语、宾语、定语、同位语，指“全部的”、“整个的”，可与可数或不可数名词连用，除少数情况外，一般不与单数可数名词连用，与复数名词连用时，表示“所有的”、“全部的”，指三个或三个以上的人或物。
He gave me all the money.他把全部的钱给了我。
All the schools are flooded.所有的学校都被淹了。
I told him all about it. 我把一切都告诉了他。
That’s all for today.今天就在这儿。
They have all been to Xi’an.他们都去过西安。
注意：all 用于否定句，表示部分否定，完全否定用none。如：
Not all the ants go out for food.(or:All the ants don’t go out for food.)并不是所有的蚂蚁都出去寻找食物。
None of the money is mine.这钱一分也不是我的。
（3）many和much
many和much都表示“许多”，但many修饰或代替复数可数名词，much修饰或代替不可数名词。它们在句中可作主语、宾语、定语。much有时用作状语。
（4）few, little; a few, a little
few和little表示没有多少，含否定意义；而a few 和a little表示有一些，有几个，含肯定意义。另外，few、a few 修饰可数名词；little、a little修饰不可数名词。它们在句中常用作定语、主语和宾语。
（5）no和none
no=not any,表示“没有”，用来修饰可数名词或不可数名词，通常作定语，none代替不可数名词作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式；代替可数名词作主语时，谓语动词可用单数也可用复数形式。none还可以在句中作宾语。
注意：none既可以指人又可以指物，no one只能指人。
（6）each和every
each（各个），指两个或两个以上的人或物，侧重个体，在句中作主语、宾语、定语和同位语。every（每个），指三个或三个以上的人或物，侧重整体，在句中只能作定语。
Every student it our class has a dictionary.(定语，强调班上“所有的人”)
Each student in our class has a dictionary.（定语，强调各个个体）
Each of them has been there.（主语）
The teacher gave each of the students a new textbook.（宾语）
We each got a ticket.（同位语）
（7）either和neither
either是“两者中任何一个”的意思，可修饰或代替单数可数名词，neither是“两者中没有一个”的意思，可以修饰或代替单数可数名词，它们可在句在作主语、宾语或定语。如：
Here are two pens. You may take either of them.(宾语)
Neither boy knows French.(定语)
注意：①either也作副词，其意为“也”，用于否定句的句末。He doesn’like tea, and I don’t either.（状语）②either与or构成连词，意为“不是……就是……”或“要么……要么……”。He is either Japanese or Chinese. ③neither用作副词，意为“也不”，即“not…either”。He can’t do it, neither can I. ④neither可与nor构成连词，意为“既不……也不”。Neither he nor you are a student.
（8）other和another, the others 和others
the other表示“两者中的另一个”；“the other + 复数可数名词”
表示“其余（他）的……”；the others表示“其他的人或物”。“others及other + 复数名词”泛指“其他的（别的）人或物”。这些词语在句中可作主语、宾语和定语。如：
He got two books; one is textbook, the other is a novel.
Five of the pencils are red, the others(the other pens)are yellow.
Some are singing, others are dancing.
another修饰或代替单数可数名词，意为“（三个或三个以上的）另一个”，不能指两者中的另一个，在句中可作宾语和定语。
This coat is too dark. Please show me another.(宾语)
Please give me another book.（定语）
注意：another修饰复数名词时，意为“再，又”。如：Please give me another ten minutes. one … another(a second)… a third…the other…意为“一个……一个……一个……一个”用于三者或三者以上的排列。some…others…others…，意为“一些……一些……一些”。
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. The Parkers bought a new house but__________will need a lot of work before they can move in.(NMET 2001)
A.they B.it C.one D.which
解析：答案为B。分析题意可知，they显然不合，which多引导从句，从此为并列句式，one表示泛指，而此处空格内容指代前面提到的the new house。要仔细区别代词的所指范围，是人还是物，单数还是复数，另应注意句式。
2．If you want to change for a double room you’ll have to pay_________$ 15.（NMET 2000）
A.another B.other C.more D.each
解析：答案为A。本题考查不定代词用于表示数量附加的用法。“another + 数字 + 复数名词”结构通常用来表示在原有数量上的附加。若选C，正确结构是“数词 + more + 复数名词”。掌握another和more与数字搭配的位置是此题关键。another放在数字前，more放在数字后。NMET 1995中第25小题命题思路与此题一致。
3. Few pleasures can equal ___________of a cool drink on a hot day.(NMET 1999)
A.some B.any C.that D.those
解析：答案为C。本题考查替代词that的用法。that通常在句中替代同类的、特定的但不是同一的事物。本句中that替代the pleasure。句意为“在炎热的夏天几乎没有任何乐趣能与饮一杯冷饮的乐趣相比”。that指代单数或不可数名词，复数用those，表示特指，以避免重复，在比较句型中较为常用，代替可数名词时可换用the one。单项填空经典百题
1. After he gave a report about the school, Mr White____ the visitors around it.
A. went on to show B. went on showing
C. went on with showing D. kept on showing
2. -- Tom works hard at English. -- _____, and _____.
A. So does he; so you do B. So you do; so is he
C. So he will; so do you D. So he does; so do you
3. When you write to him, please _____ him.
A. give my loves to B. give my regard to
C. remember me to D. give my wishes for
4. We have done things we ought not to have done and_____ undone things we ought to have done.
A. left B. leave C. will leave D. leaving
5. People are puzzled _____ they read the book.
A. the first time B. at the first time
C. for the first time D. at first
6. In some countries,_____ are called "public schools" are not owned by the state.
A. that B. which C. as D. what
7. -- The boy is tall enough _____ his age.
--Yes, I was much _____ when I was his age.
A. to; shorter B. at; taller
C. at; shorter D. for; shorter
8. --Who are you waiting for
-- _____ the man wounded in the left leg.
A. The doctor will operate on
B. Tie nurse to be looked after
C. The doctor to operate on
D. His brother got
9. --How did you _____ the movie last night
--Oh, both interesting and instructive.
A. find B. consider C. think D. feel
10. With his son _____, the old man felt unhappy.
A. to disappoint B. to be disappointed
C. disappointing D. being disappointed
11. The food tastes _____ and sells _____.
A. well; well B.good; good
C. good; well D.well; good
12. The sun was shining brightly, _____ everything there _____ more beautiful.
A. making; look B. to make; looked
C. and made; looking D. and making; be looked
13. It' s too late to go out now. _____, it's starting to rain.
A. Besides B. Meanwhile C. However D. Anyhow
14. Everybody in the little town knew my first teacher, so we had no _____ finding his home.
A. difficulties in B. difficulty with
C. difficulty D. difficulty to
15. I can't understand it, will you please _____ once more
A. explain that word B. repeat that word
C. explain us that word D. explain that word for us
16. --How often do you go to the library --______.
A. In two days B. Every few days
C. Each third day D. Every a few days
17. We are just _____ calling you up _____ you come in.
A. about; when B. on the point of; while
C. on the point of; when D. on the point of; as
18. --They all agree _____ George. Has the project been passed
--Who _____ George can make the final decision
A. except; expect B. except; besides
C. but; but D. besides; but
19. I come to tell you Jack _____ for London next month.
A. is leaving B. is about to leave
C. will leave D. would leave
20. You can say "He went there _____, not _____."
A. on the car; by car B.on foot; in his car
C. by foot; by car D.in his car; by his foot
21. Jack is a good friend _____, he often comes to our home for a visit.
A. of my father B. of my father's
C. for my father D. with my father
22. What way are you thinking of _____ rid of the flies
A. to get B. getting
C. being got D. to be getting
23. We must do something to _____ factories _____waste water into the river before it is cleaned.
A. stop; pouring . B. prevent; to pour
C. keep; pouring D. stop; to pour
24. "_____ of them are not here." means "_____ of them are not here."
A. All; Some B. Both; Every C. Both; Neither D. All; Both
25. --How did you do in the test
--Not so well. I _____ much better but I misread the directions for Part D.
A. could do B. could have done
C. must have done D. should do
26. Mary cares about clothes too much, and she _____ too much money _____ clothes.
A. spend; in B.cost; at C. pays; to D. spends; on
27. Our kind teacher wanted to teach us _____ he knew athis lesson.
A. that B. all what C. that all D. everything which
28. They started early that morning in order that they_____ there before noon.
A. would get B. got
C. must get D. might get
29. Is this research center _____ the foreign guests visited last week
A. that B. which C. where D. the one
30.--What is the model plane look like
--Well, the wings of the plane are _____ of its body.
A. more than the length twice B. twice more than the length
C. more than twice the length D. more twice than the length
31. The enemy troop suddenly took the small village by surprise _____ a rainy morning.
A. on B. at C. in D. during
32. This is the school _____ they visited last year and is the one _____ my father once worked.
A. that; where B. where; that
C. where; where D. that; that
33. The college entrance examination is coming, the students are _____ it.
A. preparing B. prepared for
C. prepared D. preparing for
34. The task was very hard, so _____ were needed.
A. ten more men B. ten men more
C. more ten men D. men more ten
35. He wanted to read more, so he asked his friend if there was _____ to read.
A. something easy enough B. something enough easy
C. enough easy something D. easy enough something
36. The room is very large and only little room _____ by the new piano.
A. are taken up B. takes up
C. is taken up D. is taking up
37. What _____ time it is to listen to a speech having nothing to do with you!
A. waste B. wastes C. a waste of D. a waste for
38. _____ your help, we have _____.
A. Thanks to, finished B. Thanks to, ended
C. Thanks for, finished D. Thanks for, completed
39. When and where to build the new factory _____ yet.
A. is not decided B. are not decided
C. has not decided D. have not decided
40. It is necessary ___ me ___my studies before a new term.
A. for, to make a plan for B. of, making a plan for
C. for, to make a plan of D. of, making a plan of
41. He _____ the club and _____ its activities.
A. took part in; joined B. joined; took part in
C. joined; took a part in D. took part in; took part in
42. The noble man prefers ___money to him ___sorry to him.
A. giving; to saying B. giving; to say
C. give; to say D. to give; to saying
43. To gain honor for our country, we will try our best_____ the game.
A. competing in B. competing against
C. to compete with D. to compete in
44. Tom was so angry with Bob that he hit _____.
A. Bob in the head B. Bob's head
C. Bob on the head D. on Bob's head
45. _____ at the news that I didn't know what to say to comfort her.
A. So sad she looked B. So sad did she look
C. So sadly she looked D. So sadly did she look
46. Only a fool enjoys _____ in public.
A. making fun of B. to make fun of
C. being made fan of D. to be made fan of
47. Our English teacher _____ by the teachers and students.
A. is good thought of B. is thought high of
C. is sung highly praise for D. is spoken highly of
48. I like ______ of the two stories, for this story is _____ than that one.
A. both; not more interesting B. neither; no more interesting
C. neither; not more interesting D. either; no more interesting
49. You'd better make a mark _____ you have any questions.
A. at which B. at where C. the place D. where
50. The stubborn boy didn't _____ so that he missed the chance.
A. take advice B. follow an advice
C. give some advice D. ask for advice
51. Old as the car is, _____ it works quite well.
A. but B. yet C. so D. however
52. They were _____ inventors than pure scientists.
A. more B. less C. many D. worse
53. The teachers are doing what they _____ their stuaits.
A. can to teach B. can teach
C. can teaching D. can to teaching
54. Liaocheng, Shandong Pro. is a beautiful city, ____11 pay a three-day visit.
A. which B. where C. to which D. in which
55. Don't have your children _____ for hours reading books in _____ dark a room.
A. sitting; so B. sit; such C. to be sitting; so D. to sit; such
56. I want to know _____.
A. what the matter is B. what matter it is
C. what's the matter D. the matter is what
57. After so long a walk, he was too _____ further.
A. tired for walk B. tire to walk
C. tiring to go D. tired to go
58. Why not trust and use David He is still as strong as____ in the team.
A. somebody else B. everybody else
C. anybody else D. nobody else
59. After the accident, she had _____ all over.
A. pains B. pain C. ache D. aches
60. I forget where I read the article, or I _____ it to you now.
A. will show B. would show
C. am going to show D. am showing
61. ____for the doctor's careful treatment, he____till last year.
A. If it is not; can't live B. Were it not; couldn't live
C. Had it not been; couldn't have lived
D. If they were not ; couldn't live
62. They stayed up until midnight _____ the old year out and the new year in.
A. and saw B. to see C. seeing D. for seeing
63. George spent _____ studying.
A. the whole day B. all during the day
C. altogether a day D. entirely a day
64. You may _____ find it hard to get along well with them.
A. certainly B. likely C. possibly D. probably
65. The house that _____ by the fire belongs to
A. was destroyed, mine B. destroyed, mine
C. was destroyed, me D. destroyed, me
66. ---____ will the meeting _____ ---In about 20 minutes.
A. How long, last B. When, last
C. How often, finish D. How soon, end
67. While _____ in the room, we were all very excited.
A. waited B. waiting C. to wait D. wait
68. _____ you _____ to go to watch the football match with me
A. Would; like B. Would; rather
C. Do; feel like D. Do; would like
69. She asked _____ we were getting on well with our work.
A. how B. if C.what D. that
70. I'm wondering_____ he expects will win the gold medal in Men's Single.
A. whom B. which C. who D. what
71. Don't think of the exam. _____, it has been passed quite a few days.
A. In all B. Not at all C. After all D. At all
72. She _____ a man _____ a lot of money.
A. was married; with B. married; with
C. marrietl; to D. was married; to
73. During the next ten years we both worked day and night to
_____ the money we had borrowed.
A. pay off B. pay for C. pay to D. pay back
74. --Where do you think _____ he _____ the computer
---Sorry, I have no idea.
A. /; bought B. has; bought C. did; buy D. had; bought
75. We have been _____ by all our friends since we settled in the new house.
A. called on B. called at C. called into D. called for
76. I _____ her voice at once on the phone, though we hadn't seen each other for ten years.
A. heard B. knew C. realized D. recognized
77. But she had to ___ the company and ____a man in order to get a job.
A. lie to; pretended to be B. lie; pretended to be
C. lie to; pretended being D. lie; pretended as
78. The man went into the room, _____ rather strange.
A. to look B. looking C. looked D. and looking
79. The driver drove __ hit a big tree and the car came to a stop.
A. too carelessly to B. carelessly enough to
C. so carelessly that he D. so careless that he
80. When he saw all his books _____ here and there on the floor, he knew that something terrible _____.
A. lying; must have happened B. lie; must happen
C. lay; might have happened D. had lain; could have happen
81. ____Mr Brown's anger, it was his own son who didn't agree ____him.
A. To; with B. Because of; to C. With; of D. For; on
82. But later people developed a way of printing, _____rocks.
A. used B. using C. and use D. uses
83. The problem was that it is ____valuable ___everyday use.
A. too; to B. too; for C. too; of D. so; that
84. ---Where is Mother
---She is in the kitchen. She _____the housework all morning.
A. is doing B. was doing C. has done D. has been doing
85. What a strange man! He loves his wife, but _____ he often beats her.
A. at a time B. at one time C. at times D. at the same time
86. The books, _____ the dictionaries, must be put back where they _____.
A. included; were B. to include; are
C. including; were D. including; are
87. Paper _____ the fibres of plants for many years.
A. has been made from B. have been made out of
C. has made up of D. have been made into
88. Before the game started Alien's friends believed he was ___ but he didn't feel ___. Then after the first ten minutes, he began to take heart.
A. sure to win; sure to success B. sure of success; sure of it
C. sure to win; sure about that
D. sure about winning; sure to win
89. His father looks young, but _____ fact he is _____.
A. in; in the forties B. in; in his forties
C. in the; in the forties D. in; in his forty
90. It's quite strange that the man sleeps with his mouth____ and his eyes _____.
A. closed; open B. closed; opened
C. closing; open D. closing; opening
91. If you have a problem _____ your composition, you had better ask your teacher ______.
A. in; on some advice B. for; for some advices
C. on; some advice D. with; for some advice
92. There _____ a lot of coal mines in the south, but many of them have been closed or are _____ be closed.
A. use to having; about to B. used to be; to
C. use to having; going to D. used to be; supposed to
93. The weather in Britain is ____too cold in winter___too hot in summer.
A. either; or B. both; and C. neither; nor D. or; and
94. Forgive him, please. I don't think he broke your mirror____.
A. with care B. on purpose C. for fun D. with aim
95. He advised the fanners to choose the best seed-heads,____ that had the best colour.
A. the one B. the ones C. one D. ones
96. Although he is considered a great writer, _____.
A. his works is not widely read
B. but his works are not widely read
C. however his works are not widely read
D. yet his works are not widely read
97. --_____ of the population of the city _____workers
--About 60 percent.
A. What; is B. What; are C. How much; is D. How much; are
98. I was advised to arrange for insurance _____ I needed medical treatment.
A. although B. incase C. so that D. if only
99.---What can I do for you？---Well，I'm afraid the box is heavy for you，but thank you all the same．
A． so B． much C． very D． too
100.--Peter is very clever and he studies hard as well．
---No ______be always wins first in the examinations.
A．doubt B．question C．wonder D．problem
1--5 ADCAA 6--10 DDCAC 11--15 CAACA 16--20 BCCAB
21-25 BAAAB 26-30 DBDDC 31--35 AADAA 36-40 CCAAA
41-45 BADCB 46-50 CDBDA 51-55 BAACA 56-60 CDCAB
61-65 CBACC 66-70 DBABC 71-75 CBDAA 76-80 DABCA
81-85 ABBDD 86-90 CACBA 91-95 DBCBB 96-100 DDBDC高考阅读理解高频难词
1.alter v. 改变,改动,变更
2.burst vi.n. 突然发生,爆裂
3.dispose vi. 除掉；处置；解决；处理(of)
4.blast n. 爆炸；气流 vi. 炸,炸掉
5.consume v. 消耗,耗尽
6.split v. 劈开；割裂；分裂 a.裂开的
7.spit v. 吐（唾液等）；唾弃
8.spill v. 溢出,溅出,倒出
9.slip v. 滑动,滑落；忽略
10.slide v. 滑动,滑落 n. 滑动；滑面；幻灯片
11.bacteria n. 细菌
12.breed n. 种,品种 v. 繁殖,产仔
13.budget n. 预算 v. 编预算,作安排
14.candidate n. 候选人
15.campus n. 校园
16.liberal a. 慷慨的；丰富的；自由的
17.transform v. 转变,变革；变换
18.transmit v. 传播,播送；传递
19.transplant v. 移植
20.transport vt. 运输,运送 n. 运输,运输工具
21.shift v. 转移；转动；转变
22.vary v. 变化,改变；使多样化
23.vanish vi. 消灭,不见
24.swallow v. 吞下,咽下 n. 燕子
25.suspicion n. 怀疑,疑心
26.suspicious a. 怀疑的,可疑的
27.mild a. 温暖的,暖和的；温柔的,味淡的
28.tender a. 温柔的；脆弱的
29.nuisance n. 损害,妨害,讨厌（的人或事物）
30.insignificant a. 无意义的,无足轻重的；无价值的
31.accelerate vt. 加速,促进
32.absolute a. 绝对的,无条件的；完全的
33.boundary n. 分界线,边界
34.brake n. 刹车,制动器 v. 刹住（车）
35.catalog n. 目录（册） v. 编目
36.vague a. 模糊的,不明确的
37.vain n. 徒劳,白费
38.extinct a. 绝灭的,熄灭的
39.extraordinary a. 不平常的,特别的,非凡的
40.extreme a. 极度的,极端的 n. 极端,过分
41.agent n. 代理人,代理商；动因,原因
42.alcohol n. 含酒精的饮料,酒精
43.appeal n./vi. 呼吁,恳求
44.appreciate vt. 重视,赏识,欣赏
45.approve v. 赞成,同意,批准
46.stimulate vt. 刺激,激励
47.acquire vt. 取得,获得；学到
48.accomplish vt .完成,到达；实行
work n. 网状物；广播网,电视网；网络
50.tide n. 潮汐；潮流
51.tidy a. 整洁的,整齐的
52.trace vt. 追踪,找到 n. 痕迹,踪迹
53.torture n./vt. 拷打,折磨
54.wander vi. 漫游,闲逛
55.wax n. 蜡
56.weave v. 织,编
57.preserve v. 保护,保存,保持,维持
61. abuse v. 滥用,虐待；谩骂
62. academic a. 学术的；高等院校的；研究院的
63. academy n. （高等）专科院校；学会
64. battery n. 电池（组）
65. barrier n. 障碍；棚栏
66. cargo n. （船、飞机等装载的）货物
67. career n. 生涯,职业
68. vessel n. 船舶；容器,器皿；血管
69. vertical a. 垂直的
70. oblige v. 迫使,责成；使感激
71. obscure a. 阴暗,模糊
72. extent n. 程度,范围,大小,限度
73. exterior n. 外部,外表 a. 外部的,外表的
74. external a. 外部的,外表的,外面的
75. petrol n. 汽油
76. petroleum n. 石油
77. delay vt./n. 推迟,延误,耽搁
78. decay vi. 腐烂,腐朽
79. decent a. 像样的,体面的
80. route n. 路；路线；航线
81. ruin v. 毁坏,破坏 n. 毁灭,[pl.]废墟
82. sake n. 缘故,理由
83. satellite n. 卫星
84. scale n. 大小,规模；等级；刻度
85. temple n. 庙宇
86. tedious a. 乏味道,单调的
87. tend vi.易于,趋向
88. tendency n.趋向,趋势
89. ultimate a. 极端的,最大的,最终的 n. 极端
90. undergo v. 经历,遭受
91. abundant a. 丰富的,充裕的,大量的
92. adopt v. 收养；采用；采纳
93. adapt vi. 适应,适合；改编,改写 vt. 使适应
94. bachelor n. 学士,学士学位；单身汉
95. casual a. 偶然的,碰巧的；临时的；非正式的
96. trap n. 陷阱,圈套 v. 设陷阱捕捉
97. vacant a. 空的,未占用的
98. vacuum n. 真空,真空吸尘器
99. oral a. 口头的,口述的,口的
100. optics n. （单、复数同形）光学
101. organ n. 器官,风琴
102. excess n. 过分,过量,过剩
103. expel v. 驱逐,开除,赶出
104. expend v. 消费
105. expenditure n. 支出,消费；经费
106. expense n. 开销,费用
107. expensive a. 花钱多的；价格高贵的
108. expand v. 扩大,扩张；展开,膨胀
109. expansion n. 扩大,扩充；发展,膨胀
110. private a. 私人的,个人的
111. individual a. 个别的,单独的 n. 个人,个体
112. personal a. 个人的,私人的；亲自的
114. personnel n. [总称]人员,员工；人事部门
115. the Pacific Ocean 太平洋
116. the Atlantic Ocean 大西洋
117. the Arctic Ocean 北冰洋
118. the Antarctic Ocean 南冰洋
119. grant vt. 授予,同意,准予
119. grand a. 宏伟大,壮丽的,重大的
120. invade v. 侵入,侵略,侵袭
121. acid n. 酸,酸性物质 a. 酸的；尖刻的
122. acknowledge v. 承认；致谢
123. balcony n. 阳台
124. calculate vt. 计算,核算
125. calendar n. 日历,月历
126. optimistic a. 乐观
127. optional a. 可以任选的,非强制的
128. outstanding a. 杰出的,突出的,显著的
129. export n. 出口（物） v. 出口,输出
130. import n. 进口（物） v. 进口,输入
131. impose vt. 把...加强(on)；采用,利用
132. religion n. 宗教,宗教信仰
133. religious a. 宗教的
134. victim n. 牺牲品,受害者
135. video n. 电视,视频 a. 电视的,录像的
136. videotape n. 录像磁带 v. 把...录在录像带上
137. offend v. 冒犯,触犯
138. bother v. 打搅,麻烦
139. interfere v. 干涉,干扰,妨碍
140. internal a. 内部的,国内的
141. beforehand ad. 预先,事先
142. racial a. 人种的种族的
143. radiation n. 放射物,辐射
144. radical a.根本的；激进的
145. range n. 幅度,范围 v. （在某范围内）变动
146. wonder n. 惊奇,奇迹 v. 想知道,对...感到疑惑
147. isolate vt. 使隔离,使孤立
148. issue n. 问题,争论点；发行,（报刊）一期
149. hollow a. 空的,中空的,空虚道
150. hook n. 钩 vt. 钩住
151. adequate a. 适当地；足够
152. adhere vi. 粘附,附着；遵守,坚持
153. ban vt. 取缔,禁止
154. capture vt. 俘虏,捕获
155. valid a. 有效的,有根据的；正当的
156. valley n. 山谷,峡谷
157. consistent a. 坚固定；一致的,始终如一的
158. continuous a. 继续的,连续（不断）的
159. continual a. 不断地,频繁的
160. explode v. 爆炸；爆发；激增
161. exploit v. 剥削；利用,开采
162. explore v. 勘探
163. explosion n. 爆炸；爆发；激增
164. explosive a. 爆炸的；极易引起争论的
165. remote a. 遥远的,偏僻的
166. removal n. 除去,消除
167. render vt. 使得,致使
167. render vt.呈递, 归还, 着色, 汇报, 致使, 放弃, 表演, 实施 vi.给予补偿 n.交纳, 粉刷, 打底
168. precaution n. 预防,防备,警惕
169. idle a. 懒散的,无所事事的
170. identify vt. 认出,鉴定
171. identify n. 身份；个性,特性
172. poverty n. 贫穷
173. resistant a. (to)抵抗的,抗...的,耐...的
174. resolve vt. 解决；决定,决意
175. barrel n. 桶
176. bargain n. 便宜货 vi. 讨价还价
177. coarse a. 粗的,粗糙的,粗劣的
178. coach n. 教练；长途公共汽车
179. code n. 准则,法规,密码
180. coil n. 线圈 v. 卷,盘绕
181. adult n. 成年人
182. advertise v. 为...做广告
183. advertisement n. 广告
184. agency n. 代理商,经销商
185. focus v.（使）聚集 n. 焦点,中心,聚焦
186. forbid vt. 不许,禁止
187. debate n./v. 辩论,争论
188. debt n. 欠债
189. decade n. 十年
190. enclose vt. 围住；把...装入信封
191. encounter vt./n. 遭遇,遭到
192. globe n. 地球,世界；地球仪
193. global a. 全球的；总的
194. scan vt. 细看；扫描；浏览
195. scandal n. 丑事,丑闻
196. significance n. 意义；重要性
197. subsequent a. 随后的,后来的
198. virtue n. 美德,优点
199. virtual a. 实际上的,事实上的
200. orient vt. 使适应,(to,toward)使朝向 n. 东方
201. portion n. 一部分
202. target n. 目标,靶子 vt. 瞄准
203. portable a. 手提式的
204. decline v. 拒绝,谢绝；下降
205. illusion n. 错觉
206. likelihood n. 可能,可能性
207. stripe n. 条纹
208. emphasize vt. 强调,着重
209. emotion n. 情感,感情
210. emotional a. 感情的,情绪（上）的
211. awful a. 极坏的,威严的,可怕的
212. awkward a. 笨拙的,棘手的
213. clue n. 线索,提示
214. collision n. 碰撞,冲突
215. device n. 装置,设备
216. devise vt. 发明,策划,想出
217. inevitable a. 不可避免的
218. naval a. 海军的
219. navigation n. 航行
220. necessity n. 必需品；必要性
221. previous a. 先,前,以前的
222. provision n. [pl.]给养,口粮；准备,设备,装置
223. pursue vt. 追逐；追求；从事,进行
224. stale a. 不新鲜的,陈腐的
225. substitute n. 代用品 vt. 代替
226. deserve vt. 应受,应得,值得
227. discrimination n. 歧视；辨别力
228. professional a. 职业的,专门的
229. secure a. 安全的,可靠的
230. security n. 安全,保障
231. scratch v./n. 抓,搔,扒
232. talent n. 才能,天资；人才
233. insurance n. 保险,保险费
234. insure vt. 给...保险,保证,确保
235. nevertheless ad. 仍然,然而,不过
236. neutral a. 中立的,中性的
237. spot n. 地点；斑点 vt. 认出,发现；玷污
238. spray v. 喷,（使）溅散
239. medium a. 中等的,适中的 n. 媒介物,新闻媒介
240. media n. 新闻传媒
241. auxiliary a. 辅助的,备用的
242. automatic a. 自动的
pete vi. 竞争,比赛
petent a. 有能力的,能胜任的
petition n. 竞争,比赛
246. distribute vt. 分发
247. disturb vt. 打搅,妨碍
248. infer v. 推论,推断
249. integrate v.（使）成为一体,（使）合并
250. moist a. 潮湿
251. moisture n. 潮湿
252. promote vt. 促进；提升
253. region n. 地区；范围；幅度
254. register v./n.登记,注册
255. stable a. 稳定的
256. sophisticated a. 老于世故的,老练的；很复杂的
257. splendid a. 极好的,壮丽的,辉煌的
258. cancel vt. 取消,废除
259. variable a. 易变的,可变的
260. prospect n. 前景,前途；景象
261. prosperity n.兴旺,繁荣
262. aspect n. 方面；朝向；面貌
263. cope vi. (with)（成功地）应付,处理
264. core n. 果心,核心
265. maintain vt. 维持,保持；坚持,主张
266. mainland n. 大陆
267. discipline n. 纪律；惩罚；学科
268. domestic a. 本国的,国内的；家用的；家庭的
269. constant a. 不变的,恒定的 n. 常数
270. cliff n. 悬崖,峭壁
271. authority n. 权威；当局
272. audio a. 听觉
273. attitude n. 态度
munity n. 社区,社会
mit vt.犯（错误,罪行等）,干（坏事等）
ment n./vt. 评论
277. distinguish vt. 区分,辨别
278. distress n. 痛苦,悲伤 vt. 使痛苦
279. facility n. [pl.] 设备,设施；便利,方便
280. faculty n.能力,技能;系,学科/院;全体教员
281. mixture n. 混合,混合物
282. mood n. 心情,情绪；语气
283. moral a. 道德上的,有道德的
284. prominent a. 突出的
285. substance n. 物质；实质
286. substantial a. 可观的；牢固的；实质的
287. prompt vt. 促使 a. 敏捷的,及时的
288. vivid a. 生动的
289. vocabulary n. 词汇（量）；词汇表
290. venture n. 风险投资,风险项目 v. 冒险；取于
291. version n. 版本,译本；说法
292. waist n. 腰,腰部
293. weld v./n. 焊接
294. yawn vi. 打哈欠
295. yield vi. (to)屈服于；让出,放弃 n. 产量
296. zone n. 地区,区域
297. strategy n. 战略,策略
298. strategic a. 战略（上）的,关键的
299. tense a. 紧张的 v. 拉紧 n. 时态
300. tension n. 紧张（状态）,张力
301. avenue n. 林荫道,大街
302. available a. 现成可用的；可得到的
parable a. (with,to)可比较的,类似的
parative a. 比较的,相对的
305. dash vi. 猛冲,飞奔
306. data n. 数据,资料
307. dive vi. 跳水,潜水
308. diverse a. 不同的,多种多样的
309. entitle vt. 给...权利,给...资格
310. regulate vt. 管理,调节
311. release vt./n. 释放,排放；解释解脱
312. exaggerate v. 夸大,夸张
313. evil a. 邪恶的,坏的
314. shrink vi. 起皱,收缩；退缩
315. subtract v. 减（去）
316. suburb n. 市郊
317. subway n. 地铁
318. survey n./vt. 调查,勘测
319. wealthy a. 富裕的
320. adjust v. 调整,调节
321. attach vt. 系,贴；使附属
322. profit n. 利润,益处；v. 有益于,有利于
323. profitable a. 有利可图的
324. slope n. 斜坡,斜面
325. reinforce vt. 增强,加强
326. reject vt. 拒绝
327. fatal a. 致命的；重大的
328. fate n. 命运
329. humble a. 谦逊的；谦虚的
330. illegal a. 不合法的,非法的
331. award vt. 授予,判给 n. 奖品,奖金
332. aware a. 意识到
333. column n. 柱,圆柱；栏,专栏
edy n. 喜剧
335. dumb a. 哑的；沉默的
336. dump vt. 倾卸,倾倒
337. deaf a. 聋的；不愿听的
338. decorate vt. 装饰,装璜
339. principal a. 最重要的 n. 负责人,校长
340. principle n. 原则,原理
341. prior a. 优先的,在前的
342. priority n. 优先,重点
343. prohibit vt. 禁止,不准
344. remarkable a. 值得注意的,异常的,非凡的
345. remedy n./vt. 补救,医治,治疗
346. repetition n. 重复,反复
347. vain a. 徒劳的,无效的
348. undertake vt. 承担,着手做；同意,答应
349. unique a. 唯一的,独特的
350. obstacle n. 障碍（物）,妨碍
351. odd a. 奇特的,古怪的；奇数的
352. omit vt. 省略
353. opponent n. 敌手,对手
354. opportunity n. 机会,时机
355. orchestra n. 管弦乐队
356. semester n. 学期；半年
357. semiconductor n. 半导体
358. seminar n. 研讨会
359. terminal a. 末端的,极限的 n. 终点
360. territory n. 领土
361. approximate a. 大概的,大约 v. 近似
362. arbitrary a. 随意的,未断的
363. architect n. 建筑师
364. architecture n. 建筑学
365. biology n. 生物学
366. geography n. 地理（学）
367. geology n. 地质学
368. geometry n. 几何（学）
369. arithmetic n. 算术
370. algebra n. 代数
371. entertainment n. 娱乐；招待,款待
372. enthusiasm n. 热情,热心
373. entry n. 进入,入口处；参赛的人（或物）
374. environment n. 环境
375. episode n. 插曲,片段
376. equation n. 方程（式）
377. restrain vt. 阻止,抑制
378. restraint n. 抑制,限制
379. resume v. （中断后）重新开始
380. severe a. 严重的
381. sexual a. 性的
382. simplicity n. 简单；朴素
383. simplify vt. 简化
384. sorrow n. 悲哀,悲痛
385. stuff n. 原料,材料 vt. 填进,塞满
386. temporary a. 暂时的,临时的
387. temptation n. 诱惑,引诱
388. terror n. 恐怖
389. thrust v. 挤,推,插
390. treaty n. 条约,协定
391. arise vi. 产生,出现,发生；起身
392. arouse vt. 引起,激起；唤醒
393. burden n. 重担,负荷
394. bureau n. 局,办事处
395. marvelous a. 奇迹般的,惊人的
396. massive a. 大的,大量的,大块的
397. mature a. 成熟的
398. maximum a. 最高的,最大的
399. minimum a. 最低的,最小的
400. nonsense n. 胡说,冒失的行动语法复习专题（14）
Unit14 主谓一致和倒装
一、考点聚焦
1、语法形式上的一致
主语为单数形式，谓语动词用单数形式；主语为复数形式，谓语动词也用复数形式。
The number of students in our school is 1,700.
Mary and Kelly look alike.
2、意义上一致
（1）主语形式虽为单数，但意义为复数，谓语动词用复数。
The crowd were runing for their lives.
单数形式代表复数内容的词有people、police、cattle等。
（2）主语形式为复数，而意义上却是单数，谓语动词用单数。The news is very exciting.
形复意单的单词有new、works（工厂）、means和以ics结尾的学科名称physics、poli-tics、economics等。
3、就近原则。即谓语动词的单复数形式取决于最靠近它的词语。如果连词or、either … or、neither … nor、not only … but also等连接的并列主语，如果一个是单数，一个是复数，谓语动词与靠近它的主语一致。
Either you or I am mad.
4、应注意的若干问题
（1）名词作主语。
①某些集体名词如family、team等作主语时，如果作为一个整体看待，谓语用单数，反之用复数。
My family is going out for a trip.
The whole family are watching TV.
这类词常有audience、class club、committee、company、crew、crowd、enemy、government、group、party、public、team等。
Population和“a group(crowd)of + 复数名词”也适用于这种情况，强调整体用单数，强调各个部分用复数。
②某些集体名词如people、police、cattle、oxen只当复数看待，谓语动词必须用复数。
③单、复数同形的名词作主语时，谓语动词应根据意义决定单、复数。
A sheep is over there. Some sheep are over there.
④名词所有格之后的名词被省略，这种情况一般只指商店、工场、住宅等；作主语时，动词一般用单数。My uncle’s is not for from here.
常见的省略名词有the baker’s 、the barbar’s、the Zhang’s等。
表示店铺的名词一般作集体名词看待，但用作主语时，谓语动词往往用复数。如：
Richardson’s have a lot of old goods to sell.
⑤当名词词组中心词为表示度量、距离、金额、时间、书名等复数名词时，往往可以根据意义一致的原则，把这些复数名词看作一个整体，谓语用单数。
Thirty years has passed.
Five minutes is enough to finish the task.
⑥不定代词each、every、no所修饰的名词即使以and或逗号连接成多主语时，谓语动词仍用单数形式。如：
Each boy and each girl in my class has a dictionary.
⑦如果主语有more than one … 或many a … 构成，尽管从意义上
看是复数内容，但它的谓语动词用单数形式。
More than one student has seen the play.
Many a boy has bought that kind of toy.
但是，“more + 复数名词 + than one”结构之后，谓语用复数。
⑧一些由两个部分构成的名词表示衣物或工具作主语时，谓语通常用复数形式。如glasses、clothes、trousers、shoes、compasses、chopsticks、scissors等。
但如果主语用a kind of、a pair of、a series of等加名词构成时，谓语动词一般用单数形式。
A pair of shoes was on the desk.
⑨this kind of book = a book of this kind(这种书)，其谓语动词；短语this kind of men = men of this kind = these kind of
men(口语)（这一类人），但this kind of men的谓语用单数，men of this kind和these kind of men的谓语用复数，all kinds of后跟复数名词，谓语用复数形式。如：
This kind of men is dangerous.
Men of theis kind/sort are dangerous.
⑩复数形式的单、复数同形名词作主语时，按意义一致的原则，用作单数意义时，谓语用单数，反之，谓语用复数。这类名词有means、works、species(种类)、Chinese、Japanese等。当它们的前面有 a、such a、this、that修饰时，谓语用单数；有all、such、these、those修饰时，谓语用复数。
如果名词词组中心词是all、most、half、rest等词语，所指是复数意义，谓语动词用复数形式，反之用单数。
All of my students work hard.
All of the oil is gone.
在主谓倒装的句子中，谓语动词的数应与其后的主语一致。如：
Between the two windows hangs an oil painting.
（2）由连接词连接的名词作主语。
①用and或both … and 连接并列主语，谓语动词通常用复数形式。但如果并列主语指的是同一个人，同一事物或同一概念时，谓语动词用单数形式，这时and后面的名词没有冠词。
Truth and honesty is the best policy.
To love and to be loved is the great happiness.
Going to bed early and getting up early is a good habit.
A knife and fork is on the table.
②当主语后面跟有as well as、as much as、no less than、along with、with、like、rather than、together with、but、except、besides、including、in addition to等引导的词组时，采取“就远原则”。
③以or、either … or、neigher … nor、not only … but also等连接的词作主语时，采取“就近原则”。
（3）代词作主语。
①名词型物主代词连接的动词，既可以用单数，也可以用复数，这取决于它所代替的是单数还是复数。
Ours (Our Party) is a great Party.
Your shoes are white, mine (= my shoes) are black.
②such、the same起指示代词作用时，应根据其所指的内容来决定单、复数。
Such is our plan. Such are his last words.
③关系代词who、that、which等在定语从句中作主语时，其谓语动词的数应与句中先行词的数一致。
④疑问词who、what、which作主语时，谓语动词可根据说话人所要表达的意思决定单、复数。
Who lives next door It is Xiao Liu.
Who lives next door It is Wang and Li.
⑤不定代词any、either、neither、none、all、some、more等作主语时，要注意下列情况：
（A）单独作主语时，视其在文中的意义，动词可用单数或复数形式。Now all has been changed. All are present.（B）其后接of时，若of的宾语为不可数名词，动词用单数形式；若of的宾语为复数名词或代词时，动词可以是单数，也可以是复数；在正式文体中，单数形式的动词更常用。Do (es) any of you know about the accident None of us has
(have) seen the film.
（4）分数、量词作主语。
①“分数或百分数 +　名词”构成的短语以及由“a lot of, lots of, plenty of, a large quantity of, a heap of, heaps of, half of + 名词”构成的短语作主语时，其谓语动词要与短语中of后面的名词的数保持一致，这是因为短语中后面的名词是中心词，而短语中前面的量词是修饰语。如：
Lots of damage was caused by flood.
A number of students have gone to the countryside.
A large quantity of people is needed here.
Quantities of food (nuts) were still on the table.
②a great deal of、a large amount of修饰不可数名词，其短语作主语时，谓语动词通常用单数；large amounts of修饰不可数名词，其短语作主语时，谓语动词通常用复数。
③表示数量的one and a half后，名词要用复数形式，但是其短语作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。
One and a half apples is left on the table.
④half of、(a)part of修饰可数名词单数及不可数名词时，谓语动词用单数，修饰可数名词复数时，谓语动词用复数。
(5)名词化的形容词作主语。
如果主语由“the + 形容词（或分词）”结构担任时，谓语通常用复数。这类词有the rich、the poor、the brave、the injured、the living、the wounded等。如表抽象的也可以用单数，如the unknown、the beautiful等。
（6）从句作主语。
①由what引导的主语从句，谓语动词通常用单数，但所指的具体内容是复数意义时，谓语动词一般用复数形式。
What we need is more money.
What we need are more people/teachers.
②在“one of + 复数名词 + who/that/which”引导的从句结构中，关系代词who/that/which的先行词是靠近它的复数名词而不是one，因此从句中的谓语动词也应该是复数形式。如one前有the only则用单数形式。
This is one of the most interesting stories that have been told by my father.
She was the only one of the girls who was late for class today.
（7）不定式、名动词（短语）作主语用单数形式；There be句型中be的单复数取决于be后的第一个词的数。
There is a book, two pens on the desk.
There are two pens, a book on the desk.
5、倒装句的要点复习
（1）在以there、here、now、then、such引导的，引起人们注意的招呼句要倒装。
There goes the bell. Here comes the bus.
（2）表示动态的状语，置于句首时，句子要倒装。
Off went the horse. In came the boss.
From the speaker comes the doctor’s voice.
（3）表示地点的词语置于句首或强调地点概念时。
South of the town lie two steel factories.
Between the two buildings stands a tall tree.
注意：句子的主语为人称代词时，句子不倒装。
Here it is. Away they went.
（4）否定词never、seldom、hardly、scarcely、barely、rarely、little、not、nowhere、by no means、at no time、neither、nor等放在句首时，句子常倒装。如：
By no means shall we give up.
Never have I been to the USA.
Seldom does she get up late in the morning.
（5）在not only … but also … no sooner … than …、hardly … when …、scarcely … when …、not until …、so … that …、such … that …句型中，主句倒装，从句不倒装，但要注意：neither … nor … 连接的句子前后两个分句都要倒装。
Not only is she smart but also she is beautiful.
Such great progress did he make that he was praised.
So heavy is the box that I can’t carry it.
Neither has he a pencil, nor has he a pen.
（6）Only + 状语或状语从句 +其他（only在句首时要倒装）。
Only then did I realize the importance of learning English.
（7）so、neither、nor放在句首时，表示前面的情况也适用于另一个人或物时，用部分倒装。
（8）表语或状语或动词原形 + as/though + 主语 + 其他时，句子要倒装。（在让步状语从句中）
（9）虚拟语气中用倒装代替if。
Were I you, I would go there at once.
Had you come yesterday, you could have helped us.
（10）在一些表示祝愿的句子中。
Long live China!
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1.—Each of the students, working hard at his or her lessons, _________to go to university.
—So do I .(上海 1998)
A.hope B.hopes C.hoping D.hoped
解析：答案为B。本题考查主谓一致中的意义一致原则，不定代词either、neither、each、one、the other、another以及所有的复合不定代词作主语时，谓语动词应根据意义一致的原则采用单数形式，排除A。选项C是非谓语动词的一种，不能单独作谓语，亦应排除。根据答语中的时态又可排除选项D。
2.The number of people invited _________ fifty, but a number of them __________ absent for different reasons.（NMET 1996）
A.were; was B.was; was C.was; were D.were; were
解析：答案为C。本题考查the number of和a number of 的区别。“the number of + 复数名词/代词”结构中的中心词是number,“a number of + 复数名词/代词”结构中的中心词是of后的复数名词或代词，故谓语动词分别用单、复数。解题关键在于仔细区分哪个是真正的主语。
3.—David has made great progress recently.
—_______, and __________.(上海 1997)
A.So he has; so you have B.So he has; so have you
C.So has he; so have you D.So has he; so you have
解析：答案为B。 本题考查倒装知识。“So + 主语 + 助动词”表“确实如此”，“So + 助动词 + 主语”表“也一样。”2005高考专题2
反意疑问句 对 应 规 则 二十四条
Composed by Chinephone Lew
反意疑问句是英语四大问句之一，它是由一个陈述句加上一个短问句而构成的。反意疑问句的基本构成形式是：陈述句+动词（肯定或否定）+主语？如：
①She often has lunch at school, doesn’t she ②You don’t like sports, do you
使用反意疑问句要注意以下若干对应规则：
一、 反意疑问句中问句部分的动词与陈述部分的动词在语气上成相反的对应关系，即：
肯定+否定？ 否定+肯定？如：
①You can’t do it, can you ②They are very late for the meeting, aren’t they
二、 反意疑问句中问句部分的动词与陈述部分的动词种类要对应一致。如：
①He has supper at home every day, doesn’t he （不能用hasn’t he ）
②They have known the matter, haven’t they （不能用don’t they ）
三、 反意疑问句中问句部分的动词在时态上应和陈述部分的时态一致。如：
①They will go to town soon, won’t they （不能用don’t they 或 aren’t they ）
②He works very hard, doesn’t he （不能用didn’t he 或won’t he ）
四、 反意疑问句的陈述部分含有由un-, im-, in-, dis-, 等否定意义的前缀构成的词语时，陈述部分要视为肯定含义，问句部分用否定形式。如：
①Your father is unhappy, isn’t he （不能用is he ）
②The man is dishonest, isn’t he （不能用is he ）
③It is impossible to learn English without remembering more words, isn’t it （不能用is it ）
五、反意疑问句的陈述部分带有little, few, never, hardly, seldom等否定意义的词时，问句部分用肯定式。如：
①She never tells a lie, does she （不用doesn’t she ）
②He was seldom late, was he （不用wasn’t he ）
六、反意疑问句的陈述部分为I am……时，问句部分习惯上用aren’t I？表示。如：
I am a very honest man, aren’t I
七、反意疑问句的陈述部分为I(We) think(believe, suppose, consider) + that从句时，问句部分的动词及主语与that从句内的动词和主语保持一致。如：
①I think that he has done his best, hasn’t he
②We think that English is very useful, isn’t it （不用don’t we ）
八、反意疑问句的陈述部分为I(We) don’t think(believe, suppose, consider)+ that从句时，从句为否定意义，问句部分的动词和主语仍与that从句保持一致且用肯定式。如：
①I don’t think that you can do it, can you （不用do I ）
②We don’t believe that the news is true, is it （不用do we ）
九、反意疑问句的陈述部分为非第一人称主语+ think(believe, suppose, consider) + that从句时，问句部分的动词和主语与陈述部分的主句动词和主语保持一致。如：
①They all think that English is very important, don’t they （不用isn’t it ）
②He didn’t think that the news was true, did he （不用wasn’t/ was it ）
十、反意疑问句的陈述部分为主语+said( told, reported, asked……) + that从句时，问句部分的动词和主语与陈述部分的主句动词和主语保持一致。如：
①They said that you had finished your work, didn’t they （不用hadn’t you）
②Kate told you that she would go there, didn’t she （不用wouldn’t she ）
十一、陈述部分的主语为不定代词something, anything, nothing, everything时，问句部分的主语用it。如：
①Something is wrong with the computer, isn’t it ②Nothing has happened to them, has it
十二、陈述部分的主语为不定代词somebody(someone), anybody(anyone), nobody(no one), everybody(everyone)时，问句部分的主语用he或 they，这时问句动词的数应和he或 they一致。如：
①Someone has taken the seat, hasn’t he ②Everyone has done their best in the game, haven’t they
十三、陈述部分为Let me……时，问句部分习惯上用shall I 或will you 形式。如：
Let me have a try, shall I (will you )
十四、陈述部分为Let us……时，问句部分习惯上用will you 形式。如：
Let us stop to rest, will you
十五、陈述部分为Let’s……时，问句部分习惯上用shall we 形式。如：
Let’s go home together, shall we
十六、陈述部分用上述情况以外的祈使句时，问句部分一般用will you 形式表示请求，用won’t you？形式表示委婉请求或邀请。如：
①Do sit down, won’t you / will you ②You feed the bird today, will you
③Please open the window, will you (won’t you )
十七、陈述部分为否定祈使句时，问句部分一般用will you 形式。如：
Don’t make any noise, will you
十八、陈述部分为There (Here) + be + 主语时，问句部分用动词+there(here) 形式。如：
①There are two cakes on the plate, aren’t there ②Here is a story about Mark Twain, isn’t here
十九、陈述部分用had better +原形动词表示建议时，问句部分用hadn’t +主语？形式。
①You’d better tell him about the matter, hadn’t you ②We had better do it by ourselves, hadn’t we
二十、陈述部分用used to +主语时，问句部分用didn’t + 主语？或usedn’t +主语？形式。
①He used to live in the country, didn’t he /usedn’t he
②They used to be good friends, didn’t they /usedn’t they
二十一、陈述部分用must(may, might) + have + V-ed表示推测时，若句中带有明显的过去时间的状语，问句部分动词用过去时形式。如：
①He might have forgotten his pen in the classroom yesterday, didn’t he
（不用mightn’t he / hasn’t he ）
②You must have got up late this morning, didn’t you （不用mustn’t you /haven’t you ）
二十二、陈述部分用must(may, might) + have + V-ed表示推测时，若句中没有带明显的过去时间的状语，问句部分动词用现在完成时形式。如：
①Everyone must have known the death of the waitress, haven’t they （不用mustn’t they ）
②You must have worked there a year ago, didn’t you （不用mustn’t you / haven’t you ）
二十三、陈述部分的主语为从句时，问句部分的主语一般用it代替，如：
①What he said is true, isn't it （不用didn’t he ）
②Where we will build the dam has not been decided yet, has it （不用won’t we ）
二十四、陈述部分的主语为动名词或不定式时，问句的主语用it代替。如：
①To do one good deed is easy for a person, isn't it ②Skating is your favorite sport, isn't it
反意疑问句专题练习
1.I think they will go to town tomorrow, ________
A.do I B.don’t I C.will they D.won’t they
2.I don’t believe he can catch up with me, _________
A.can he B.can’t he C.do I D.don’t I
3.I’m sure that I will be well again, __________
A.am I B.aren’t I C.will I D.won’t I
4.I am afraid that he will not come, _______ A.am I B.aren’t I C.will he D.won’t he
5.They don’t believe you are wrong, _________
A.are you B.aren’t you C.do they D.don’t they
6.He thought you were Beijing, _________
A.didn’t he B.did he C.weren’t you D.were you
7.We told you that he would come tonight, _______
A.didn’t we B.did we C.would he D.wouldn’t he
8.The reporter said the news was not true, _________
A.wasn’t it B.didn’t he C.did he D.was it
9.They suggested that he should go to work at once, ________
A.did they B.didn’t they C.should he D.shouldn’t he
10.Your brother has lunch at home, _________-
A.hasn’t he B.doesn’t he C.has he D.does he
11.John has to get up early, ________ A.has he B.hasn’t he C.does he D.doesn’t he
12.She has got to get everything ready, _________
A.hasn’t she B.has she C.doesn’t she D.does she
13.She has never been to China, _________ A.has she B.hasn’t she C.doesn’t she D.does she
14.She had better tell you the news right now, _______
A.had she B.hadn’t she C.did she D.didn’t she
15.They would rather not have done that last week,________
A.would they B.wouldn’t they C.have they D.haven’t they
16.I’d rather stay here for a rest, ________ A.did I B.would I C.didn’t I D.wouldn’t I
17.You ought to do it again,_________ A.ought you B.oughtn’t you C.do you D.don’t you
18.You must do that again,_________ A.mustn’t you B.needn’t you C.do you D.don’t you
19.He must wait here, __________ A.mustn’t he B.doesn’t he C.shouldn’t he D.does he
20.He must be a good worker,________ A.mustn’t he B.needn’t he C.isn’t he D.doesn’t he
21.He must have been to China twice,_________
A.hasn’t he B.didn’t he C.wasn’t he D.mustn’t he
22.He must have been ill last week,__________
A.hasn’t he B.didn’t he C.wasn’t he D.mustn’t he
23.He must have known you during the war,__________
A.hasn’t he B.didn’t he C.wasn’t he D.mustn’t he
24.He must have known the result already,_________
A.hasn’t he B.didn’t he C.wasn’t he D.mustn’t he
25.There used to be a temple here,________
A.didn’t there B.did there C.used there D.was there
26.They used to be good friends,________
A.usedn’t they B.didn’t they C.used they D.both A and B
27.Mother usedn’t to dress the baby,______
A.didn’t she B.did she C.used she D.usedn’t she
28.The students used to go to see him,_______
A.usedn’t they B.didn’t they C.used they D.both A and B
29.Alice, you have a little more chicken,________
A.haven’t you B.don’t you C.will you D.do you
30.Hi! Alice, you have bought a little chicken,_________
A.haven’t you B.won’t you C.will you D.have you
31.You two had breakfast just now,__________
A.hadn’t you B.didn’t you C.had you D.did you
32.You two had finished the breakfast,_________
A.hadn’t you B.didn’t you C.did you D.had you
33.Neither you nor I was invited to the party,________
A.were we B.weren’t we C.was I D.were you
34.Either he or she is to clean the window,__________
A.are they B.aren’t they C.isn’t he D.isn’t she
35.It is Jiao Yulu who turned Lankao into a rich district,_______
A.is it B.isn’t it C.did he D.didn’t he
36.It was you who never made such mistakes,________
A.wasn’t it B.weren’t you C.did you D.didn’t you
37.The little child dared not climb the tree,________
A.dared he B.did he C.was he D.does he
38.What he said is not wrong,__________ A.didn’t he B.did he C.is it D.isn’t it
39.That his parents were ill made him a little worried,_________
A.weren’t they B.were they C.didn’t it D.wasn’t it
40.He dislikes what you have said,__________ A.does he B.doesn’t he C.have you D.haven’t you
41.(2003Shanghai spring)If you want help—money or anything,let me know,____you
A.don’t B.will C.shall D.do
42.(2002Shanghai)Mrs. Black doesn’t believe her son is able to design a digital cameral,____
A.is he B.isn’t he C.doesn’t she D.does she
43.(2002Shanghai spring)Brian told you that there wasn’t anyone in the room at that time,___
A.was there B.wasn’t there C.didn’t he D.did he
44.(2001Shanghai)I don’t suppose anyone will volunteer,_____
A.do I B.don’t I C.will they D.won’t they
45.(2000Shanghai)The news that they fialed their driving test discouraged him,___
A.did they B.didn’t they C.did it D.didn’t it
46.(NMET99)—Alice,you feed the bird today,____ --But I fed it yesterday.
A.do you B.will you C.didn’t you D.don’t you2005高考专题1
独立主格结构常见类型及其用法
Composed by Chinephone Lew
独立主格结构是由一个相当于主语的名词或代词加上非谓语动词、形容词（副）词、或介词短语构成的一种独立成分。该结构不是句子，也不是从句，所以它内部的动词不能考虑其时态、人称和数的变化，它与其主句之间既不能通过并列连词连接也不能有从句引导词引导，常用逗号与其主句隔开。独立主格结构在很多情况下可以转化为相应的状语从句或其他状语形式，但很多时候不能转化为分词形式，因为它内部动词的逻辑主语与主句主语不一致。在做这类题目时一定要小心判断，不能粗心大意。
一、独立主格结构的构成形式
1、逻辑主语+V-ing
这种构成形式内部的逻辑主语是分词的动作执行者，分词表示的动作不是整句主语发出的动作，而是其逻辑主语发出的动作。如：
1.__________no bus, we had to walk home.
A.There being B.Being C.Having been D.There was
2._______no bus, we had to walk home.
A.As there being B.As there was C.Being D.There was
3._______Sunday, the library doesn't open.
A.Being B.There being C.It being D.Having been
4.______Sunday, the library doesn't open.
A.As it being B.Being C.It is D.As it is
2、逻辑主语+V-ed
该构成形式内部的逻辑主语是分词的动作承受者。如：
1._________, the train started.
A.The signal given B.Giving the signal B.The signal being given D.The signal giving
2.__________, the train started.
A.After having given the signal B.After the signal given C.Giving the signal D.After the signal was given
3._________, the text became easier for us to learn.
A.Explaining new words B.New words explained C.Being explained new words D.Having explained new words
4.______________, the text became easier for us to learn.
A. When new words were explained B.Explaining new words B.New words explaining D.Being explained new words
3、逻辑主语+形容词（副词）
该结构相当于一个未带动词的“主—系—表”结构。如：
1.___________, the patient can leave the hospital.
A.Better conditions B.Conditions better C.Conditions are better D.Being better conditions
2._________, the patient can leave the hospital.
A.If better conditions B.If conditions better C.If conditions are better D.Being better conditions
3.________, we’d like to go outing.
A.Being Sunday B.Sunday OK C.Sunday is OK D.If Sunday OK
4.___________, we’d like to go outing.
A.If Sunday is OK B.Sunday being OK C.Sunday OK D.A,B and C
5._________, you can wait a while.
A.The play being still on B.The play still on C Being still on the play D.A and B
6._________, so you can wait a while
A.The play is still on B.The play being still on C.As the play is still on D.The play still on
4、逻辑主语+介词短语
该结构相当于不带动词的“主—系—介词短语”结构。如：
1.The boy followed the nobleman here, ___________.
A.a sword in hand B.a sword in his hand B.Being a sword in hand D.sword in hand
2.The boy followed the nobleman here ___________.
A.with a sword in his hand B.with a sword in hand C.with a sword being in hand D.a sword being in hand
3.He left the office, __________.
A.tears being in eyes B.tears in eyes C.being tears in eyes D.with tears being in eyes
4.He left the office __________.
A.with tears being in eyes B.with tears in her eyes C.being tears in eyes D.tears being in eyes
二、独立主格结构在整句中可作以下成分：
1、原因状语
该结构在句中作原因状语时相当于一个原因状语从句。如：
1.________ no bus, we had to walk home.
A.There being B.As there was C.There was D.A and B
2._________Sunday, the library doesn't open.
A.It being B.As it is C.Being D.A and B
3.____________, I had to ask for two days’ leave.
A.Mother being ill B.Bother ill C.As mother was ill D. A,B and C
4.____________, we have to work late into the night.
A.The exam near B.The exam being near C.As the exam is near D. A,B and C
2、时间状语
独立主格结构作时间状语时相当于一个由when, as soon as, after等引导的时间状语从句。如：
1.__________, the train started.
A.The signal given B.After the signal was given C.Given the signal D.A and B
2.__________, the text became easier for us to learn.
A. New words explained B.When new words were explained C.When teacher explained new words D.all above
3、条件状语
独立主格结构作条件状语时可以改为由if引导的条件状语从句。如：
1.___________, we'll go to visit the Great Wall.
A.Weather permitting B.If weather permits C.If permitting D.A and B
2._________, the patient will recover himself soon.
A.If the treatment is in time B.The treatment in time C.The treatment being in time D.A,B and C
4、伴随状语
独立主格结构作伴随状语时相当于一个介词短语或并列谓语。如：
1.We have lessons every day, ___________.
A.Sunday included B.Sunday including C.Sunday is including D.all the above
2.The boy fell asleep,___________.
A.cap on head B.with a cap on head C.a cap on was on head D. all the above
3.Father came home,_________
A.a dog following him B.a dog followed him C.being followed by a dog D.all the above

with + 复合宾语结构常见类型及其用法
Composed by Chinephone Lew
“with + 复合宾语”结构是指“with +宾语（名词或代词）+ 非谓语动词（分词、不定式）、介词短语、形容词或副词等”所构成的一种介词短语。该结构内部若是动词，则其非谓语形式的选用要注意三点：若内部动词表示将来（无论主动还是被动），则用不定式；若内部动词表示被动且属过去，则用过去分词；若内部动词表示持续主动动作，则用现在分词。该结构在句子中可以作以下几种成分：
1、原因状语
1.With the man ______ us ahead, we had no trouble finding the village.
A.To guide B.Guiding C.Guided D.To have guide
2.With a lot of work_____, she doesn’t have time to rest. A.to do B.to be done C.doing D.done
3.With the machine _____all the time, we finished harvesting crops in time.
A.to work B.worked C.working D.Being working
2、时间状语
1.The street looks more beautiful with all the lights _____.A.are on B.on C.to be on D.been on
2.With our problem ________, we all felt happy.
A.to settle B.to be settled C.settled D.being settled
3.With his work______, the secretary began to walk home. A.to do B.doing C.done D.to be done
3、伴随状语
1.She left the offices with tears ________.
A.in her eyes B.in eyes B.being in eyes D.to be in eyes
2.The man found the door with both his eyes ______.
A.to be closed B.being closed C.closed D.closing
3.We felt uncomfortable with two waitresses_______.
A. standing by B.to be standing by C.stood by D.being standing by
4.The murderer was brought in, with his hands________.
A.to be tied behind B. tied behind C.tying behind D.being tied behind
5.You can’t see well ________.
A. with the glasses on B.being on the glasses C.with the glasses to be on D.with the glasses
4、后置定语
1.Do you know the man ______ a book in his hand A.with B.having C.being D.A and B
2.Please offer your seat to the woman _____ a baby in her arms.A.carrying B.having C.with D.all the above

分词、独立主格和“with + 复合宾语”作状语的区别
分词结构、独立主格结构、with + 复合宾语结构在句中均可作状语，其区别是这样的：
一、分词在句中作状语时句子的主语是分词的逻辑主语，即主句主语是分词的动作执行者（用现在分词）或动作承受者（用过去分词或现在分词被动式）。这种情况下的分词短语可以改为相应的状语从句或并列谓语。
分词短语在句中常作以下状语：
1、原因状语
1._______late, we had to walk home. A.Being B.As we were C.We being D.A and B
2.______ busy, they had no time to play. A.As they were B.Being C.Because they were D.all the above
2、时间状语
1._______ the students' homework, the teacher found a lot of mistakes.
A.When he was correcting C.When he corrected C.Correcting D.all the above
2.________by your teachers, you are supposed to be modest.
A.When you are praised B.Praised C.When praised D.all the above
3、条件状语
1.______ more time, he is sure to finish his test paper. A.If he is given B.If given C.Given D.all the above
2._______ another chance, I'll do my job better.A.If I have B.If having C.Having D.all the above
4、伴随状语
1.Father came back, _______ a bag of money on his left shoulder.
A.carrying B.he was carrying C.and he was carrying D.all the above
2.Father came back, _______ by a monkey.
A.and he was followed B.followed C.and was followed D.all the above
二、独立主格结构和with + 复合宾语结构在句子中作状语时，这种结构内部的分词或介词短语的逻辑主语不是整句的主语，即主句主语与分词的逻辑主语不一致。如：
1.______, we’ll go fishing in the country.
A.Permitting weather B.Weather permitted C.Weather permitting D.Permitting
2._________, he finished playing the game of chess.
A.His eyes closing B.With his eyes closed C.Closing his eyes D.Closed his eyes
3._________, I couldn’t get the book I wanted.
A.Closed B.Library closed C.Closing library D.With library closing
三、使用分词短语、独立主格结构、with + 复合宾语结构分别在句子中作状语时要注意：它们与主句之间不应有从属连词（如when, if, as soon as, as, while等）或并列连词（如and, but, or, so等）。例如：
1.____________ the teacher told the class to go through the text
A.Checking the answers B.Checking the answers and C.When checking the answers and D.all the above
2._________a rainy day, so all the farmers had to stay inside.
A.It being B.Being C.It was D.all the above
3.As_______a little sick, he remained at the clinic.
A.feeling B.he felt C.he felling D.all the above
四、在使用独立主格结构、with +复合宾语结构、分词结构作句子的状语时，一定要看句子主语同这些结构的逻辑关系。
1、当句子主语与该状语内部动词之间有逻辑上的主谓或动宾关系时，该状语可用分词结构或从句表示。
1.______ in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.
A.Lost B.As he was lost C.He lost D.A and B
2._______for the bus at the stop, he suddenly caught sight of a thief.
A.Waiting B.When he was waiting C.As he was waiting D.all the above
2、若句子主语与状语内动词之间不存在逻辑上的主谓或动宾关系且状语内有自已的逻辑主语。则该状语不能用分词结构，只能用独立主格结构、with +复合宾语结构或从句。如：
1.The soldier fell asleep ___________.
A.with the candle burning B.burning the candle C.when he was burning the candle D.when burning the candle
2.__________, the Tiananmen Square looks more beautiful.
A.Being on B.When being on C.With all the lights on D.When it turns on all the lights
3.________ the notice, he had an idea.
A.When he was watching B.Watching C.When watching D.all the above
4.________ the notice, an idea came to his mind.
A.When he was watching B.Watching C.When watching D.all the above语法复习专题（4）
Unit4 形容词和副词
一、考点聚焦
1、形容词、副词的作用与位置
形容词是用来修饰名词的，常被放在名词前作定语，或放在系动词后面作表语。而副词则用来修饰形容词、动词，其他副词或者句子，一般位于形容词之前，动词之后或句子之首。以下属几种特殊情况，须牢记；
（1）形容词短语作定语，定语后置。
a language difficult to master, a leaning tower about 180 feet high
（2）表语形容词（afraid、alike、alone、asleep、awake、alive等）作定语，定语后置。如a man alive。有些表身体健康状况的形容词如well、faint、ill只作表语。sick既可作表语又可作定语，ill如作定语意为“bad”。
（3）用作定语，修饰由不定代词one、no、any、some和every构成的复合词如anything、something等时，通常后置。如：
I have something important to tell you.
（4）else常用作疑问代词和不定代词的后置定语。
（5）enough、nearby修饰名词前置或后置，程度副词一般位于形容词、副词前面，enough修饰形容词、副词时，必须后置。
（6）几个副词并列作状语时，其顺序较灵活，但一般是：方式→地点→时间。如：
We had a good time together outdoors last Sunday.
（7）频度副词如often、always、usually等在be动词后，行为动词前。
（8）副词作定语，定语后置。如：
The person there is waiting for you.
（9）几个并列的形容词作定语，其语序通常为：限定语（The、A）+ 描绘性形容词 + size（大小）+ shape（形状）+ age（年龄、时间）+ color（颜色）+ origin（国籍、来源）+ material（材料）+ purpose（目的）+ 名词。如：
a heavy black Chinese steel umbrella,
the man’s first tow interesting little red French oil paitings
（10）以-ly结尾的词性辨析。
①下列单词以-ly结尾，但却是形容词而非副词：lively、lonely、lovely、deadly、friendly、ugly、silly、likely、brotherly、timely等。
②表愿意（无-ly）和引申意(有-ly)的副词：
deep深 wide宽广 high高 low位置低
deeply深入地 widely广泛地 highly高度地 lowly地位卑微
③有无-ly意义大不相同的副词：
dead完全，绝对be dead asleep
deadly非常be deadly tired
pretty相当be pretty certain that…
prettily漂亮地be prettily dressed
close近Don’t sit close.
closely密切地Watch closely!
late晚、迟arrive late, come late
lately最近I haven’t seen him lately(recently).
2、复合形容词的构成
（1）形容词 + 名词 + ed
kind-hearted好心的，white-haired白发的
(2)形容词 + 形容词
red-hot炽热的，dark-blue深蓝的
（3）形容词 + 现在分词
good-looking好看的，easy-going随和的
（4）副词 + 现在分词
hard-working勤劳的，fast-moving快速转动的
（5）副词 + 过去分词
hard-won得来不易的，newly-made新建的
（6）名词 + 形容词
life-long终生的，world-famous世界闻名的
（7）名词 + 现在分词
peace-loving爱好和平的，fun-loving爱开玩笑的
（8）名词 + 过去分词
snow-covered白雪覆盖的，hand-made手工的
（9）数词 + 名词 + ed
four-storeyed 4层楼的，three-legged 3条腿的
（10）数词 + 名词（名词用单数）
ten-year 10年的,two-man两人的
3、形容词和副词的比较等级
（1）原级的构成和用法。
构成：形容词、副词的原级即本身。
用法：表示双方在程度、性质、特征等某方面相等时，用“as + 原级形容词/副词 + as”的结构；表示双方不相等时，用“not so(as) + 原级形容词/副词 + as”的结构；表示一方是另一方的若干倍时，用“倍数 + as + 原级形容词/副词 + as”的结构。如：
Xiao Wang is as tall as Xiao Yu.
This building looks not so (as)high as that one.
Miss Xu speaks English as fluently as you .
This room is three times as large as that one.
（2）比较级和最高级的构成。
掌握比较级和最高级的变化规则，熟记少数不符合规则的特殊形容词和副词。
（3）比较级的用法。
①对方比较，表示一方超过另一方时，用“比较级 + than”的结构表示。如：
This picture is more beautiful than that one.
②表示一方不及另一方时，用“less + 原级 + than”的结构表示。如：
This room is less beautiful than that one.
③表示一方超过另一方的程度或数量时，可在比较级前加表示程度的状语，如even、a lot、a bit、a little、still、much、far、yet、by fay等修饰。如：
He works even harder than before.
注意：英语的比较级前如无even、still或yet等时，译成汉语时可用“较”或“…一些”或不译出，一般不可有“更”。如：
She is better than she was yesterday
Please come earlier tomorrow.
另注意：by far通常用于强调最高级。用于比较级时，一般放在比较级的后面，如在前面，应在二者中间加“the”。如：
He is taller by far than his brother.
He is by far the taller of the two brothers.
④表示一方随另一方的程度而变化时，用“the + 比较级（主语 + 谓语），the + 比较级（主语 + 谓语）”的结构（意为“越……越……”）。如：
The harder he works, the happier he feels.
⑤不与其他事物相比，表示本身程度的改变时，用“比较级 + and + 比较级”的结构。如：
The weather is getting colder and colder.
The girl becomes more and more beautiful.
⑥某些以-ior结尾的形容词进行比较时，用to代替than。这些词有inferior（劣等的，次的）、superior（较好的，优于……）、junior（资历较浅的）、senior（资格较老的）、prior（在……之前）等。
He is superior to Mr.Zhang in chemistry.
⑦在比较从句中为了避免重复，我们通常用that(those)、one(ones)代替前面出现的名词。that指物,one既可指人又可指物。that可代替可数名词单数和不可数名词，而one只能代替可数名词。
The book on the table is more interesting than that(或the one)on the desk.
A box made of steel is stronger than one made of wood.
⑧倍数表达法。（A）A is three(four, etc.)times the size(height, length etc.)of B.这座新楼是那座旧楼的四倍大（高）。The new bui9lding is four times the size(the height)of the old one.这座新楼比那座旧楼大三倍（高三倍）。（B）A is three(four, etc.)times as big(high, long, etc.)as B. Asia is four times as large as Europe.亚洲比欧洲大三倍。（C）A is three (four, etc.)times bigger(higher, longer, etc.)than B. Your school is three times bigger than ours.你们的学校比我们的学校大三倍。用times 表倍数通常用于三倍以上，两倍可以用twice或double.
(4)最高级的用法。
①三者或三者以上相比，表示最高程度时，用“the + 最高级”的结构表示。这种句式一般常有表示比较范围的介词短语。如：
Zhang Hua is the tallest of the three.
He works(the)hardest in his class.
②最高级可被序数词以及much、by far、nearly、almost 、by no means、not quite、not really、nothing like等词语所修饰。如：
This hat is by far / much / nearly / almost / not nearly / by no means / not quite / nothing like the biggest.
How much did the secon most expensive hat cost
③表示“最高程度”的形容词，如excellent、extreme、perfect等，没有最高级，也不能用比较级。
④形容词最高级修饰作表语或介词宾语的名词、代词时，被修饰的词往往省略。如：
He is the tallest(boy)in his class.
⑤作状语的副词最高级前可以不加定冠词。如：
Of all the boys he came(the)earliest.
(5)形容词和副词前面使用冠词的情况。
①形容词最高级前一般要加定冠词，副词最高级前可不加冠词。
②形容词最高级前有时加不定冠词，或不加冠词，不表比较，表示“非常”。如：
He is a most clever young policeman.(a most=very)
The film is most interesting.(most=very)
③表示两者间“较……的一个”比较级前加the。如：
who is the older of the tow boys
④在“the + 比较级…，the + 比较级…”结构中。
⑤在same前一般要加the。
⑥有些形容词前加the 成为名词。如the poor、the rich 等。
（6）由as / so组成的形容词或副词短语。
1 as much as + 不可数名词数量。
Each stone weighs as much as fifteen tons.
She could earn as much as ten dollars a week.
②as many as + 可数名词数量 多达
I have as a many as sixteen referrence books.
③as early as早在
As early as the twelfth century the English began to invade the island.
④as far as远到；就……而知（论）
We might go as far as (走到)the church and back.
As far as I know（就我所知），he has been there before.
⑤may (might, could)as well不妨、不如
Then you might as well stay with us here.
⑥as … as can be到了最……的程度，极其
They are as unreliable as they can be.他们极其不可信。
⑦as … as one can
He began to run, as fast as he could.
⑧as … as possible
Just get them to finish up as quickly as possible.
(7)几组重要的词语辨析。
①very 和much的区别。（A）可分等级的形容词和副词前使用very不用much。(B)表示状态的过去分词前用very。a very frightened boy, a very tired child, a very complicated problem, 一般的情况下，以-ing、-ed结尾的分词多用much、very much / greatly等修饰。如：We were greatly shocked by the news about Tom. I was much amused by Jack’s attitude。(C)已转化为形容词的现在分词前用very。如：very interesting / worrying / exicting。（D）too前用much或far,不用very。You are much / far / a lot too nice.另外，在too many / much, too few / little前用far。 There’s far too little opportunity for adventue these days.We’ve got far too many eggs and far too few egg cups.（E）关于原级形容词要记住下列固定的修饰结构：（a）修饰绝对意义的形容词，一般不用very,而用quite completely、well、entirely。如：quite wrong(mistaken, sure)、completely dead、quite impossible、quite perfect等。（b）修饰以a-开头的形容词，多有特殊的修饰词：quite alone, very much alone, wide awake, fast asleep, very much afraid。(c)修饰一些特殊形容词的修饰语有：be well worth, much the same, freezing cold, quite different, terribly cold / frightening。
②so … that … 与such … that … 的区别。
so + 形容词 / 副词 + that …
so + 形容词 + a（n）+ 单数可数名词 + that …
so + many / much / little / few + 名词 + that …
such + a(n)+ 形容词+单数可数名词 + that …
such + 形容词 + 不可数名词 + that …
such + 形容词 + 复数名词 + that …
注意：下列结构中只能用so不可用such,当名词前有many、much、little、few等表示“多、少”的词修饰时，如 so much progress、so many people、so little food、so few apples等。但当little表示“小”时用such。如：These are such little boys that they can’t dress themselves.下列so的用法是错误的：so a diffcult problem,so difficult problems, so hot weather。
③其他几组词的辨析。（A）ago、before:ago表示以现在为起点的“以前”；before指以过去或将来的某时刻为起点的“以前”。泛指“以前”用before而不用ago。（B）already、yet、still:already表示某事已经发生；yet表示期待某事发生；still表示某事还在进行，主要用于肯定句。
(C)too、also、either:too和also用于肯定句，too多用于口语，also多用于书面语，either用于否定句。(D)good、well:与good不同的是，well作形容词，只能在系动词后作表语，表示“身体状况好”，也作副词修饰动词。(E)quick、fast:作形容词皆表“快”。fast多指运动的物体，含持续的意思。quick多指一次动作的敏捷、突然，而且持续的时间较短。(F)real、true:形容词表“真的”。real强调真实存在的而不是幻想的，在句中常作定语；true指与事实标准和实际情况相符合，在句中作表语或定语。(G)hard、difficult:均表“困难”，但hard通常指体力上困难；difficult则指智力或技能上的困难，困难程度大于hard。它们都可作定语和表语。
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. It is generally believed that teaching is ___________it is a science.（NMET 2001）
A.an art much as B.much an art as
C.as an art much as D.as much an art as
解析：答案为D。本题可从考查形容词的同级比较点入手。在同级比较as…as句式中，如果as后面的形容词作定语且其所修饰的名词前有不定冠词时，该冠词须置于形容词之后，即形成“as + 形容词 + a / an + 单数可数名词 + as”结构。这道题在名词专题中也有解析，不同的是观察视角不同，应注意培养发散思维。
2. It is always difficult being in a foreign country, __________if you don’t speak the language.(NMET 2000)
A.extremely B.naturally C.basically D.especially
解析：答案为D。本题考查副词的词义辨析。注意掌握词语的准确含义，结合语境进行分析。A项意为“极端地”；B项意为“自然地”；C项“基本上”；D项“尤其，特别地”。根据句意“如果你不会讲（它的）语言，在国外你就总会困难重重”可知答案。
3. Professor White has written some short stories, but he is ______known for his plays.(NMET 1998)
A.the best B.more C.better D.the most
解析：答案为C。本题考查副词的比较级和最高级。要把握句式之间的联系，抓住句子的隐藏信息，结合语境进行分析。根据句意，句中but后应有一词组be well known for…。同时，应注意到前后两个分句把professor White的短篇小说和戏剧进行了对比，故应用well的比较级。语法复习专题（6）
Unit6 数 词
一、考点聚焦
1、序号表示法
（1）单纯的序号，可在基数词前加number,简写为No.。如：No.1第一号
（2）事物名词的序号表达法有什所不同：
①对于一些小序号可有序数词也可用基数词表达，形式分别为：the +
序数词 + 名词；名词 + 基数词。如：第一次世界大战可以表示为the First World War或World War One。
②对于一些大序号我们通常只用一种表达法，即名词 + 数词。如：501号房间表示为Room 501, 538路公共汽车表示为Bus 538。
③可用a / the + number + 基数词 + 名词。如：a No.5 bus一辆五路公共汽车，the No.8 bus那辆8路公共汽车。
2、倍数的表达方式
一般情况下我们用以下三种倍数表达方式：
（1）倍数用在as + 形容词 / 副词（原级）+ as结构之前。如：
They have three times as many cows as we do.
（2）倍数放在形容词或副词的比较级之前或by + 倍数用在比较级之后。如：
This rope is four times longer than that one.
They produced more products in 2001 than those in 2000 by twice.
（3）倍数用在表示度量名词前，其基本结构为：倍数 + the + size / length / weight … + of + 表示比较对象的名词，也可用于倍数 + what引导的从句中。如：
This room is three times the size of that one.
The college is twice what it was 5 years age.
You can’t imagine that rats eat 40 to 50 times their weight.
3、大约数的表示方法
（1）用ten、dozen、score、hundred、thousand、million等数词的复数后加of短语来表示几十、几百、上千、成千上万等大约数概念。如：
The little boy buys dozens of pencils every term.
Thousands of people died in the earthquake.
Every year tens of thousands of people go to work in Guangdong Province.
（2）用、less than、under、below、almost、nearly、up to 等来表示小于或接近某数目。如：
He is good at English, so he can finish the paper in less than two hours.
（3）用more than、over、above、beyond、or more等来表示超过或多于某个数目。如：
Peking University has a history of more than 100 years.
（4）用or、or so、about、around、some、more or less等表示在某一数目左右。如：
About 50 people were present at that time.
（5）用to、from … to…、between … and表示介于两数词。如：
His salary rises from 20 dollars a week to 35 dollars a week.
（6）注意事项：dozen、score、hundred、thousand、million作数词表示确切数量时，不用复数。如：three score, five dozen, seven million等。
4、分数的表达方式
（1）分子用基数词，分母用序数词，分子大于1时，分母用复数。如：one-third三分之一，three-sevenths七分之三。
（2）分子与分母之间加in, 分子在前，分母在后，分子分母都用基数词。如：one in ten 十分之一，five in eight八分之五。
（3）分子与分母之间加out of , 分子在前，分母在后，分子分母都用基数词。如：one out of ten十分之一，five out of eight八分之五。
5、百分数的表示法
（1）表示百分数直接将数词放在单词percent前面即可，如：twenty percent百分之二十。
（2）分数和百分数后面不能直接接名词或代词，而用以下形式：分数/百分数 ＋of + 冠词 / 限定词 + 名词 / 代词 ，其谓语动词与of后的名词在人称和数上保持一致，如：
Two-thirds of the money was spent on food.
About seventy percent of the earth surface is covered by water.
6、小数的表示法
小数的表示法，小数点前的总值发同其他数词一样，小数点用point,小数点后面的数读成个位数，如：9.65表示为nine point six five。218.39表示为two hundred and eighteen point three nine。
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. ____________ people in the world are sending information by E-mail every day.(2001年上海春季高考卷)
A.Several million B.Many millions
C.Several millions D.Many million
解析：答案为A。本题考查的是million表示确切数量的用法。million前需用数表确切数量，而不用many这类词，但可说many millions of（上百万的），故本题中用Several million。
2. The number of people invited __________ fifty, but a number of them __________ absent for different reasons.(NMET 96)
A.were ; was B.was ; was C.was ; were D.were ; were
解析：答案为C。本题考查的是the number of + 名词与a number of + 名词作主语时谓语的单复数问题。the number of是“……的数目”，作主语时谓语动词用单数，而a number of 后接可数名词的复数形式，作主语时谓语动词用复数形式，故此题最佳选项为C。
3. Shortly after the accident, two ___________ police were sent to the sport to keep order .(NMET 92)
A.dozens of B.dozens C.dozen D.dozen of
解析：答案为C。此题考查的是数词dozen表示确切数量时的用法，dozen表示确切数量时用其单数形式，当dozens的复数后接of时则表示不确切数量，本题答案为C。第二部分 题型专项
完形填空
一、考点聚焦
1、题型特点
（1）完形填空是一种测试学生的外语语言知识以及运用这种语言的综合能力的试题。
（2）通常从一篇词数250左右、难度略低于教材上课文的文章中设空格20个，用时约18分钟。
（3）考点层次从小到大分为四类：单词层次，词组层次，句子层次与语篇层次。
（4）选项中的干扰项设置与语法结构错误无关，重在文意的干扰。
2、试题要求
（1）巩固、扎实、熟练的英语语法知识和丰富的英语知识。
（2）文章阅读能力和技巧，特别是快速阅读理解能力，甚至是跳过一些词语的能力。
（3）扎实的英语词组、短语，惯用法等固定搭配的知识，词语意义和词法的辨析能力。特别是以动词为中心的词组。
（4）逻辑思维能力，特别是理解文章的整体内容、主题思想的能力和推理判断的能力。
（5）根据试题捕捉相关信息能力。
3、命题走向
（1）文章趋向长，词数250左右，多为夹叙夹议文章。
（2）短文内容逻辑性强，结构严谨，层次分明。
（3）文章语言符合高三学生的实际水平，一般采用故事体，尽量避免选用专业性太强的文章或论说文体。
（4）意义选择填空为主，语法选择填空为辅。
（5）逐步过渡到选最佳答案。以单词填空为主，词组和短语填空为辅。
二、应试技巧点拨
（1）通读全文，掌握主题思想和文章结构。
（2）依次对各测试部分进行分析，观察判断所需内容。
（3）利用掌握的知识判断选择。
（4）根据文章上下文内容进行推理。
（5）寻找信息词，运用固定搭配和比较判断法。
（6）先易后难，利用已选出的正确答案推测未知答案。
（7）复读全文，验证答案。
三、精典范例
例1（NMET 2001）
He has been called the “missing link .” Half-man, half-beast. He is supposed to live in the highest mountain in the world-Mount Everest.
He is known as the Abominable Snowman. The ___1__ of the Snowman has been around for ___2 __. Climbers in the 1920s reported finding marks like those of human feet high up on the side of Mound Everest. The native people said they___3___this creature and called it the “Yeti,”and they said that they had___5__caught Yetis on two occasions ___4 __none has ever been produced an evidence（证据）。
Over the years, the story of the Yetis has___6___.In 1951, Eric Shipton took photographs of a set of tracks in the snow of Everest. Shipton believed that they were not ____7___the tracks of a monkey or bear and ____8___that the Abominable Snowman might really____9___.
Further efforts have been made to find out about Yetis. But the only things people have ever found were ___10_ _footprints. Most believe the footprints are nothing more than ___11___animal tracks, which had been made ___12___
as the melted（融化）and refroze in the snow. ____13___,in 1964, a Russian scientist said that the Abominable Snowman was ____14___and was a remaining link with the prehistoric humans. But, _15 __,no evidence has ever ___16___been produced.
These days, only a few people continue to take the story of the Abominable Snowman ____17____. But if they ever ____18____catching one, they may face a real _____19____: Would they put it in a___ 20____or give it a room in a hotel
( )1. A.event B.story C.adventure D.description
( )2. A.centuries B.too long C.some time D.many years
( )3. A.heard from B.cared for C.knew of D.read about
( )4. A.even B.hardly C.certainly D.probably
( )5. A.as B.though C.when D.until
( )6. A.developed B.changed C.occurred D.continued
( )7. A.entirely B.naturally C.clearly D.simply
( )8. A.found B.declared C.felt D.doubled
( )9. A.exist B.escape C.disappear D.return
( )10.A.clearer B.more C.possible D.rare
( )11.A.huge B.recent C.ordinary D.frightening
( )12.A.strange B.large C.deep D.rough
( )13.A.In the end B.Therefore C.After all D.However
( )14.A.imagined B.real C.special D.familiar
( )15.A.so B.besides C.again D.instead
( )16.A.rightiy B.actually C.normally D.particularly
( )17.A.lightly B.jokingly C.seriously D.properly
( )18.A.succeed in B.insist on C.depend on D.join in
( )19.A.decision B.situation C.subject D.problem
( )20.A.zoo B.mountain C.museum D.laboratory
解析：本文是一篇以介绍一种“半人半兽”的生物“Yeti”为主要内容的说明文；主要介绍了其特征、居住地以及关于它的传说故事。解题时，应先略读文章，了解大意；再细读文章，依次解题；最后通读全文，检查答案的准确性。
本题考查对文章的理解和词汇的意义，兼考惯用搭配、常识和语法。题1、2、10、11、12、14、偏20重于考查对文章内容的理解；题38、41、8、9、18、19考查词汇（包括词组、动词、名词）的辨析；题4、7、15、16、17要求根据文章内容判断适当的副词；题4、13考查连词。
1.B。后文叙述的是关于“Yeti”的传说故事，故选“story”。
2.D。从1920年开始被发现，至今应有“许多年了”。
3.C。当地人称这种生物为“Yeti”，肯定是“知道”它以及关于它的事。
4.A。“抓住”比“知道”更进一步，用“even”表示强调程度的加深。
5.B。“曾经抓到”与“没有证据”之间为转折关系，即：“虽然……但是……”。
6.D。第二段讲述了关于“Yeti”的一个传说故事，后文中将有新的介绍。故可知“故事”在“继续”。
7.D。“Shipton”相信这些“脚印”不简简单单为“猴子”或“熊”的脚印，故选“simply”。
8.C。“felt”与“believed”并列。
9.A。“Shipton”感觉这种动物可能真的存在。
10.B。人们发现的仅仅是“更多”的脚印。
11.C。许我人相信这些脚印只不过是那些普通动物（比如猴子或熊）留下的。
12.B。“普通的脚印”看起来不“普通”，是因为其在雪里融化而变“大”了。
13.D。前文介绍了一些人脚印的判断，而后文是一位俄国科学家的新发现。故判断出两部分之间应用“however”转折。
14.B。“real”意为“真的”、“存在的”。
15.C。前面提到过，当地人的发现和传说没有证据可依，这一次“又”是如此。
16.B。没有证据被实际记载。
17.C。“take … seriously”把……当回事（严肃认真对待）。
18.A。“Succeed in doing”成功地做成某事。
19.D。“face a problem”面临问题。
20.A。前文提到这种生物“半人半兽”，那么如果人们真的抓住一个，将面临的问题是：把它放到动物园（当它是动物？）还是在旅馆里给它一个房间（当它是人？）动词、时态、语态专项训练

【专项训练】：
一、单项选择：
1、When I her in the hall, she was playing the piano.
A．see B．saw C．will see D．am seeing
2、I’ll go with you as soon as I my work.
A．will finish B．finished C．finish D．would finish
3、He will do better in English if he harder.
A．will work B．works C．working D．work
4、Since he came here last year, we happy.
A．are B．have been C．had been D．were
5、Peter the work in a week.
A．have finished B．finishes C．is finishing D．will finish
6、 open the window.
A．Will you please B．Please will you
C．You please D．Please
7、These books in the library for a long time.
A．have kept B．had kept
C．have been kept D．were kept
8、Many sheep eating grass.
A．is B．are C．was
9、 I come here tonight No, you needn’t.
A．May B．Can C．Must D．Shall
10、The Green family London for nearly two years.
They all miss their hometown very much.
A．left B．will leave
C．have left D．have been away from
11、Her grandparents for ten years.
A．died B．have died
C．were dead D．have been dead
12、You’d better to see the doctor.
A．to go B．go C．went D．going
13、My father enjoys to light music.
A．listens B．to listen C．listening D．listened
14、When you the museum
A．would visit B．did visit
C．have visit D．had visited
15、He told them on with the work.
A．to go B．going
C．go D．went
二、用动词的适当形式填空：
1、I’ll give the book to him as soon as he back(come).
2、 the baby crying yet (stop)
3、I don’t know whether Mother me to Beijing next month.(take)
4、She on her coat and went out. (put)
5、 “What are they doing ” “They ready for the sports meeting.” (get)
6、The boy asked his mother him go and play basketball.(let)
7、I’m sorry to keep you for a long time. (wait)
8、It (take) him half an hour (finish) his homework yesterday.
9、If it an interesting film, we’ll see it tomorrow. (be)
10、They usually (do) their homework after supper.
11、Listen! Who (sing) in the next room now
12、 (be) your parents in Shanghai last year
13、Mr. Yu (teach) us maths since 1982.
14、They will have a trip (旅行) to the Great Wall if it (not rain) tomorrow.
15、Li Ming often (listen) to the radio in the morning.
16、Tan： “Father, may I go out and play football ”
Father： “ you (do) your homework ”
17、All the people in the town are glad (hear) that a famous musician(音乐家)
give a concert（音乐会）this Saturday evening.
18、Our teacher told us if it (not snow) we would visit the Science Museum the next day.
19、They often (play) football in the afternoon.
20、What’re you doing Dad
I (mend) the radio.
21、Let’s (carry) the boxes to the house.
22、Yesterday she (want) very much to see the film, but she couldn’t (get) a ticket.
23、I (write) to you as soon as I get to Shanghai.
24、Mike (visit) several places since he came to Beijing.
25、He (write) four letters to his wife every month.
26、Don’t make any noise, Grandma (sleep).
27、His aunt (do) some cooking when he came in .
28、When they (reach) the station, the train had already left.
29、There (be) a meeting next Monday.
30、We (know) each other since our boyhood. (少年时代)
31、Sometimes my father (come) back home late.
32、They (have) an English evening next week.
33、I’m very glad (hear) that.
34、Wei Fang isn’t here. She (go) to the reading-room.
35、The story (happen) long ago.
36、They (visit) the History Museum last week.
37、Zhang Hong (make) many friends since she came to Paris.
38、She (go) to the cinema with her classmates tomorrow evening.
39、Stay here, bag. Don’t go out. It (rain) now.
40、Li Ping (write) a composition every week.
41、The scientist (give) us a talk yesterday.
42、My parents (live) in Beijing since 1949.
43、Look! The young worker (show) the students around the factory now.
44、They (build) a new bridge over the river next year.
45、The students (clean) their classroom tomorrow.
46、My father is very busy. He often (come) home late.
47、Our teacher (join) the party twenty years ago.
48、The boys (have) a basketball match now. Let’s (go) and (watch).
49、She (work) in this factory for ten years.
50、 “What makes you (think) I’m a farmer ” the Frenchman asked.
51、It’s not easy (catch) fish with your hands only.
52、Have you finished (read) this book
53、It (snow) hard now. You’d better (stay) at home.
54、It takes him half an hour (go) to work by bus.
55、Hurry up or we (be) late for class.
56、Li Ping usually (watch) TV after supper.
57、I don’t know how (answer) this question.
58、 “ you (hear) from your uncle recently ”
59、 “Yes, I just (get) a letter from him.”
60、Why not (go) there on foot
61、I don’t think that it (rain) tomorrow.
62、Will you please (come) here on time next time.
63、Yesterday my mother told me (not play) with fire. It’s dangerous.
64、He kept me (wait) for him for a long time.
65、Did you see him (wash) when you got to his home
66、They want to go there on foot. So Lucy . (do)
67、Stop (play). It’s time for class.
68、It makes me (feel) thirsty.
69、It’s time (go) to bed.
70、Tell him (come) here on time.
71、I’d like you (meet) my parents.
72、Would you like (visit) the Summer Palace with me
73、Go on (work). We still have time.
74、They are busy (clean) their classroom.
75、The windows of our lab (clean) once a week.
三、完形填空
Mozart and an Old Performer
One day Mozart (莫扎特)saw an old blind street performer (卖艺人) playing the violin in the street corner 1 a hat in front of him .He found out the old man was 2 one of his compositions (作品).The old man played for 3 ,but still nobody put any money into his hat. Mozart asked the old man, “Do you often play compositions by Mozart ” “Yes, 4 ,”answered the old man. “Now, everybody knows Mozart and likes his music.” “Do you 5 a living by playing the violin ” The old man said he 6 Mozart took over the violin from the old man and began to play.
He played so well 7 all the passer-by stopped to listen the wonderful music and soon the old man felt very 8 that the man could play so well. He asked Mozart, “Who are you, sir ” “Your colleague (同行) , a poor 9 like you.” Then Mozart gave the 10 back to the old man and went away.
1、A．on B．by C．with D．to
2、A．writing B．playing C．reading D．listening
3、A．sometime B．sometimes C．some time D．some times
4、A．you B．it is C．Mr. D．sir
5、A．make B．buy C．give D．take
6、A．certainly B．did C．yes D．sorry
7、A．which B．how C．that D．what
8、A．happy B．worried C．disappointed D．surprised
9、A．musician B．artist C．scientist D．writer
10、A．money B．violin C．food D．hat

【答案】：
一、
1、B 2、C 3、B 4、B 5、D
6、D 7、C 8、B 9、C 10、D
11、D 12、B 13、C 14、B 15、A
二、
1、comes 2、Has, stopped 3、will take
4、put 5、are getting 6、to let
7、waiting 8、took, to finish 9、is
10、do 11、is singing 12、Were
13、has taught 14、doesn’t rain 15、listens
16、Have, done 17、to hear, will 18、didn’t snow
19、play 20、am mending 21、carry
22、wanted, get 23、will write 24、has visited
25、writes 26、is sleeping 27、was doing
28、reached 29、will be 30、have known
31、comes 32、will have 33、to hear
34、has gone 35、happened 36、visited
37、has made 38、will go 39、is raining
40、writes 41、gave 42、have lived
43、is showing 44、will build 45、will clean
46、comes 47、joined 48、are having, go, watch
49、has worked 50、think 51、to catch
52、reading 53、is snowing, stay 54、to go
55、will be 56、watches 57、to answer
58、Have, heard 59、have, got 60、go
61、will rain 62、come 63、not to play
64、waiting 65、washing 66、does
67、playing 68、feel 69、to go
70、to come 71、to meet 72、to visit
73、working 74、cleaning 75、are cleaned
三、
1、C 2、B 3、C 4、D 5、A
6、B 7、C 8、D 9、A 10、B
2005年高考英语新题型——填空题初探
2005年高考英语科说明中出现了一种新的题型——填空题。这一题型的出现引起了全国各地教师和考生的密切注视。填空题如何命题，如何解填空题成为目前高考复习中的一个焦点。根据对《说明》样题的研究，笔者认为高考中的填空题可能会有三种类型：一、摘要型。 题目给出一篇短文，要求考生根据短文的内容，把短文中某一种类的人或事写出来。二、关系型。题目给出一篇短文，短文中的人和事有一定关系，要求考生根据某种关系把涉及到的人和事的名字填出来。三、改写型。题目给出一篇短文，短文的后面给出短文的改写形式，其中留出一些空白，让考生根据短文的内容填上适当的词。按照这三种形式，笔者分别出了一道填空题，共大家商讨。
一、摘要型
The Busiest Airports
Two of the busiest airports in the world are in the United States. LAX is located in Los Angeles, California. Hartsfield Atlanta International Airport (ATL) is in Atlanta, Georgia.
Los Angeles Airport, or LAX, was established in 1928. It is now one of the busiest airport in the world with 47 different passengers and cargo airlines that use the airport. In 2001, more than 66 million passengers flew into or out of LAX. About 59,000 employees work at the airport. The employees work at a number of places throughout the airport, including airline counters, coffee shops, bakeries, and one of the 41 stores, where waiting passengers can shop.
Established in 1925, Hartsfield has become the busiest airport in the world. More than 80 million passengers passed through Atlanta in 2001. Forty-five different passengers and cargo airlines use the airport. Forty-four thousand employees work for the airlines, the 75 restaurants, and 82 shops. In fact, the airport is the largest employer in Georgia. To help people move from terminal to terminal, or from a terminal to one of the 30,000 parking space, the airport has an underground people-mover, which connects all of the airport terminals.
Scan the reading and complete the chart.
Airport Number of passengersFor 2001 Year ofestablished Number of airlines Number of employees Facilitiesoffered
Los Angeles Airport (LAX) 1.__________ 3._______ 5.________ 7._______ 9._____
Hartsfield Atlanta Airport (ATL) 2.__________ 4._______ 6.________ 8._______ 10._____
1. 66 million 2. 80 million 3. 1928 4. 1925 5. 47 6. 45 7. 59,000 8. 44,000 9. airline counter, coffee shops, bakeries and stores 10. restaurants, shops and an underground people-mover
二、关系型
THE BISON ON THE PLAINS OF AMERICA
The first settlers on the plains of America were Native Americans. They arrived more than 30,000 years ago by crossing a land bridge from Asia to America. The Native Americans lived by gathering roots, nuts and wild fruit and hunting wild animals.
They hunted bison, a type of wild animals which used to exist in huge numbers on the plains of America. The bison grows to a shoulder-height of 1.5 metres and can weigh 1,100 kilogrammes. It was an important part of Native Americans’ life. Bison were killed for their meat, while their fur provided warm clothing during cold winters. The Native Americans made tents and water containers from the skins and tools from the bones. The teeth were used to make necklaces.
From about 1830 onwards in the USA, European settlers began to move westwards. Large groups of Native Americans were forced to move away from their old hunting grounds. When they resisted, they were killed. They were many fierce wars between Native Americans and European settlers. The American government made agreements with Native American chiefs but always broke them afterwards. In this way, Native American were forced onto poor land that the settlers did not want.
The settlers built railways across the plains and began to hunt even more bison. While early settlers had killed bison for food, now the killing became more widespread. They killed the bison, cut off the skins and left the bodies behind to rot. The bison skins were sent by rail to cities to be sold. Between 1850 and 1910 the bison population is thought to have fallen from 60 million to just a few hundred.
The killing of the bison changed the whole wildlife of the plains. With fewer bison, grass shoots were not eaten, so grass did not grow as strongly. Bison waste no longer fell on the ground to improve the soil, which as a result became less good for growing plants. The ground supported fewer plants, and the insects which lived on these plants died out. There was less food for birds and also for the prairie dogs, a kind of animals which lives in holes in the ground. This in turn had an effect on the food supply for wolves. Thus one simple fact, a change in the number of bison, had an effect on the whole wildlife chain of plains.
Use what you have learnt from the passage to complete the diagram below.
Key: 1. kill 2. bison 3. waste 4. soil 5. Fewer 6. insects 7. birds 8. wolves 9. bison 10. grass
三、改写型
Thanksgiving Day is a very special day for people in the United States. They celebrate it on the last Thursday in November. Canadians also celebrate Thanksgiving Day, but they do it on the second Monday of October. In Britain, where this festival is called “Harvest Festival”, people celebrate it earlier in the year，in September.? A harvest is the fruit you take from the trees and the crops you take from the ground. In North America and Britain, harvest time for most fruit and crops is in the autumn. In these countries and other Christian places, people give thanks to God(上帝) on a special day of the year. They thank God for the good things that have happened during the year and for the good harvest they have had. People usually take small boxes of fruit, flowers, and vegetables to their churches to show their thanks.?
The first Thanksgiving service(仪式) in North America took place on December 4th, 1619 when 38 English people arrived in America to make their home in the new country. They held this service not to thank God for the harvest, but to thank God for their safe journey. The next year, many more English people arrived. They had a bad winter, but fortunately the harvest was good. They decided to celebrate it with a big meal. They shot and killed small animals to eat and cooked everything outside on large fires. About 90 Indians also came to the meal. Everyone ate at tables outside their houses and played games together. The festival lasted three days.?
A Thanksgiving Day celebration was held every year for a long time, but not always on the same day of the year. Then, in 1789, President George Washington named November 26th as the Day of Thanksgiving. In 1863, President Abraham Lincoln changed the date, and said that the last Thursday in November should be Thanksgiving Day. Nowadays, North Americans around the world get together with their families on this day to eat good food and have a happy time.
根据上面短文的内容，用适当的词填入空白处。
People in the United States, Canada and 1 all have a special festival---Thanksgiving Day, but they celebrate it on 2 days of the year.
The first Thanksgiving service in North America was 3 in 1619 when the first 4 people came to America. They celebrated it to thank God for their 5 . The next year they had a good 6 . They had a big 7 to celebrate it.
When Thanksgiving Day comes, people go to 8 with fruit, flowers, and vegetables to show their thanks to God. Nowadays they celebrate this festival on the last Thursday in 9 . people in 10 and Canada get together with their families on this day.
Key:1. Britain 2. different 3. held 4. British 5. safety 6. harvest 7. meal 8. churches 9. November 10. America
The ________
Becomes poorer.
No __________
_____________
falls on the grass.
Settlers
_____
bison
The _________
grows less well.
____________ stop
eating the grass.
Fewer
________
Fewer _______
Fewer prairie dogs.
Fewer
______
______
plants.语法复习专题（8）
Unit8 情态动词
一、考点聚焦
1、 情态动词的基本用法
(1)can、be able to 和could
①can和be able to都表示能力，意思上没多大区别。但can只有现在和过去时，而be able to则有更多的形式。但当成功地完成某一具体动作时，通常不用could而用was/were able to来表示。这时was/were able to 相当于managed to，表示经过一番努力，终于能够完成某事。如：
Can you use chopsticks
The wounded man still was able to get to the village and was saved in the
end.
②can和could
can和could都可以表示能力、技能、许可、建议或请求和可能性。但比较委婉客气地提出问题或陈述看法，一般用could，回答时则用can。如：
Could you help me carry the bag
Can I help you
(2)may/might
①may/might表示可能，但may比might可能性大。如：-Why isn’t he in class
He may be sick.(生病的可能性较大)
—
He might be sick.(生病的可能性较小)
②may/might表示“允许”，may用于现在时或将来时，might常用在间接引语中表过去时，但might也可用于现在时间，表示比较委婉的语气，回答用may。如：
He says we may leave.
He said we might leave.
③may / might 表示建议或请求，但might比may 更客气，意思更肯定而无过去时态的含义。
Yes, you can / may.
—May / Might I use your bike —
No, you mustn’t
（3）must
①must表示必须，应该，没有时态变化。如：
You must do everything as I do.
②must表示肯定的推测。如：
The light is still on, so he must be at home.
③mustn’t 表示禁止做某事。如：
You mustn’t smoke in the office.
（4）have to
have to 表示“必须、不得不”，是由于某种外界（客观）原因而“必须”，“不得不”做某事，也可表示经常的或习惯性的事“必须”做。have to的否定形式表示不必。have to可用于多种时态中。如：
You will have to clean your own boots when you join the army.
I have to be at my office every evening.
（5）should / ought to
①should和ought to表示应当、应该，前者比后者语气轻。如：
You should / ought to work hard.
②should / ought to work hard.
Since she is not here, whe should / ought to be in the classroom.
③should / ought to的否定形式表示禁止之意。如：
Children shouldn’t smoke.
④should可表示陈述意见，推出建议或请求；而ought to可以表示劝告之意。如：
You ought to respect your parents.
He suggested that they should leave at once.
（6）will / would
①will 用于各种人称表示“意志”、“意愿”或“决心”等，否定式won’t + 动词。如：
I will tell you all about it.
Tom won’t do such a thing.
②will用于疑问句中，常用在第二称时表示说话人向对方提出“请求”或“询问”如：
Will you please tell her the news when you see her
③will 表示习惯性的动作，有“总是”、“惯于”的含义。如：
Fish will die out of water.
④would 表示客气的请求、建议或意愿。如：
Would you please be quiet
Would you like coffee
⑤would 表示过去反复发生的动作。如：
When I passed my school I would see my teachers who taught me 5 years ago.
（7）need
need 作“必要”讲，既可作情态动词，也可作实义动词。作实义动词时后面的动词不定式要带to，其变化与一般动词相同。如：
I need to think it over.
—Need you go now —Yes, I must./No, I needn’t
（8）dare
dare表示“敢”的意思。作为情态动词时，主要用在疑问句和否定句中。dare若作实义动词，后面可带to的不定式，此时to也可以省略。dare与need的用法相似。如：
How dare you say that
She doesn’t date(to)ask her father.
（9）used to
used to表示过去常常发生的动作或存在的习惯，但现在已不复存在了。如：
He used to smoke.
（10）shall
①shall作为情态动词用于第二、三人称，表示说话人的意愿，有“命令”、“警告、威胁、强制”和“允许”等意思。如：
We shall do as our teacher says.
You shall have the book as soon as I finish it.
②在疑问句中，shall用于征求对方的意见或请求指示，常用于第一、第三人称。如：
Where shall he wait for us
Shall we go out for a walk
2、情态动词表示推测或判断的用法
下表即是表示推测的情态动词使用的场合：
情态动词 对现在和未来的推测 对过去的推测 使 用 场 合
must must + 动词原形 must have done 肯定句
may / might may / might + 动词原形 May / might have done 肯定句、否定句
can /could can / could do Can / could have done 否定句、疑问名（could可用于肯定句）
should 用来表示一种估计的情况“按理会/估计会”should do/be should have done 肯定句、否定句、疑问句
例如：
It must have rained last night.
She may not be at home. = It is possible that she is not at home.
She can’t be at home. = It is impossible that she is at home.
They should be there right now.
3、情态动词在虚拟语气中的用法
情态动词用于虚拟语气中表示责备的感彩，用法如下：
（1）should have done表示“本来应该做某事而实际上未做”，而shouldn’t have done则表示“本不应该做某事而实际上做了”。如：
You should have told me about it earlier.
You shouldn’t have said such words to your parents.
（2）ought to have done也表示“本应该……”而ought not to have done则意为“本不应该……”。如：
You ought to have told me about it earlier.
You ought not to have said such words to your parents.
（3）needn’t have done表示“本无必要做某事而实际上做了”。如：
You needn’t have walked so quickly since time was enough.
（4）could have done表示“本来有可能……而事实上未做到”。如：
I could have come on time, but my car broke on the way.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. I was really anxious about you. You________home without a word.(NMET 2001)
A.mustn’t have B.shouldn’t have left
C.couldn’t have left D.needn’t have
解析：答案为B。本题考查的是情态动词在虚拟语气中的用法。题目给出的条件是“我确实非常担心你”，因此后面可知应是责备you不应该没说一句话就离开了。
2.—Are you coming to Jeff’s party
—I’m not sure. I__________ go to the concert instead.(NMET 2000)
A.must B.would C.should D.might
解析：答案为D。本题考查情态动词的基本用法。由题目中“I’m not sure”,表明我可能去Jeff’s party，也可能去音乐会，故用might。
3. —Will you stay for lunch
—Sorry, ____________. My brother is coming to see me.(NMET 99)
A.I mustn’t B.I can’t C.I needn’t D.I won’t
解析：答案为B。本题考查表示请求的英语口语，用will来向第二人称提问的疑问结构，是表示一种请求和意愿，是用疑问的形式来表达较为婉转的祈使语气，意思是“请你……，好吗”，对于这种问句的肯定回答是：Suree! Gertainly! Yes, of course. I’d be glad to 等；否定回答通常是：I’m sorry, I can’t. No, I’m afraid I can’t. I’m sorry, but … I’d like to, but …等。注意情态动词表客气的用法及其在一般疑问句中的问与答。2004年高考英语全国卷完型填空详解
第二节：完形填空（共20小题；每小题l.5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36－55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
It was the night before the composition was due. As I looked at the list of topics (题目) , "The Art of Eating Spaghetti (意大利面条) " caught my eye. The word "spaghetti" brought back the __36 of an evening at Uncle Alien' s in Belleville 37 all of us were seated around the table and Aunt Pat 38 spaghetti for supper. Spaghetti was an exotic (外来的) treat in 39 days. Never had I eaten spaghetti, and 40 of the grown-ups had enough experience to be 41 it. What laughing 42 we had about the 43 respectable method for moving spaghetti from plate to mouth. 44 , I wanted to write about that, but I wanted to 45 it down simply for my own 46 , not for Mr. Fleagle, my composition teacher. 47 , I would write something else.
When I finished it the night was half gone and there was no 48 left to write a proper com position for Mr. Fleagle. There was no choice next morning but to 49 my work. Two days pas sed before Mr. Fleagle returned the 50 papers. He said, "Now, class, I want to read you a composition, “The Art of Eating Spaghetti'. "
My words! He was reading my words out 51 to the whole class. 52 laughed, then the whole class was laughing with open-hearted enjoyment. I did my best not to show 53 , but what I was feeling was pure happiness, 54 my words had the power to make people 55 .
36. A. memory B. thought C. knowledge D. experience
37. A. when B. where C. since D. after
38. A. cooked B. served C. got D. made
39. A. their B. past C. last D. those
40. A. none B. one C. each D. neither
41. A. careful about B. good at C. fond of D. interested in
42. A. speeches B. lessons C. sayings D. arguments
43. A. nearly B. naturally C. officially D. socially
44. A. Especially B. Probably C. Suddenly D. Fortunately
45. A. settle B. put C. Bite D. let
46. A. work B. story C. luck D. joy
47. A. However B. Therefore C. As for him D. Except for that
48. A. time B. excuse C. way D. idea
49. A. give up B. continue C. hand in D. delay
50. A. written B. graded C. collected D. calmly
51. A. loud B. fast C. publicly D. calmly
52. A. People B. Nobody C. Somebody D. I
53. A. shock B. wonder C. worry D. pleasure
54. A. if B. for C. while D. although
55. A. excited B. satisfied C. think D. laugh
36答案：A
命题立意：检查考生对名词的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：bring back one’s memory的含义为唤起对某事的回忆。
37答案：A
命题立意：检查考生对逻辑用语的掌握和运用能力。
试题解析：an evening 为先行词，用表时间的when 引导定语从句。
38答案：B
命题立意：检查考生对动词的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：serve sth. 此处的含义为端上（饭菜等）。
39答案：D
命题立意：检查考生对名词限定用语的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：in those day的含义为当时，在那些日子里。
40答案：A
命题立意：检查考生对代词的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：根据上下文可知，没有人知道如何吃这种东西，所以用none。
41答案：B
命题立意：检查考生对形容词短语的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：be good at在…方面内行。
42答案：D
命题立意：检查考生对名词的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：have arguments about…含义为“在…进行争论”。根据上文，既然没有人知道，那必然会引起大家的争论。
43答案：D
命题立意：检查考生对副词的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：nearly 几乎，接近；naturally 自然地；officially 官方地，正式地；被社会所接受地。根据上下文，此时众人围绕这种面条的一般吃法（即整个社会都能认同的）而争论不休。
44答案：C
命题立意：检查考生对副词的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：此情此景，作者突然(suddenly)想到这一点。
45答案：B
命题立意：检查考生对动词(短语)的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：put down= write down（写下）。
46答案：D
命题立意：检查考生对名词的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：根据上下文，作者写这篇文章不是为了完成老师所布置的作业，而是出于好玩（joy）。
47答案：C
命题立意：检查考生对词汇的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：as for的含义为“至于…”。
48答案：A
命题立意：检查考生对名词的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：由上文the night was half gone可以作出判断
49答案：C
命题立意：检查考生对短语动词的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：hand in 的含义为交（作业）。
50答案：B
命题立意：检查考生对非谓语动词的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：graded 被打了等第的。
51答案：A
命题立意：检查考生对副词的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：此处用大声地（loud）符合语境。
52答案：C
命题立意：检查考生对代词的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：根据语境，采用排除法可得到答案。
53答案：D
命题立意：检查考生对名词的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：自己的文章被老师在课堂上朗读，作者自然会很高兴，但此时作者尽力使自己不喜形于色。
54答案：B
命题立意：检查考生对逻辑用语的掌握和运用能力。
试题解析：for连接句子表原因。
55答案：D
命题立意：检查考生对短语动词的辨析和运用能力。
试题解析：由上文可得到答案。语法复习专题（10）
Unit10 虚拟语气
一、考点聚焦
1、虚拟语气用于条件状语从句中
（1）表示与现在事实相反的假设，条件状语从句中的谓语动词用“过去式（be动词的过去式用were）”，而主句中的谓语动词用“would / should/ could / might + 动词原形”。如：
If I were a boy, I would join the army.
If the had time, she should go with you.
（2）表示与过去的事实相反，条件状语从句中的谓语动词用过去完成时，主句中的谓语动词则用“would / should / might / could + have +过去分词”。如：
If he had taken my advice, he would have succeeded in the competition.
（3）表示与将来事实相反，条件状语从句中的谓语动词一般过去时或should(were to) + 动词原形，而主句中的谓语动词则用would / should/
could might + 动词原形。如；
If it were to rain tomorrow, the football match would be put off.
（4）当条件状语从句表示的行为和主句表示的行为所发生的时间不一致时，动词的形式要根据它所表示的时间作相应调整。如：
If they had worked hard, they would be very tired.(从句说的是过去，主句指的是现在)
以下表格是虚拟语气用于条件状语从句中时，主句和从句谓语动词的形式：
条件状语从句 主 句
与过去事实相反 had + 过去分词 should /would/could/might + have + 过去分词
与现在事实相反 一般过去时(be用were) would/should/could/might + 动词原形
与将来事实相反 一般过去时或should(were to) + 动词原形 Would/should/cold/might + 动词原形
有时侯在使用时可省略if,句子则可换成下列形式，即“were / had / should +主语”。如：
Were I a boy, I would join the army.
Had he taken my advice, he would have succeeded.
Were it not for the expense, I would go to Britain.
2、虚拟语气用于名词性从句
（1）虚拟语气在宾语从句中的运用。
①“wish + 宾语从句”表示不能实现的愿望，译为“要是……就好了”等。表示现在不能实现的愿望，从句中的谓语动词用一般过去时；表示将来不能实现的愿望，从句中的谓语动词用“would/could + 动词原形”；表示过去不能实现的愿望，从句中的谓语动词用“had + 过去分词”或“could(should) + have + 过去分词”。如：
I wish it were spring all the year round.
I wish I had known the answer.
I wish I could fly like a bird.
②在表示建议、要求、命令等的动词suggest、advise、propose、demand、require、insist request、command、order等后的宾语从句中，谓语动词用should + 动词原形或是动词原形。如：
She suggested we (should)leave here at once.
The doctor ordered she should be operated.
（2）虚拟语气在同位语从句和表语从句中的运用。
作表示建议、要求、命令等的名词advise、idea、order、demand、plan、proposal、suggestion、request等的表语从句和同位语从句，从句中的谓语动词用“（should） + 动词原形”。如：
His suggestion that we (should)go to Shanghai is wonderful.
My idea is that they (should)pay 100 dollars.
（3）虚拟语气在主语从句中的运用。
在主语从句中，谓语动词的虚拟语气用“should + 动词原形”的结构，表示惊奇、不相信、理应如此等。如：
It is necessary(important, natural, strange, etc.)that we should clean the room every day.
It was a pity (a shame, no wonder, etc.)that you should be so careless.
It will be desired(suggested, decided, ordered, requested, proposed, etc.)that she should finish her homework this afternoon.
注意：这种从句表示的是事实。如果说人对这种事实表现出惊奇的情感，就可用虚拟语气。反之，如果不表示惊奇等情感，that从句也可用陈述句语气。如：
It is pity that you can’t swim.
3、虚拟语气在其他场合的运用
（1）虚拟语气在as if/as though、even if/even though等引导的表语从句或状语从句中，如果从句表示的动作发生在过去，用过去完成时；指现在状况，则用一般过去时；指将来状况则用过去将来时。如：
He did it as if he were an expert.
Even if she were here, she could not solve the problem.
（2）虚拟语气用于定语从句中。
这种从句常用于句型“It is (high)time (that) … ”中，定语从句的谓语动词用一般过去时(be用were)或should + 动词原形，意思是“(现在)该……”。如：
It’s time that I picked up my daughter.
It’s high time we were going.
（3）虚拟语气用在if only引导的感叹句中。如：
If only I were a bird.
If only I had taken his advice.
（4）虚拟语气在一些简单句中的运用。
①情态动词的过去式用于现在时态时，表示说话人谦虚、客气、有礼貌或语气委婉，常出现在日常会话中。如：
It would be better for you not to stay up too late.
Would you be kind enough to close the door
②用于一些习惯表达法中。如：
Would you like a cup of tea
I would rather not tell you.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. When a pencil is partly in a glass of water, it looks as if it _______. (NMET 95)
A.breaks B.has broken C.were broken D.had been broken
解析：答案为C。本题考查的是as if 引导的让步状语从句中的语气问题，as if引导的状语从句如果与事实一致，不用虚拟语气，如果与事实相反，应用虚拟语气。题中“当铅笔的一部分浸在水中，铅笔看上去好像断了”。而实际上铅笔并未断，与事实相反，前半部分陈述是一般现在时，因而本句是对一般现在时的虚拟，用were broken。
2. I didn’t see your sister at the meeting. If she ___________, she would have met my brother.(NMET 94)
A.has come B.did come C.came D.had come
解析：答案为D。本题考查的是if条件句中的虚拟语气。题意是：我在会议上没看到你姐姐，故你姐姐没来。因此如果“她来了”与事实相反，前面一句交代了虚拟语气的时态是一般过去时的虚拟，所以if从句中用had+过去分词。
3. —If he ___________, he ________that food.
—Luckily he was sent to the hospital immediately.(NMET 93)
A.was warned; would not take
B.had been warned; would not have taken
C.would be warned; had not taken
D.would have been warned; had not taken
解析：答案为B。本题考查的是条件状语从句与主句表示与事实相反时虚拟语气的用法。根据下一句语境可知，他事先并没有得到警告，表示过去时间的虚拟语气，故选B。语法复习专题（12）
Unit12 定语从句
一、考点聚焦
1、功能：相当于形容词，修饰名词或代词，在句中作定语
2、位置：定语从句置于被修饰词之后
Those who are willing to attend the party, sign here please.
3、先行词：被定语从句修饰的词称为先行词
（1）先行词一般是名词和不定代词，如:some-, any-, every-和no与-boy, -thing的合成词；或all、none、any、some、that、those等代词。数词也可以作先行词，人称代词也同样可作先行词。
（2）先行词与关系词是等量关系。必须注意两点：
①先行词在从句中作主语时，从句谓语动词的数由先行词而定。
This is the place which is worth visiting.
②关系词在从句句子中充当了成分，其意思就是先行词的意义，所以在从句中不能重复其意。
There are many places we can visit（them）in China.
4、关系词：引导定语从句的都称关系词
关系代词：who, whom, which, that, whose, as。
关系副词：when, where, why。that偶尔也作关系副词。
5、确定关系词的步骤
（1）先找关系词，看先行词指的是什么。
（2）看关系词在从句中所充当的成分。
6、在定语从句中，当先行词指物时，下列情况的关系词宜用that而不用which
（1）先行词被①形容词最高级 ②序数词 ③数词几种词修饰或被 ④only、any、few、little、no、all、one of等修饰时。
（2）先行词为all、much、little、none、few、one、something、anything等不定代词时。
（3）先行词中既有人又有物时。
He was looking pleasantly at te children and parcels that filled his bus.
（4）先行词在主句中作表语关系词在从句中作表语时。
The village is no longer the one that was 5 years ago.
（5）当主句中含有疑问词which时。
Which are the books that you bought for me
7、宜用which而不用that的情况
（1）在非限制性定语从句中
（2）在关系词前有介词时
（3）当先行词本身是that时
（4）当关系词离先行词较远时
8、关系词who与that指人时，也有不同情况分别用不同的关系词
（1）当主句是there be句型时，关系词用who。
（2）先行词是为anyone、those、someone、everyone、one等词时，关系词用who。
（3）当主句是who作疑问词时，关系词用that。
Who is that girl that is standing by the window
（4）whom在从句中只作宾语，可被who取代。
9、whose作关系词既指人又指物，在从句中作定语。如：
Do you know Mr.Smith whose story is very moving
There is a room, whose window faces the river.
There is a room, the window of which faces the river.
10、关系代词as,在从句中作主语、宾语和表语。
（1）先行词被such和the same修饰，或句型as many（much）中，从句都用as 引导。
Such books as you bought are useful.
The school is just the same as it was 10 years age.
注意：区别①such … that … 引导的结果状语从句。They are such
lovely children that we love them much.②the same … that … 引导定语从句。I want to use the same tool that you used just now.
（2）无先行词的定语从句用as和which引导。
区别：①意义上：as 含有“这点正如……一样”。②位置上：as 从句可置句首，也可在另处。
He didn’t pass the exam, as we had expected.
There is lots of air in loose snow, which can keep the cold out.
As is known, the earth is round, not flat.
11、关系副词when与where、why、that
when 指时间 = in / at / on / during which
where指地点 = in / at / from / which
why指原因 = for which
当先行词为way、day、reason、time时，可用that作关系副词。（非正式场合）
I don’t like the way that / in which / he talks.
当time作先行词时，关系词可以省掉。
This is the first time I have given you a lesson in French.
12、必须注意的问题
（1）关系词作主语时，从句中谓语的数。
（2）注意区别定语从句与强调句。
①定语从句中关系词作从句成分，复合句。
②强调it无意义，that / who不是引导词。
③强调it is / was和that / who后如果句子意思讲得通则是强调句，讲不通则不是。
It is the museum that / which we visited last year.(定语从句)
It was in the hotel that we stayed last night.（强调句）
（3）定语从句与同位语从句的区别。
①定语从句引导词被称为关系词，that充当主语、宾语、表语。有时可省略。
②同位语从句引导词被叫做连词，that不能充当任何成分，不可省。
Word came that their army was defeated.(同位语)
We expressed to them our wish that was the same as their.(定语)
（4）关系词在从句中省略的情况。
①关系词作宾语，前无介词时。
②关系词作表语。
（5）限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句的翻译。
（6）关系词前有介词或复杂介词，关系词只能是which和whom。
（7）几个特殊的定语从句句型：
①He is the only one of the students who has got very good marks
in the match.（句中one为先行词）
He is one of the students who have got good marks in the match.（句中students为先行词）
②Is this place the one (that) we visited yesterday
Is this the place(that / which)we visited yesterday
③He stood at the window, from where he could see what was happening.
④It may rain, in which case the match will be put off.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. The film brought the hours back to me _________ I was taken good care of in that faraway village.（NMET 2001）
A.until B.that C.when D.where
解析：答案为C。本题考查分隔定语从句的关系词的选择。作好本题的关键是要能辨认出该定语从句的先行词the hours和关系词被介词短语to me所分隔。定语从句的先行词是表时间的名词hours, 并且关系词在从句中用作状语，故应选择表示时间的关系副词when。
2. ___________ is known to everybody, the noon travels around the earth once every month.(NMET 2001)
A.It B.As C.That D.What
解析：答案为B。本题考查as引导的非限制定语从句。as作“正如……”解时，引导的非限制性定语从句来修饰整个句子。当as在从句中作主语时，常用于下列短语：as is known、as is said、as is reported、as is announced等。要注意掌握作关系代词引导定语从句的用法。
3. After living in Pairs for fifty years he returned to the small town ___________ he grew up as a child.(NMET 1996)
A.which B.where C.that D.when
解析：答案为B。本题考查限制性定语从句中关系词的选择。定语从句的先行词是表示地点的名词短语the small town, 且关系词不作定语从句中的主语和宾语而作地点状语，因此定语从句必须用关系副词where引导。要注意分清先行词在从句中充当的成分，然后选择适当的关系词。第二部分 题型专项
短文改错
一、考点聚焦
1、题型特点
（1）词法内容。包括名词、代词的数与格，反身代词，动词时态语态，非谓语动词、短语动词的用法，不规则动词的变化形式，形容词的比较级，形容词副词的区别，介词的误用等。
（2）句法内容。包括主谓一致、指代一致，并列连词，从属连词等引导各种从句的关联词语，感叹句，疑问句，祈使句的结构等。
（3）行文逻辑。包括句子的肯定、否定、推理、判断等。
二、应试技巧点拨
（1）通读全文，了解文章主旨大意，确定文章的题材、体裁，把握文章的背景知识。
（2）逐句分析，把握结构。粗略分析词法、句法、逻辑上是否有问题。
（3）逐行修改，先易后难。
（4）复读全文，验证答案。一要注意错误点的分散与比例，二要注意答题是否合乎规范。
2、改错歌诀
现将本书编写者总结的短文改错歌诀提供给大家，希望有所帮助。
短文改错要做好，常见类型应记牢。
名词爱考“数”与“格”，冠词在前“错”“多”“少”。
动词时态和语态，非谓语搭配莫错了。
连代形副错一样，多是故意来混淆。
介词多半搭配，多漏误用想周到。
句法涉及到“一致”①，从句多考关系词。
词法句法均未错，逻辑推理去寻找。
“1126”惯常比②，回读复查敲定稿。
注：①“一致”：包括主谓一致，代词及相应的限定词在数、性、称方面的一致，主语与主语补语，宾语和宾语补语的一致等。 ②“1126”：指的是通常10个题项有一处是正确的，一处（或两处）属多余，两处（或一处）需补加成分，6处需更改。当然，此非“定势”，仅作参考。
三、精典范例
例1 （NMET 2000）
The day before the speech contest（比赛）English teacher talked to me. She saide that she and my schoolmate all
wished me success, but it didn’t matter that I would
win or not. When I was on the stage the next day, I felt so nervous as I shook like a leaf. There were so many people present! Suddenly, I caught a sight of my English teacher in
the crowd. She was smiling but nodding at me. I remembered her words and calm down, I did a good jobm and won the first prize. Now my picture and the prize is hanging in the library. Whenever I see them I will often think of my English teacher.
解析
1. my English。该题考查代词，绝大部分考生知道English teacher前少一个词语，但很多人都误加上了our, an或the,而后面两次出现my English teacher，因而本题实际考查学生对文章内容的理解。
2. schoolmate → schoolmates。schoolmate应为复数形式。
3. that → whether。whether与后面的or not相呼应。
4. 正确。
5. as → that。把as 改成that，组成so … that结构。
6. a去掉。catch sight of是固定短语。
7．but → and 。意义的转折用but,意思并列用and。
8. calm → calmed。remembered和calmed是对应的。
9. is → are。主语用and 连接，谓语动词用are。
10. often去掉。often多余。
1. __________
2. __________
3. __________
4. __________
5. __________
6. __________
7. __________
8. __________
9. __________
10. _________